AD-A118 028 MARINE CORPS DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION COMMAND QUANT—ETC F/8 15/3

LANDIN« FORCE ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS STUDY (LFOSS>*(U)

1979
UNCLASSIFIED NL
 1
r— .....

: 1 i.o 5 S IfflH
1,3 6 "^

m m
Li
1-4 11.6

MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TEST CHART

NAUONM (RfflWU '<f »TANDM1DS '." •'•
pp

1
LFOSS
G>
LANDING FORCE ORGANIZATIONAL
SYSTEMS STUDY

i
i V*

rt\S,
-
1979

s\

C0MMANDM6 GENERAL
CORPS DEVELOPMBIT UNO BHICATON COMMAND
QUANTKO, WSm 22134

82 08 10 04?

-m
IF UNITED STATES MARI SE CORPS
MARINE CORPS DEVELOPMENT AND EDUO TION COMMAND
OUANTICO RGINI4 22134

D 035/JJM:kak
. . i iSd ]

Landing Force Or<janization Systems Study (LFOSS)

Annual Report Cor 1979 (LFOSS-79)

1. INTRODUCTION. This annual report of the Landing Force

Organizational Systems Study provides continued visibility to
the projected impact of the current .Marine Corps research and
development program on the future Fleet Marine Force.
2. PURPOSE. The purpose of the LFOSS is to provide a compre-
hensive review of the Marine Corps R&D program over the next
15 years.
3. .SCOPE. The report first considers the 1979 baseline
organization and equipments of the FMF. Against that back-
ground, 15 years of development are presented by quinquenniums
(O-periods), i.e., five year periods of time. Projected
weapons, equipment, and systems are related to the prospective
recipient organization in the FMF according to the year in
which the initial operational capability is desired. To the
extent feasible, the impact of future weapons, equipment and
systems on FMF organizations , missions, and concepts of
employment is identified.
APPLICABILITY, This study is not directive in nature, but
provides information of interest to the Fleet Marine Force.
In order to permit review by the maximum number of personnel,
addressees are requested to effect the widest dissemination
possible among their staffs and subordinate commands
5. RECOMMENDATIONS. Comments and recommendations on LFOSS
are invited and encouraged. Correspondence should be address-
ed to the Commanding General, Marine Corps Development and
Education Command (Director, Development Center), Quantico,
Virginia 22134.

Distribution: Otfu'r (W Dereltgntenl

CMC (Code RD) (50)
COMNAVSURFLANT (10)
COMNAVSURFPAC (10)
i CG, FMFPAC (25)
 D ü35/JJM:kak IB
A id 6 dxl

Landing Force Organizational 5tudy Systems Study (LFOSS)

Annual Report for 1979 (LFOSS-79)

Distribution: continued
CG, FMFLANT (25)
CG, MCDEC (10)
Cmdr, RDJTF (5)
COMSECONDFLT (5)
COMTHIRDFLT (5)
COMSIXTHFLT (5)
COMSEVENTHFLT (5)
CG 4th MARDIV (30)
CG 2nd MAW (30)
CG 2nd MARDIV (30)
CG III MAF (10)
CG 3rd MARDIV (30)
Dir , Ed Ctr (400)
CG I MAF (10)
CG 1st MARDIV (30)
CG 1st MAW (30)
Dir , Dev Ctr (150)
CG 3rd MAW (30)
CG 4th MAW (30)
CG LFTCLANT (10)
CG 4th MAß (5)
CG 2nd FSSG (20)
CG 1st MARBDE (15)
CG 3rd FSSG (20)
CG 7th MAB (5)
CG 3rd MAB (5)
CG 4th FSSG (20)
1st FSSG (20)
9th MAB (5)
LFTCPAC (10)
MAWTS-1 (5)
MCLNO, Special Projects Officers (each) (1

Additional copies on request (LFOSS Coordinator, CDSA, DevCtr,

MCDEC, Quantico, Virginia 22134).

li

--.. -
 —
r

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Landing Force Organizational Systems Study-79 (LFOSS-79) is a

report and review of a continuous study which relates the research and
development products of the future to the organizations within the
Fleet Marine Force that will use them. The purpose ol LFOSS is to
provide a single reference document with which to prepare for future
organizational changes resulting from research and development. It is
hoped that LFOSS-79 will fulfill its intended purpose by encouraging
top and middle-level commanders to look ahead, by inducing staffs to
anticipate and plan tor changes, by identifying areas for study ind
resolution, and by providing assistance to Marino Corps r< eai :h and
development decision makers.

It is iitended that the expanded "Baseline" section in tl.i ; Issue

will serve to better inform the reader by providing in one document a
comprehensive compilation of the organizational structures ol * •
Fleet Marine Force, their missions and a selected representa? .
the tables of equipment.

The introduct ion ot new systems and equipments is pr> i nted in

three quinquenniums covering the period 1979-199 3. It loll *
schema of LFOSS-7Ö and readers of that issue will note but few Chang*
in the information contained in this year's issue. This is I • •
expected since the development cycle is now averaging five
years for many systems, and little change in the overall R4D pictui
occurs within the one year cycle of publication of LFOSS.

Section r>, Analysis and Conclusions was originally intended to

provide a view of the development of the various systems which make I]
MTACCS. However, the review of the status of the development oi t:-
systems led to the much broader issues of the Marine corps' reseat
development and acquisition -strategy and the systems acquisition
management process. To properly address these .subjects the followm:
areas are discussed:

o the manpower implications of our current Rt.D strategy,

o life cycle costing and time as factors in actually fielding

equipment ami systems,

o the impact of constrained budgets on our attempts to

modernize,

Then several areas deserving of further attention are highlighted«

o Ar'3 field commanders correct i:i feeling that technology :

often pursued as an end in itself?

o Is the Marine Corps on a path away from simplicity and

ruggedness/rel iabil ity to sophistication and ;• : . •• I >bil-
ity, with an attendant increase in the support to supported
rat io?
 —

n
o Will, this result in a concomitant reduction rather than an
increase in war fighting ability?

o Are the revolutionary capabilities provided by MTACCS/L.FICS

still desirable and affordable in Light ol funding constraints and
manpower reductions?

o Can the Marine Corps atlord the yrade/qual1ty "creep" which

appears to accompany the increasing complexity/sophistication of
emerging systems?

o Does Marine Corps systems acquisition management need a major

overhaul, merely fine tuning, or should things be left as they
are?

o Are we in step with the new and rigorous management prac-

tices and planning requirements being instituted by the
Executive Department and the Department of Defense?

o Should the Marine Corps establish an "FUD Systems Acquisi-

t ion Bxecut iwe".

o Should we convert from our present acquisition management

system to the "Program Manager Method"?

o How can we more fully integrate manpower and training

requirements and planning into the systems acquisition
process?

o Should we greatly expand our training requirement for

personnel engaged in acquisition management?

The intent is not to resolve the foregoing issues, but to give a

voice to potential problems and provide a point of departure for fur-
ther discussion. It is hoped that ultimately this will contribute to
a more effect ;ve R&D process as measured by the actual fielding of new
and improved ystems and equipment.

..
 —

TABLE OF CON: .

Pago

LETTER OF PROMULGATION l

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY iii

TABLt: OF CONTENTS v

LIST OF FIGURES ix

INTRODUCTION xii i

SECTION 1. FLEET MARINE FORCE

A. 1979 BASELINE

101. General 1-1

10 2. De Lin it ion 1-2
103. Missions 1-4
104. Requirements 1-4
105. Concept of Employment 1-5
106. Marine Air-Ground Task Forces 1-5
107. Types of Marine Air-Ground Task Force 1-6
108. Equipment Developments 1-7

B. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT DEVELOPMENT (1979-1993)

109. General 1-9

lLo. Communications Equipment Terminology 1-11
111. Communications Equipment Progression 1-12

C. AUTOMATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT (1979-1993)

112. Common Equipment 1-2 3

D. LOGISTICS DEVELOPMENTS (1979-199 3)

113. Field Logistics System 1-3:

SECTION 2. MARINE DIVISION

A. 197 9 BASELINE

201. Primary Mission 2-1

.JO-. :oncept oi Employment .:-;
20J. Division Organization 2-1
a. He i Iqua rters Bat t a i ion
b. Inf .in try Re | i men t 2-11
c. In f ant t'y Batt a 1 ion . -;
;
d. »rt 11 Lery Reg Lment
Reconnaissance Battalion . -•;
! , Tank Bai talion
). Assault Amphibian Battalion . -• •

h. Combat EngLneer BattaJ ion

• !.'«<
MB . ^^. .^.J^l
w

P . _. •

0-1 PERIOD (1979-1983)

204. Common Equipment 2-8 i

a. Communications 2-8 I
b. Battlefield Surveillance Devices 2-84

205. organizations
a. Headquarters Battalion
b. Infantry Regiment 2-85
c. Infantry Battalion
d. Artillery Regiment 2-86
e. Artillery Battalion 2-Ö 8
f. Reconnaissance Battalion 2-88
g. Force Reconnaissance Company 2-8 9
h. 8-Inch Howitzer Battery (SP) 2-89
i. Tank Battalion 2- '
3. Assault Amphibian Battalion 2-90
k. Universal Infantry Weapons Trainer 2-90
1. uther Items of Interest 2-90
m. Q-l Summary 2-90

C. 0-2. PERIOD (1984-1988)

206. General 2-93

207. Organization 2-96
a. Headquarters Battalion 2-96
b. Infantry Regiment 2-9 7
c. Infantry Battalion 2-97
d. Artillery Regiment 2-98
e. Artillery Battalion 2-98
f. H^c"-.'. i ;sance Battalion 2-9
j. As iaul Amphibian Battalion 2-9 8
h. . ink ittalion 2-98
!
. .;-.. Summary 2-99

Q-3 PERIOD (1989-1993)

mi >n Equipment 2-101

209. Oi lanizati ins 2-101
a. 1;.; intrj Batta 1 ion 2-10 1
:.. Assault Amphibian Battalion 2-102

: ; . . •• [RCl Al ; WING

. »7 ' BA ELIN

$01. Primary Mission 3-1

• : i lyment i-J
Functi i-1
104. >gistic apability i- •

M
p

iO! I 0 ian i on J-
Ma l lie A I L C i al t '..'in) - 1
( l M.I I l ::• '.. l n j Hea |ua rters Squad] i -•
(2 Ma r ine A i i Control Grou; - -•
( S M i : Lne rial Refuelur Ti ;:. • rt
\- •

• : ladi 111 -
(•1) Ma C 1 !.' Wi ivj Support A .; -
:
(5) Ma i i n< Al rctjl t : i >u | i-
(b) Ma tr 1m • T . •• : • 11 : • conn .:•.•.•• . . |i i--
(7) Ma r 1 :i' T . ^-t ical, ' i ect i >nic War) in
S : uadt on

i-l PERIOD L979-19! •

iOb. General -
507. Win : iiryanLzation -
a. Marine Wing Headquarter! . [uadi m -
b. M ir ine A I r Contro 1 Gr >..; -
c. 'An ine i, i n j Support A >up
d. Marini lerial Rerueler Trans] rt Squadi n
Fighter/Attack Marini \ircraft !i
Hi 1icoptei Mai im AIrcra:I i -•

Marine Tact Leal • : nnai mce Squadi n -

"• in ni "act ica 1 Electronic iv'arfan . [uadi i

C. Q-2 PERIOD ( L984-19Ö8 )

308. General - .
SO1.*. ',. int) i )rgan i i it ion - .
,i. Marine Wing Hi ia i . . . i • • i \ '• [uadron - .
:J. Marine Ait 'oiitrol Gi
c. Ma rim \er ial eCuelci I'rans] rt Squadi i - •

d. Fighter \tt iok lai im A i rci if t

del icopte i' Urine Airct i£t A ..
£. MarIne T ict ica 1 econnai n •

0-3 PERIOD (1989-1993)

3lU. Gener i I
!I 1. '.. i ng 'i ;an I /.it ion
i. Mar ine Aircra 11 '.. i n ; -
L>. Marine Air Control Group -
c. Marine Attack Squadr in -
11. Mar ine Med i un Hel Lcoi it • i luadi n 1-

ITIUN 4. FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GKÜUP

197:» BASELINE

401. Mission 4-:

•in :. Concei it oi" i )rga.n Lzati ;-.
4 0s. Coneej it »I Erapli iyn • ;it ;-
404. Administrative .'i; ibility 4-
 i 1 |i

405. Logist IC .1; MI 1 1 1 1 y 4-3

406 . • irgan 1 .-..it i 1 in 4-4
a, Headquartei md Servici Battalion 4-4
•.j. Ma 1 ntenance Bat t ,11 1 4-1
c. Supply BattaLi ;-. •
d. ' ng 1 neet Suppoi t Battai i n 4- I
•'. • rransport Bat tal i m 4- .
t". '•',• dicai Battalion 4- i9
• ;• .. 1 i'.i tt il ion
Landing Su| ipor L Batt il ion 4-

B. 0-1 PER] i L97 >-. 1 I]

407. leneral ;-
41 . FSSG Oigan1zation 4- .
... ieneral ;- I
: . tleadquaters and Service Battalion 4- 4
. i| . . y Batta 1 1 in 4-
:. •'.;;:.••:. inci • Bat ta 1 ion ;-
Eng ineei Support Batt ilion
• . '•'• I i 1 i insport Battai i n 4-
!. Modica1 BattalI in 4-
IK-ntal Battali n 4-

0-2 I - I L9Ö4-19UÖ)

4 • . ••:.•:.. 4-
,. . rganization 4- •
Eng ineoi . .• : rt ittal i n
Ma intenai Battali n 1-

. EOI . ' i-199

4 11. ;•:•:.. 4-'i.

: '. >. \ : IC! SIONS

i . >i neral -.
. ". \ • :s •>--

. inicati •, i-9
;. 1 ••••'' -: •

. Financial \ . • • •; -.
Life 'ycli ting -. 4
. . i. • factors -
. Mana ;• • -.' Ions idei at i in - *4

.• : . . [NDI X i IE MAJ )H DEVELOPME!

 LIST OF FIGURES

Page

SECTION 1. FLEET MARINE FORCES

Figure 1-1.- Fleet Organization 1-1

Figure 1-2.- Fleet Marine Force Atlantic 1-2
Figure 1-i.- Fleet Marine Force Pacific 1-3
Figure 1-4.- Marine Air-Ground Task Forces 1-5
Figure 1-5.- Marine Amphibious Unit 1-6
Figure 1-6.- Marine Amphibious Brigade 1-6
Figure 1-7.- Marine Amphibious Force 1-7
Figure 1-8.- Switching Equipment Evolution (1979-1993) 1-13
Figure 1-9.- Multichannel Transmission Equipment
Evolution (1979-1993) 1-15
Figure 1-10. -Single-Channel Equipment Evolution (1979-1993) 1-17
Figure 1-11. -Terminal Devices Evolution (1979-1993) 1-18
Figure 1-12. -Technical and Systems Control Equipment
Evolution (1979-1993) 1-19
Figure 1-13.- Satellite Communications Equipment
Evolution (1979-1993) 1-20
Figure 1-14. -Interface Equipment Evolution (1979-1993) 1-20
Figure 1-15, -Communications Security Devices Evolution
(1979-1993) 1-22

SECTION 2. MARINE DIVISION

Figure 2-1.—Marine Division 2-1

Figure 2-2.--Headquarters Battalion 2-2
Figure 2-3.--Infantry Regiment 2-11
Figure 2.4.—Infantry Battalion 2-16
Figure 2-5.—Headquarters and Service Company 2-18
Figure 2-6.—Rifle Company 2-21
Figure 2-7.--Weapons Company 2-24
Figure 2-8.—Artillery Regiment 2-27
Figure 2-9.—Reconnaissance Battalion 2-49
Figure 2-10.—Tank Battalion 2-58
Figure 2-11.—Assault Amphibian Battalion 2-68
Figure 2-12.--Combat Engineer Battalion 2-75
Figure 2-13.—Communications Equipment, Marine Division
Q-l Period 2-87
Figure 2-14.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Division,
Q-l Period 2-91
Figure 2-15.—Communications Equipment, Marine Division
Q-2 Period 2-95
Figure 2-16.--Weapons and Equipment, Marine Division
0-2 Period 2-99
Figure 2-17.—Communications Equipment, Marine Division
Q-3 Period 2-10 2

SECTION 3. MARINE AIRCRAFT WING

Figure 3-1.—Marine Aircraft Wing 3-4

Figure 3-2.--Marine Air Control Group 3-6
Figure 3-3.—Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion 3-18

J
'

Page

Figure 3-4.—Marine Wing Support Group 3-25

Figure 3-5.—Marine Aircraft Group 3-33
Figure 3-6.—Communications Equipment, Marine Aircraft
Wing, 0-1 Period 3-67
Figure 3-7.--Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft
Wing, Q-l Period 3-68
Figure 3-8.—(cont'd).—Weapons and Equipment, Marine
Aircraft Wing, Q-1 Period 3-69
Figure 3-9.--Communications Equipment, Marine Assault
Wir.g, Q-2 Period 3-72
Figure 3-10.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft
Wing, Q-2 Period 3-75
Figure 3-11.--Communications Equipment, Marine Aircraft
Wing, Q-3 Period 3-78
Figure 3-12.--Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft
Wing, Q-3 Period 3-78

SECTION 4. FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GROUP

Figure 4- -1. -Command Relati onships 4-1

Figure 4- -2. -Force Service Support Group 4-2
F igure 4- -3. -Headquarters a nd Service Battalion 4-6
Figure 4- -4. -Maintenance Ba ttalion 4-16
Figure- 4- - 5 . -Supply Battali on 4-31
Figure 4- -6. -Engineer Suppo rt Battalion 4-41
Figure 4- -7. -Motor Transpor t Battalion 4-52
F igure 4- -8. -Medical Battal ion 4-60
Figure 4- -9. -Dental Battali on 4-66
Figure 4- -10 --Landing Suppo rt Battalion 4-71
Figure 4- -11 —Communication s Equipment, Force Service
Support Grou p, Q-l Period 4-82
Figure 4-12. —Equipment, Fo rce Service Support Group
Q-l Period 4-86
Figure 4-13, —Communication s Equipment, Force Service
Support Grou p, Q-2 Period 4-88
Figure 4-14, —Equipment, Fo rce Service Support Group,
Q-2 Period 4-89
Figure 4-15. —Communication s Equipment, Force Service
Support Grou p, Q-3 Period 4-91
SECTION j. ANALYSIS

F igure 5-1.—MTACC S Ccnsolidated Acquisition Schedule 5-6

Figure 5-2.—Selec ted MTACCS Documentation Schedule 5-7
F igure 5-3.—Estim ates of MTACCS Equipment Accession
per MAF 5-8
Figure 5-4.—Estim ates of MTACCS Units (End Items) By
Cate gories and Quantities per MAF 5-8
Figure 5-5.—Conce ptual LFICS/MTACCS Architectural
Inte rface 5-11
Figure 5-6.--Proje cted Introduction of New Systems 5-12
F igure 5-7.—Forec ast of DoD Quality Enlistment Shortfall 5-16
F igure 5-8.--Manpo wer Planning in the ILS Process 5-17
Figure 5-9.—Plann ing Programming and Budgeting 5-23
 ••• -.

-
F i -j u L" e 5-10 --MTACCS - terns :. i I ••- :ycli lost
;
Figure )-ll —MTACCÜ Syste i PÜM-81 EPA Subi Lssions
F i jure 5-12 , — Relationship : Majoi Event In th' • •.. '•
Acqulsit Lon Prjcess
-
Fig ,u < • 5-13 .--Typical Acquisition Proce Initiation - •

F i>jut'<; 5-14 .—MTACCS Internal Management »rganization

••••*•• - • - —•*— •••• - - - --

~~

INTRODUCTION

I'Lir pos^

The purpose of the Landing Force Organizational Systems St .;

(LFOSS) id to provide increased visibility on the current Marin« rps
research and development (RMJ) program an.: the possible impact that
this program may have on the future Fleet Marine Foro
Nature of the Study

LFOSS brings together the items of equipment that emanate I \ m

R&D wit!i the organizations that will eventually use them. Througl
this association of equipment and organization, certain predictions
can be made as to the total organizational impact at any particular
time. In some instances, it becomes apparent that an it>;; ij equip-
ment or the Aggregat ion of new equipments portends a change in or-
ganization and/or mission. When the organizational impact can be
clearly identified, LFOSS has achieved its intended goal. More often,
equipment shifts indicate a requirement for an in-depth assessment.
Such in-depth efforts are beyond the capability of LFOSS, and, where
appropriate, the conclusions will so indicate.

In this report, the worci system has been used in two ways. With
respect to its use in the title, all FMF tactical organizations are
regarded as systems in the sense that they combine men, equipment,
weapons, and procedures to carry out their missions. The second usage
refers to a named system such as the Marine air-ground intelligence
system (MAGIS), which is an organized assembly of resources and pro-
cedures, formally designated as a system and so indicated in its
title.

LFOSS is a continuing study designed to prevent unprogrammed

changes to the FMF structure that could result from an accumulation of
unrelated research and development projects. LFOSS can be instrumen-
tal in effecting orderly, programmed changes brought about by the
introduction of new equipment and the application of new concepts.

LFOSS addresses itself to top-level and mid-level FMF commanders

of today and of the future, and to the Marines and civilians within
the Marine Corps Systems Acquisition Activities.

Study Methodology

The study was conducted as a team effort.

The first task was to validate the baseline portions of LFOSS

through a review of all current T/O's and T/E's. The primary sources
for each item of equipment were the work directive, the required
operational capability (ROC), and the operational requirement (OR).
Once the basic information was verified, the development project
officer (DPO) was contacted for updated information and projections.
 Developments in communications and the Marine tactical command
and control systems (MTACCS) were written against the background of
the Landing Force Integrated Communications System (LFICS) Architec-
ture and the MTACCS Master Plan, respectively. Descriptions and
projections on major aircraft systems and selected ground equipments
were requested from various HQMC representatives.

Organization of the Study Report

The LFOSS study report is divided into sections, each dealing

with a majoi command existing in the Marine Corps today—the Marine
division, Marine aircraft wing, and force service support group.
Within a section, the major command is depicted in its 1979 baseline
form, to include mission, concept of employment, logistic capabili-
ties, T/0 totals, and major T/E items. The sections that follow
project 15 years of forthcoming R4.D products relating to that command.

This 15-year period is subdivided into three 5-year intervals,

with each 5-year period called a quinquennium or, for brevity, a Q-
period. Thus, the reader will be informed on Marine Corps develop-
ments related to a type of command and its subordinate organizations
that occur in the Q-l period (1979-1983), the Q-2 period (1984-1988),
and the Q-3 period (1989-1993). (This use of Q-periods is in keeping
with the approach used in LFOSS 1978.)

Items of equipment are placed within a quinquennium according to their

initial operational capability (IOC). Within the Q-l period, every
battalion/squadron and higher organization will be specified, even if
no significant developments exist for a particular organization.
Periods Q-2 and Q-3 will only list those organizations for which new
or improved equipments exist.

Section 1, The Fleet Marine Fo rce is an exception to the pre-

viously explained Q-period format, It was devised to deal with the
areas of development that do not lend themselves to being described in
relation to a single type of command or subordinate organization. For
example, the major developmental area s of communications and logistics
developments were of such wide-rangi nq impact, covering the spectrum
of the three Q-periods, that it seeme d ill-advised to divide them into
increments. Therefore, the FMF sec tion will explain communications
developments as well as some logistic al and automated systems develop-
ments over the entire 15-year LFOSS study period, while the organi-
zational Q-periods will only highli ght the more significant items.
Additionally this issue provides base line information on the FMF's and
on the Marine Air-Ground Task Forces.

Assumptions/Limitations

A basic assumption of LFOSS is the IOC's, as published in updated

ROC/OR's, are accurate and will be met. While experience has reflect-
ed that they frequently slip or advance, the published IOC's provide a
consistent means of placing items within the appropriate quinquennium.

xiv

— M
 The Q-l period contains only those items which, given adequate
funding in the POM, will arrive in the FMF according to the IOC. The
Q-2 period includes some developmental items for which the Marine
Corps has a need, the technical capability exists, and funds are being
disbursed, but upon which a final procurement decision can be made
only after development is more complete. In the Q-3 period (1989-
1993), LFOSS presents some items for which there is a need and an
expenditure of R&D funds, but the scientific capability has not been
determined (e.g., the landing vehicle experimental, (LVX)). However,
in the main, exploratory developments have not been used as a source
of information because of the inability to determine the specific
project impact prior to its entrance into the advanced development
state.

In order to facilitate ease of use, handling, and distribution to

its target audience, LFOSS does not include details on weapons and
equipment that are classified. This limitation has not markedly af-
fected the utility of LFOSS, as the fully classified projects are
limited in number.
The reader should note that, due to the geographical distribution
of FMFPAC units, the organization of FMFLANT and FMFPAC differs
considerably. Additionally, time and manpower constraints in
preparing this report necessitated a cutoff in incorporating all of
the changes taking place within our dynamic force structure. It was
therefore determined that the 1979 baseline would reflect FMFLANT
organizations and include as many modifications as practicable.
Variations where they may exist should not materially detract from
serving the stated purpose of this report.
2F
SECTION 1A

FLEET MARINE FORCE

1979 BASELINE
101. GENERAL

a. The Fleet Marine Force (FMF) constitutes the principal element of

the operating force of the Marine Corps. An FMF is an integral part of a
U.S. fleet, having the status of a fleet "Type Command" under the opera-
tional control of the respective fleet commander. Admin strative control
and responsibility for individual, as well as intra-unit training, remain
with the Commandant of the Marine Corps. (Refer Fig. 1-1.)

FLEET ORGANIZATION

UNIFIED COV.MAHDEF

COMMANDER IN - I •
us : FLEET
:
Cir.C •• .'

FLEET MARINE FORCE OTHER FORCES — FLEET 1

! FLEET AND'FRONTIER (COM — FLT!
iCGFMF " ) in COMMANDERS

. "'FLEET
NAVAL AIR FORCE
• FLEE i
(COM '" FLT>
1
(COMNAVAIR ** ) (1)

SURFACE FORCE
• FLEET

(C0MNAVSURF_^_) (1) NOTES:

.AREA NAME (i.e., ATLANTIC. PACIFIC.

SUBMARINE FORCE
r. FLEET
<C0MSUB-!!_) (1) .AREA NAME ABBREVIATION n.e . LANT PAC

TRAINING COMMAND . FLE' T NUMBER (i.e., SECOND». THESE

ARE OPERATIONAL FLEET COMMANDERS,
! FLEET
(C0MTRA_^_t (1)
(M TYPE COMMANDERS.

Figure i-1
b. The FMF is multi-capable, but it is basically organized for, and
specifically skilled in, amphibious operations. It constitutes the princi-
pal means the United States has for projecting combat power ashore in a
hostile environment.

1 I
 r

2B
102. DEFINITION

A Fleet Marine Force is a balanced force of combined air and ground

arms primarily trained, organized, and equipped for offensive amphibious
employment. It may consist of a headquarters, force service support group
(FSSG), one or more Marine divisions, one or more Marine aircraft wings,
and may include one or more Marine brigades. At the present time there are
two such forces in existence: Fleet Marine Force, Atlantic (FMFLANT), with
headquarters at Norfolk, Virginia, and Fleet Marine Force, Pacific,
(FMFPAC), with headquarters at Camp H.M SMITH, Hawaii. The administrative
and training organization of Fleet Marine Force, Atlantic, shown sche-
mat icallv in fig. 1-2, while Fleet Marine Force, Pacific is shown in
fig.1-3.

ARINE 2 d KA RINE ORCE SERVICE

AIRCRAFT WING i IRT •- I
I REIN i

2d RADH 2d FORCE

CADRE UNITS

1. SECOND RAD1 I HN - OPCON TO FMFLANT: ADCON SECOND FSSG

2. EIGM COMM. BN - i PCON I FMFLANT: ADCON Shi' ND FSSG
i. SEO ND FORCE RECON CO. - OPCON ADCON. SECOND FSSG: OPERATIONAL
TASKING FROM CG FMFLANT VIA SECOND FSSG
•;. SI '• •'. . : - ' •. ADCON. SI ' :. i: PERAT1 NAL rASKING
: B IM C I FM1 : AN f VIA SEC •:.!> FSSG
NITS ARE: CMBT ENGP CO, SRCHL1 IH1 BTY, Rl ION ' .

! '

Figure 1-2,

1-2

— _ ^.-„^.^
 U]

•-
u
•-'.

s2

•
.'
•

...u :-' H „.

.-. . ..
•' ^.;' v,.. *:: •

. . . u ".•

- - -•
•- _K
z
.'
'.•:.-.
.• .'

n
.r
'
' 1 ••
i
•• •

.-•

...
•:

-.'.
.r.
1

?•_. .' m• - <

:•:

:••
1_
.
X i <
„

•^

K £ J
M
•

._ !...- a:1 :; .,
••

m :•:
E •
:•:

' .
O U

:
a, •
a.

a
:•

.r.
z
;.;
1X
a —.
<
X

1-3

- - •- -*- - • ••-••• *"•

10 j. MISSIONS

a. The FMF serves with the fleet in the seizure n de fens« I

vanced naval bases and in the conduct of such ! ind I >• Loi
essential to the prosecution ol a naval campaign.

b. As directed by the Commandant ol the Marine , Thi FMF parti-

cipates in the development of doctrine, tactics, techniqui i , and equipment
used by the Landing forces in amphibious operat ions.
c. As directed by the om« u I nt »1 the Marine Corps, the FMI trains
and equips Marin«? Corps forces EOJ lirborne operations.

d. The FMF trains sufficient b« i of personnel to meet the expan-

sion that may be required in time o] AMI.

e. The FMF performs such other duties as may be directed.

104. REQUIREMENTS
To carry out its mission, a Fleet Marine Force must be:

a. Organized, trained ^nd equipped for effective combat essential to

the prosecution of a naval campaign to seize objectives from the best and
most modernly equipped enemy.

b. A balanced force o£ combined arms and services.

c. Primarily trained, organized, and equipped for offensive employ-
memnt.

d. Adaptable to the active defense of advanced naval bases.

e. Prepared, equipped, and ready for prompt and effective employment

in any climate or terrain.

f. Trained and equipped for airborne operations as required, in

acordance with policies and doctrines of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

g. Provided with sufficient combat service support forces to main-

tain combat efficiency in the execution of normal missions.

h. Provided with organic aviation units primarily organized, trained

and equipped for support of ground units in amphibious operations and capa-
ble of performing:
(1) Offensive Air support.

(2) Anti-air warfare.

(i) Assault Support.

(4) Aerial reconnaissance.

(5) Electronic Warfare.

(6) Control of aircraft and missiles.

1-4
r

l. Organized so that rapid expan (ion I time of war can be accom-

piished with a minimum di • >t ion of combat ef1 i '-ncy.

105. CONCEPT OF EMPLOYMENT

The FMF is composed of two elements: Fleet Marine Force Atlantic

(FMFLANT) and Fleet Mai uu Force Pacific (i-'li !•' 1, which are reservoirs of
ground combat, air, c >mbal support, and c il ' service support i-lwuents
from which task forces are organized and assigned lor specific missions.
All task-organizing is based on the fully integrated Marine air-ground task
force (MAGTF) t. PI in concept is designed to exploit the combat
power inherent in closely integrated air and ground op< rat ions. The sizi ,
i ;it Lon, md combat power of a MAGTF will vary, based upon need, but
KAGTF will always contain four basic elements: a command element, a
ground combat element, an aviat i >n combat element, and a combat service
support element (including Navy support elements).

106. MARINE AIR-GROUND TASK FORCES

a. Fleet Marine Force elements are typically b ed as Marine Air-

Ground Task Forces for the purpose of performing amphibious assault opera-
tions. Such task forces may vary in size from a force composed of a bat-
talion and a squadron to two or more Marine divisions and two or more
Marine aircraft wings, plus supporting troops For a typical organization,
see figure. 1-4.

MARINE AIR-GROUND TASK FORCES

(Typical Organization)

MA ':
COMMANI
! LEMENT

GROUND COMBAT AVIATION COMBAT : '.'SAT SERVICE

f | '.' N • ELEMENT PPORTI .r '.'••••'
—

GROUND CC'.'BAT AND AIR CO'.'BAT »•••,' COMBAT SERVICE

COVIBAT SUPPORT BAT SUPPORT UNITS SUPPORT ELEMENTS,

UNITS AS REQUIRED ASREQ AS REQUIRED

MM! NSURATE WITH Ml N! RATI >•• '': COMMENSURATE

TASK. TASK WITH TASK.

Figure 1-4

b. A detailed explanation of the structure and typ'is oi Marine Corps

Air-Ground Task Forces is contained in FMFM 0-1.

•.—i „
j
r

107. TYPES UF MARINE AIR-GROUND TASK FORCES

There are three types of Marine Air-Ground Task Forces among the task
organizations provided by the Fleet Marine Force. Normally, each type is
composed of forces shown in figs. 1-5, 1-6, and 1-7.
MARINE AMPHIBIOUS UNIT

.. :.ELC ••••••.: .,

:•:: f.r','L'.T

COMPOSITE KAU SERVICE

BATTALION
LANDING TEAM SQUADRON SUPPORT GROUP

NORMALLY ONLY NORMALLY COMPOSED FORMED FROM FORCE

ONE GROUND COM- OF TWO OR MORE TYPES SERVICE SUPPORT

BAT ELEMENT. OF HELICOPTERS AND GROUP, DIVISION AND

ELEMENTS FROM THE WING. MAY INCLUDE
WING SUPPORT GROUP. NAVY ELEMENTS.
IN SOME SITUATIONS IT
MAY INCLUOE VSTOL
ATTACK AIRCRAFT.

Figure 1-5

MARINE AvFHiEJGUS BRIGADE

• v • .

Cl («NO ELEMENT

MENTAL PROVISIONAL MARINE BRIGADE SERVICE

-Y i'.G TEAM AIRCRAFT GROUP SUPPORT GROUP

'.'•'• INCLUDE MORE CONTAINS ATTACK, FORMED FROM

THAN ONE GROUND HELICOPTER, AND FORCE SERVICE

ANTIAIR-WARFARE SUPPORT GROUP,

COMBAT ELEMENT
DIVISION AND
CAPABILITIES.
WING. MAY INCLUDE
CAPABLE OF
ESTABLISHMENT NAVY ELEMENTS.

ASHORE.

•MAY BE EMPI.0YFD SEPARATELY OR AS AN ADVANCE FORCE OF A MAF

Figure 1-6

1-6
 MARINE AMPHIBIOUS FORCE

1
; . 1 '• v.' EEWEBAI
- '.'• 1 ,: I.'ERAI [ 'WAHl '•
'.-.•AM •.:•.•:•,• J

,—1 ,

MAR INE MARINE

" ~\ FORCE SERVICE

DIVISION AIRCRAFT SUPPORT GROUP

(REIN) | WING (FSSG1

. J L. _

THE GROUND COMBAT ORGANIZED AND IF TWO DIVISIONS AND

ELEMENT IS USUALLY EQUIPPED FOR OR WINGS ARE PART OF
A MARINE DIVISION ESTABLISHMENT THE MAF TASK ORGANI-
REINFORCED. HOWEVER ZATION. AUGMENTATION
ASHORE.
IT MAY RANGE IN SIZE FROM ANOTHER FSSGWILL
FROM A DIVISION (•) TO NORMALLY BE REQUIRED
SEVERAL REINFORCED
DIVISIONS.

A MAB OR MAU MAY BE INCLUDED AS A SEPARATE ELEMENT IN

THE MAF TASK ORGANIZATION TO CONDUCT AIR-GROUND
OPERATIONS SEPARATED SUFFICIENTLY IN SPACE OR
TIME FROM OTHER MAF ELEMENTS TO PRECLUDE MAF
COMMAND AND CONTROL. SUCH OPERATIONS ARE
NORMALLY OF LIMITED DURATION.

Figure 1-7

108. EQUIPMENT DEVELOPMENTS

As previously indicated, there are some areas of equipment development

that cross organizational lines to a degree that they will impact on all
subordinate commands of the FMF. For this reason, Marine Tactical Command
And Control System (MTACCS) was described in Section IB of LFOSS-78 and
communications developments will be described herein in Section IB. These
subjects are discussed in relation to the entire period covered by LFOSS-79
(1979-1993). The key items of communications equipment with each of the
subordinate systems within MTACCS will again be highlighted herein within
the applicable Q-period of the division, wing, and FSSG sections.

1-7

-*.—
 N

••••: -, i :A .'i' INS 1 Ql 1 . Ml NT ' . . • 1-199

109. GENERAL

Many new items oi communication i ; i i men I ...... entei thi

during the 1979-1993 time :i.>:•>••. This is a result lenti
tives which stipulate the requirement for end-t -• nd ecu
munications within a specified time frame. Li then n pun
encryption capability i:i existance today, ligit °1 communicati n levices
are being constructed to meet thi requirenn • . . these Ievi
are discussed, reference must be made to i tern within
the FMF, entitled the Landing Force I :.* • irati inicati ons Sy- I •
(LFICS). LFICS encom]ases I I
commander to exercise command anci contro] o) issi ;•:• I tact ic d : trees.
This developing system is reviewed annually and li ci Lj l ive docu..> i I en-
titled the Landing Force Integrated Communication.' Syst'.'ii. (LFICS) ••• r ch i-
.ecture is published annually. While LFOSS will highlight communications
developments through 1993, tl I S Architecture can provide the inter-
ested reader with information in greater and more technical detail.

Significant developments for LFICS will occur in the folowing an a :

a. F, leictronic Equipment Design Development.--The progression in

electronic devt_velopment is from tubes to transistors to integrated circuits.
This produces equipment that is lighter and more operationally capable, but
usually more expensive. Modular construction is a design goal, providing
quicker and easier repair and less downtime, but often is -<• expensive to
logisticuliy support. However, this trend has begun to change in the past
few years and we are seeing integrated circuits mass prod . • in tremendous
quantities at a very low cost.
b. Digital Communications.—The basic design |oa] : I ward
jn all-digital communications environment in consonance with thi philoso-
phies adopted by the joint .• rvices. At present, the predominant tactical
communications networks are analog. Analog and li ..• .. modes are the two
means of transmission. The advantages of digital over analog li the
following characteristics:

o Fasier to secure in I witch.

o Less susceptible to noise.

o Capable of better quality retransmission.

o Capable of sophisticated error detection ^in<] correction.

o Better protect ion against electronic warfare (EW).

o The capability of realizing less complex equipment at low cc t.

o The capability of realizing lighter weight, small size and

lower power requirements.

1-9

Mi, ..-a.--- ... -—•

 1 :i L')78, LFOSS itated I I1 I ei are two ier iuus Ii idvantaqi .. . I ligita]
:atioi .
11 ',. i I : - ...••. ex) tint) analog • |ui • i I .

'an bi i • . Icllai .•.:.•> I • I Lecti inet .

•tii .

•t , thi ntenl • have been rebuked : i »in within the Devi . ent
enter and the following information is provided. igita] inicati -
IO( nol ive t > be more costly in .dollar;, and in fact i proving 1
Less •: than analog communications. The control ol digil ü .men-
tions thi iug pi >:<• i pectral filtering i used to control the spectral
content, or more delinitively, the spectra] density. As for inc | il ibil-
ity with existing analog equi i ent, it is no longer true since this can be
iti : Led through digital processing and conversion, such that the two can
talk to each other very easily. One major di sadvant ige >' ligital coramuni-
:at ions is encountered when high resolution is required with respect to a
source of analog information, such as photographic reconnai isance.

c. Tactical Data Systems (TDS).--This is the I |i : the coi | utei and

its impact is strongly felt in communications. For example, the computer
makes possible the long-sought-after progression from manual to automatic
operation in such area; as switching anii mes ;agi processing. In addition
to contmunications equipment, TD systems are proliferating on the battle-
field in all ireas. Examples are MTACCS (inc] iding 8 systems), Signals
Intelligence Analysis System (SIAS), Joint Tactical Information Distribu-
tion System (JTIDS), .nil Global Positioning System (J1JS). These systems
are designed to collect, display, evaluate, and disseminate data for the
purpose of assisting commanders in the battle area in the conduct of their
combat and combat support functions. Most of these TD systems do not con-
tain organic communication and depend on LFICS to pi le the communication
links. Compared with the equipment tactical commanders are familiar with,
they provide much more capability, but are ipt to be heavier, require more
space, take longer to install and move, anJ they will require a power
source and some form of transport.

d. Interoperaui1i ty. — In an overall design to accomplish joint-ser-

vice interoperability, several service and loint-service programs have been
instigated. Although not always impacting on FUD in the form of equipment
development, they nevertheless impact on R&D dollars in the form, of soft-
ware ami studies. Examples are briefly described below.

(1) TRI-TAC.—The Joint Tactical Communications (TRI-TAC) office

was established in 1971 to provide architectural, engineering and central-
ized management for development of tactical communications within the De-
partment of Defense.

(2) JINTACCS (formerly GAMO). — In 1971, a program was establish-

ed by the Joint Chiefs of Staff to effec1- joint interoperability of tacti-
cal command and control systems in support of ground operations (short
title: GAM;)). This program is now called Joint Interoperability of Tacti-
cal Command and Control Systems (JINTACCS).

(3) TACS/TADS.—In 197 3, the JCS-directed Tactical Air Control

System/Tactical Air Defense System (TACS/TADS) began testing to provide the

1 1

————**—^~i»*———• >•—_»^_i^__^_—„—, ,—^.. .. .,._ . .. .,_.. . .„ ...,. . . ^ ;

 I

ibility • exc |e lii control md lii eJ • ligital data betu

: ng the lint- rvi

; .- la rim i ict ica . ' • tnter/Intj

(TA .. tablished ii L 971 • • •. ir< tl I
" i •• il md and trol . • inter- and
t-sei . pei t ioi
.--In inc .-. : • national Licy, ; . •
/ id« I
• ecur i ty foi . •
:, :- • • .. :r ibei . Thi ntent i
it • .• tran . • i :. . • th< Largely u ecur* inalog envii nment
to thi •••••.: ligital worid I • i i .-. . . • .. . • .
effort i indei «/ay luring tin 1979-1993 t iim f rai I rovidi ecurit
all forms co inicat ioi ••..::::: i , tel< • , md lat Ii

I . Mj_ •• . • . . -- • • iri Ln coiamunicati i Lnclud< tech-

nical conti • • . • : it I Lees 1 enabli :o in icat ion per-
äonne L to monitoi it) , inication • • , I nit i md
erating frequencii , I i . verall . I in the
leinent >| mications. iriou ean I emission ir< bei le-
veloped I pt ' ide i • : • c in icat ions and bettet • ti :1 : i from
enemy EW. Multi-purpose, ..•.-•• Li it ion wer sources n being Ii
i] to pi . > : • ' • • • , interoperability, imp* oved
• • . nal :apability, md I ..• . |i tical i . .•

What ill of the : r< : Lng c mi cat i n levelopments w ill ean to th<
commander on the battlefield is best sh iwn by th< . »wing illustrati n:
At present, for a battalion commander to place a telephone call to a Iis-
tant field command post, the call mu I proceed t igl i • : manual
switc .: Is and manually switched single >r multichannel transmission
• lia. The result is a time-delaye I inication connection which is not
secure. If he wants a secure voice capal Llity, the co ai l< r must be phys-
ically located near the COMSEC devici and it ilize radiotelephone pr ice lure.
In the future he will be able to pick up his telephone, dial the distant
number, and almost immediately obtain secure voice communications with a
distant party. He will have this type of rapid, secure communications
whether he wi ihes to talk to regiment, division, or into joint-service net-
works. The capability will be obtained by a series of autoritic terminal,
switching, transmission, interface, and COMSEC devices.

110. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TERMINOLOGY

a. General.--Commun icat ions equipment development will be discussed

under eight categories commonly used throughout LFICS. This organization
for presentation was chosen in order to gain a grasp on a technical subject
and present it in a nontechnical manner. The eight categories, which will
be detailed in the following pages, are:

(1) Switching equipment.

(2) Multichannel transmission equipment.
(3) Single channel transmission equipment.
(4) Terminal devices.
(5) Technical and system control equipment,
(b) Satellite communication equipment.
(7) Interface equipment.
(6) Communication security devices.

1-11

-*-<—. ... i. .. • •- -ir i •! • i

 • i • #•

" • ' • "

: " ."
.. :

. . . •

"
...
. - - . • ' ni . . ,
• i .

I nted.—Not , • •

; • :• erated
• • • • . : . ,

\N

. - - : -. • . : .

\N/M

(7) Shelter-Mounti . —Tl - • • i

or enc1 in . • . .. ,
AN •
1ters • • ty I • . t; foi
e, it could be a coll I to
i e of the new fami] • ters.
loth are truck a

• . how I • ions
: .: ent l< •
.vi 1 1 it
cake | irin th< L9 1-199 2 I . •
I. eq ent i liscussi Li thi eight itegor ies
• • • :. the text lescribi ain 1 \ I i It« :on Idered t
the pad thi " , LI it Laced, their rep]
• ind iti Eering I i n a in the : i jure; w: I
• : • . trixes will i is | thi item: t n t, 11
; :ction •. , ind their Life-spans (witI thi . »79-1993
• eriod). • tionshi rtanl t a continuit
can be < • ed etweei lift rent it' equi nt. In latei lectioi
of L equi] ' * ••• ill be id with t
or using unit. [tei lipment which were I foi
the tl • -19 tim< frami may not yi t bi reflected
ma jo r it' • .' . . equent ;ecti if thi nt.
i lue t the natura I . Lag in T ' ipdating. In order to covei
• shortfal 1 ' • -197 try iten «rill b< tioi I wit
sect .
•Switching Equipment.—This category includes all equi I er-
witching funct ton, for ex pie, i] and automatic ti •
.-. i • t performing circuit or message switching. . • Le-
'. ' transfet one Line to another or signal the Line
is "busy." t «ritch will store the mi agi unti] i frei Lin«
I:. • . ist, command' rs were I r wit the t in*

•ftMM —..
 _
~"~~""^H

volved in the manual switching necessary to .switch telephone calls, patch a

radio circuit into a telephone line, or switch a teletype circuit from one
line to another. The future goal for switching is to progress from manual
to automatic and eliminate the majority of the time delay. Among the auto-
matic switches are Unit-Level Circuit Switches (ULCS) and Unit-Level H< -
sage Switches (ULMS). These switches are of paramount importance because
they are used to interface the various elements of MTACCS. They will be
available during the mid-1980 time frame.

(1) The familiar manual, cord switchboards (SB-22 and SB-86)

have been augmented by a manual cordless switchboard, the SB-3082, which
also has more capacity. The SB-3082 will be phased out, but the SB-22,
because of its small size and versatility, will still remain in use to ser-
vice users where switching speed is not critical. Another switchboard, the
SB-3614, entered the inventory in 1978. This cordless switchboard has an
automatic switching capability. In 1985, with communications phased into
the digital world, the SB-3865 (a ULCS) will be introduced, replacing the
SB-3082 and SBN-3614. The TTC-38 is a fully automatic switching central
office intended for deployment at MAF, division, and wing hedquarters. IOC
is 1980.

(2) Unit Level Message Switches (ULMS) will be introduced around

1985 when the AN/GYC-7, a two-man transportable message switch, will be
fielded. This will give automatic message switching a broader, more tacti-
cal capability than that provided by centrals presently housed in larger,
heavy shelters.

(3) The foregoing developments and their span of use are illus-
trated in Figure 1-8 below.

EEC :: '-1ENT
:
. • -. . | , - -.

1 1
AN/rrc- •
MAI : »THAI
•-4.
\ : IMATIC : Ml »THAI

MAN .. ' W] :

SB- 1614
rOMATIC WITCHE ,RI ^* '
... . . | 1
1 . '••.: • ; ; - WITCI .
. - ....
:
: SI ' ".. • •.:

Figure 1-8.—Switching Equipment Evolution (1979-1993).

b. Multichannel Transmission Equipment.--This equipment provides

more than one channel of communication simultaneously--voice, teletype,
data, etc. It includes multichannel radio equipment (less satellite equip-
ment) and the various multiplex and modem equipment related to multichannel

1-13

••MHMIl
transmission. A multichannel capability can be provided by equipment that
is capable ot" multiplexing several channels of communication on one trans-
mitter or Is capable ol transmitting several channels of communication us-
ing separate transmitters.

(1) The AN/TSC-95, when introduced, will provide a deployed

landing force commander with a more reliable entry (FMF mobile command net)
to the Defense Communication System (DCS) than the AN/TSC-15 used
previously tor this function. Othei equipments entering the FMF are the
TDM (Multiplex equipment), and AN/TCC-72 Mob (multiplex telephone termin-
al).
(2) in 0-1, a multichannel digital radio, the AN/GRC-201, a
modified version of the AN/TRC-97 presently in the Marine Corps inventory
will provide a digital multiplexing capability. The AN/TRC-97 will be
phased out by 1985. The AN/MRC-< ) will be available in 1984 providing a
bench-mount multichannel radio capability for short range communications.
The Digital Wideband Transmission System (»WTS) will also be introduced in
1984 presenting a lightweight, vehicle mounted, multichannel voice or data
capability. During the 1979 to 1982 period, an influx of devices necessary
for the introduction of digital equipment will begin to appear.

( !) Air-ground multiradio equipment the AN/UY0-4 and AN/TRA-( )

will oe fielded in 1980 and 1984 respectively to complement new equipment
already in the aviation community

(4) All of these equipments and their IOC's are shown in Figure
1-9 on the following page.

c. Single Channel Equipment.—These are radios that provide only one

channel of communication, either voice, teletype, data, etc. Single chan-
nel transmission equipment has its most important use in combat maneuver
elements. Because of the high degree of mobility required, communication
from the infantry battalion must be conducted predominantly by single chan-
nel radio. Multichannel transmission systems and the attendant switches
will be available, but only in those situations when the command post will
remain static long enough to permit the engineering and installation neces-
sary for their effective use. Generally, this operational philosophy pre-
vails at any level. Several significant developments will take place con-
cerning single channel transmission equipment during the 1979-1993 time
frame:

(1) A developmental move toward standardization will be initi-

ated. For example, in the area of IIP communications a new manpack radio,
the AN/PRC-104, will be introduced in 1979-80. The AN/PRC-104 will replace
the AN/PRC-47, presently in the Marine Corps inventory. The AN/PRC-104 is
lighter (30 pounds vice 82 pounds for the AN/PRC-47). Therefore, it is
manpack vice teampack; it is also more reliable and much simpler to oper-
ate. The basic receiver-transmitter for the AN/PRC-104 will be used in the
future fielding of several other HF equipments. Some examples are: The
AN/PRC-105 has a more powerful amplifier (100 watts versus 20 watts for the
AN/PRC-104), and is due in 1985. The AN/GRC-193 has a 400-watt amplifier
and is configured for bench or vehicular mounting. It should be introduced
in 1980 and is to replace the AN/TRC-75. The AN/MRC-138 is an AN/GRC-193
with a vehicle and is due in 1980 to replace the AN/MRC-83. To replace the
AN/MRC-87 and the AN/MRC-123, the AN/MRC-138 with a UHF radio (AN/PRC-41)
will be added.

1-14

it—mliii I i ,i » --• - . . »* - t-*

 «III. J|f I B.I»I«IP. •».! J H^IMIIII». I» I j
—

(2) A now VHF hand-held .adio will be available in 1982. Th<

AN/l'RC-68 will be small enough to fit in the breast pocket. It will also
have a secure voice capability. This radio lias a wide range of possible
.... . —1
--
I

•- -. H ;

':-.,.-•

1 1

1 ,
' '

'" • 1 .
:•'. .
;
I
1
" • ...'••

1 i 1 !

'••j;: .... i

. m

'"•':' :
..:•:.-

A'. ;-9
"...;::• tPMENT
:,-; •

H •••'- riPLEX RAD1 ..-:•.:

SHF MULTIPLEX RAD1 JL'XPH S

IMULT1 I'.: ••.:.•.! : '. ••:; '.-..

AN

"«£ . ••::::• , . »m
CHI •• ::::• « :•;,:.: ! . : sea r~F ! 1
(Am- :K •• ffl LTIKAI : SYI

MR- ,~ UNI ML'LTISAOl • IYST1 '•'

ITAOC AIR- •- '. •: :.: [RAI :

AS • .'v.- 1 IDAS AIR- .:< • •;:
1 1 I 1 1
MULTI-RADIC WPt'TER
AN '•','.-J
mjLTl -RAD! "i1' n :• v :• '•• 1 1 1 1
Figure l-9.--V.ultichannel Transmission Equipment Fvolution (1979-1993)

1-15

--- • -- — - - *- •
• - - - - -'"
applications; to include squad level communications, communications for
security personnel, u radio for personnel on emergency call, etc.

(3) The Long awaited helicopterborne. command and control commu-

nications central AN/ASC-26 will b Lntroduced to the field in 1982. These
centrals will be easily installed in the UH-IN helicopter arni 'jive the em-
barked ground commander one secure UHF and two secure VHP radios plus a
secure retransmission capability.

(4) Several present UHF radios (e.g., AN/GRC-112, -1)4) will be

replaced in 1982 by a family of UHF radios evolving from a U.S. Navy-spon-
sored development called the Navy Growth Radio Progi tm. The basic nomen-
clature to identify this family is the AN/URC-93. Interchangeabli modules
will provide an interface for satellite or other 1ine-of-sight communica-
t ions.
(5) Around 1989, U.S. Army-developed single-channel ground-
air radio system (SINCGARS ) family of equipments will begin to be intro-
duced to the field. The AN/GKC-( ) will be the VHF basic unit of several
radio equipments that will replace various VHF radios presently in the
field, for example AN/PRC-77, AN/MRC-109, -110.

This will be the first single-channel radio system specifically d< -

signed to counter an electronic jamming threat. This will be accomplished
by using what is called a frequency hopping, spread-spectrum technique.
Instead of r i i i 10 transmitting on one assigned frequency, the transmis-
sion is time divided onto several different frequencies.

Single-channel equLpment developments during the 1979-1993 time

are reflected in Figure 1-10.

d. Terminal Devices.--This category consists of the following:

o Telephone equipment

o Teletype equipment

o Data equipment

o Facsimile equipment

o Radar equipment. (Radar equipment--ground surveillance,

counter battery, air control, etc.--will be covered separately under Marine
Division and Marine Air Wing Sections).

(L) Key terminal devices added to the FMF inventory during 1977
were the AN/TYC-5A (AUTODIN terminal), and the TA-838 and' -938 (tele-
phones). The AN/TGC-46 (teletype central) originally due in 1977 is now
scheduled for 1979.

(2) A concept currently being pursued by the Marine Corps is

that of using "simple to op"rate" tactical record terminal devices. Begin-
ning in 1979, from regiment to battalion, facsimile devices (AN/GXC-7A)
will be used lor record and narrative traffic reports plus graphics (pho-
tos, overlays, etc). Facsimile will be used above regimental level for
graphics. This use of facsimile in the Communication and Operations Center

1 !•

— ••>—-•*-
3F
will augment and possibly replace the teletypewriter (AN/TGC-14, AM, .
19). The equipment will be capable of interface with telephone or radio
communicat ions.

(i) The tactical telephones in the field at present, including

those with a dialing capability (TA-838 apö -9i9), will be replaced by
digital phones around 1985 with the digital nonsecure voice terminal (DNVT)
TA-954 and its secure counterpart, the digital subscriber voice terminal
(DSVT) TSEC/KY-6Ö.

(4) In the past, the teletypwrlter possessed a severely limited

information rate compared to the transmission channel capability. As the
capability increases to transmit data at greater speeds, so must tin- capa-
bility to provide hard copy printout and magnetic storage. The modulai
put/output terminal AN/IGC-74, due around 1981, will, augmented by Eai
ile devices, ultimately replace teletypwriters. It is planned to consist
of a display unit, keyboard, processor, and magnetic storage, and is capa-
ble of displaying and storing alphanumeric and graphic information at a
rapid rate.

. ' '.. . .
\\ VRC- . -
H ... . , i 1
! 1
•

• . . . • BP BAD]
1
[NGA •.'•'-: :.V
• • • 4 "
i —

P UQ • K HI RAI 1
~
HAN •• . AD]
- • -L05
•: :• - HI M | 1
IOUND-AIF •<•: .'• 1

V, \- •• --••:
(GROUND-A3 .- i: RAI -
AN/GRCi
(GROUND-AIR UHF RADIO]
' 1
, ; i 1 1 1 1 1
• m -.- IE EBfl RAI i

(HP RADIO RECEIVER!

AN/URR-69 1
(HF RADIO RECEIVER)
RN/PRC-41A
(MAJfPACK UHF RADIO]
RH/PRC-75 1
(HANDHELD "HF "AI IO
AN TP
(BENCH MCNT HF PACK-»
f •; ;pC- [r, }
• :'.'. N ": " • \T HF ••• 1
A-: •¥'-' :.. '
(VEHICULAR MOUNT VHF RADIO)
•••; ft •- L6Q
(VEHICULAR MOUNT VHF RADIO'
AN/HRC-f 'A
' HICLF.)
| I
AN/MPC-1JH
(HP FA; [i VI :
AN/NRC-fl "'"'
(HF/UHF RADIO VEHICtS)
AJf/MBC-4 )
(HF/UHF RADIO CENTRAL) i
(HELIBOPNF rroMMAMI AND CONTROL SYSTEM]
9M/HBC'l24
"•• \: : •••!';:•

I •••.- HEtD VHP RADIO) l

.-.-. TYA- '•'•
• '•• • ri : HF DATA COMMUfl lT] NS rfl "P. 1
RN TYQ- 1
" 1
.„Singli pment Evolution (1973-1 -

——*____tmtmtää
 —

3B
(5) The Automatic Message f-Jntry System (AMES) AN/MSQ-( ) will
augment the AUTODIN terminal (AN/TYC-5A) in 1984, allowing specially typed
messages to be handled automatically via an optical character reader (OCR).
This will minimize operator handling of message traffic, a giant step to-
ward the ultimate automatic communication center.

(6) A handheld Digital Communications Terminal (DCT) is under

development. This will provide combat units with the capability tc burst
transmit digital data to the MTACCS systems using existing and proposed
communications devices. The capability will also include DCT to DCT burst
communication of standard or free text messages.

(7) The foregoing new developments and product improvement.:,

with their IOC's are reflected in Figure 1-11.

EQUIPMENT Q-l J-2 Q-3

79 80 81 8; 83 84 85 Bfc &7 8t* 89 90 91 92

-.*. • -. -: j--
iTELKTYrf.WRlTf :•- '
•

[FACSIMILE]

(FACSIMILF!

(TELETYPE»
... _ . ,_29
(TELETYPEi
. .
[TELEPHOW
. • 4
(TELEPHONE)
TA-312
(TELEPHONE)
TA-8 38
(TELEPHONE)
CV-3 3 31
(AUDIO CONVERTER)
.... .
{BURST COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE)
•A'; • •VPTT /
(TRAFFIC TERMINAL)
AN/MSQ-( !
(AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ENTRY SYSTEM)
••. ! -1Re
(AUTOMATIC COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM)

(QUERY DEVICE)
AN/TGC-^
(COMMUNICATIONS CENTRAL)
AN/UGC-7 4
(TELETYPE SYSTEM)
TH-85
(TELEGRAPH TERMINAL)
AN/TPQ-lf
(ALL WEATJ'*~R BOMBING SYSTEM)
AN/TPQ-2 7
(ALL WEATHER BOMBING SYSTEM)
AN/TYC-5A I
(AUTODIN TERMINAL)

Figure 1-11.—Terminal Devices Evolution (1979-1993).

1-18

.
 e. Technical and System Control Equipment.—This ig equipment used
by communications-electronics personnel to engineer, monitor, test, and
control communication circuits and systems. This type of equipment is new
to the Marine Corps with the first item, the communications technical con-
trol center AN/TSQ-84 ( ) fielded in 1977. These developments in. the area
of communications technical and systems control will affect the battlefield
commander by vastly improving his overall communications. Circuits will be
engineered and managed better. For example, the tactical frequency manage-
ment systems (TFMS) AN/TRQ-35 will allow optimum HI' communications through
the use of constant spectrum analysis. The communication technical control
center AN/TSQ-84 and its replacement, the AN/TSQ-111 due in 1985, will en-
able the communications officer to continually monitor, test, restore, re-
assign, and generally control and manage communication circuits to ensure
the most reliable, secure, and rapid communications possible. The fore-
going, plus other control devices, are shown in Figure 1-12.

• yy: •:: [OS •'• •A: • •.-•:

v. rSQ-Ul [ i i i i i
• •::•-. •.: :ATI INS \:
AN TBQ-3 i i
FRI 31 ES ";' "ANA ':"-': ':" iYSTSH 1
. .....

Figure 1-12.—Technical and Systems Control Equipment Evolution

(1979-1993) .

f. Satellite Equipment.—This relatively new development of using

satellites for tactical communications is presently being listed as a sep-
arate category. In the future, this equipment may be listed under either
single channel or multichannel radio equipment. During 1981, Satellite
Communications (SATCOM) will begin to be used by the landing force with the
introduction of shelter mounted SATCOM radios, the AN/TSC-85, and the AN/
TSC-93. These radios will be used for multichannel long-range communica-
tions requirements, augmenting or replacing HF radio equipment. Other SAT-
COM equipment to be fielded are the AN/TSC-96 in 1981, and a manpack radio,
an AN/PSC-1, around 1985. The two' SATCOM systems to be used by the landing
force will be the Fleet Satellite Communication (FLTSATCOM) UHF system and
the Ground Mobile Forces (GMF) UHF and SMF system. The FLTSATCOM system
will be used by the Commander of the Landing Force (CLF) primarily for com-
munications external to his forces. The GMF system will be used to link
the MAF, division, wing, and FSSG. Secure voice, teletype, and data trans-
mission will be available via SATCOM and will provide a considerable im-
provement over HF in circuit quality and anti-jam capability. SATCOM
developments and their IOC's are shown in Figure 1-13.

1-19

, .. .. , .Vw
 .... 1 1
' ' 1 ! I 1
......
AM PS* ••
M YSTGK)

i
SA1 MM KA1 lO] I M ii I ii ii i; 1i i i !i
Figure 1-13.--Satellite Communications Equipment Evolution
(1979-1993).

I nter taco
.
Kgu
4
lpment.
1
• Thi: categoi .• Ii Eines r< tote control equi -
raent and data control equipment Kemotes allow radio equipment to be i m-
trolled from a point other than the radio equipment itself. Data control
equipment allows one typi >f equipment to operate with another equi]
not normally compatible, for example, analog to digital. Significant le-
velopments in t rategory include the radio set control group AN/GRA-39J
due in 1978. This is the third development of the AN/GRA-39, which now al-
lows remote control of both VHF and HF equipment. This will phase out the
lN/GRA-6, previously used for UK. tn approximately 1980, the Radio Set
Control C-6709 will be introduced. This is a Met Radio Interface- • -

vice which will enable a Marine with a radio to talk to an Lndivid

ugh a telephone switchboard or vice versa.
through In about - 1,
. GRA-( ) will be fielded, allowing control of both th
"SEC device fron remote position (not capable with th -39, -39A,
or -39B). The foregoing items, and the remainder ol levelo]
inte rface equipments with their IOC 's and life spans within thi L979-199
time frame, are shown in Figure 1-14

1
-
-•
I_LL1-1_L J i

Figure 1-14.--interface Equipment Evolution (19 »- >93).

h. Communication Security Devices.--This category

the communication security (COMSEC) equipment, Eoi Le, -. -36
NESTOR. It also includes those ancillary items ivr <• i '
a COMSEC system. All items of this cateqory will be li ited I th( :hart

1-20

.fcaL •»-'- *'

r
following this text, but only those con . e of i ignificant inter-
est to the reader will b I :ribed.

(1) Of significant interest in COM! I levelopment is the intro-

duction of PARKHILL (TSEC/KY-65) in 1979, which allows securing of HP voice-
circuits. Also in 1979, VINSON (TSEC-/KY-57, -58) augments and will b( •
ultimate replacement Of NESTOR (TSEC/KY-8-28, -3b) for covered VHF/UHF.
NESTOR and VINSON are not compatible and careful planning for systems em-
ployment .vill be necessary during the transition. In 1981, the CuMSEC de-
vice TSEC/KYV-2 will be available for the hand-held VHP radio AN/PRC-68. It
will be compatible with VINSON. In 1984, BANCROFT (TSEC/KY-67) will be in-
troduced. This VHP radio, with built-in COMSEC, is being considered as a
candidate for secure voice for tracked vehicles anc) is also compatible with
VINSON. In 1985 the Digital Subscriber Voice Terminal (DSVT) (TSEC/KY -68)
will provide a significant step toward end-to-end security of all communi-
cations by introducing the first tactical secure voice telephone. In 1986,
another secure voice telephone, the ANDVT (Advanced Narrowband Digital
Voice Terminal), will extend the secure voice and data communications over
narrowband net radio links.

(2) The full spectrum of COMSEC developments and their lifespans

are shown in Figure 1-13.

J
 1

Q-l 0- 1
RQt IPMBMT
h •. R4 IS
•v. •- 1
I COMSEC DEVICES!
i •-.- i;

I MISC, COMSE " DEV3

HGX-8I
(«IS ', COMSEC :-: ' 1
RGX-84
XI.: ', '. MS" . ÜVU'!
-• • :

MISC, ' »MSEC DEVICES

KG- LI
MIS '-*....

MIS '. I MS! • :"-•- XS

KG-2?
DEVICES
- -
MISC. : Msi . ': ..-;

'•': , ' MS

-
[MISC. JJMS:.. DJ v: ;ES;
-- •- .

MI • MS!

M:. • ,

KG-8 4
MISC, KS1 : " 1
ICES
- - •

MIS . «SI

. RES n
1
FOP GW
rs£ : > w- 4<
. M• . B FLEE1
1
KWX-7 1
DEVI 3
TS:: KV-r
.v.-: :.. : - r.'f VH- -;F<
TSEC/KY-57/58
ICOKSEC [VINSON1 FOP VHF/UHP)
TSEC/KY-65/7S
( COMSEC ( PA KK HI LL j FOP I! F )
TSEC-KY-fc^
(COMSEC (BANCROFT) VHF RADIO)
TSSC/KY-tffl
(DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER VOICE TELEPHONE!
TJiEC-'KYV-J
' JJMSEL- FOP AN Pp--f_9 PALI' ' • - i 1 1 1

Figure 1-15.—Communications Security Devices Evolution (1979-1993)

1-22

J
 SE "I'll)-. IC

FLEET MARINE FORCE

AUTOMATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT (1979-1993)

112. COMMON EQUIPMENT

While Marine Tactical Command anil Control System (MTACCS) represents

several Marine Corp. tactical data systems, a number of other automated
systems will com..' into being during this time period. The impact of these
developments on the FMK will be further defined as a result of the Mar i ne
Air-Ground Task Force (MAGTE) Teleprocess ing Requirements Study (1980-
198 3). Below is a list of automated systems and software developments now
existing or under development.

a. Aviation

( 1 ) Plight Readiness Evaluation Data System (FREDS)

(a) Purpose. Collects, analyzes, and evaluates aviation

flight data tor use in decision making.

(b) Funct ion. Will measure the combat readiness percent-

age; will provide a measure of aircraft use; will maintain flight records
of aircrewmen; will be means of reviewing training and readiness require-
ments; will provide and assist with information to perform advance planning
tasks.
(2) Multiple Activity Processing System (MAPS)

(a) Purpose. Provide .'ADPS-type management and information

to selected activities.

(b) Funct ion. Provides a cost-effective means of providing

support to smaller activities and enables them to obtain standard automated
supply and 3-M support by satelliting on UADPS-SP.
(3) ?Javal Aviation Logistics Command .Management Information
System (NALCUMIS)

(a) Purpose. Will eventually encompass the entire aviation

supply and management processes, such as SUADPS-EU, 3M, and FREDS. Module
I will support the QMA, IMA and SSC, and is intended to support the NAMP of
the 1980's.

(b) Eunct ion. Will increase aircraft readiness by improv-

ing the aircraft carrier's and the Marine Air Group's current management
information system; will result in a manpower reduction from current re-
quirements to operate the MIS; will effect a reduction in rotatal It. pool
inventories; will increase systems capability to determine aircraft sorties
ava ilable.

(4) Naval Aviator Naval Flight Resource Management System (NAN-

FORMS )
(a) Purpose. Stores flight time information on designated
naval aviators, naval flight officers, or aviation ground officers/en-
listed.

1-2 3
 ' i n. Pei Lodically, or on demand,
time report [s-or groups oi individuals which 1st ilot
transition I >ard , Elighl I il Li :ti n, and relati I areas.

iphoard Non-Tactical API' Program (SNAP)

(a) Purpose. SNAP I |i ide and replaces the U-1500-

AM IYK- (V) ci • system.

(b) Kunction. SNAP II provides • utomated support for

• • • )50 smaller ships and activities that have no present .'
iui 1 i ty .

• ) Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System for Knri

Use i-

(a) Purpose. Automates supply and fiscal management for

aviation units.

(h) Funct ion. Capable of developing in - i I ry information,

processing requisitions, as well as aiding in fiscal management activities.

(7) Navy Maintenance and Material Management System (3M)

(a) Purpose. Collects, sti n , tnd retrieves maintenance

as well as material and usage data for aviation activities.

(b) Funct ion• Aids the commander in producing various avi-

ation management reports, .such as part failures, work output, aircrafl
readiness as well as determining parts requirements.

(8) Uniform Auto;at^-i Data Processing System for Stock Points

(UADPS-SP)

(a) Uniform automated data processing system for

stock points.

(b) Funct ion. Automates supply and fiscal management for

aviation users at the "wholesale" level.

b. FINANCIAL

(1 ) Automated [.cave and Pay System (ALPS)

(a) Purpose. Gives local commands the capability to pay
civilians as well as maintaining their leave records.

(b) Funct ion. Pay computations and payroll records are

performed by the computer for civilian employees; maintains leave records.

(2) Bonds and Allotment System (Bi»A)

(a) Purpose. Provides for the payment of all allotments of

military pay and allowances and provides for U.S. Savings Bond issuance and
safekeeping services.

(b) Funct ion. Provides for the control and updating oi the

1-24
mastei al Lot ment Eile on all ictivi I ind I I I •
and provides Eoi the issuance, cancel la) I •• • •
bonds authoi Lzed by ippi ipriate direct Lvi

( J) Navy Register System enti • i Lzed Expi nditure he- i IT; U U I •

Procesing System (CERPS)

(a) Purpose. To providi various idministrati\ i

offices and accountable activities with, financial <iata.

(b) Funet ion. The . •• accumulate , i . • , ind

accounting data pertaining to disbui • .1 • •.• , reimbui .ements for all Mai
Corps disbursing offices, stock fund 1 ., and international balanci
payments.

(4 ; Class I Allotment Accounting

(a) Purpose. Automatic allotment accounting in conjunction
with Class I Prime.

(b) Function. Provides an automated means of account Li

and reporting for funds a) propriated by other than O&MMC.
(5) Class I Standard Budget System

(a) Purpose. Meets management reporting requirements

FMF, posts, and stations.

(b) Function. Provides centralization of devel n\ ,

standardization and integration of an automated financial management and
reporting system using decision unit packages by pr. L1 i mi Lng t th<
lowest field management level desired by the user.

(6) Depot Maintenance Management System, Cost Accounting and

Production Reporting Systems (lJMMS/CAPRS ) ~

(a ) Purpose, Records, stores, and re] >rts cost of I

level maintenance.

(b) Funct ion. identifies any work performed in depo*- •

tenance with its related cost; classifies and reports this in ition by
specific category, such as an identifiable weapons system.

(7) Disbursing Officer '» melier System (DJV)

(a) Purpose. Mechanizes the extraction of di;

transactions to meet subsequent reporting requirements.

lb) Function. Provide Marine Corps nisbursin ; I . :es a

system for editing accounting, balancing transactions producing N
forms, voucher listings, and expenditure reports.
( 8) Financial Accounting System/Headquarters Priority Management
Efforts (FAS/HQ PRIME)

(a) Purpose. An automated system providing a means of col-

lecting, processing, and submitting financial data and is utilized at 13
selected major posts and stations.

1-25
*

(b) Function. Provides managers a system which includes

monetary and quantitative financial information that enables management to
effectively ind efficiently manage available resources.

(') ) ••'iridnoial I nt egrated Manageme n t Information System (I1M1S)

(a) Purpose. Merges three major subsystems--Ueadquarters

Accounting Subsystem, Bureau Accounting Subsystem, and Management tnforma-
tion Subsystem.

(b) Kunction. Will perform document level accounting for

all HQMC held funds; will accomodate output from all Marine Corps field
level accounting systems and generate reports for DOD, NAVCOMPT, and SECNAV
for various Marine Corps appropriations; and will provide a anagement in-
formation tool for HQMC required reports.

(10) ive Year Defense Program (FYDP)

(a) Purpose. Collects, processes, and reports the USMC

portion of DON FYDP.
(b) Kunct ion. Provj le i »gramming, planning, and budget
information at the program, program element, resource category level.
(11) Joint Uniform Military Pay System/Manpower Mana j'-,:,ent System
(JUMPS/MMS)
(a) Purpose. To administer and coordinate the DOD policies
i: : objectives for the development, test, evaluation and maintenance of
JUMPS.

(b) Function. An integrated pel in* L ä'M.) pay system,

' S «MS utilises reports of personnel changes, entered into the systei
unit diaries, to change the pay data. Changes are entered into the system
by unit diaries, documents prepared by the reporting unit disbursing offi-
cer, or botii.

(12) Marine Air Ground Financial Accounting and Reporting System

(VAC. PARS)

(a) Purpose. Records, stores, and reports fiscal transac-

tions.

(b) Function. Provides such data as transaction reports,

unfilled irders, and general Ledger reports.

(13) Marine Corps Industrial '-'und (MCI1--)

(a) Purpose. Provides a means o\ financing, budgeting, tnd

billing for work performed by the industrial fund.
i

(b) Funct ion. The MCIF is a mechanized account Lng syst'

designed to meet DOD, DON, HQMC, ind actively Level requirements peculiar
to industrial fund accounting iequii ents.

(1'i) Procurement Marine Corps (PMC)

___
 _____

(a) Purpose. Produces accounting ledgers for the PMC ap-

propriation and produces reports by procurement line number and subhead.

(b) Funct ion. A mechanized financial system for HQMC which

provides for the recording, accumulation, reporting and administrative con-
trol of funds for the PMC appropriation.

(15) Project Prime (Priority Management Effort) Mechanized Finan-

cial Procedures for Selected Marine Corps Posts and Stations) (PRIME)

(a) Purpose. An automated system providing a means of

collecting, processing, and submitting financial data. It is utilized at
selected major posts and stations.

(b) Funct ion. Provides managers a system which includes

monetary and quantitative financial information that enables management to
effectively and efficiently manage available resources.

(16) Retired Pay/Personnel System

(a) Purpose. To provide for the payment of retired pay,

retainer pay, and annuities for survivors of deceased Marine Corps members
and Fleet Marine Corps Reservists.

(b) Funct ion. The system provides a record for each re-
tired member, Fleet Marine Corps Reservist, and annuitant whenever a change
occurs in an account; monthly checks for the listed categories of
personnel; numerous reports to include accumulated taxable income and fed-
eral tax withheld for issuance of W-2's, and W-2P*sj and microfiche listing
of the monthly retired pay account.

(17) Single Financial Management System (SFMS)

(a) Purpose. Will provide a standard mechanized financial

system for use by all authorized operating budget/allotment holders within
the Marine Corps.

(b) Funct ion. Will replace PRIME for major posts and sta-
tions and MAGFARL for operating forces, and incorporate the Class I zero
base budgeting system and allotment accounting system into a single finan-
cial management system.

(18) Standard General Ledger System (STAGKLS)

(a) Purpose. Post all financial transactions for appropri-

ations for 1106 and 1107 to general ledger accounts which are used to pro-1
duce the NAVCOMPT 2199 report and data bank cards at posts and stations,
and FMF commands throughout the Marine Corps.

(b) Function. Fully incorporates PRIME, MAGKARS, and FIMIS

systems.
(19) Tactical Airlift Requirements System (TAC AIRLIFT)

(a) Purpose. Provides budget estimates relating to the

cost of air transportation for FMF units engaged in unit deployment.

(b) Function. Enables appropriation sponsors to analyze

1-27

-J"*-*^-**-""*J"**1-J^*^J—*J*,"fct^-J>"-'-—•^---•——-—-—- • •• -.. - - . _,- . ,. -. | „iMfr- - - - - -

and include budget esti- r i:\ •;:•• t • • t >i iiir>ij'i l.it ion iMidgi-t requirement !
provided annually to highei authority.

LOGISTICS
!
( 1) Logistic " j• • ;!' Infoi mat Ion v,yr-1o;ii (1.M1S)

(a) >urpo:.e , To assi t the DC '•'• tiL in management ol prin-

:ipa] end items ifi'l) darin-] the acquisition phase and within the framework
• th< ; Lanning, programming ana budgeting system.

(b) Funi't ion. Computes inventory objectives I >r I'M and

ammunition; »nitors asset balances; rovi ti s source dat t Eor table ol
authorized material (TAM) and unit table ol i |ui unenl tblications.

(2) Marine Air Ground Task orce i;t -an i r^'M-nt and Logistic I'lan-
AGTF Lift)

(a) Pui • . Wil1 automate lift requii enl foi •1ine

jr.: no tat i >naJ MAGTF' s, lei i im Logistic Lanning f actoi , and en
data for use in the Join' >pei itional Planni - . Sy tem.

(b) I'unct ion. Will gi • listical profili with respect to

weight and c .••••, i rsonn L, md trans] foi MAGTF; it Ls a math*
tical model.

(3) Marine Corps Integrated Miiuit^iniioi- Management System

(MIMMS)

(a) Purpose• Creates an equipment mainti nanci ianagi

system for 3round units of thi regular establis .• .. 1
tion and ground units of the Marine Corps Resei • . pol ".••.. it« mci
act ivities.

(b) Fanct ion. Provides naintenance ig< ent md r< idi-

•.• • information for the manage enl >1 jr md equi] ent In th< Marini or]
;
unit", at both I Lei in I headqu irters Levels.

(4) Mechanized Embarkation Data Syste; (MEDS)

(a) Puri \ .' - 11 clerical te ts 1 tociated ..

eml irkation.

met ion. A Lsl 1 . irkati • * 1 igh thi produc-

t ion ol va rious • ters and docunienl .

(5) Marin" ' lard Suj y_ yst<

(a) • . To provide a .• • • encompass-

ing i t- • t-,.t 1i ; ,:, ; ,..-• it, ....... r foi Ml . , ' .

(.j) net ion. I ..::.:• 1 user- iented

providing ipport to bot I " • I • 1 ;ta nt.
replace I nt SA , . , , iteri ri •
,-.- ,• , • , • property ti I . 1 I I • • .. •
wil I bi it ilized 1 t , wil - ible regional '
su • ' .

.^.
 (b) Marine Corps Unified Material Management System (MUMMS)

(a) Purpose. Acts as a supply management system with re-

spect to obtaining and disposing of material as well as indicating the
availability of material for Marine Corps managed items and for most con-
trolled items.

(b) Funct ion. Handles inventory control, procurement,

warehousing; responsible for operation of direct support control point;
accounts for the storage of all Marine Corps material not in the hands of
the using unit.

(7) I're-positioned War Reserve Management System (PWKMS)

(a) Purpose. Assists commanders in computing requirements

for war reserve material; analyzes and indicates Pre-D Day requirements.

(b) Funct ion. Permits insertion of staff studies into sys-

tem while a program of war reserve material requirements is being maintain-
ed or determined; aids the commander with its computer communication capa-
bility in the rapid analysis and dissemination of requirements; assists
Marine Corps Reserve in the event of mobilization.

(8) Supported Activities Supply System (SASSY)

(a) Purpose. Functions as supply management for the direct

support echelon of the Marine Corps Supply System in the FMF.
(b) Funct ion. Accomplishes supply accounting functions for
the Service Support unit and the commanders at the direct support echelons
which includes FMF MAG's, battalions, and separate companies. Determines
requirements, controls material, provides asset visibility and furnishes a
data base for management information required by the commander in the per-
formance of his missions.
I (9) Transportation of Personal Property System (TUPS)

i (a) Purpose. To develop a standard system for accomplish-

ing the movement or storage of personal property of DOD service members and
civilian employees.

(b) Funct ion. Through a combination of source data and

base level ADPE, inputs will be made by personal property shipping offices
(PPSO). TOPS will provide: standardized formats inquiry capability, car-
rier selection, identification of costs, carrier cost evaluation, and for-
mat information for transmission between PPSO's. Periodic reports will be
generated.

(10) Weapons System: /Equipment Support Management (WS/ESM)

(a) Purpose. To assist HOMC and MCLSBLant in management of

weapons systems/equipment.
(b) Funct ion. Will provide on demand information on asset
visibility, readiness, logistics performance, operating support costs, and
maintenance costs.

1-29

~**"-iTiitrKirriiin—iiiiiii i - —•••—* ' " <Mfcdatt>nii-~ ....-• - • • - --..-^- *.•

 d. MANPOWER

(1) Leadership Evaluation Analysis Program (I,HAP)

(a) Purpose. Provided as voluntary leadership aid to com-

pany level commanders.

(b) Funct ion. Provide small unit commanders with the tech-
niques and procedures by which they can assess leadership concerns, deter-
mine the level of unit combat readiness, and evaluate the effectiveness of
the decision-making process.

(2) Joint Uniform Military Pay System/Manpower Management System

(JUMPS/MMS)

(a) Purpose. Exists as a major subsystem of the Manpower

Management Information System. It is comprised of each regular Marine's
complete personal and pay record as well as leave data.

(b) Function. Provides manpower management reports, per-

mits local commanders having access to an Automated Services Center (ASC)
to extract manpower information; enhances the creation of a summary file
from which HQMC can retrieve certain items of personnel data.

(3) Real-Time Finance and Manpower Management Information System

(REAL FAMMIS)

(a) Purpose. Will provide a single, centralized, automated

pay and manpower management information system. Will replace JUMPS/MMS.

(b) Function. Will integrate manpower and pay information

and record keeping requirements and provide immediate access for query and
update to manpower and financial information as it occurs.

(4) Table of Manpower Requirements (TMR)

(a) Purpose. Automates the production of T/0's.

(b) Funct ion. Produces Tables of Organization as well as

updating existing T/o's on a monthly basis.

(5) Unit Level Training Management

(a) Purpose. Will be an inquiry system to automate an in-

dividual's training record.

(b) Function. Could answer questions relating to individ-

ual qualifications or skills.

e. OPERATIONS AND TRAINING

(1) Marine Automated Readiness Evaluation System/Force Status

and Identity Report (FORSTAT)

(a) Purpose. Automates the unit's reporting of its opera-

tional readiness.

1-30

' ' ~ ' - •• - - - -

 (b) Function. Reflects the state of readiness for each
Marine unit with respect to personnel, equipment and training.

(2) Joint Operations Planning System (JOPS)

(a) Purpose. Provides automated support in the development
of joint operation plans.

(b) Funct ion. Through simulation, will test the plan's

feasibility and then provide an evaluation; will deal with such considera-
tions as material, personnel and movement requirements, the status of lift
forces and mobility of support, physical characteristics of equipment as
well as air and sea lift planning factors.

(3) Marine Corps Combat Readiness Evaluation System Software

Application (MCCRESSA)

(a) Purpose. Aids the commander in scoring MCCRES evalu-

ations.

(b) Function. A stand-alone computer processing model that

provides a means of evaluating FMF command readiness, and assists in the
formulation of unit training objectives.

f. SHIPBOARD

(1) Amphibious Support Information System (ASIS)

(a) Purpose. Acts as an information retrieval system for

the CATF/CLF aboard LCC class ships.

(b) Function. Provides data such as target list informa-

tion, personnel information as well as other similar data necessary for the
Landing Force Commanding during an amphibious landing.

(2) Management Information System (MIS)

(a) Purpose. A general purpose storage and retrieval sub-

system of the Integrated Tactical Amphibious Warfare Data System (ITAWDS)
which supports the CATF/CLF aboard LHA class ships.

(b) Funct ion. Provides data such as target list informa-

tion, personnel information as well as other similar data necessary for the
Landing Force Commander during the amphibious landing.

g. TACTICAL

(1) Tactical Air Operations Center-85 (TAOC-85)

(a) Purpose. Will assist in the command and control of

Marine Aviation.

(b) Function. Will evolve from the current MACCS into a

semi-automated center or system of centers to provide the commander with
the means to achieve the control of aircraft in conducting offensive or
defensive operations.

(2) Marine Air Ground Intelligence System (MAGIS)

1-31

. iM^t
 (a) Purpose• Will assist the commanders by providing mor«
timely and accurate intelligence.

(b) Funct ion. Will assist in processing and interpreta-

tions of aerial imagery; processing and evaluation of electronic warfare
support measures (ESM) data; managing and collection of information;
processing information into finished intelligence and dissemination of
intelligence to users.
(3) Marine Integrated Fire and Air Support System (MIFASS)

(a) Purpose. Will assist in the control and coordination

of supporting arms.

(b) Funct ion. Will provide integrated control and coordi-

nation of the MAF's f;re support, both ground and air; will include mortars
naval gunfire, artillery, and direct air support; will provide accurate
target information, reduce reaction time, and allow greater efficiency in
reaction time as well as some of the functions of the present fire direc-
tion centers.

(4 ) Marine Integrated Logistics System (MILÜGS)

(a) Purpose. Will assist combat service support units and

MAGTF's G—4*s with respect to command and control.

(b) Function. It is anticipated that MILOGS will be the

tactical arm of MUMMS, MIMMS, and SASSY.

(5) Marine Integrated Personnel System (MIPS)

la) Purpose. Will fulfill the need to provide personnel

information of the MAGTF.

(b) Function. will provide personnel information such as

skill shortages and requirements, both present and future; will help in
determining anticipated losses and probable future capabilities and effec-
tiveness; will supplement MMS.
(b) Position Location Reporting System (PLRS)

(a) Purpose. Will be a means for providing the commander

with precise locations of friendly forces, and will equip users with ac-
curate position information and navigational aid.

(b) Function. Will provide position location information

from PLRS equipped ground/air units to Landing Force Commanders for use in
fire support, control and coordination. Will provide the individual tacti-
cal user with his own position for use in navigation and conflict avoid-
ance. Will provide a digital data link between user and command level.

(7 ) Signal Intelligence Analysis System (SIAS)

(a) Purpose. Assist the FMF comander by providing more

timely and accurate intelligence.

1-32

ttm .
4F

(b) i'unct ion. Will provide FMF units with computer assist-
ance in signal intelligence analysis functions.

(8) Tactical Combat Operations (TCP)

(a) Purpose. Will enhance the capability of the commander

and his staff to plan and conduct combat operations.

(b) Function. Will give the commanuer the capability to

analyze large amounts of data for advance planning; will draw upon updated
information from other aspects of MTACCS to permit the commander immediate
access to current information in a centralized combat operations center.

(9) Tactical Warfare Simulation Evaluation and Analysis System

(TWSF.AS)

(a) Purpose, Will assist in the operation of tactical

exercises.

(b) Funct ion. A computer assisted system for the design,

conduct and control, and evaluation of FMF tactical exercises and tests.

(10) Source Data Automation (SPA)

(a) Purpose. Provides programmable data processing equip-

ment to lower echelons of the FMF in order to increase administrative
ef fectiveness.

(b) Function. Will provide an easily deployable capability

to improve input to existing and future automated data systems and will
provide automated support for management and staff functions.

(11) Joint Tactical Information Distribution System (JTIDS).--The

joint tactical information distribution system (JTIDS) is a secure, jam re-
sistant, digital information system with relative navigation and positive
user identification capabilities for the 1980's. It is primarily air ori-
ented with specific command, control, and communications functions for air-
to-air and surface-to-air applications. The system does not require a mas-
ter processing unit. Connection of users beyond 1ine-of-sight is accom-
plished by retransmission by other aircraft having the JTIDS terminal.
Among the objectives of the system is the requirement for the system to
have joint-service and NATO interoperability. The Marine Corps and Army
have been directed by DOD to join with the Navy and Air Force in the devel-
opment of JTIDS. While similar to PLRS, in that it provides communica-
tions, navigation and information (CNI), the two systems are not electron-
ically compatible. With an IOC of 1984, JTIDS is programmed for MAF, divi-
sion (down to regiment), wing (down to group) and MAB levels.

(12) Global Positioning System (GPS).—The global positioning sys-

tem (GPS) is a highly accurate positioning and navigation system, using
satellites for continuous world coverage. The system, primarily space-and
air-oriented, also has surface applications. The system has no reporting
capability, but a signal is produced that could be interfaced with some
external information distribution such as JTIDS. GPS terminal-equipped
users could also serve to anchor the relative PLRS or JTIDS grid to an
absolute coordinate system. Providing a capability down to the battalion/
squadron level (and possibly lower), the GPS has an IOC of 1985.

1 J3
 SECTION 1!)

FLEET MAR]NE I ORCE

LOGISTICS DEVELOPMENTS iL979-199 I )

I1i. FIELD LOGISTICS ITEM

A new field Logistics systems (FLS) with ma |oi c » . >ni nl , .''>:u>isi Lng
of the Marine Corps Expeditinary Shelter Syst< , a tandai I I • Lly
of cargo containers, and a new vehicle fleel is currently indi i le<
ment. The FLS shelters and vehicles will, in the main, be phased inl
!"•!:•' as existing stieltet ; and vehicles reach thi en I >i their Lifi exj
cies. Therefore, the introduction of the i-i..: beginning in Q-l will ex-• n
into the third Q-period. The following subpai igraphs provide a bi Lei ies-
cription of the major components of the FLS.

•iarine Corps Expeditionary Stieltet' System C'V'!..-. :

consists of four small and three large shelters that are lesigned 1 eel
international organization for standardization(ISO) requirements for ship-
ping and provide a capability for complex i ri") to allow almost unlimited
functional arrrangements. The four small shelter-types are: 3' x 8' x . '
rigid, knockdown, and EMI shielded, and 3'x b'x 10 ' EMI shiel led. :': i<
large shelters, all knockdown, are 20' x M', 32' x 73', and oo' x l; '.
The small shelters are helicopter transportable and all shelters, large and
small, are equipped with integral lighting fixtures and convene nee out-
lets. These shelters will be used throughout the FMF and, where ap] r pri-
ate, will replace all existing shelters, including tents.

L'ontJ i nor s.--The container component of the FLS consist.- of four

cargo container dllli fuel and water module all of which meet ISu cri-
teria.

o A commercial 3' x 8' x 20' container will provide high,

cargo throughput capaoility to meet resupply requirements.

o The intermediate size container (QUADCON) will be approximately

82" x 57-1/2" x 9b" and will be capable of being latched into arrays of
four to allow handling identical to commercial containers. They can also
be handled individually on military aircraft or amphibious ships. The
QUADCON can also be used to unitize oulk supplies and support storage and
movement requirements Cor organizational property.

o The pallet-size container (PALCON) will be used at all force

levels to support storage and movement of organizational property and will
have the capability of being latched into arrays for more efficient handl-
ing. Approximate size will be 41" x 40" x 48".

o The fourth cargo container is a mount-out sized box, bin contain-

er, which can be used individually for storage or as a bin insert in both
the QUADCON and PALCON. Its dimensions are 10" x 17" x 45".

o The fuel and water module is 96" x 80" x 48", will hold approx-
imately 1,000 gallons of liquid, and can be connected into arrays of up to
six modules. The required number of modules, together with one of two
pumping modules available, can be mounted on the trailers discussed below
to provide a fuel or water tanker of the desired size. This container
called a SIX-CON will also double as an outside/oddshape miscellaneous
items shipping package when not utilized for fuels or water.

1-35

• i «üiM • , „ m .... ;.j -Ai

 c. FL.S Vehicle Fleet.—The present motor transport vehicles will be
phased out and replaced by the new vehicle fleet, consisting of seven vehi-
cles consisting of two types of high mobility tactical trucks, and two
prime movers for three types of trailers.

o A light High Mobility Tactical Truck of 1-1/4 ton capacity to

replace the present 1/4, 1/4, and 1-1/4 ton class vehicles to fill the pri-
mary mission roles of:

Weapons platform (Anti-armor, etc.)

Command and Control
Communications Vehicle
Recon/Scout
Ambulance
Personnel Carrier
General Purpose

o A Heavy High Mobility Tactical Truck of 5 ton capacity to replace

the present 2-1/2 and 5 ton trucks in all of their mission roles such as:
Tactical Personnel Carrier
Artillery Prime Mover
Cargo
Small Shelter Transporter

o A Medium Prime Mover and 12-1/2 ton trailers to transport shel-

ters, modules, QUADCON's arrays of PALCON's and commercial containers
weighing up to 12-1/2 tons.

o A Heavy Prime Mover and 22-1/2 ton trailer to transport fully

loaded commercial containers as well as the loads carried by the 22-1/2 ton
trailers.

o A 65 ton heavy equipment transporter for such loads as tanks,

LVT's, and engineer equipment with a Heavy Prime Mover to tow it.

1-36

. •
 SECTION

MARINi: DIVISION
197lJ BASELINE
>01. PRIMARY MISSION

The primary mission ot the Marine division is to execute the amphib-

ious assault and such other operations as might be directed, supported by
Marine aviation and the force service support groui (FSSG) .

20 2. CONCEPT OF EMPLOYMENT

The Marine Division is employed, in conjunction with the Marine Air-

craft Wing (MAW), as an integral part of the Marine Amphibious Force (MAF)
in amphibious operations and in land operations ashore in general war or
situations short of general war. It is organized and equipped for opera-
tions under the threat of nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) warfare.
The division requires combat service support (CSS) from the FSSG for sus-
tained operations ashore.

Figure 2-1.--Marine Division

203. DIVISION ORGANIZATION (See Figure 2-1.)

a. Headquarters Battalion

(1) Miss ion.—To exercise command, control, and administration

of a Marine division and attached units.

(2) Concept of Organization.—For tactical operations, the head-

quarters will be divided into three echelons: a command echelon (Command
Group A), an alternate command post (CP) (Command Group B), and an adminis-
trative CP. The command echelon will consist of the division commander
general staff sections (less elements of the alternate CP),communication-
electronics section (less elements of the alternate CP), engineer section,
headquarters commandant section, motor transport section, provost marshal,
shore part officer, and fire support coordination center (FSCC) . (See
Figure 2-2 ) .

2-1

....•• .-,, ,-,„. .,..,

 —————

Hi Al .
N

i -. •-' . M -V

; , 6- 1 < 1

• • .
]

Figure 2-2.--Headquarters Battalion.

(i) Concent of Employment. The alternate CP will be located at

the artillery regimental headquarters and will be manned by the assistant
division commander, the division inspector as chief of staff, two officers
and one or more enlisted from each of the general staff sections, and rep-
resentatives fro.« the communications-electronics section. The alternate CP
will monitor tiie division tactical situation at all times and be prepared
to take command of the division in the event the division CP is neutralized
or destroyed. Continued exercise of command by alternate CP will require
augmentation from subordinate division elements. The division CP does not
have the capability to continue operations while displacing. The division
commander and key members of his staff will exercise command from the
alternate CP while the division CP displaces. The administrative CP is
located in a separate area to the rear and contains the special staff sec-
tions not heretofore mentioned.

(4 Adminis trat ive Capabilities.--Capable of seif-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistic Capabilities.—Capable of organic supply of the

battalion; capable of organizational maintenance (first echelon) on all
general supply materiel and organizational maintenance (second echelon) on
motor transport, engineer, ordnance, radar, test equipment, and sensor/
sensor-related equipment. Capable of third echelon maintenance on all com-
munications-electronics equipment les.: radar, test equipment, and sensor/
sensor related equipment. Maintenance capability for cryptographic equip-
ment is contained in MCO 4408.2D.

(6! Headquarters Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide command, administrative, and se-

curity functions for the headquarters battalion and band support for the
Marine division, and to provide a remote sensor surveillance employment
capability within the Marine division.

(b) Concept of Organization

\_ Organized into functional groupings to provide for:

a_ A battalion headquarters which directs and coor-

dinates the actions of the entire battalion.

_b A command post security platoon which performs

2-2
 --—--•

security functions for the headquarters battalion.

c_ A division band which provides band support for

the entire division.

d^ A company headquarters which provides the neces-

sary security, and limited logistics support of the company.

_e A sensor control and management platoon (SCAMP)

which provides control and management of remote sensors and surveillance
equipment, inspects and maintains sensor surveillance equipment, stocks
sensor devices for anticipated requirements, prepares sensors for employ-
ment, provides sensor employment squads and teams as required, provides
sensor training, and conducts sensor testing as required.

2_ Command and Control (Company)

a^ Command and Staff.--The company commander and

his small staff direct and control all matters pertaining to the logistic
support, and security of the company.

Communicat ions. — Internal communications are

limited to telephone and messenger service.

_c Inte 11 igence.—Not applicable.

3 Firepower.--Firepower available to the company corn-

mander is represented by a command post security platoon augmented by :>:!'-
sonnel from the division band, both armed with light infantry weapons and
capable of defending the division headquarters against infiltration by
small groups of the enemy

4_ Mobil ity.—The oasic means of jround

ground mobility of
the company ; by foot. All elements are helicopter transportable a :. : are
compatible with other means of transportation (amphibious vehicle, motor
transport, fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

5 Log is 11 cs . --Principal logistic support for the com-

pany is provided by the service company, headquarters battalion.

(c) Concept of Employment

1 The company headquarters is employed primarily to

provide internal administration, logistics, security, and working
facilities for the company. The physical layout, support, and di place-
ments incident to the battalion headquarters are directed toward provi lii
the battalion commander and his staff with the most effective I lir-
ecting and controlling the battalion.

2_ The security unit of this company funct Loi an

operational role within the entire battalion and not the com:,.:.. itSi
is normally employed in support of the tacticaLLy disposed headquarters
battalion.

The band unit of this company functions eithe« in

le in support of the entire division or in an . ij '..ra-
an administrative rol(
tional role within the entire battalion and not the company itself, JII.I IS
normally employed in support of the tactically disposed headquarters bat-

—M
F :_•«•

talion.

_4_ The sensor platoon will establish the capability

for remote sensor surveillance employment in amphibious operations and
support contingency operations, and will conduct sensor surveillance train-
ing and testing as required. SCAMP will be established at the division and
function under the staff cognizance of the assistant chief of staff, G-2.
The platoon headquarters is capable of operating a tactical surve i1 lance
center (TSC) at division level. Sensor employment squads are utilized to
support infantry regiments with sensor employment teams (SET) funet ioning
in support of subordinate imantry battalions.

The major items of equipment are shown below.

i\EADOUARTERS COMPANY, HEADQUARTERS BATTALION

10 Detecting s et, Seismic Intrusion, AN/PSR-lA

1 Ground Sens or Set, Unattended
6 Radar Set, (LBSR) AN/PPS-15 (V) 2
1 Radiac Comp uter Indicator, CP95A/PD
Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56G
40 Radio Frequ ency Monitor Set, Portable AN/USQ-46A
•1 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
3 Radio Set, AN/GRC-lbO
L2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 7
20 Recorder, s ignal Data, RC—376A/USQ
12 Repeater So t, Radio, AN/GRQ-16(V)1
40 Repeater Se t. Radio, IGSS, AN/GRQ-21
3 Sensor, Mon itoring, Central AN/USQ-66(V)
1 Shelter, El ec. Equip, S-126A/G
1 1 •• Iter , El ectronics Main. Spt, AN/GRM-86
i ftli Cond it i ner, HCS, Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000BTU, A/E, 32C-17
1 Air Conditi ner, MC, Std, Skd-Mtd, A/E, 32C-39
4 P'.uto [P.t^-t pretation Set, Team
1 Photo Inter pi ' t ion Set, Unit
1 Truck, C i f.. , . pside, 2-1/2T, 6xb, M35A2C
4 Mach l:. • ; .:i , mm, MbO
2 Telescope, Obs- rvation, W/E, M49

(d) Admin is trat ive Capabilities. None. onsolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ All elements of the company are capable of pro-

vi iing organizational maintenance (first echelon) on all assigned equip-
me n t.

_b Organizational maintenance (second echelon) is

provided by the service company, headquarters battalion, on all battalion
engineer, motor transport, and ordnance (less Eire control) materiel.

c_ Capable of organizational maintenance (second

• .•:• Ion) on all sensor/sensor associated equipment authorized to the sensor
• i ind management platoon.

. •;

—. • •ii .Hi mm -^. — ...»•.• _1 J

"

jj Second and third echelon maintenance on 01 janic

communications-electronic equipment, less sensor and sensor related i
merit, will be provided by communications company, headquarters battali .

2_ Mod ieal .--The battalion medical section pi >vi les

for erneergency treatment and preparation lor evacuation by external mean
all c a sualties within the battalion requiring, hospital ization. The
section is capable of operating, a field dispensary tor treatment il I .
illnesses and injuries. It also exercises technical supervision of measur-
es for the prevention and control of disease.

3_ Transportat ion

a^ The company has no organic motor transportation

capabi 1 ity.

_b Necessary vehicular transportation support is

normally provided by the service company, headquarters battalion.

4_ Supply

_a The battalion receives supplies from division

service elements and provides for distribution within the battalion.

b_ The company headquarters receives supplies for

internal support of the headquarters company and arranges for distribution.

5 Food Service

a^ The company has no organic capability to estab-

lish a company dining facility.

b Headquarters battalion either operati a batt il-

ion mess or furnishes cooks and equipment to the company fro;;, service com-
pany, headquarters battalion, for the operation of company mess.

(7) Service Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide organic supply, food service, and

motor transport support for the headquarters battalion, and I pi .: :• re-
production and photographic services support for a Marine divi ;ion.

(b) -'oncept •'! >rganization.—The company is rganized into

a company headquarters containing a reproduction section and photogi iphic
section, motor transport platoon, and a service platoon containing a su] | .
section and a dining section.

_l_ Command and Control .--The company commander exei -

es command and control of the company.

2 Firepower .--h united to individual weapons for per-

sonal security.

Mobilitv.—Organic capability to displace is pro-

vided by the motor transi >rt platoon for the company aiii; '• • adquarters bat-
talion of the Marine division.
 _4_ Communicat ions.—None organic; support is provided
by communications company, headquarters battalion of the Marine division.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company headquarters pri-

marily provides internal logistics, security, and working space facilities
for the company. The motor transport and service platoons provide trans-
portation, supply, and food service support for the headquarters battalion
of the division while the battalion is employed in support of combat oper-
ations of division units or elements of the MAF. The major items of equip-
ment are shown below.
SERVICE COMPANY, HEADQUARTERS BATTALION

Air Conditioner, MCS, Horizontal, 60Hz, 9,000 BTU, MC9HAL6-208

Air Conditioner, MCS, Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E, 32C-17
3 Air Conditioner, MC, S tandard, Skd-Mtd, A/E, 32C-39
1 Decontaminating Appara tus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
1 Lightweight Reproducti on Facility, MARDIV
1 Photographic System ombat-non aerial
1 Reproduction Equipment Set, Topographic, Trlr Mtd.
2 Tactical Intelligence Imagery Processor
1 Torch Outfit, Cutting and Welding
1 Cleaner, Steam Pressur e Jet, Trlr-Mtd, JOM-1
39 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
7 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
10 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T , 2-Whl, M105A2
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T 4x4, M718A1
10 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
14 Truck, Cargo, Dropside 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
3 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
2 Truck, Tank, Fuel Serv icing, 1,200 Gal, 2-l/2T,6x6,
w/Wn, M4 9A2C
49 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x 6, M543A2
6 Machine Gun, Cal.50, B rowning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M 60

(d) Administrative Capability.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a. Organic.—Capable of providing organizational

(first echelon) maintenance on all authorized equipment. Capable of pro-
viding organizational (second echelon) maintenance of motor transport and
ordnance equipment authorized the battalion.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.--The company operates the organic supply

account for the battalion.

2_ Medical.—None organic; support is provided by

headquarters company of the Marine division.

2-6

«i MM «I • -II 1.ii • *•••*--

 "

4_ Transporta t ion.—Organic capability provided oy the

motor transport platoon.

5 Food Service.--organic capability provi l< I I n ill

ol" headquarters battalion by the dining section of the service platoon.

(8) Division Headquarters

(a) Hiss ion.--To direct and coordinate the opei itions 01

the division.

(b) Admin ist rat ive CapabiIit ies.--Not capable Of sell-

admin istrat ion.

(c) bog ist ica 1 Capabi 1 i t ies.—Not capable of logistical

support .

(9) Military Police Company

(a) M iss ion.—To provide beach and traffic control, pri-

soner-of-war stockade guard, general guard duty, and local security for a
Marine division.

(b) Admin ist rative Capab i111 ies.—None. Consolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(c) Log istical Capabi1 ities.--Capable of organizational

maintenance (first echelon) on all materiel authorized the company. Second
and third echelon maintenance of organic communications-electronic equip-
ment will be provided by communication company, headquarters battalion.
The major items of equipment are shown below.

MILITARY POLICE COMPANY, HEADQUARTERS BATTALION

3 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A

7 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
6 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
17 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
6 Delineation Equipment
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
1 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
2 Revolver, Cal.38, S&W, Rnd Butt, 2-inch Barrel, MIO
b Shotgun, 12 Ga, M87Ü/MK1

(1Ü) Communication Company

(a) Mission.—To install, operate, and maintain the commu-

nication systems for a Marine division headquarters.

(b) Tasks

J_ Install, operate, and maintain communication center

facilities for the division headquarters.

2-7

——
 2 Ma i i'.t .an t ad to station >ntrol, adm-
inistrative, Logistics, u I ei radi net a required•
_^ Install i perate, maintain swit hi ird
telepl • • •[ Lcea Coi the li I idquartei .
; Install, perate, ind lintain mult ichannel radio
terminals £01 iu| rl I Lntei tion 1 j •..• a required.
• . ippori 1 the division
nav.i; junCire Ef icer, li air of fio I !C.
epi janization.—The divi ;ion communication
r
• • is organiz I Lnl 1 ide for:

1 A headquarters whicl diiects and coordina-

I •' 1 ' . tire c
tai-
lored to ipport thi rimarj i Lon task 11 • • . ibove.
(• 1) Concet • • . \ ••.--•'.:.• divi . inicat ion
pany will Eurnish communicatioi 1 1 livi Lon P, ilternat« livi ion
CP, and the .1 1mLnistrativi P. Multic • . radio will b< th< pri 11
moans of communications with 1 11 il rdinati inits« ' Eacilitie
will be maintained at the div is ion 11 - Ltei I whi *. - I 1 vidi
multichannel communications to the three infantry regiment , livi: 1 >n • 1-
vice battalion, direct air support center I, and between the division
CP and alternate CP« Wire communications will not normally be installed t
major subordinate units but may be installed to se] 11 ite battalions it lo-
cated within approximately 1 mile )f the division P; otherwise win r-
vice will be restricted to internal CP installations for local telephone,
teletype, and multichannel lines. Only minimun • nuity of c 11 lca-
tions can be provided lui Lng echi 1 med :i >] Lacemenl the divi 1 >n CP. The
. r items of equipment are shown on the following pa |< .

(e) Admin istrat ive Capabi1 11 ies. Const)! idated un li I

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

([) hog ist ica 1 Capab 11 it ies • --Capable of organizati naJ

maintenance (first echelon) on :tll materiel authorized the com| my; 1 |an-
izational maintenance (second echelon) on engineer, motor transport, jno
electronic equipment; provide intermediate (third echelon) maintenanci on
communications-electronic equipment Less radar, test equipment, .\nd sensor,
sensor related equipment organic to headquarters battalion. Maintenance
capability for cryptographic equipment is contained in MCO 4408.2D.

(11) Truck C •'. ;•

Mission. —1 • i 1 •'•-1 :•• the Marine division with sul I 1-

cient general support notot tl msport to produce the initial louistic sup-
port necessary to conduct Limited tactical mobility

(u) Concpt of n'lj.m 1 s..i t n>n . --'!'!;•' truck company consists :

a company headquarters, operations section, three truck platoons containing
two truck sections each, > maintenance | Latoon, and .1 communication sec-
t ion.

1.
 COMMUNICATION COMPANY, HEADQUARTERS BATTALION

2 Centi il Computer Group, AN/TYA-5, T AOC

1 CentraI )£fice, TeLei h me, Auto, iO 0 Lines, AN/TTC-38(V ) 1
2 :ommunication Central, AN/MKC-87A
2 Communication Central, AN/TGG-37(V)
5 Communication Central, AN/TSC-1 i
1 Control Central Communication Technical, AN TSQ-84
2r> Cont i i] Rad io Set , AN/GRA-6
1 Dat i lommunications Terminal, AN/TY.' :-5A(V]
L8 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39)A
lr> Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-8JA
b Radi • Set, AN/MHC-1L0
L5 . id i Set, AN MR -12 i
16 Radio Set, AN I RC-47
8 Radio Set, AN PI -7 ".
L5 RadLo Set, AN PR -77
26 Rad io I' i LnaJ • t, v. MR :-13 5
8 Rad Lo :• I n i na 1 !t, AN, TH -166
6 Ri •• ..,.: . • • , Radi , •".'. GRR-17
.: • c 'i lei Repi o Set, : ind , AN '.. - A
. Shelter, Elec. I [uip, S-J 26A .
Shelter, Electi mics Ma in Spt. hU I • ••- •

Shop, Electronic, AN HM-94

9 Switchboai :, :• !• ph mi , Manual, SB-
7 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic,
8 Teletypewi Ltei Set, AN GGC- •-'•.
28 Terminal, Telephone-Teli iraph, TH-Ö ••. •

1 Air Conditioner, MCS, Horizontal, I 0Hz , , •• •

•)
r i r Conditioner, MCS, >n1 il, 6 H , ! ,000 •• , •• .
4 Air Cond it loner, M :s, Vertical, 60H z, 1 , uo UT , A : , •...-.
Air Condi t ioner, MCS, Veitical, 60H /, 5 6 ,0 00 BTU , A 'E , ••• :-24
2 Ai r Condi t Loner, MCS , Skd-Mtd, A E, -39
Freq lency nverter, L id State , '. • I Hz ,
Fn ••; lency :, /ert er, Sol id State, 4 Kw, • - 4 0 Hz,
13 Gem iratoi •t, 3kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, Ml : " 0 L6 A
9 Jem irator Set, äkW, 40i Hz, Skd-Mtd, ME! -02 LA
2 Generator Set , . . -•'.;, .:! •, Skd-Mtd, MEP -00 3 A
4 Generator Set , LOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd , ME p-1 1 2 h
4 Generator Set, iOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, ••;:.; -00 \
2 Gener.it >r •:"> , SOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd , ME p-1 L4A
1 Generator Si ' , 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, Ml P -00 6 A
1 Generator Set, LOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd , ME P-0 ,) 7 '•.
1 I. ight Set, •ner il 111 um, Lg.
7 Chassis, Trailer, GP, J-1/2T, 2-Whl , M 3 5 3
17 Trailer, Amph l b Ca rgo , 1 4T , 2-.Vhl, H416
la Traller, • n |0, 1-1/2"', 2-Whl , M10 ^2
L8 Tra iler, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762
2 Tra iler, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1 2T, 2-Whl, M149AJ
10 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6 , M3 5A2
19 Truck, Utility, L/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB F Lexible, '•:.:
1 Machine G in, 7.62mm, M60

1 Couuu.mo and Control.--The company commander ii r id

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2^ Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limiti

to individual and automatic weapons for security.

Mobility.--Possesses organic capability to ac B-

!'Ii sh disp Lacement

(c) Concept ot Kii.ployinent:. --The company provides • pool of

transport ition support for the Marine division. It i:; capable of 'tans-
porting, the assault e 1 ••:;.' mts of two infantry battalions simultaneously.
Truck platoons are structured to be attached to or placed in support of in-
fantry regiments. The truck platoons are capable of sustained operations
on i 24-1 our basis. rhe major items ot equipment are shown below.

TRI OMPANY, HEADQUARTERS BATTALION

1 Communication Central, AN/MRC-87A

1 Radio Set, Control Group, AtJ/GRA-39a
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
4 1 '.i lio Set, AN/MRC-109
4 ladio Set, AN/l'KC-77
^ Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M41b
:
37 Trailer, Cargo, L-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 i Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
1 Track, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 4x4, M880
100 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
3 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1,200 Gal, 2-1/2T, bxf>, w/Wn,
M49A2C
12 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, M151A2
3 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M343A2
iO Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, Hb Flexible, M2
14 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, MbO
:> Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5

(d) Admin ist rat iv ipab i 1 i ty . —Mono Consol liiat ci under

battalion S-l/adjutant suction.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

i_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.--Capable of providing organizational

(first echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational
(second echelon; maintenance on all assigned equipment is provided by the
service company. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is
provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.
b^ Sup port.--None.

2_ Supply.--Done organic; support is provided by the

service company.

i Medical.--None organic; support is provided by the

headquarters company.

4_ Transportat ion.—Capable of providing organic motor

transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.

Food Service.--None organic; support is provided by

2-10
the service company.

Infantry Regiment

(L) Hiss ion»--To Locate, close with, and destroy the em ... I
fire and maneuver or to repel his assault uy f ir<- and 1 i • •• combat«

(2) Concept of organization

(a) The infantry regiment consists of a headquarters com-

pany and three infantry battalions. The infantry battalions are the basic
tact ical units with which the regiment accomplishes its mission. When com-
bined with other combat support and combat service support units, it forms
a regimental landing team (RLT). (See Figure (2-3)

10991

INFANTRY
REGIMENT
147-2690 11-198

1096M 10381

HEADQUARTERS INFANTRY
COMPANY BATTALION
18-152 2-3 43-846 3-65

Figure 2-i.--Infantry Regiment,

(b) Command and Control

1 Command and Staff.—Command and staff functions for

the regiment are exercised through a compact operational command group con-
sisting of the commander and an executive staff. The staff is capable of
integrating the efforts of attached and supporting units. The staff can
support an alternate command post during displacement.

2_ Commun ications.--Mithin the regiment there is an

organic capability of providing reliable contact links between all levels
of command for continuous control of subordinate units as necessary and for
communications to higher headquarters by radio. The organic communications
permit independent operations. Communications are provided by higher head-
quarters for the establishment of radio relay terminals at the regimental
command posts, and by the regiment at each of the subordinate battalion
command posts to provide multichannel voice and teletype communications be-
tween these headquarters.
_3_ Intelligence.--The regimental headquarters directs

2-11
the collection effort oi subordinate and supporting units, forwards intel-
ligence information to hiyher echelons, and disseminates processed intel-
ligence, it is capable of Limited pi >cessing of information collected.

(c) I-' 1 repowi- r .—There If tire support element at the

regi men) .11 level.

(d) Mobility.--The ba iic means ot ground mobility oi the

regiment is by toot, supplemented by small, Lightweight vehicles for the
transportation o£ electronics equipment, weapons, and Limited amounts >l
ammunition and supplies. All elements are helicopter transportable and are
compatible with other means of transportation (amphibious vehicle, motor
transport, fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

(e) Logistics.—Logistic support is provided by service

support elements of the division to t :.• regimental headquarters company and
infantry battalions.

(i) Concept of Employment.--The infantry regiment is the major

element of close combat powet of the Marine division. The regiment, with
appropriate attachments, is capsule of independent, sustained operations.

(4) Admin is trat i ve Capabi 1 i t les

(a) Subordinate elements of the regiment are capable of

seif-administration.

(b) The regiment is responsive to an administrative concept

in which fiscal, personnel, supply, and maintenance functions and transac-
tions usually proceed directly from subordinate elements to the division.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance.--There is no regimental level capability

of providing maintenance for subordinate elements. Subordinate elements
are capable of first and second echelon organizational maintenance of all
equipment authorized (less fire control instruments).

(b) Medical

1 The chain of medical evacuation does not include

the regimental echelon. The regimental medical section provides technical
supervision and coordination of all medical activity within the regiment.

2_ The medical platoon of each subordinate battalion

is capable of administering emergency treatment and preparation for evacua-
tion, by means provided from external sources, of casualties requiring
hospitalization.

(c) Transportation

i_ Subordinate units of the regiment are equipped with

a minimum number of vehicles to support combat actions. Vehicular trans-
portation consists of small, lightweight, general purpose vehicles, all
helicopter transportable.
2_ When required, a light helicopter is provided to
the regimental commander on a daily basis for command, liaison, and obser-

2-12

- -• - *-•
5F
vation purposes.

(d) Supply .—The regimen) does not provide supply support

to subordinate elements. Supplies in pi ivided by supporting division • r-
vice elements direct to using units, including thi headquartet coi pany oi
the regiment.

(e) Food Service.--'!':.'- headquarter :o pany ind .; n linate

battalions ot" the regiment art.- capable >: self-feeding in iJin -. >i in
the field, as practicable.

(6) Headquarters Con,pany

(a) Miss ion.—To provide the reyimentaJ coinmandei wi1 i I

facilities Cor effective command and control.

Ib) Concept of Organization

1 The company is organized into functional grouping

to provide for:

a_ A regimental hea [quarters whier direct- ind

coordinates the actions of the entire regiment.
b A coimiiun icat ion platoon which provides the nec-
essary communication links Cor exercising control and coordination.

_c A company headquarters which provides the nec-

essary administrative, security, and logistic support of the company.

d A scout-sniper platoon to provide a specially

trained and equipped unit capable of rendering sniper support in con.oat
operations, by providing personnel trained to kill individual enemy sol-
diers with single rifle shots from positions of concealment.

2_ Command and Control (Company)

a_ Command and Staff.—The company commander an I

his small staff direct and control all matters pertaining to the adminis-
tration, logistics, and security of the company.

b_ Communications. — Internal communications are

limited to telephone and messenger service.

_c Intelligence.—Not applicable.

i_ F irepower

a_ There is no fire support element at regimental

level.

_b Firepower available to the company commander is

represented by a small security section, armed with light infantry weapons,
capable of defending the regimental headquarters against infiltration by
small groups of the enemy.

_4 Mobility.—The basic means of ground mobility of

2-13

- --
r
5B
the company is by foot/ supplemented by organic, small, Lightweight vehi-
cles tot' the transportation of electronic equipment, i Limited number of
the headquarters group, and Limited amounts of internaJ supplies ind
equipment. All elements are helicopter transportable ind are compatible
with other means of transportation (amphibious vehi :le, motor transport,
fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

Ji boij ist je;.—Logistic support of the company is pro-

vided through internal distribution of supplies, simple supply procedures,
and Limited organizational maintenance. Company service platoon carries
authorized allowance only. Additional supplies, maintenano , ledicaJ sup-
port, and transportation are provided by service support units >f the divi-
s ion.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company hi adquartei . is

em] loved primarily to provide internal administration, logistics, security,
and working space facilities for the company. The physical layout, sup-
port, and displacements incident to the regimental headquarters ire direct-
ed toward providing the regimental commander and his staff with the
effective means tor directing and controlling the regiment. The scout-
sniper platoon can be employed as a unit or broken down into .quads and
• ims for attachment to any sized tactical unit within the- regiment. In-
dividual sniper teams of two men are the smallest integral in 11 of the pla-
toon. Bach team is equipped with one high-powered sniper rule with a
telescopic sight and a wide angle binocular, which is used for observing
and seeking targets for the other member of the team. Team lembi rs relieve
each other in performing the duties of sniper and observer.

(d) Admin istrat ive Capabilities.--Capable of self-adminis-

trat ion.

(e) bog istical Capabilities

J_ Maintenance

a_ All elements of the company are capable of pro-

viding orgainzational maintenance (first echelon) on assigned equipment.

_b Organizational maintenance (second echelon) is

provided by company headquarters on company motor transport and ordnance,
and communications-electronic equipment.

2_ Med ical.--The medical personnel of the company pro-

vide for emergency treatment and preparation for evacuation by external
means of all casualties within the company requiring hospitalization.
These personnel are capable of operating an aid station for treatment of
minor illnesses and injuries, and exercise technical supervision of mea-
sures for the prevention and control of disease.

J Transportation

a_ Transportation for the headquarters company is

provided from a pool of small general purpose vehicles maintained within
the company headquarters. Vehicles are allocated within the company for
the purpose of providing transportation for command, staff and liaison per-
sonnel, communication equipment, limited medical evacuation, and internal
supply distribution.

2-14
 b When required, a Light helicopter is provided to
the regimental commander, on a daily basis, for command, liaison, and
observation pirposes.

4 Supply.--The company receives supplies from sup-

porting division service elements and provides for distribution within the
company.

_5 Food Service.—Company headquarters operates a din-

ing facility for the company in garrison, or in the field, as practicable.

(f) Major Items of Equipment.--The- major items of equipment

are shown below

HEADQUARTERS COMPANY, INFANTRY KEG 1 KENT

2 Communication Centr al, AN/MRC-87A

e Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
L Radiac Computer Ind icator, CP95A/PD
2 Radiac Set, AN/PDR- 56
12 Radio Set, Control Group, AM/GRA-39A
3 Radio Set, AN/GRC-1 60
2 Radio Set, TRK MTD, AN/MRC-83A
2 Rad io Set, AN/MRC-1 10
5 Rad io Set, AN/PRC-4 7
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 5A
10 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 7
8 Radio Terminal Set, AN.MRC-13 5
4 Rad io Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiving Set, Radi o AN/GRR-17
2 Switchboard, Teleph one, Manual, SB-22/PT
3 Switchboard, Teleph one, Automatic SB-3614(V; TT
3 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GCC-3-A
1 Tactical Intelligen ce Imagery Processor
10 Trailer, Amphib, Ca rgo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M41b
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1 /4T, 4x4, M718A1
12 Truck, Utility, 1/4 T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm M60
20 Night Vision Goggle s, Individual, AN/PVS-5
1 Night Vision Sight, Tripod mtd, AN/TVS-4
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon AN/PVS-4
3b Shotgun, 12 gauge, M870/MK1

c. Infantry Battalion

(1) Mission.—To locate, close with, and detroy the enemy by

fire and maneuver, or to repel his assault by fire and close combat.

(2) Concept of Organization

(a) The infantry battalion consists of a headquarters and

service company, a weapons company, and three rifle companies. The rifle
companies are the basic tactical units with which the battalion accomplish-
es its mission. (See Figure 2-4). When the battalion is combined with
combat support and combat service units, it forms a battalion landing team
(BLT).

2- ir<
 10381
INFANTRY BATTALION

43-84b 3-65

10371 10271 101

HsrS COMPANY WEAPONS COMPANY RIFLE COMPANY

20-183 3-65 5-141 0-0 6-174 0-

Figure 2-4.—Infantry Battalion.

(b) Command and Control

1 Command and Staff.--Command and staff functions are

exercised through a compact operational command group consisting of the
commander and executive staff. The staff is capable of integrating the ef-
forts of attached and supporting units, utilizing representatives of these
elements provided for this purpose. The staff is capable of supporting an
alternate command post during displacement. All fires in support of the
battalion are coordinated under the staff cognizance of the operations of-
ficer. Advice in fire support coordination matters is provided by liaison
personnel from supporting or attached units.

2_ Communicat ions.—Communication means are provided

to maintain reliable and continuous communication channels to subordinate
or attached units or to higher headquarters. The primary method of commu-
nications to subordinate units is by voice radio. Communications to higher
and adjacent units is by voice radio, continuous wave (CW), teletype, and
when furnished by higher headquarters, radio relay. Alternate methods of
communications are by messenger (helicopter, vehicle, foot), wire, and
visual.

J_ Intelligence.--Organized to provide surveillance,

reconnaissance, and target acquisition commensurate with fire and maneuver
capabilities of the battalion, and responsive to the reaction time avail-
able to the commander. Information, collected by subordinate units as an
integral by-product of their normal combat functions, is translated rapidly
and informally into intelligence in the formulation of routine command de-
cisions. The organic intelligence section of battalion headquarters is
capable of limited intelligence processing. Intelligence data collected is
forwarded to higher echelons.

(c) F i repower.--In addition to individual weapons, the or-

ganic battalion firepower consists of medium mortars, direct fire assault/
antitank weapons, Dragon antitank weapons, and flame weapons. A direct
support artillery battery is normally in support of the battalion to pro-
vide essential heavier fire support.

(d) Mob i1ity.—The basic means of mobility is by foot, sup-

plemented by use of organic, small, lightweight vehicles for the transpor-
tation of electronics equipment, weapons, and limited amounts of ammunition

2-16
and supplies. AH elements are helicopter transportable and are compatible
with other means of transportation (amphibian vehicle, motor transport,
fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

(e) Log ist ics.—Logistical capability is compatible with

the mobility and combat power of the battalion. The battalion is struc-
tured on the basis of unit distribution of supplies to and within the
battalion.

(3) Concept of Employment.—The battalion is the basic tactical

unit of ground combat power and the nucleus of the battalion landing team
(BLT). As a balanced firepower and maneuver team, it attacks and destroys
all targets in the assigned area of responsibility. With attachments, it
is capable of independent sustained operations for periods of several days
as permitted by combat conditions. It is capable of conducting a coordina-
ted deliberate defense.

(4) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Ma intenance.—Performs organizational maintenance

(first echelon) of all materiel authorized the battalion, and organization-
al maintenance (second echelon) of motor transport, ordnance (less fire
control instruments), and electronics materiel authorized the battalion.

(b) Medical.—Provides emergency treatment and preparation

for evacuation by external means of all casualties requiring hospitaliza-
tion; provides a battalion aid station for treatment of minor illnesses and
injuries and exercises technical supervision of measures for the prevention
and control of disease.

(c) Transportat ion

_1_ Transportation means organic to the battalion con-

sists of small, general purpose, helicopter transportable vehicles for com-
mand, communication, and medical.

2_ When required, a light helicopter is provided to

the battalion commander on a daily basis for commanii, liaison, and observa-
tion purposes.

(d) Supply.--Capable of organic supply functions. It car-

ries limited resupply for the companies preloaded on platform vehicles.

(e) Food Service.--Capabale of operating a battalion dining

facility in garrison or in the field, as practicable. When requin_i, it
furnishes equipment and cooks to rifle companies tor the opetat 1
limited number of company dining facilities.

(6 ) Headquarters and Service (Ht.S) Company

(a) Mission.—To provid« the battalion CO nai • the

facilities tor effective comand control and to provid« '..;•• ants of
service support for subordinate elements of the battalion.

(b) ,'oncept of Organization.— (See Figure 2-5.

n
 1_ Organized into functional groupings to provide tor:

a_ A battalion headquarters which directs and coor-

dinates the actions of the entire battalion.

b A communication platoon which provides the com-

munication channels necessary in exercising control and coordination of the
batta Lion.

c_ A surveillance and target acquisition platoon to

provide a capability to collect limited amounts of information and to de-
tect personnel and vehicular targets during conditions of reduced visibil-
ity and darkness.

d_ Service support elements which provide limited

service support to the battalion.

e_ A company headquarters which provides the neces-

sary administration, security, and logistic support of the company.

10371

HEADQUARTERS AND
SERVICE COMPANY
20-183 3-65

BATTALION COMMUNICATION SERV; :i COMPANY

HEADQUARTERS PLATOON PLATOON HEADQUARTERS
L 5- 3 5 1-74 2-53 2- 3

SURVEILLANCE
MEDICAL AND TARGET
PLATOON ACQUISITION
2-65 PLATOON
0-17

CHAPLAIN
SECTION
0-1 1-0

Figure ^-5.--Headquarters and Service Company.

2_ Command and Control

a Command and st ill .--']':,<' company commander and

• i mail stall lirect and control ail matters pertaining to the adinim -

. i !

.,...
~

tration, logistic support, and security ol thi : >mj any.

b_ '• )iiu:n,in icat ions. --Internal in icat ions in

limited to telephone and messenger service.
c Int»111 i'jence.--1,lim t:• -.j inJ »rmation colled . •.,
processing, and dii semination capabilities exist within the ;urvi i.
and tjt'.jet acquisition platoon and S-2 section oi t!..- batt ili :. hi idquar-
ters.

j K i L•uj'owuL.—Firepowei ivaiJ ible • > the coi pan

mander Ls represented security elements, and ariw I .-. 1t • I i (hi Lnl u - rj
weapons, capable of defending the battalion headquartei I Infiltra-
tion by s;".all .jroups >: thi- . !:• •-..'.

A_ Moot 1 i ty.—The .. i i : mi m : |i ind •

the company Ls by foot, supplemented by >i |anic, i all, li jhtwi i
cles for the transportation ot electronic equipment, a limited number ot
the headquarters group, and supplies and equipmi ..t .- •• iry I istain the
company on a daily basi 5. All element i are hel Lcoptei transj rtabj and
are compatible with other means ot transj rtation (a hi hicli , I >i
transport, fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).
Lot] ist ics• —Log is t ical i I : i thi • any is
provided by battalion Level service support elements.

(c) Concept ol l'.:i,ploy .r.ent.--The com] in) headquartei is

employed primarily to provide internal Logistics, secui Lty, ind
space facilities for the company. The phy Leal La; it, ipport, ind
displacements incident to the battalion headquarl i •.: directed I .-. . i
providing the battalion commandei md his stafl •-. : • thi I ••• tivi
means for directing and :ontrolling the batl ili n. Phi inical
medical, and service unit'-, of thi company I met Lon ii perationai
within the entire battalion and not tin : ... Ltseli ind ir< 101 illj
employed in support of the tactically dis] ised rifli panics, :
items OL equipment are shown on the 1 >llowing ; ige.

(d) A-Jiiii n ist rat iw .'apab i I i t ies. -- . mi lenti il izi i II lei

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) liQij ist ic a L C ipao l L 11 u- .,

1 Maintenance

a All elements il thi u il . • I ro-

viding organizational naintenance (f irst echelon n all as •• • I
iiient.

ij_ Organizational maintenanci ec nd

provided by the service pi ttoon on ill batl ilion motoi transport I I-
nance (Less Lire control instruments), by the communi :ation plat . all
battalion communication equipment, and by the 1-2 secti >n m itt ... ••. sur-
veillance radars.

.' 1 3

— .— —.... ^ -. -• - —.*-^<^
 Ht'ADQl'ARTFRS AND SF.RVICK COMPANY, INFANTHY BATTALION

1 Communication Central( AN/MRC-87A

12 ControL Radio Set, AN GRA-6
25 Detecting Set, Seismic Intrusion AN/PSR-1A
1 Heliport Lighting Set, Portable
8 Radar Set, (LBSR) AN/PPS-15 (V) 2
2 Radar Set, AN/PPS-fa
1 Radiac Computer Indicator
15 Radio Set, Control Croup, AN/CRA-iy/.
11 Radio Set, AN/GRC-lbO
2 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-8 3A
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
5 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
5 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 5A
58 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
2 Radio Set, AN/VRC-4 7
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiving Set, Radio AN/C.RR-17
3 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, S13-22/PT
1 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
2 Transponder Set, Forward Air Control AN/PPN-18
1 Decontaminating Apparataus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
1 Tactical Intelligence Imagery Processor
22 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
2 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, bxb, w/Wn, M5bl
22 Truck, Platform, Utility, 1/2T, 4x4, M274A5
24 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
17 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
5 Machine Gun, 7. b2, M60
60 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5
4 Night Vision Sight, Tripod Mtd, AN/TVS-4
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
10 Telescope, observation, W/E, M49

2_ Med ical.--The battalion medical platoon provides

for emergency treatment and preparation for evacuation by external means of
all casualties within the battalion requiring hospitalization. The medical
platoon is capable of operating an aid station for treatment of minor ill-
nesses and injuries. It also exercises technical supervision of measures
for the prevention and control of disease.

3_ Transportation.--Transportation for the headquar-

ters and service company is provided from a pool of small general purpose
vehicles maintained within the service platoon. Vehicles are allocated
within the company for the purpose of providing transportation for command,
staff, and liaison personnel, communication equipment, crew-served weapons
and their basic load of ammunition, limited emergency medical evacuation
and supply distribution within the battalion headquarters and to rifle com-
panies .

_4_ Supply

a_ The service platoon receives supplies from divi-

sion service elements and provides fcr distribution within the battalion.

__». ^
 _b The company headquarters receives supplies for
internal support of the headquarters and service company and provides for
distribution.

_5 Food Service

a^ The service platoon operates a dining facility

for the entire battalion while in garrison and in the field, as practic-
able.

_b When required, the service platoon furnishes

cooks and equipment to rifle companies for the operation of a limited num-
ber of company dining facilities.

(7) Rifle Company

(a) Primary Mission.—To locate, close with, and destroy

the enemy by fire and maneuver or to repel his assault by fire and close
combat.

(b) Concept of urganization.--(See Figure 2-6.)

RIKI.h C WPANY

I ->.

1 S3

Figure 2-6.—Rifle Company.

1 The rifle company consists of a company headquar-

ters, a weapons platoon and three rifle platoons.
2_ lominand and Control

a Command and Staff

(1_) A company commander with his small company

headquarters performs command and staff functions necessary for efficient
planning, direction and supervision, in execution of assigned missions.

(2_) When the company forms the basic unit of a

task groupment, the supporting unit commanders will have additional func-
tions as advisors in their supporting roles to the company commander.

2-21
 Communications

(J_) Communication equipment provided by bat-

talion.

(_2_) When equipped, capable of effecting rapid

and reliable communications between the company headquarters and subordi-
nate and higher headquarters.
(_3_) Primary method of communications is voice
radio with alternate means by messenger, wire, and visual devices.
(_£) Company voice radio net links with the
rifle and weapons platoon headquarters.

c Intel 1igence

(1_) Combat intelligence at the company level is

inseparably linked to combat operations. Processing is limited to expedit-
ing the transmission of information to the battalion command post.

(2) The rifle company collects information by

direct observation, patrolling, and uncovering enemy personnel and mater-
iel. There is no organic specialized reconnaissance or surveillance capa-
bility within the rifle company.

3 Firepower

a_ The rifle platoons possess a family of indivi-

dual point fire weapons capable of effective semiautomatic and automatic
fire and an individual area type weapon system. In addition, the rifle
platoons possess a limited capability for attacking fortified positions and
close-in defense against armor by use of hand held anti-tank/assault wea-
• pons.

b_ The weapons platoon possesses:

(_1_) Machine guns to provide supporting fires

for maneuvering elements in the offense and for the support of immediate
and deliberate defenses.

{2) Assault/anti-tank weapons to provide effec-

tive assault fires against enemy fortified areas and obstacles and close-in
anti-tank fires.

(_3_) Multi-shot portable flame weapons (MPFW) to

provide flame capability at the company level.

(_4) Demolitions for destruction and reduction

of fortified positions and obstacles.
i

_4 Mobility.—The rifle company is helicopter trans-

portable. Its organic capability to displace is baded on foot mobility.

_5 Logistics.—A small supply section carries a basic

load and handles the internal distribution of supplies for the company.

2-22

mtmmmmmmmm
 •-

Supply support of the company is by unit distribution with transports ion

and medical support provided by battalion or other external sources.

(c) Concept ot" Employment

1_ The company normally operates as a maneuver element

of the infantry battalion. It can bo employed independently for short
periods, and with the attachment of supporting elements, may form a tasr.
unit ft« special operations.

_2 In the attack the rifle elements of the company,

assisted by organic and/or external supporting fires, maneuver to a posi-
tion from which they can close with and defeat the enemy. Effects of enemy
fires will be minimized through surprise, rapidity of movement, dispersion,
and use of supporting fires.

2_ In the defense, the rifle company defends as part

of a larger force to aeny a vital area, to protect a flank, to gain time,
to economize forces, or to disorganize and destroy the enemy. The company
can operate as part of the mobile defense, position defense, or combination
of the two.

1
1 28
4 The major items of equipment are shown below.

RIFLE COMPANY, INFANTRY BATTALION

Demolition Equipment, Indiv.

Launcher, Grenade 40mm, M203
I

1
1
Launcher, Rocket, 66mm,4-Tube, M2G2A1 1

1 i Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

Mortar, Infantry, 60mm, M19
Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(d) Adminis trat ive Capabilit ies.--None.

battalion S-l/adjutant section.
Consolidated under
•
1
|

(e) Logistical Capabilities

_1_ Maintenance.--Performs organizational maintenance

(first echelon) of authorized materiel.

_2 Mod ical.—Provided by battalion.

3_ Transportat ion.—Provided by battalion.

_4_ Supply.—The company does not possess a supply

stocking capability but is capable of receiving and distributing supplies.

5 Food Service.—When practicable, service platoon of

battalion may furnish cooks and equipment for operation of a company dining
facility.
(3 ) Weapons Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide medium mortar, and anti-mechanized

assault for the infantry battalion and its subordinate elements.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The weapons company consists

2-23
r
of a company headquarters, an 81mm mortar platoon, and a DRAGON platoon.
(See Figure )-i <
HI \r :.: C »MPANY
5-141

»1 M )KI

2-80

>T. r
L --

i
i

.•;-.:

0-4
1 1

•••

Figure 2-7.—'Weapons Company.

1
1_ Weapons Company

a_ Company headquarters.

ja DRAGON platoon.

(1_) Platoon headquarters.

(2) Three DRAGON sections of four squads in

each section (two teams per section). Although the Dragon may be tacti-
cally employed by squads, there is no squad leader in the T/O. If requir-
ed, the section leader designates a squad leader for tactical employment.

c^ 81mm mortar platoon.

(_1_) Platoon headquarters.

(2) Four 81mm mortar sections with an FO and
two 81mm mortar squads in each section.
2 Command and Control

Command and Staff

(1_) Subordinate elements of the company are em-

ployed in support of the battalion or attached, as directed by the batta-
lion commander.

(_2) A company commander with a company head-

quarters performs the functions necessary for efficient planning, direc-

2-24
tion, and supervision in execution of assigned missions. The company
"1
commander functions as the fire support coordinator (FSC) lot th< I ittalion
commander.

b Communications

(_1_) Communication equipment is provided uy th<

battalion.

(2_) The primary means of comn.un icat ion for sub-

ordinate elements of the company is voice radio supplemented by wire, mes-
senger, and visual signals.

{J_) Subordinate elements of the company are

capable of using voice radio communications internally, with the battalion
command post and with supported units when equipped with communication
equipment provided by the battalion.

_c I nte 11 igence

(j_) There is no specialized reconnaissance or

surveillance capability within the weapons company.

(_2) The subordinate elements of the company

collect information in the course of operations by direct observation and
from enemy personnel and materiel. Processinq is limited to expeditinq the
transmission of information to the battalion command post.

_3_ Firepower

a^ The firepower of the weapons company consists of

medium mortars, medium and light antimechanized/assault weapons, and indi-
vidual weapons.

jb The 81mm mortar platoon contains eight medium

mortars capable of providing indirect fire support.

_c The DRAGON platoon contains antitank guided mis-

sile systems capable of providing medium antimechanized/assault support to
the battalion and its subordinate elements.

4_ Mobility.--The basic means of ground mobility for

the weapons company is by foot, supplemented by the use of vehicles organic
to the battalion for the transportation of weapons and limited amounts of
ammunition and supplies. All elements are helicopter transportable and are
compatible with other means of transportation (assault amphibian vehicles,
fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

_5_ Combat Service Support.—The weapons company is

capable of movement of a basic load. The internal distribution of supplies
to the company is by unit distribution with transportation and medical sup-
port provided by battalion or other external sources.

(c) Concept of Employment

J_ During operations, the subordinate elements of the

weapons company are employed as directed by the battalion commander. The
company commander of the weapons company functions as the battalion fire

2-25
support coordinator« The weapons company headquarters coordinates service
support to the company.

2 The 81mm mortar platoon is normally employed as a

unit under centralized control of the battalion commander. When required,
the 81mm mortar platoon is capable of providing mortar sections for attach-
ment to rifle companies.

The DRAGON platoon is employed under centralizi I

control ot the battalion commander, by attachment, or a combination ot
both, as sections, squads, or teams.

4_ The major items of equipment are .shown below.

WEAPONS COMPANY^ XNFA.'JTHY BATTALION

1 Circle, Aiming, M2
i Demolition Equipment, Indiv.
9 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, H203
) Launcher, Rocket, fa6mm, 4-Tube, M202A1
6 Machine Gun, 7.02mm, M60
8 Mortar, Infantry, 81mm, W/'-lt, -\2i\i, M2SM.1

(d) Administrative Capabi1i tles.--None. Consolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities.—The weapons company is capa-

ble of performing organizational maintenance (first echelon) of all author-
ized materiel and organizational maintenance (second echelon) of the Dragon
weapons system.

d. Artillery Regiment

(1) Missions and Tasks.—To provide artillery support to the

Marine division in the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(2) Concept of Organization.--The regiment is organized into a

headquarters battery and five artillery battalions. (See Figure 2-3.)

(J) Concept of Employment.—The regiment is normally employed in

support of the Marine division. The artillery battalions are capable of
independent operations. The regiment is capable of exercising tactical
fire direction of organic and attached units.

(4) Administrative Capab11 ities.--Subordinate units are capable

of self-adininistrat ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities.—The regiment's logistical capabil-

ities are the sum of the individual subordinate unit's capabilities.

(6) Headquarters Battery, Artillery Regiment

(a) Missions and Tasks.—To provide the regimental com-

mander with the facilities for effective command and control of the regi-
ment in the amphibious usssault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The battery is organized into

functional groupings to provide for:

2-26

— -
 —

I 1 w.
ARi i:.:.; ,
243-2938

L 19bM i 1 2 BM
HU BATTERY ARJJ . LERY BN i'.'i ::,LERY BN
DIRECT SI PI RT i '.: NERAL
SUPI • • :
3 1-22' 3-3 4TH BN
29-38' 2-6

1126M liojy i 14 J :•:

Hj BATTERY rToi HOW B : i'V .
17-180

1265M
• H W BTRY

'•'•. BATTERV 1 i ri GUN BTRY 8" HOW BATRY

(SP) SI
19-219 2-a -1 0 -104

Figure 2-8 ARTILLERY REGIMENT

Figure 2-8.—Artillery Regiment

2-27

• ' • - •
 1 A regimental headquarters for command, direction,
and coordination of the actions of the entire regiment, including attached
or reinforcing units.
2 An operations platoon which provides the commander
the means to direct and coordinate the intelligence and operation activit-
ies of the regiment.

i_ A communication platoon which provides the neces-

sary communication links for the exercise of command, control, and coordi-
nation.

_4 A battery headquarters which provides the necessary

command, administrative, security, and logistic support of the battery.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The battery operates only with

the artillery regiment. Personnel of the battery may be assigned to a sub-
ordinate battalion to provide necessary support when the battalion is oper-
ating independent of the regiment. The major items of equipment are shown
below.

HEADQUARTERS BATTERY, ARTILLERY REGIMENT

2 Communication Central, AN/MRC-87A

3 Distance Measuring Equipment MRA-301
13 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
3 Radar Set, w/TRLR accessory & RVR unit, V-475,AN/MPQ-4A
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
16 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
4 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
5 Radio Set, Trk Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
7 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
16 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
14 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
6 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
6 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless Manual, SB-3082 (v) 2/GT
2 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GCC-3-A
14 Generator Set, 3kw, 60hz, skid-mtd 15
28 Generator Set, Jkw, 400hz, skid-mtd, MEP-021A
12 Generator Set, DE, lOkw, 60hz, skid-mtd, PU-669/AG
6 Generator Set, DE, lOkw, 400hz, skid-mtd, PU-670/A
5 Generator Set, 30kw, 60hz, PU-708/G
8 Generator Set, 60kw, 60hz, skid-mtd, PU-712/G
4 Generator Set, lOOkw, 60hz, MEP-007A
3 Motor Generator, 2.5kw, 60-400hz, PU-449/U
4 Motor Generator Power Supply, 30kw, JH-32G
2 Surveying Set, Astronomic Azimuth
1 Surveying Set, Field, ArtyBn
1 Theodolite Surveying, T-16
15 Tractor, Full-tracked w/multi-purpose bucket, MC-1150
12 Truck, Forklift, rough terrain, MC-4000

2-2«

— J
6F
HEADQUARTERS BATTERY, ARTILLERY REGIMENT (continue i)

13 Chassis, Trailer, 3-1/2T, M3r>3

3 Semitrailer, low bed, 2-1/2T, 2-Whl, M172A1
11 Trailer, araphib, cargo, 1/4T, 2 Whl, M416
.> Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2 Whl, M105A2
39 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2 Wwhl, M762
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, M149A1
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
2 Truck, Cargo, 1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
13 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w/ow, W/PTO M S'JA2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6 M49A2C
3 Truck, Tractor, 5T, 6x6, w/o winch, W/PTO
12 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
3 Circle, Aiming M2
2 Computer, Gun Direction M18
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
4 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, Hi 5 Flexible M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
1 Meteorlogical Station Manual, AN/TMQ-4
6 Mortar, Arty, 107mm, M30
6 Night Vision Goggles, Individual AN/PVS-5
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-5
2 Radar Chronograph Set, M36 AN/GPS-5
1 Radiosonde Baseline Check Set AM/GMN-1A
1 Radiosonde Recorder AN/TMQ-5C
1 Rawin Set AN/GMD-1A
1 Reproducer, Signal Data AN/GSQ-64

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--Capable of seif-adrainii

trat ion.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Ma intenance.—All elements of the battery are capa-

ble of providing organizational maintenance (first and seconci echelon) GJi
all equipment assigned the battery, and maintenance (third echelon) on
field artillery digital automated computer (FADAC) equipment. The counter-
mortar section is capable of providing fie'd maintenance (fourth echelon)
on countermortar radar equipment.

2_ Med ical.—The medical personnel provide for emer-

gency treatment and preparation for evacuation of all casualties within the
battery requiring hospitalization. Medical personnel are capable of oper-
ating a small field dispensary for treatment of; minor illnesses and injur-
ies. The medical personnel exercise technical supervision throughout the
regiment of measures for the prevention and control of disease.

_3_ Transportat ion.—Transportation for the battery is

provided from a pool of general purpose vehicles maintained within the bat-
tery for the purpose of providing transportation for command and staff per-
sonnel, communication equipment, limited medical evacuation, and internal
supply distribution.

_4 Supply.—The battery headquarters receives supplies

 6B
for internal support of the battery and provides [or distribution.

5 Food Service.--The battery headquarters is capable

of operating a dining facility for the battery in garrison and in the
field, as practicable.

(7) Direct Support Artillery Battalion

(a) Mission and Tasks.—To provide direct support, general

support, and reinforcing artillery fires to units of a Marine division in
the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The battalion is organized

into a headquarters battery, three 105mm howitzer batteries, and a 155mm
howitzer battery (towed (T)).

(c) Concept of Employment.--The battalion is normally em-

ployed in support of an infantry regiment and will normally operate as an
integral unit. The howitzer batteries are capable of operating indepen-
dently of the battalion when provided appropriate service and support per-
sonnel from the headquarters battery. The battalion is capable of exercis-
ing tactical and technical fire direction of organic attached firing units.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-adminis-

tration.

(e) Logistical Capabilities.—The battalion's logistic

capabilities are the sum of the individual subordinate unit's capabilities.

(f) Headquarters Battery

_1 Missions and Tasks.—To provide the facilities with

which the battalion commander directs, controls, and coordinates the tacti-
cal operations of the battalion in the amphibious assault and subsequent
tactical operation and technical fire direction ashore. To provide limited
amounts of appropriate service and support for subordinate elements of the
battalion.

_2_ Concept of Organization.--The battery is organized

into functional groupings to provide:

a_ A battalion headquarters for command, direction,

and coordination of actions of the entire battalion, including attached or
reinforcing units.

_b An operations platoon which provides the com-

mander the means for technical fire direction control of subordinate units,
intelligence, observation, survey, and meteorological information to these
units and liaison to the supported infantry regiment.

C Naval gunfire liaison and spotting elements for

coordination and control and naval gunfire in support of the supported in-
fantry regiment.

d_ A service platoon for logistics, supply, motor

transport, food service, and medical support to the battalion.

2-30

*~* .
 e A communication platoon which ;. i >vi li • • n<
essary communications tor the exercise ol battalion coai ind I in I in .

f A battery headquarters tot command : th< bat-

tetry.

_3 Concept ol l-'.n.p loyment.—The battery perat« only

with the artL1 lory battalion. Personne 1 oi the battery ma^ bi i Lgned I
a tiring battery to provide necesary support when the I 11 Lng battery i
operating independent ot the battalion. The major item • | li] • r,t :i
shown below.

HEADQUARTERS BATTERY, D/S BATTALION

10 Control Kadio Set, AN/GRA-6
I Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
12 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
b Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
5 Radio Sot, Trk Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
2 «adio Set, AN/MRC-110
3 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
5 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
39 Kadio Set, AN/l'RC-77
12 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-134
6 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
5 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB22 PT
2 Surveying Set, Field Arty Bn«
4 Theodolite Surveying, T-16
7 Trailer, ftmphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, M149AJ
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
9 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
1 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, bxi>, w/o Winch, w PT , \2C
' 1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49
8 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
2 Circle, Aiming M2
4 Computer, Gun Direction M18
1 Integrated observation Sys. AN/GSQ-184
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M20 S
4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
1 Meteorological Station Manual, AN/TMQ-7
4 Might Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons, AN/PVS-i .\
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Serve;) Weapon, AN/TVS-28
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5
Reproducer, Signal ')ata AN/GSQ-64

'' 4_ Admin is trative Capabi1it ios.--None, Cons 1 . : •• I

under battalion S-l/adjutant section.

2_ Logistical Capabilities

. n

• - i ' . - • • " - III! <l < i—MfclAfc •!

 —

a^ Ma intüiidncü. --The battery is capable ol 01 jan-

izational maintenance (first echelon) of all materiel authoi Lzed the bat-
tery and organizational maintenance (second echelon) oi ordnance (le: I Lr<
control), communication, jml motor transport materiel luthoi Lzed. Thi c >m-
iiiunications platoon provides (second echelon) maintenance i i] ; irl to the
howitzer batteries as required.

b Medical .—Medical field technicians an organic

to the battery to provide for emergency medical treatment of minor illn<
es and injuries, preparation of casualties for evacuation, and iupervision
of measures for the prevention anA control ol disease. The battalion medi-
cal section is capaole of operating a .small field dispensary, when supple-
mented by medical personnel from the batteries.

c Transport..it ion . --Transput" tat ion for the head-

quarters battery is provided from a pool of (eneraJ _ourpo.se vehicles main-
tained within the battery headquarters. Vehicles are1 allocated within the
batter-/ for the irj >se of provi ling transportation for command, st if : und
liaison personnel, communication • • lipinent, survey teams, limited ernei :• n :y
medical evacuation, and supply distribution within the battalion hi idq lar-
ters and to firing batteries.
d_ Supply.—The battery is capable of organic sup-
ply functions. ill classes >i s ipj Lies will : naintained at thi winii im
level essenti il for continuous o] ei i! i ms as .-scribed by higher hi i I-
quarters. The battery relies on unit distribution except for class '.'.

(_l_) The battery headquarters receive: supj L <

for internal support ol the battery and provi :••-: for d is t r iuut ion.

[2] Tin- oattalion supply section receivi i .; -

plies 1 :las I ) fi H dTvision serv ice element ind providi foi ii -
tribution within the battalion.
e food Service

(1) The battery is :apable of operating i I it-

tery dining facility when provided limited food i irvic< facilities ind I i I
service personnel from the battalion food service section.

(2) The battalion food iervici section is ca| i-

ble oi operating i batl ilion dining facility when in jarrison and in the
field is pr ict Lc ib Le.

(_J_) When required, the battalion food service

section furnishes cooks and equipment to firing batteries for the >j> i it) >n
of battery dining facilities.

(g) 10 1:1.1.1 How it/er Battery

1 Missions and Tasks.--To provide direct support ar-

tillery fires to units of a Marine division in the amphibious assault ana
subsequent operations ashore-.

Concept ol -Jr-jaii i /. 11 ion . --The battery is organizi I

into a battery headquarters and a firing battery. Command, control, commu-
nication:",, fire direction, and liaison are' executed by the battery head-

2-32
 quarters. Firepower and mobility are provided by the howitzers and organic
transportat ion.

J_ Concept of Employment.—The battery will normally

operate as an integral firing element of the battalion; however, it is
capable of deploying with an infantry battalion. The major items of equip-
ment are shown on the following page.

105 MM HOWITZER BATTERY

6 Howitzer, Light Towed, 105mm, w/e, M101A1

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
6 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
14 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
3 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
7 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
3 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400gal, M149A1
1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
1Ü Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w/ow, w/PTü, M35A2C
7 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Circle, Aiming M2
7 Collimator, Infinity Aiming, Reference Ml
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
8 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons, AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-28
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN-TVS-5

_4_ Administrative Capabilities. • •None Consolidated

under battalion S-l/adjutant section.

_5_ Logistical Capabil i ties .--The battery is capable of

organizational maintenance (first echelon) of all organic equipment and
organizational maintenance (second echelon) of communications-electronics,
ordnance (less fire control), and motor transport equipment; organic sup-
ply; battery level food sevice when provided cooks and equipment from head-
quarters battery; displacement by organic vehicles; and emergency treatment
of minor illnesses and injuries.

(h) 155mm Howitzer Battery (Towed)

_1_ Missions and Tasks.—To provide general support and

reinforcing artillery fires to units of a Marine division in an amphibious
assault and subsequent operations ashore.

2_ Concept of Organization•--The battery i: organized

into a battery headquarters and a firing battery. Command, control, com-
munications, fire direction, and liaison are executed by the battery head-
quarters. Firepower and mobility are provided by the howitzers and organic
transportation.

2-33

-i.i.., .i III*— ; .m—, .... ... - - . . — ••..•..-- J

 _3 Concept ot Employment.--The battery will normally
operate as an integral firing element of the battalion. The major items of
equipment are shown on the following page.
4_ Admin istrat ive Capabi1 ities.--None, Consolidated
under battalion S-1/adjutant section.

155MM HOWITZER BATTERY (T)

6 Howitzer , Med Towed, 155mm, w/e M114A1

1 Radiac C omputer Indicator, CP95A/PD
1 Radiac S et, AN/PDR-56
8 Radio Se t, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Se t, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Se t, AN/MRC-110
6 Radio Se t, AN/PRC-77
2 Switchbo ard, Telephone, Manual, SB22/PT
6 Tra iler, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
7 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400gal, M149A1
1 Truck, C argo, l-l/4T,6x6, w/winch, M561
: 1 Truck, C argo, 5T, 6x6, w/o winch, w/PTO, M54A2C
) Truck, U tility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Circle, Aiming M2
7 Collimat or, Infinity Aiming, Reference Ml
10 Launcher , Grenade, 40mm, M203
4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB, Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
4 Night Vi sion Sight, Individual Served Weapons AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vi sion Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5

_5_ Logistical Capabil ities .--The battery is capable of

organizational maintenance (first echelon) of all organic equipment and or-
ganizational maintenance (second echelon) of communications-electronics,
ordnance (less fire control), and motor transport equipment; organic sup-
ply; battery level food service when provided cooks and equipment from
headquarters battery; displacement by organic vehicles; and emergency
treatment of minor illnesses and injuries.

(8) General Support Artillery Battalion, 8" Howitzer (Self-Pro-

pelled (SP)

(a) Mission.—To provide general support artillery to a

landing force in the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore,
and to reinforce the fire of other artillery units. To direct and coordi-
nate the tactical operations of its subordinate batteries. To provide
nuclear fire support when required.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The general support artillery

battalion, 8" howitzer (SP) is composed of a headquarters battery, two 8"
howitzer batteries (SP), and a 175mm gun battery. The battalion is organ-
ized to provide general support artillery to a landing force. Trained
maintenance personnel are assigned based on the equipment organic to the
battalion.

2-34

I^^H^H^H^IH^KMfi itlA fai

 1 Command and Control

a_ Command and Staff.—Command functions are dis-

charged through a command group consisting of the commander and executive
officer and an executive staff. The executive staff provides functions
identified as personnel, intelligence, operations, and logistics. This
staff is organized to permit required command and control over the battal-
ion and additional units or elements attached to it. The staff is capable
of echeionment to provide for an alternate command post during displace-
ment.

_b Communications.—The battalion is capable of

entering the radio nets of the artillery regiment, supplemented by wire
when feasible. The battalion is capable of providing communications be-
tween all levels of its command. The primary method of communications to
r
subordinate bac .eries will be by wire where feasible, otherwise by voice
radio. The battalion is capable of entering the radio nets of reinforced
and supporting units.

_c Intelligence.—The battalion has limited target

acquisition capabilities. Primary sources of target information are ex-
ternal agencies such as infantry and landing force intelligence sections,
artillery and division air observers, forward observers of reinforced di-
rect support artillery units, and the artillery regimental fire direction
center. Aerial photos are used extensively. An operational intelligence
section is provided in the operations platoon for close and rapid coordi-
nation of target information derived from battalion sources and received
through intelligence channels. The communications capability exists for a
direct link with the artillery regiment countermortar/counterbattery radar
section.

d_ Fire Direction.—The battalion operations pla-

toon contains a fire direction section with personnel and equipment to es-
tablish a fire direction center for the computation jf gunnery data for the
firing batteries under centralized technical fire direction. Decentralized
technical fire direction capability also exists with the fire direction
centers at battery level. For sustained periods of centralized technical
fire direction, howitzer batteries provide fire direction personnel and
equipment to augment the battalion fire direction center.

2_ Firepower.—The battalion, in general support of a

landing force, provides fire support at longer ranges and with greater
lethality than the weapons of the lighter artillery battalions. There is a
capability to control the organic fires of batteries and to mass two or
more batteries on target. Firepower of the battalion includes capabilities
for direct, normal, and high angle fire at a minimum range of 500 meters
and a maximum range of 32,000 meters. In addition to individual weapons,
other infantry crew-served weapons are provided each battery for security
patrol and local defense.

_3_ Mobility.—The battalion has self-propelled weapons

and sufficient vehicles to permit displacement of the battalion with all
organic equipment in one echelon.

A Logistics.—All logistic functions within the bat-

talion are centralized under the cognizance of the S-4. The battalion re-
quisitions, stores, and distributes supplies. The battalion is structured

2 i5
on the basis oi unit distribution [less class V), organizational ieve]
maintenance/ and initial management ol casualties. Phe howitzer/gun bat-
teries carry a basic allowance of ammunition« handle internal distribution
>• supplies) and perEorm authorized organ izat iorul ...amtenunce (first eche-
lon). Ml other Logistic functions; i.-.-., dining, embarkation, medical,
etc., ire provided it battalion level.

(c) Concept of Kmploy;..ent.--7:ie battalion operates as a

separate artillery entity providing Tire on designated targets. The bat-
t ilion neutralizes or destroys targets assigned by hi |hei - chel >n and fires
tons requested by a reinforced direct support artillery unit. The
battalion will retain the capability to depioy one battery and one platoon
for independent operations tor Limited periods.

(d) Admin istrative Capjbi1i t ies.—Capable of self-adminis

trat ion.
(e) Logistical Capabilities

J_ Maintenance.—The battalion is capable of organiza-

tional '.\aintenance (first echelon) on all materiel authorised the battal-
ion, and organizational maintenance (second echelon) of ordnance (less fire
control), motor transport, electronics, and engineer materiel authorized
the battalion. Subordinate batteries conduct first echelon maintenance
only. Second echelon maintenance is conducted at battalion level.

2_ Medical.—The battalion is capable of administering

emergency treatment and preparation for evacuation of battalion casualties
requiring hospitalization by organic or external means. It also exercises
technical supervision of measures for prevention and control of disease.

_i_ Transportation.—The oattalion has organic trans-

portation means to displace all batteries in a single echelon. This in-
cludes the capability of carrying the basic load.

4_ Supply.--The battalion has the organic capability

of providing its own supply requirements. Stock levels of supply are main-
tained at a level directed by higher echelon commensurate with the tactical
situation.

2_ Food Service.—The battalion is capable of provid-

ing a battalion dining facility in garrison or in the field and of provid-
ing limited food service facilities and personnel to the firing batteries
for independent operations when required.

(f) Headquarters Battery, General Support Artillery Bat-

talion, H' Howitzer (SP)

1_ Miss ion.—To provide the means by which the bat-

talion commander directs, controls, and coordinates the tactical operations
and the technical fire direction of the battalion; to provide appropriate
logistics and service support to subordinate elements of the battalion.

7_ Concept of Organization.—The battery is organized

into functional groupings to provide:

2^36
 _a A battal ion headquarters £01 command, lirection,
and coordination oi the entire battalion, including attached 01 r< in( • :i n•
units.

_b An administrative platoon to provide admini (ti i-

tive services to ;ubordinate units and to provide chaplain services as re-
quested.

jj An operations platoon which gives the battalion

commander the means to provide technical fire direction, intelligence,
survey support, and radiosonde meteorological information to subordinate
units. Firing batteries provide fire direction personnel and equipment to
augment the battalion lire direct in center for centralized technical tire
d irect ion.

_d A service platoon to provide supply maint'-runce,

motor transport, engineer, food sevive, and medical support to the battal-
ion.

ia A communication platoon which provides the nec-

essary communication equipment and personnel for the exercise of battalion
command functions.

f A battery headquarters for command of the bat-

tery.
_3_ Concept of Employment.—The oattery operates with
the artillery battalion or can be deployed independently. Headquarters
battery personnel are assigned to a howitzer/gun battery to provide nec-
essary support when that battery is operating independently of the battal-
ion. The major items of equipment are shown below.

HEADQUARTERS BATTERY, GENERAL SUPPORT BATTALION, b" HOWITZER [SPj

8 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6

3 Distance Measuring Equipment, MRA-301
39 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
5 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
3 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
15 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
9 Radio Terminal Set, AM/MRC-134
4 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
3 Receiving Set, Radio AN/GRR-17
3 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic, SB-3614/TT
1 Surveying Set, Astronomic Azimuth
3 Surveying Set, Field Arty Bn.
2 Theodolite Surveying T-16
6 Tractor, Medium, Full-Tracked 82-30FA-M3
3 Truck, Forklift, Rough Terrain MC-4000
3 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, M149A1
7 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
3 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A,
9 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2

2-37
 —

HEAD! QUARTERS BATTERY, GENERAL iUPPORT BATTALION, 8" HOWIT ;I:I< (SP)
( cont L nu> <i)

(i Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, t.xb, w/winch, M561

6 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
I Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
L Truck, V^n, 2-I/2T, 6x6, M109A3
1 Truck, Wrecker, :/r, (>xt>, w/wn, M543A2
1 C trcle, Aim ing M2
4 Computer, Gun Direction M18
10 Launcher, Grenade 40ram, M203
4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, MfeO
1 Meteorological Station Manual AN/TMy-7
2. Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapns AN/L'VS-JA
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-2B
i Recovery Vehicle, Full Tracked,Light MS78
-L Reproducer, Signal Data AN/GSO-64

_4_ Admin is trat ivc Capab i 1 i t tes . - -None . Consolidate!

under battalion S-1/adjutant section.

j_ Logistical Capaui 1 it ies

a_ Ma Lntenance.—The battery is capable of organi-

zational naintenance (first echelon) of all authorized material. The bat-
tery is capable of and responsible for all (second echelon) maintenance of
ordnance (less fire control), motor transport, engineer, and communication
equipment of the battalion.

_b Medical.—The battalion medical section is capa-

ble of operating a small field dispensary. Medical _ield technicians are
assigned to firing batteries as required.

c_ Transportat ion.--Transportaticn support is pro-

vided from a pool of general purpose vehicles maintained within the battery
headquarters. Motor transport assets are allocated to provide transporta-
tion for command and staff personnel, communication personnel and equip-
ment, survey teams, medical evacuation, and supply distribution.

dSupply.—The battery is capable of organic

supply functions, All classes of supplies are maintained at liunumum
prescribed levels, The battalion receives supplies (less class V) and
provides for distri t ion within the battalion.

_e Food Service

(i_) The battalion food service section is capa-

ble of operating a battalion dining facility in garrison or in the field as
applicable.

(_2) If required, the battalion food service

section furnishes personnel and equipment to firing batteries for the oper-
ation of a battery dining facility. The battalion can support one battery
in addition to operating a battalion dining facility.

•38

*•—•' -'•• • •• ••• *•• -•- •- * • « '*m >"•••*-«

 •

(g) 81 Howitzer Battery (SP), General Support Artillery

Battal ion lluwi tzer (SP)

j_ Mission.--To provide yenerai support and reinforc-

ing fires to the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

2_ Concept of Dryanization.--The battery is organized

into a battery headquarters and firing battery with six a" howitzers (SP).
The battery headquarters contains the headquarters, fire direction, mainte-
nance, and communication
;ommunication section. The firing battery contains the head-
quarters, ammunition, ami six howitzer sections.

Command and Control

Command and Control.—Command and control

are exercised at the battalion level, The battery commander is responsible
for efficient planning, direction, and supervision in the execution of as-
signed missions.

(21 Communications. — Internal communications

are normally accomplished by wire with voice radio as a supplemental means.
External communications will be by wire where feasible, otherwise by voice
radio.

(_3_) Fire Direction.—The battery headquarters

is capable of establishing a fire direction center to provide either bat-
tery level technical fire direction or a centralized battalion level fire
direction center. To accomplish the latter, firing batteries provide aug-
menting personnel and equipment for that purpose.

b_ Firepower.--The battery consists of six 8" how-

itzer (SP). Each, howitzer has a nuclear delivery capability. The battery
has as organic equipment, machine guns and individual weapons for peri'eter
security.

_c Mobility.—The howitzers are tracked vehicles

capable of moving independently. The remainder of the organic battery ele-
ments are transported by organic vehicles supplemented, if necessary, by
additional vehicles from battalion headquarters.

J_ Concept of Employment.—The battery will normally

operate as an integral firing unit of the battalion. With augmentation
from battalion assets, the entire battery, or portions thereof, may be
deployed in support of larger amphibious units. The major items of
equipment are shown on the following page.
4_ Admin istrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated
under battalion S-1/adjutant section.
_5_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Ma intenance.—The battery is capable of organi-

zational maintenance (first echelon) on all organic equipment. All second
echelon maintenance of ordnance (less fire control), communication equip-
ment, engineer equipment, and motor transport assets is performed at bat-
talion level.

2-39

•....•,, Ml • li'Miniii
 JJ Transportat ion.--The battery is capable of dis-
placement by utilizing organic vehicular assets.

C Mod ical .--Al 1 medical services are provided by

battalion headquarters. Field service technicians are provided to howitzer
batteries as required.
d^ Supply.--Supply functions are performed at bat-
talion level. Distribution of supply items to howitzer batteries is pro-
vided by the headquarters battery supply section.

e^ Food Service.--Food service capabilities are

centralized at battalion level. All food service requirements are provided
to howitzer/gun batteries as required.

8-INCH HOWITZER BATTERY (SP)

6 Howitzer, 8-inch, SP w/Radio Set AN/VRC-75, M110

2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
i Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-4 7
8 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
4 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Surveying Set, Astronomic Azimuth
2 Surveying Set, Field Arty Bn.
2 Theodolite, Surveying T-16
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl. M416
6 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105..2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, H149A1
3 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
10 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, w/o '.;, w/PTU, M54A2C
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Circle, Aiming M2
7 Collimator, Infinity Aiming, Reference Ml
10 Launcher, Grenade 40mm M203
5 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, MB, Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 :.lght Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-2B
1 Reproducer, Signal Data AN^GSQ-64

(h) 175mm Gun Battery (SP), General Support Artillery, 8'

Howitzer (SP)

_1_ Mission.—To provide general support and reinfc

ing fires to the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

_2_ Concept of Organization .--The battery is organized

into a battery headquarters and firing battery with six 175mm guns (SP).
The battery headquarters contains the headquarters, maintenance, fire di-
rection, and communications sections. The howitzer battery contains the
headquarters, ammunition, and six gun sections.

2-4 0

J
 a^ Command and Control

(_U Command and Control.—Command and control

are exercised at the battalion level. The battery commander is responsible
Cor efficient planning, direction and supervision in the execution of as-
signed missions.

(2) Communications. — Internal communications

are normally accomplished by wire with voice radio as a supplemental means.
External communications will be by wire where feasible, otherwise by voice
radio.

(_3J Fire Direction.—The battery headquarters

is capable of establishing a fire direction center to provide either bat-
tery level technical fire direction or a centralized battalion level fire
direction center. To accomplish the latter, the battery provides augment-
ing personnel and equipment for that purpose.

b_ The battery consists of six 175mm guns (SP).

The battery has machine guns and individual weapons as organic equipment
for perimeter security.
c_ Mobil ity.—The guns are tracked vehicles capable
of moving independently. The remainder of the organic battery elements are
transported by organic vehicles supplemented, if necessary, by additional
vehicles from battalion headquarters.

_3^ Concept of Employment .--The battery will normally

operate as an integral firing unit of the battalion. With augp^ntation
from battalion assets, the entire battery, or portions thereof, may be
deployed in support of larger amphibious units. The major items of equip-
ment are shown on the following page.

_4_ Administrative Capabili ties.--None, Consolidated

under battalion S-1/adjutant section.

_5_ Logistical Capabilities

_a Ma intenance.—The battery is capable of organi-

zational maintenance (first echelon) on all organic equipment. All second
echelon maintenance of ordnance (less fire control), communications equip-
ment, engineer equipment and motor transport assets is performed at battal-
ion level.

_b Transportation.--The battery is capable of

displacement by utilizing organic vehicular assets.

_c Medical.--Al 1 medical services are provided by

battalion headquarters. Field service technicians are provided to the
battery as required.

d Supply.—Supply functions are performed at bat-

talion level. Distribution of supply items to the battery is provided by
the headquarters battery supply section.

e_ Food Service.—Food service capabilities are

centralized at battalion level. All food service requirements are provided
to the battery as required.

2-41

"• - — • ii mi )a—rtM—MailH ••• M* -*- - - * - • m . ^li

 175MM GUN BATTgRY

fa Gun, Self-Propelled, FT, 175mm, W/E, M107

2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
J Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GKC-lfaO
2 Radio Set, AN/HRC-109
1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-UO
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
8 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
4 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PI), Skd-Mtd, iOO Gal , Ml 2 LAI
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
b Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, Ml 49M I
i Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, faxfa, w/winch, M562
10 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Circle, Aiming, M2
7 Culliminator, Infinity Aiming, Reference Ml
1 Demolition Equipment, Indiv.
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
5 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M6Ü
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-2B
2 Periscope, BC, W/E M65
1 Plotting Equipment, Arty Fire, Direction, Complete W/Chest
1 Reproducer, Signal Data, AN/GSQ-64
(9 General Support Artillery Battalion, 155mm Howitzer (SP)

(a,
ioi Miss ion.—To provide general support artillery to a
landing force in the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore,
and to reinforce the fires of other artillery units. To provide nuclear
:
fire support when required. To direct and coordinate the tactical opera-
tions of its subordinate units.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The general support artillery

battalion, 155mm howitzer (SP) is composed of a headquarters battery and
two 155mm howitzer batteries (SP). The battalion is organized to provide
medium range general support artillery to a landing force. Trained mainte-
nance personnel are assigned based upon the equipment organic to the bat-
talion.

1 Command and Control

a_ Command and Staff.—Command functions are dis-

charged through a command group consisting ot the commander, executive
officer, and executive staff. The executive staff provides functions iden-
tified as personnel, intelligence, operations, and Logistics. This staff
is organized to permit required command and control over the battalion and
additional units or elements attached to it. The staff is capable of eche-
lonment to provide an alternate command post during displacement.

Commun ications.--The battalion is capable ot

entering the radio nets of the artillery regiment, supplemented by wire
when feasible. The battalion i T capable of providing communications be-

2-42

. . . .'-
 —

tween all Levels of its command. The primary method of communications to

subordinate batteries will be by wire if feasible, otherwise by voice
radio. The battalion is capable of entering the radio nets of units it is
reinforcing or supporting.

_c I nte 11 igence.—The battalion has limited target

acquisition capabilities. Primary sources of target information are exter-
nal agencies such as infantry and landing force intelligence sections, ar-
tillery and division air observers, forward observers of reinforced direct
support artillery units, and the fire direction center of the artillery
regiment. An operational intelligence section is provided in the opera-
tions platoon for close and rapid coordination of target information deriv-
ed from battalion sources and received through intelligence channels. The
communication capability exists for a direct link with artillery regiment
countermortar/counterbattery radar section.

d_ Fire Direct ion.--The battalion operations pla-

toon contains a fire direction section with personnel and equipment to es-
tablish a fire direction center for computation of gunnery data for the
firing batteries under centralized technical fire direction. Decentralized
technical fire direction capability also exists with the fire direction
centers at battery level. For sustained period of centralized technical
fire direction, howitzer batteries provide fire direction personnel and
equipment to augment the battalion fire direction center.

_2_ Firepower .--The battalion in general support of a

landing force provides fire support at longer ranges with greater lethality
than the weapons of the lighter artillery battalions. There is a capabil-
ity to control the organic fires of the batteries and to mass two or more
batteries on a target. Firepower of the battalion includes capabilities
for direct, normal, and high angle fire at a minimum range of 200 meters
and a maximum range of 18,100 meters (23,500 Deters with the RAP round).
In addition to individual weapons, other infantry crew-served weapons are
provided each battery for security patrols and Local position defense.

3_ Mob ility•—The battalion has self-propelled weapons

and sufficient vehicles to permit displacement of the battalion with all
organic equipment in one echelon.

_4_ Log i s t i c s .—All logistics functions within the bat-

talion are centralized under the cognizance of the S-4. The battalion re-
quisitions, stores, and distributes supplies. The battalion is structured
on the basis of unit distribution (less class V), organizational level
maintenance, and initial management of casualties. The howitzer batteries
carry a basic allowance of ammunition, handle internal distribution of sup-
plies, and perform authorized organizational maintenance (first echelon).
All other logistic functions; i.e., dining, embarkation, medical, etc., are
provided at the battalion level.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The battalion operates as a

separate artillery entity providing like-caliber fire on designated tar-
gets. The battalion neutralizes or destroys targets assigned by higher
echelon and executes fire missions requested by a reinforced direct support
artillery unit. The battalion will normally operate as an integral unit;
however, the battalion will retain the capability to deploy one battery and
one platoon for independent operations for Limited periods. The battalion
has the flexibility of assuming control over one or more additional 155mm
howitzer batteries, self-propelled or towed.

2-43

-- • •
 (d) Admin istrat ive Capabi I it ies.--Capable o! self-adminis-
trjtion.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

i Maintenance.--The battalion is capable )) : jjiu/.a-

tional maintenance (first echelon) of all material authorized th< rtl llion
and organizational maintenance (second echelon) of ordnance (les I ir< con-
trol), motor transport, electronics, and engineei nateria] auth 11 Lz< i the
battalion. Howitzer batteries condact lirst echelon maintenanci inly.
Second echelon is conducted at battalion level.

_2 Med ical.—The battalion is capable >t administering

• ii rgency treatment and preparation for evacuation of battali i .;.•;•
requiring hospitalization by organic or external means. it a] exei . •
technical supervision of measures for the prevention and control I li-
sease.

_3 Transportat ion, -The battalion has irganic trans-

portation means to displace headquarter: and howitzer batteries in si nt; 1 e
echelon. This includes the capability of carrying the bas ic 1 oad if a
nit ion.

_4_ Supply .—The battalion has the organic capability

of providing its own supply requirements. Stock levels of supply ari lin-
tained at a level directed by higher echelons commensurate with the tacti-
cal situation.

Food Service -The battalion is capab Le of pr .•. :-

ing a battalion dining facility when in garrison or in the field, and of
providing limited food
Dod service facilities and dining personnel t > the how-
itzer batteries for independent operations when required.

(f) Headquarters Ratt» General Su ppo rt hrillery Batt il-

ion, 15 5min Howitzer (SP)

1 Miss ion.--To provide the means by which the battal-

ion commander directs, controls, and coordinates the tactical operations
and the technical fire direction of the battalion. To provide a] pi i| i i iti
logistic and service support to subordinate elements of the battalion.

2 Concept of Organization, -The battery ) i |a n i zed

into functional groupings to provide:

a_ A battalion headquarters Cor command, direction,

and coordination of the entire battalion, including attached or reinforcing
units.

_b An administrative platoon to provide administra-

tive services to subordinate units and to provide chaplain services as re-
quested.

_c An operations platoon which provides the battal-

ion commander the means with which to provide technical fire direction, in-
telligence, survey support, and radiosonde meteorological information to
subordinate units. Howitzer batteries provide fire direction personnel and

-44
 -•-••'— •'•' ""•' "••"•'•

7F
equipment to augment the battalion Eire direction centi r foi • nti -.'.i/.ed
technical Eire direction.

d^ A service platoon I pi >vid< supply, linten-

ance, motor transport, engineer« food service , and i lie ü supp irt to the
batta1 ion.

<j_ A communication plat >on which ii . . h tin i ec-

iry communications equipment md personnel foi th i I battalion
i:i : 1 unct Lons.

_!_ A battery headquarters Cor command • • • it-

tery.

ncepl : ploy ent. --The battery iperuti .I I

the artillery battalion or can be leployed independently. Headq r( rs
battery personnel are assigned to a howitzei I ittery • - rovidi •.••••• iry
support when that battery is operating independently I th< ittalio . '••••
;: i n items il equipment ar< shown on the Eollowing - nji .
£ Adn ij i_ i' rat ive ipabil i t ii .--None. L i da ted
under batta 1 ioi ::- : id]utant sect ion.
2. Logistical lapabil ities
u_ Maintenance.—The battei ... :a\ ibli I rgani-
zational maintenance (Eirst echeJ n) ol ill authorized material. PI Lat-
tery is capable >: and responsible Eoi ill second echi Lon lint' lane
ordnance (loss Eire control), mot ot transport, engineer, and coi ;•.,-.•
• |u ipment >f the batt il ion.
_b Med ical.—The battalion medical section i . capa-
ble oi iperat ing i small field lispensary. Medical field *• :h ician i
assigned to howitzer batteries is reguirt :.
Transportation.--Tr in ,•• rtati >n s ip] rt . ; ro-
vided Erona i pool I leneral pur: • /ehic les maintained within th< I t( i .
headquarters. Motoi transport issets in illocated t provid transj rta-
tion for command and staff pel nnel, communication pei mnel md
ment, sur • . . • ' * , •
i. s, nedical evacuation, and >up| . .

Ill Ai)'..)'V RTI RS 15 iTTKRY , GENKRAL SU TALIi N,

L >5MM, HOWITZER (SP)

7 Con t r )1 Ha jio Set, AN IRA-6

i Distance Measuring 1 mi ment MRA-301
. Ra lio Set, Control Group, AN GRA-39A
2 Rad io Set, AN '-. -160
> Ra lio Trk Mtd, •,-. MRC-8 IA
2 Radio Set , AN/MRC-109
i Radio Set, AN MRC-110
-1 Rad io Set, AN/PRC-47
4 Radio Set , AN/PRC-7 i\
15 Rad io Set , AN, PRC-77
7 Ra lio T( i .; in a 1 Set, AN MF '.- 1 34
4 Rad io Terminal Set, AN TRC-166
ReceLvinq let, 1 idi ,, AN/( •.-[
 r
7B
HF.ADQUARTKRS BATTERY, GENERAL SUPPORT BATTALION,
155MM, HOWITZER (SP)
(cont inued)

1 Switchboard, Telephone, Au tomatic SB-3614/TT

3 Switchboard, Telephone, Ma nual, SB-22/PT
1 Surveyinq Set, Astronomic Azimuth
2 Surveyinq Set, Field Arty Bn.
2 Theodolite, Surveying T-16
4 Tractor, Medium, Full Trac ked, 82-30FA-M3
2 Tractor, Rubber Tired, Art iculated Steer 72-31MP
7 Trailer, Amphibious Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
Tra iler, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2- will, M105A2
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, M149A1
1 ^ruck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x 4, M718A1
6 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6xb, w/winch, M561
6 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, w/o winch, w/PTO, MJ5A2C
J Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicin g, 1200 gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
1 Truck, Van, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M 109A3
9 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M 543A2
2 Circle, Aiming M2
3 Computer, Gun Direction Ml 8
10 Launcher, Grenade 40mm, M2 03
4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Brow ning, HB, Flexible M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm.. M60
1 Meteorological Station, Ma nual AN/TMQ-7
2 Night Vision Sight, Indivi dual L'erved Weapons AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew S erved Weapon AN/TVS-2B
2 Recovery Vehicle, Full Tra eked, Light, M578
1 Reproducer, Signal Data AN /GSQ-64

_d_ Supply.—The battery is capable of organic sup-

ply functions. All classes of supplies are maintained at minimum prescrib-
ed levels. The battalion receives supplies (less class V) and provides for
distribution within the battalion.

e_ Food Service

(J_) The battalion food service section is capa-

ble of operating a battalion dining facility in garrison or in the field as
applicable.

(2) If required, the battalion food service

section furnishes personnel and equipment to howitzer batteries for the
operation of a battery dining facility. The battalion can support one
battery in addition to operating a battalion dining facility.

(g) 155mm Howitzer Battery (SP), General Support Artillery

Battalion

; 1 Mission.—To provide general support and reinforc-

ing fires to the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

2_ Concept of Organization.—The battery is organized

into a battery headquarters and a firing battery with six 155mm howitzers
(SP;. The battery headquarters contains the headquarters, fire direction.

2-46
communications, and maintenance sections. The howitzer battery contains
headquarters section, six howitzer sections, and an ammunition section.

Command and Control

(1) Command and Control.—Command and control

are exercised at the battalion level, The battery commander is responsil L<
for the efficient planning, direction, and supervision in the execution of
assigned missions.

(_2_) Commun icat ions .--I nt'_- rnal communicati n

are normally accomplished by wire with voice radio as .1 supplemental • an .
External communications w:ll be by wire where feasible, otherwise by voice
radio.

(3) Fire Direction. The battery headquarters

is capable of establishing a fire direction center to provide either bat-
tery level technical Eire direction or a centralized battalion Leve] Eir<
direction center. To accomplish the latter, the battery provides personnel
an<i equipment for this purpose.

b_ F1 repowe r. --The battery consists of six 15

howitzers (SP). Each howitzer has a nuclear delivery capability. The bat-
tery has as organic equipment machine guns and individual weapons for pi 1 L-
meter security.

c_ Mobility.—The howitzers are tracked vehicles

capable of moving independently. The remaining battery elements are trans-
ported by organic vehicles, supplemented, if necessary, by additional vehi-
cles from the battalion headquarters.

J_ Concept of Employment.--The battery will normally

operate as an integral firing unit of the battalion. With augmentation
from battalion assets, the entire battery, or portions thereof, may be de-
ployed in support of larger amphibious units. The major items of equipment
are shown below.

155MM HOWITZER BATTER* (SELF-PROPELLED)

6 Howitzer, Medium, SP, 155mm, W/Radio Set 7RC-47, M109A1

2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
3 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-4 7
8 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 7
4 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual SB-22/FT
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
b Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal, M149A1
3 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
10 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, w/o winch, w/PTO, M54A2C
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Circle, Aiming M2
7 Collimator, Infinity Aiming, Reference Ml
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203

2-47
AD-A118 020 MARINE CORPS DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION COMMAND OUANT—ETC F/9 15/3
LANDING FORCE ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS STUDY (LFOSS).(U)
1979
UNCLASSIFIED NL
 •—I

155MM HOWITZER BATTERY (SKLF-iJl<uPLl,l,r.D

(Cont inuod)

4 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, K2

4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M6Ü
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons AN/PVS-2A
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-2B
1 Reproducer, .Signal Data AN/GSO-64

_4_ Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated

under battalion S-l/ä~d jutant sect ion.

_S Logistical Capabilities

a^ Ma intenance.—The battery is capable of organi-

zational maintenance of all organic equipment. All second echelon mainte-
nance of ordnance (less fire control), communication equipment, engineer
equipment, and motor transport assets is performed at battalion level.

_b Transportat ion.--The battery is capable of dis-

placement by utilizing organic vehicular assets.
_c Medical.—All medical services are provided to
the battery as required.

_d Supply.—Supply functions are performed at bat-

talion level. Distribution of supply items to the battery is provided by
the headquarters battery supply section. ,,
e_ Food Service.--Food service capabilities are
centralized at battalion level. All food services requirements are provid-
ed to the battery as required.

e. Reconnaissance Battalion
(1) Mission.—To conduct reconnaissance in support of the Marine
division and its subordinate elements.

(2) Concept of Organization.—The reconnaissance battalion is

the sole table of organization unit specially trained and equipped for the
conduct of reconnaissance in support of a Marine division and its subordi-
nate elements. The battalion consists of a headquarters and service com-
pany and four reconnaissance companies . (See Figure 2-9.)

(a) Command and Control

1_ Command and Staff.—The staff is organized to as-

sist the battalion commander to exert maximum command and control over the
battalion and such elements as may be attached to it. This command level
operates with general/specific direction from higher headquarters.

2_ Communications.—Capable of providing reliable com-

munications for continuous control of subordinate units as necessary. The
primary method of communications to subordinate units will be by voice ra-
dio. Communications to higher and adjacent units will be by voice or CW
radio, with teletype to division when feasible. Alternate methods of com-

2-48

«Mi
 munications will be messenyei (helicopter, vehicle , Coot)« wir., and .. .-
al.

1428S
RECONNAISSANCE
BATTALION
31-380 2-il

1427S 1423S

HEADQUARTERS AND RECONNAISSANCE

SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY
11-84 2-31 5-74

* CADRE i_

F igure •Reconndissance battalion.

I ntel 1 igence. -- 1 ntel 1 i-gencc requirements of th'_

battalion are met through an intelligence section integrated within tht
battalion operations section. The battalion's operational activities ate
primarily concerned with the collection of intelligence ;;t >rmation, ar, :
consequently, intelligence considerations are intimately connected with,
and usually determine operational decisions. Information affecting the
immediate reconnaissance operations of the battalion is evaluated as
necessary.

(b) Firepower.—Weapons provided reconnaissance elements

are primarily for individual protection and to facilitate withdrawal in the
event of discovery, thus they are limited to automatic rifles which are re-
latively lightweight and have a high volume of burst fire. In addition,
M60 machine guns are provided to the headquarters and service company. he
reconnaissance battalion is not equipped or organized for reconnaissance-
in-force or routine combat assault missions. It does, 1 owever, have a
limited capability to conduct small scale operations such as 1 united-scale
raids, rescues, and evacuations.

(c) Mobility

1 The command and control and reconnaissance elements

of the battalion are helicopter transportable, but are limited to toot mo-
bility and light vehicle transport of their basic load when helicopter-
lifted.

_2_ The foot mobility of the reconnaissance companies

J.S supplemented by the following ground vehicles and helicopter support.

_a Headquarters and service company is authorized

nineteen 1/4-ton trucks to enable one complete reconnaissance company, or

?-49

--- - - • _—:.-
the equivalent, to be vehicular mounted for road and route reconnaissance
missions. In addition, sufficient cargo trucks are available to move the
personnel of one complete reconnaissance company.

b_ A simultaneous lift of the patrol elements of

one reconnaissance company, 01 the equivalent, is required. This capabil-
ity may be provided ny 12 assault support helicopters. Further augmenta-
tion, when required :.or increased air mobility, may be provided by trans-
port helicopters.
(d) Log ist ics.—Logistic capability is compatible with the
mobility of the battalion. The battalion is structured on the basis of
unit distribution of supplies to and within the battalion, organizational
level maintenance, and initial management of casualties, carried out in the
following manner:

1 The reconnaissance company carries a basic load,

handles internal distribution of supplies, and performs organizational
maintenance.

2_ All other organic logistic functions are provided

at battalion level by elements of headquarters and service company.

(3) Concept of Employment

(a) The reconnaissance battalion, or elements thereof, will

be employed primarily to gain intelligence information in support of the
Marine division or subordinate task organizations. It is not equipped for
decisive or sustained combat and must accomplish its reconnaissance mission
through stealth, maneuver, and rapid reporting. It is not capable of
screening or counterreconnaissance missions. The battalion is dependent
upon extensive use of helicopters to provide necessary mobility. Elements
of the battalion have a limited capability to conduct small scale opera-
tions such as limited scale raids, rescues of noncombatants or hostages,
and evacuations.

1 Maximum effectiveness is achieved by employing the

reconnaissance battalion as a unit directly under division control. This
method of employment provides for maximum efficiency and exploits to the
fullest extent the mobility and extensive communications of the battalion.
Unit employment makes maximum use of the battalion staff in the detailed
planning required of reconnaissance operations and utilizes the battalion
logistic and maintenance system with greatest effectiveness. When opera-
ting under division control, the battalion commander will receive mission-
type orders from the division commander and will render his report directly
to the division commander.

_2_ One or more of the companies of the battalion may

be attached to or in support of subordinate units of the division or spe-
cially task organized Marine Amphibious Units (MAU's) and Marine Amphibious
Brigades (MAB's). Such employment is normally required when:

a A regimental landing team (RLT) is employed on

an independent mission.

_b An RLT is assigned an area of responsibility or

zone of action of such size that acquisition of enemy terrain and target

2-SO
 information is beyond the capabilities of organic battalion patrol activ-
ity.

C An MAB or MAU is assigned an independent mis-

s ion.

J_ Specially task organized battalion landing teams,

operating independently of the division, may be supported by company or
smaller-size units of the reconnaissance battalion when the mission, or
area of operations, presents a reconnaissance requirement beyond the or-
ganic capability of the infantry battalion to perform.

(b) The concept of operations of the reconnaissance battal-

ion emphasizes directed reconnaissance rather than passive surveillance,
'ombining great tactical mobility and flexibility with reliable communica-
tion equipment, the battalion is capable of maintaining surveillance over
extended areas or conducting detailed area reconnaissance missions as re-
quired. The battalion utilizes its organic foot and vehicular mobility, or
helicopter lifted patrols, or combinations thereof, to conduct route, zone,
or area close and distant reconnaissance.

(c) During amphibious operations, all or part of the bat-

talion may be introduced ashore prior to H-hour, at H-hour, or during the
landing of nonscheduled units as the situation dictates.

1 A pre-H-hour landing is used primarily to place

reconnaissance elements in the area of greatest reconnaissance necessity
prior to the assault landing. This is normally accomplished by landing
units of platoon size or smaller by helicopter. The battalion also pos-
sesses an organic inflatable boat capability as an alternate means for
prior to il-hour landings.

_2_ Post-H-hour landings are made when the in.:.- liat«

introduction of reconnaissance elements is not required, or is not feasible
due to the terrain or the situation, or both. Certain elements of the I I -
talion may be landed in the pre-H-hour landing while the majority of the
battalion lands as a nonscheduled unit.

(d) In conducting reconnaissance missions in areas of in-

telligence interest beyond walking distance, reconnaissance patrols will
rely primarily on helicopter support. These aircraft will be used to em-
place and retract early warning and observation/listing posts on critical
terrain overlooking logical avenues of approach into the division posi-
tions. When elements of the division are in the approach march, helicop-
ters will be employed to leapfrog observation posts (op's) and patrols
ahead of the moving division, and to emplace and retract OP' s and patrols
plac^J to either flank and to the rear, while the main body of the column
remains on the move. All such elements may be changed at will, and reliefs
will normally be effected by exploitation ot" the flexibility o! th :.• Li-
copter. During periods of good visibility, patrols will cover I front,
flanks, and possibly the unassigned interior area of the division from low-
flying helicopter formations, landing for physical reconnoitering on foot
as required. By this combination of large area coverage an: | Lnpoint re-
connaissance, helicopterborne patrols will be able to cover satisfactorily
the large areas in which a Marine division must operate in Ian.ling opera-
tions conducted under threat of nuclear attack.

2-51

~—_
 (e) Weather minimums, visibility factors, and helicopter
unavailability will frequently necessitate conduct of patrolling operations
primarily limited to toot mobility and reliance upon stealth for protec-
tion. Such operations will De characterized by severely limited flexibil-
ity, responsiveness, and scope or area of activity.

(f) Tactical 1/4-ton vehicles authorized headquarters and

service company permit one entire reconnaissance company or one platoon of
each company to be vehicular mounted. These vehicles serve to extend the
range and flexibility of the battalion. Motorized patrols may be augmented
with tanks, antitank weapons, LVT's, combat infantry, and close air support
for road reconaissance missions.

(y) Reconnaissance operations by the division reconnais-

sance battalion require communications among the several elements of the
battalion and reconnaissance liaison teams at the headquarters of the unit
being supported. Information gained by any subdivision of the reconnais-
sance battalion is transmitted directly to the liaison officer at the head-
quarters of the supported unit where it may be acted upon without delay.
Coordination between the division air observers and helicopterborne and
landed scout teams will be effected whenever possible.

(h) Division reconnaissance elements may execute terminal

guidance for initial helicopter waves. Scouts check and verify selected
landing sites. The usable portions of the area are pinpointed and marked
with emplaced visual, electronic, or pyrotechnic signals to provide guid-
ance for initial helicopter waves. This pathfinder terminal guidance capa-
bility of the reconnaissance units does not include landing zone traffic
control functions.

(4 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Ma inference.—Performs organizational maintenance

(first echelon) of all materiel authorized the battalion, and organization-
al maintenance (second echelon) of engineer, motor transport, ordnance
(less fire control), and electronics materiel authorized the battalion.

(D) Med ical.—Capable of administering emergency treatment

ant' preparation for evacuation of battalion casualties.

(c) Transportation.—Transportation means organic to bat-

talion consist of light wheeled, helicopter transportable vehicles for com-
mand, communications, medical and high usage resupply and cargo trucks for
logistics support.

(.1) Supply.—Capable of organic supply functions for the

battalion. Provides limited resupply to the companies and prepares sup-
plies for unit distribution by helicopter or organic transportation as
required. Maintains one-day level of supply within the battalion.

(e) Food Service.—Capable of operating a battalion dining

facility in garrison or in the field, and furnishing adequate galley facil-
ities for the reconnaissance companies in the field when the tactical sit-
uation permits.

•S2

• ••M.rt -, •• •
 ^n

(6) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Mission.—To provide the reconnaissance battalion com-

mander with the facilities for effective command and control.

(b) Concept of Organi •'"!!•—Headquarters and service- com-

pany is organized into functional gi-/Upings to provide for a battalion
headquarters which directs and coordinates the actions of the entire
battalion; a communication platoon which provides the necessary links in
exercising control and coordination; service support elements which provide
limited service and support to the battalion; and a company headquarters
which provides the necessary security, and logistic support of the company.

1^ Command and Control (Company)

a^ Command and Staff.--The company commander and

nis small staff direct and control all matters pertaining to the logistic
support, and security of the company.

Communicat ions. — Internal communications are

limited to telephone and messenger service.

C Intelligence.--Not applicable.

2_ Firepower.--Firepower is limited to individual wea-

pons and M60 machine guns to provide security for command post and supply
installations.

_3_ Mobility.—The basic means of gound mobility of the

company is tv foot, supplemented by organic, small, lightweight vehicles
for the transportation of a limited number of the headquarters group and
supplies and equipment necessary to sustain the company on a daily basis.
All elemencs, with the exception of logistic vehicles, are helicopter
transportable and are compatible with other means of transportation
(amphibious vehicle, motor transport, fixed-wing aircraft, and ships).

4_ Log ist ics.--Log ist ic support for the company is

provided by battalion level service support elements.

(c) Concept of Fmployment.—The company headquarters is

employed primarily to provide logistics, security, and working space fac-
ilities for the battalion headquarters. The physical layout, support, and
displacements incident to the battalion headquarters are directed toward
providing the battalion commander and his staff with the most effective
means for directing and controlling the battalion. The communications,
medical, and service units of this company function in operational roles
within the entire battalion and not the company itself and are normally
employed in support of the reconnaissance companies. Major items of equip-
ment are shown on the following page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None, Consolidated under

battalion S-2/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

AIL elements of the company are capable of pro-

• • - •-*--*'
viding organizational ma 1 nt onance (first echelon) on all assigned equip-
ment.

HEADQUARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY

2 Communication Central, AN/MRC-87A

3 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
1 Kadiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
3 Radio Set, Control Group AN/CRA-39A
2 Radio Set, Trk Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
6 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-7 5A
6 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
2 Receiving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic SB-3614 (V) TT
1 Teletypewriter Set AN/GCC-3-A
14 Tactical Intelligence Imagery Processor
28 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
r
> Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 40Ü gal, M149A1
1 Truck Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
8 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
30 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
72 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
2 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible M2
12 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
30 Night Vision Goggles, Individual AN/PVS-5
2 Night Vision Sight, Tripod Mounted, AN/TVS-4
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5
4 Telescope, Observation W/E M49
1 Viewing Set, Infra-Red AN/SAR-7A

b_ Organization maintenance (second echelon) is

provided by the service platoon on all battalion motor transport and ord-
nance (less fire control instruments); communication platoon on all battal-
ion communication equipment.

2_ Med ical.—The battalion medical section provides

for emergency treatment and preparation for evacuation by external means of
all casualties within the battalion requiring hospitalization. The medical
section is capable of operating a field dispensary for treatment of minor
illnesses and injuries. It also exercises technical supervision of mea-
sures for the prevention and control of disease.

J_ Transportation.--Transportation for the headquar-

ters and service company is provided from a pool of small general purpose
vehicles maintained within the service platoon. Vehicles are allocated
within the company for the purpose of providing transportation for command,
staff and liaison personnel, communication equipment, limited emergency
medical evacuation, and supply distribution within the battalion headquar-
ters and to reconnaissance companies.

4_ Supply

a_ The service platoon receives supplies Lroin divi-

sion service elements ami provides for distribution within the battalion.

2-54

i in t <•• i i n U\
 — __

_b The company headquarters receives supplies for

internal support of the headquarters and service company and provides for
distribut ion.

_5_ Food Service

a^ The service platoon operates a dining facility

for the entire battalion while in garrison ami in the field, as practica-
ble.

_b When required, the service platoon furnishes

cooks and equipment to reconnaissance companies for the operation of a
limited number of company dining facilities.
(7) Reconnaissance Company

(a) Miss ion.--To conduct ground reconnaissance.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The reconnaissance company,

reconnaissance battalion is a lightly armed, highly mobile, specially
trained and equipped organization designed to obtain intelligence infor-
mation through reconnaissance. It consists of a company headquarters and
two reconnaissance platoons.

1 Command and Control

a_ Command.—The company commander directs and as-

signs tasks to subordinate platoons,
_b Communicat ions.—Capable of providing reliable
com.uun icat ions for continuous control of subordinate units az necessary,
Primary method of communications is by voice radio, with CW radio, visual.
and messenger as alternative means.

_c Intelligence.--Though the entire organization is

primarily a collector of intelligence information, there is no system of
evaluation within the company. It must. receive all finished intelligence
from higher authority. Information obtained is normally reported via the
reconna issance chain of command and to the supported/affected
unit, if appropriate.

_2_ F irepower .--Weapons provided reconnaissance ele-

ments are for individual protection and to facilitate breaking contact and
withdrawal; thus, they are limited to automatic rifles having relatively
light weight and high volume of burst fire. Support personnel carry the
basic infantry weapons.
J_ MobiIi ty.—The company is helicopter transportable
but organically is limited to foot mobility. Sufficient vehicles are au-
thorized headquarters and service company to permit one complete reconnais-
sance company, or equivalent, to be vehicular mounted.

j4_ Log ist ics.—The reconnaissance company logistic

organization is based on unit distribution of supplies, simple supply pro-
cedures, and limited organizational maintenance. Company headquarters car-
ries a basic load and handles the internal distribution of supplies for the
company. Additional supplies, maintenance, medical support, and transpor-

2-55
tation are provided by battalion 01 from other external soul •
(c) L'unce[it Of Kmpl oyment
_L_ The company • Lthei >: • i ttes • part >i th< r< con-
naissance battalion >r in direct support ol an RL1 Plai ions •. .1 ally
operate under company control, but an caj ible ol task 01 janization ipport
Of BLT's.
l_ Generally, the basic element ope« iting •• i I
friendly Lines is the four-man scout tea::.. In some circu i tanci s, an • n-
tire platoon may be employed Ln enemy terrain in pei >ti in I iv ring i • I
a patroL base for several patrols. '•'!•• company, .•.:.•:. in ted ii . ••.. . •
provided by battalion (and task organized, Li r< |uired, witl I ink; , inti-
• ink weapons, ^mi combat Infantry), perfoi i id and 1 ite n nnai ince.
j_ Wheni ivei i Lble, pati I r< he 1 i copter i 1 • • • I
iss igned areas md conduct foot pati I i n I i it ion
l Lete • • • . iigned mission. The} report iii i I highei iui irity
)r through company headquartei a th< iI i •• i r equipment i\ ...-.•
;• [uire. In addition to this ground reconnai mci I inction, helicopter-
borne reconnaissance patrols will lugment thi iii . ervat n and irvi Ll-
Lance effort of the division, Landing I n | i :a] I : nn Ltering a ippi -
priate.
_4_ The company pos • i :aj ibility to conduct path-
finder terminal juidance missions in helicopt • I inding irea . Thi :a\ i-
bility does not include Landing zone traffic conti i) : inet i
The company possesses a limited jnderwatei »wi ing
capability to insert reconnaLssance teams covertly against i - ;t i11 h re.
major items of equipment ;I .-. : . i . ,

RECONNAISSANCE : ÜM PAN Y
1 7
Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-39A
•

11
Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
Radio Set, AN/PRC-4 7
1 *• ' Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
I •* Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon AN PVS-4
1 Telescope, observation W/E M4'J
Viewing Set, [nfra-Red AN/SAR-7A

(d) Admins i trat ion .--None . tonsolidated under battalion

.-'-'. adjutant section.
(e) Logistical Capabilities
i_ Ma mtenance .--Capable oi first echelon maintenance.

2 Medical.--None (corpsman attached fror. H&S company)

Transportat ion.--None. (Provided by battalion as
requii

?-r>6
 A_ Supply.—Receives and distribute ipj ti< : rom
higher headquarters; carries basic Load only.

5 Food hi"i vice.--None (provided by battalion).

:
t. Tank D ittal ion

1) Mission.--To provide combat support for thi Mai Lne divi ii >n
in the amphibious assault and subsequent opreration ash in utilizing n I i I -
Lty, armor protected Eirepower, and
i shock powei I i close wil . an I Ii ;troy
enemy forces, fortifications, and iteriel, ind to providi inti echani
support for the Marine division.

(2) Concept of Oi }•'.-..; /at ion .--'1:. • I ink battalion consist

headquarters and service company, four tank companies, and an antitank
(tube launched, optically tracked, win lommand link, |uided mi Lie j •• i
: ..)) company. Each tank company consi t ol thn • ; Latoons of i ive ! ink
•-•ach. The antitank (TOW) company consists >! I platoons >f 24 T •.. .: iile
systems each. The tank com] mies an..' the antitank (TOW) company are the
primary tactical units with which thi battalion accomplishes i' . .ion.
(Sei ' i ; ire 2-10. )

(a) Command and '.< >:. I I ) I

1 Command and Staff.—Responsibilities arr :. :hai |< I

through a compact operational command group consisting of the con -xec-
utive staff. The staff is capable of effective control of the battalion
and gives required support to the companies operating in a direct support
>r lttached status. The staff is capable of supporting an alternate com-
mand post lifiri : ;: placement.

_2_ Commun i cat ions .--Capable oi | l ivi I in ; reliable con-

tact links between all levels of the command for continuous control of sub-
ordinate units as necessary and to higher headquarters. The pi i iry • tbod
of communications to subordinate units is by voice radio down to t>." ii li-
vidual tank and TOW vehicles. Communications to higher headquarters will
be by voice radio and teletypewriter utilizing net or point-to-point radio
channels anil, when furnished by higher headquarters, radio relay channels.
Alternate methods of communications include manual radio-telegraphy, mes-
sages (helicopter, vehicles, toot), wire, and visual.

Inte11igence.--Organized to provide surveillance,

reconnaissance, and target acquisition commensurate with the fire and
maneuver capabilities of the battalion. Information, collected by subor-
dinate units ar an integral byproduct of their normal comuat and security
functions, is translated rapidly and informally into intelligence in the
formulation of routine command decisions. The organic intelligence section
of battalion headquarters is capable of limited intelligence processing.
Finished intelligence is disseminated, and information collected is for-
warded to higher echelons anil to adjacent units.

(b) !•' i repower.—organic battalion firepower consists of 70

gun tanks and 72 TOW/missile systems. Light infantry weapons are organic
to the battalion for security of the battalion headquarters and the tank/
antitank company headquarters.

2-57

I I I •!•
 : :.

•K ':

ANTITANt ' .-. El ! O IMPANY

5-24]

COiWANK
HI . ARTERS

••'••.

KEADOUJ

LAI IEAD(

\NK —I

Figure 2-10.—Tank Battalion

(c) Mobility.--The basic means of ground mobility is pro-

vided by the tank and the M151A2 1/4-ton truck. The motor transport pla-
toon of headquarters and service company provides additional transportation
support to the companies to augment the mobility provided by the tanks and
small general purpose vehicles.

(d) Log istics.—Logistic capability is compatible with the

mobility and combat power of the battalion. The battalion is structured
for supply point distribution to the battalion and unit distribution within
the battalion. The tank and antitank companies carry a basic allowance,
handle internal distribution of supplies, perform organizational mainten-
ance, and provide organic dining. All other organic logistic functions are
provided at battalion level by elements of headquart°rr and service com-
pany.

(3) Concept of Employment

(a) Battalion Organization for Combat.—The battalion will

be assigned to, under the operational control of, attached to, or in sup-
port of the Marine amphibious force (MAF). Under normal circumstances,
subordinate elements of the battalion will be nlaced in support of subordi-
nate units of the MAF. This method of organization provides for the maxi-
mum use of the battalion staff, facilities, and supporting capabilities.

2-58
 (b) Tank Company Organization for Combat.—The tank com)
is a compact organization capable of deployment, removed from the battalion
for limited periods of time. Usually the company will be attached to, or
placed in support of, a MAU or a MAB. The prime consideration in selecting
the method of organization is the ability of the parent unit ( 1. e. , tank
battalion) to provide logistic support. The service and support rendered,
other than the logistic support required by the company, will be the s i
in either case, whether the company is attached or placed in support of the
MAU or MAß.

(c) Tank Platoon Organization for Combat.—The tank platoon

is the basic unit of the battalion and provides the immediate combat sup-
port capability during the amphibious assault and operations ashore.

(d) Antitank Company Organization for Combat.--The company

is employed as part of the division antimechanized defense system closely
coordinated with other fire support means, such as air, artillery, and
tanks. As required by the situation and scheme of maneuver, antitank ele-
ments may be placed in support of or attached to infantry regiments or bat-
talions. Additionally, the company may be employed as an entity in the
division antimechanized defense system or, in smaller or dispersed opera-
tions in a supporting role with an infantry unit. When engaged in anti-
mechanized missions, TOW is employed in the greatest possible mass and
echeloned in depth consistent with the situation.

(4! Admin is trat ive Capabilities.--Capable of self-administra-

tion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Ma intenance.—Capable of organizational maintenance

(first and second echelon) on all equipment organic to the battalion and,
within the limits of personnel and materiel allowances, third echelon
intermediate maintenance on tanks and TOW/missiles system.

(b) Medical.—Provides emergency treatment and prepares for

evacuation by external means all casualties within the battalion requiring
hospitalizaticn. Provides a field dispensary for treatment of minor ill-
nesses and exercises technical supervision of measures for the prevention
and control of disease.

(c) Transportation.—Transportation means organic to the

battalion consist of a sufficient number of trucks and small general pur-
pose vehicles for command, communications, medical, and high usage resup-
ply.

(d) Supply.—Capable of organic supply functions for the

battalion. Maintains a limited level of supply for the companies within
the battalion supply platoon.

(e) Food Service.—Capable of operating company dining fac-

ilities in garrison or in the field, as pacticable, and of consolidating
company dining facilities to provide a battalion dining facility in garri-
son or in the field, as practicable. A battalion dining facility is normal
in garrison.
(6) Headquarters and Service Company

2-59
 (a) Miss ion.—To provide the battalion commander with the
facilities for effective command and control. To provide service support
for subordinate elements of the battalion.
(b) Concept of organization

1 Functional Groupings.—Organized into functional

groupings to provide for:
_a_ A battalion headquarters which directs and coor-
dinates the actions of the entire battalion and contains the following sub-
sections.
(1) Headquarters section which contains the
command and staff elements and its necessary administrtive support.

(_2_) Communication section which provides the

necessary link in exercising control and coordination.
(3J Medical section which provides for treat-
ment of minor illnesses and injuries, emergency treatment of battle cas-
ualties and their preparation for evacuation, and technical supervision of
sanitation measures.
(_4_) A gun tank section which provides the bat-
talion commander with a mobile command post capability.

_b A motor transport platoon which operates and

controls organic wheeled vehicles of H&S company and provides the necessary
technical assistance required by the gun tank companies.
c_ A maintenance platoon which provides maintenance
support for all vehicles of the battalion.

d_ A supply platoon which provides supply support

for the battalion.

e^ An Hi»S company headquarters which provides the

necessary logistical support for the company.

_f A TOW augmentation section which provides

maintenance support for the TOW missile.
2_ Command and Control (Company)

a^ Command and Staff.—The company commander and

his small staff direct and control all matters pertaining to logistics ard
security of the company.
b_ Communications.—Internal communications are
limited to telephone and messenger service.

_C Intelligence.—Not applicable.

3_ Firepower.--Firepower available to the company com-

mander is represented by security elements, armed with light infantry wea-
popns, capable of defending the battalion headquarters against infiltration

2-60

— »in in ',,
 8F
by small groups of the enemy.

4_ MobiI i ty.—The basic means of mobility of the com-

pany is provided by trucks, lightweight vehicles, and command and control
vehicles organic to the motor transport platoon of the company.

^_ Log ist ics.--Log ist ic support (except mess) for the

command is provided by battalion level service support elements.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company headquarters is

employed primarily to provide internal logistics, security, and working
space facilities for the company. The physical layout, support, and dis-
placements incident to the battalion headquarters are directed toward pro-
viding the battalion commander and his staff with the most effective means
for directing and controlling the battalion. The comunications, firepower,
medical, and service units of this company function in operational roles
within the entire battalion and not the company itself and are normally em-
ployed in support of the tactically disposed tank companies. The major
items of equipment are shown below.

HEADQUARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, TANK BATTALION

2 Tank, Combat, Full Tracked, 105mm gun, w/e M60A1

1 Communication Central AN/MRC-87A
2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
10 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
3 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-83-A
1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
1 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
9 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Radio St, AN/VRC-12
1 Receiving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
1 Switchboard , Telephone, Manual SB-22/PT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic SB-3614 (V)TT
1 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GCC 3-A
2 Generator Set, 3kW, 400Hz, Skid-mtd, MEP-021A
1 Generator Set, DE, lOkW, 60Hz, Skid-mtd, MEP-003A
2 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skid-mtd, MEP-005A
1 Truck, Forklift, RT, 05-3354
2 Chassis, Trailer, General Purpose, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
21 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
3 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-whl, M762
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400gal, M149A1
1 Truck Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
3 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
38 Truck, Carjo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
7 Truck, Tank, Fuel Ser-'icing 1200gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
9 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
1 Circle, Aiming M2
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
15 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB, Flexible M2
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

-61

— . . ...
 8B
HEADQUARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, TANK„BATTALION
(Continued)

Machine Gun, 7.62mm, F/Tanks M-60E2

Machine Gun, Cal. 50, M85
Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-5
Recovery Vehicle, Full Tracked, Medium w/e M88A1
Searchlight Set, Infrared, AM/VSS-3A
Telescope, Observation w/e M49

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a^ All elements of the company are capable of pro-

viding organizational maintenance (first echelon) of all assigned equip-
ment.

_b Organizational maintenance (second echelon) is

provided by the maintenance platoon on all battalion motor transport engi-
neer, tank, and ordnance equipment and by the communication section on all
battalion communication equipment.

_2_ Medical.—The battalion medical section provides

for emergency treatment and preparation for evacuation by external means of
all casualties within the battalion requiring hospitalization. The medical
section is capable of operating a field dispensary for treatment of minor
illnesses and injuries. The section also exercises technical supervision
of measures for prevention and control of disease.

_3_ Transportation

a^ Transportation for headquarters and service com-

pany is provided by the motor transport platoon. Vehicles are allocated
within the company for the purpose of providing transportation for command,
staff and liaison personnel, communication equipment, limited emergency
medical evacuation, and supply distribution within the battalon headquar-
ters and to the tank companies.

_b When required, a light helicopter is provided

the battalion commander, on a daily basis, for command, liaison, and ob-
servation purposes.

i supply
_a The battalion supply platoon receives supplies
from division service elements and provides for distribution within the
battalion.

_b The company headquarters receives supplies for

internal support of the headquarters and service company and provides for
distribution.

2-62

torn Htm nni!

 5 Food Service.—The company headquarters operates a
company dining facility and, when augmented by cooks from the tank compan-
ies, operates a battalion dining facility either in garrison or in the
field as practicable.

(7 ) Tank Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide combat support tor Marine infantry

units, utilizing mobility, firepower and shock power to close with and
destroy enemy forces, fortifications and material.

(b) Concept of Organizatio£

1_ The company consists of a company headquarters and

three platoons of five tanks each.

_2 Command and Control

a^ Command and Staff.--The company commander with

his small company headquarters, performs command and staff functions nec-
essary for e icient planning, direction and supervision in the execution
of assigned missions, either as part of the battalion or as a company at-
tached to, or in direct support of, an infantry unit.

b_ Communicat ions

(JJ Capable of effecting rapid and reliable

communications between the company headquarters and subordinate, supported
and higher headquarters.

(_2J Primary method of communications is voice

radio with alternate means by messenger, wire, and visual devices.

{J_) Company voice radio net links with the tank

platoon headquarters. The tank platoon has an organic tactical voice radio
net linking the platoon commander with each tank and supported units.
c_ Intell igence

(_1) Combat intelligence at the company level is

inseparably linked to combat operations. Processing is limited to expedit-
ing the transmission of information to the battalion command post.

(_2) The tank company collects information by

direct observation, patrolling, and uncovering enemy personnel and mater-
ial. There is a limited organic specialized reconnaissance and surveil-
lance capability within the tank company.

3_ Firepower

a^ The main firepower for the company is provided

by the weapons of the 17 organic tanks. Each tank has a 90mm gun, a 7.62mm
machine gun coaxially mounted with the 105mm gun, and a caliber .50 machine
gun.
_b Company headquarters contains light infantry
weapons to provide for its local security.

2-63

^„^_ ...*.-
 —

4_ Mobi1ity.—The tank platoons are mobile. Some

elements of company headquarters require wheeled vehicle augmentation from
battalion.

5 Log ist ics. --The tank company logistic organization

is based on unit distribution of supplies, simple supply procedures and
limited organizatinal maintenance. When augmented with additional trans-
portation it carries a basic allowance of ammunition und handles the in-
ternal distribution of supplies for the company. Additional supplies,
maintenance, medical support and transportation are provided by battalion.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company is employed to

provide shock power, assault and antitank firepower to the infantry. The
normal employment of the company is in support of an infantry regiment.
The company may be employed as part of the tank battalion or with other
tank companies in both the offensive and defense. The major items of
equipment are shown below.

TANK COMPANY

16 Tank Combat, Full Tracked, 105mm gun w/e M60A1

1 Tank, Combat, FT W/M9 Bulldozer Kit M60A1
7 Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-39A
4 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
1 Radio Set, AN/MRG-110
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
3 Radio Set, AN/VRC-12
1 Generator Set, 3kW, 6ÜHz, Skid-mtd, MEP-016A
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
1 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-whl, M762
4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
17 Machine Gun, Cal. 30, M37
1 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB, Flexible M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
17 Machine Gun, 7.62, F/Tanks, M60E2
17 Machine Gun, 50 cal., M85
1 Recovery Vehicle, Full Tracked, Medi .um w/e M88A1
17 Searchlight Set, Infrared AM/VSS-3A

(d ) Administrative Capabilities, -None. Consolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(el Logistical Capabilities

1 Ma intenance.—Capable of first echelon maintenance

of all material authorized the company and second echelon maintenance of
all electronics material and tanks.

2_ Medical.—Provided by battalion.

Transportat ion.—Organic vehicles provide limited

means for transporting rations, other essential items ar1 for command and
messenger service. Transportation for ammunition and fuel resupply is
provided by battalion.

2-64
 4_ Supgdy^.—Receive» an.i d tributes supplies• Does
not possess a supply stocking capability.

5 Food Service.--Capable of providing a company din-

ing facility in garrison and in the field as practicable.

(8 ) Antitank Company (TUW)

(a) Miss ion.—The primary mission of the antitank company

of the tank battalion is to provide antimechanized support for the Marine
division. This mission will be accomplished by using the TOW to engage and
destroy enemy armored vehicles, particularly tanks. When not performing
its primary mission of destroying armored vehicles, the antitank company
may assume a secondary mission of engaging other point targets such as
nonarmored vehicles, crew-served weapons, and bunkers.

(b) Concept of Organization

_1_ General.—The antitank company consists of a

company headquarters and three antitank platoons.

2 Command and Control

Command and Staff

(_1_) The company commander with his company

headquarters performs command and staff functions necessary for planning,
direction and supervision in execution of assigned missions.

(_2_) When elements of the company are employed

separately in a supporting role, the unit commander, platoon leader/section
leader, acts as the antimechanized advisor to the commander of the support-
ed unit.

b_ Communications

(JJ Radio is the primary method of communica-

tion within the antitank company. Messenger, visual, and wire communica-
tions are supplementary means.

(_2) Company establishes and operates the anti-

tank company command net and such liaison communications as required .
in a supporting role.

c_ Intelligence.--Antimechanized intelli ;• n •
directly linked to antihiechanized operations. Processing is Limited I
rapid transmission of information to the tank battalion and thi
unit.
} Firepower

_a Primary firepower of the antitank Ls de-

rived from the organic M220 (TOW) weapon. The TOW wea n I is a crew-
served, man-portable, heavy antitank assault tie ip< n that di pti-
cally tracked; wire-command link guided missil« ' l ••>•• ••'• '• •

_b Each of the three am Ltanl itooi

* pany contains twenty-four M220 for a total of seventy-two in thi •

•
 _4_ Mob i 1 ity.—The speed, range, and cross-country
trafficability of the TOW is limited to the mobility of its M151A2 prime
mover.
Log ist ies.--Supply support of the company is by
unit distribution with transportation, dining and medical support provided
by t.ie battalion.

(c) Concept of Employment

1_ The company is employed as part of the division

antimechanized defense system closely coordinated with other fire support
means such as air, artillery, and tanks. As required by the situation and
scheme of maneuver, antitank elements may be placed in support of or at-
tached to infantry regiments or battalions. Additionally, the company may
be employed as an entity i.i the division antimechanized defense system or,
in smaller or dispersed operations, in a supporting role with on infantry
unit. The major items of equipment are shown below.

ANTITANK COMPANY

72 Laun eher, Tubular, P/GM TOW Weapon .System M220AE1

17 Radi o Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-i'JA
26 Radi o Set, AN/GRC-160
4 Rad i o Set, AN/MRC-110
4 Radi o Set, AN/PRC-77
3 Gene rator Set, 3kW, 60Hz, Skid-mtd, MEP-016A
1 Gene rator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skid-mtd, MEP-00iA
45 Trai ler, Amphib, Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
4 Tra i ler, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-whl, M762
72 True k 1/4T, 4x4, GM Equipment, (JEEP), M131A2
36 True k 1/4T, 4x4, GM Carrier, M151A2
9 True k, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Mach ine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
40 Nigh t Vision Goggles, Individual AN/PVS-5

_2_ When engaged in antimechanized missions, Tuw i:,

employed in the greatest possible mass and echeloned in depth consistent
with the situation.

(d) Admin is trat ive Capabilities.--Noru lonso L idated under

battalion S-l/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

i_ Ma intenanee.--Capab le of first echelon maintenance

of all materiel authorized the company, and second echelon maintenance of
the M220 (TuW) weapon, organic motor transport and communication equipment.
In support of MAGTF deployments can provide second echeolon motor transport
maintenance for up to four MAUs (AT section/MAU) or two MABs (AT platoon,
MAB) .

Med iea1. • Provided by battalLon.

3_ Transportat ion.--ur;an i e vehicles provide limited

2-66
means for transporting rations, other essential items and for command and
messenger service. Transportation Eot ammunition and fuel re-supply is
provided by battalion.

4_ supply.—Receives and distributes supplie . •

not possess a supply stocking capability.

2_ 13ining Faci 1 ity. —Norma 1 ly subsisted in batl ill

dining facility. When elements of company are employed in direct sup|
of infantry regiments, they will utilize supporting tank company dining fa-
cility when available.

y. Assault Amphibian Battalion

(1) Miss ion.—To land the surface assault elements of the land-
ing force and their equipment in a single lift from assault shipping during
amphibious operations to inland objectives; to conduct mechanized
operations and related combat support in subsequent operations ashore.

{ -') Tasks

(a) Transport assault elements of the landing force during

the ship-to-shore movement.

(b) Transport selected equipment and supplies of the Land-

ing Torce during the ship-to-shore movement.

(c) Transport other supplies and equi » ent, as requ;.1 : by

the assault units during the ship-to-shore movement.

(i) Provide lift for assault elements, selected equi ent,

and supplies in aiechanized or other combat support operations during ib-
sequent operations ashore.

(e) Provide lift for logistic requirements during >ul • -

quent operations ashore, forward of the forward edge of the battle area
(FEBA).

(f) Participate in the planning ami coordination of mechan-

ized operations, linkup operations, and landing operations.

(1) Concept of Organization

(a) The battalion consists of a headquarters and ervio

company and four assault amphibian companies. The organization I th< is-
sault amphibian company peraiits independent deployment Eor Limit ra-
tions. (See Figure 2-11.)

(o) Certain elements of the battalion, such as

motor transport personnel, may be centralized under battalion
more effective utilization, training, and control, when th< ii1 latioi per-
mits«

(c) Battalion communications include:

l_ The primary method of communications is by radio.

Alternate radios are provided to establish effective communications with
supported commanders at each echelon, supporting arms, and subordinate

2 i
units, to incLude individual vehicles. The lattei capability can pi »vide
commanders of supported units with an emergency method of c :*ions
with their subordinate Commanders.

4 65 5 V.

ASSAULT AMPHIB[AN
BATTALION
46-1095 2-19

46 54M 4652M
JL.

HEADQUARTERS AND ASSAULT AMPHIBIi

SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY
18-219 2-19 7-219

Figure 2-11 .—Assault Amphibian Battalion.

_2_ When an infantry unit co mder i being transport-

ed in a command vehicle, he can employ the radios contained th< rein to
enter the nets normal to his operation.

J_ Alternate means of communications are by wire,

sengi • r, and visual devices.

(4) 3pt of F.;i.- li >yr„ent

(a) Battali n > 'rgani z a t ion lor COM,oat .--"::.:> t normal cir-
cumstances, subordinate ments of the battalion will be pi i< • I in ipport
of subordinate units of i • division. This method of organization provides
for the maxima. • E th« battalion staff, facilities, and supporting
cinabilities.

(b) Company Organization for Combat.—The I lult imphibian

company is a compact organization capable of dep] y • nl , • : >vi d from the
battalion, for limited periods of time. The prime consi leration in eli :t-
ing the method of organization is the ability of the parent oi lanizati m to
provide logistic support. The service anA support rendi red, othi r than I te
logistic support required by the company, will be the sam< in any :a ••• .

(c) Platoon Or jamzation for Combat.--The assault imphibian

platoon, the basic unit of the battalion, provides the lift capability lur-
ing the amphibious assault and operation;-, ashore. Each company is organ-
ized with 4 platoons of 10 vehicles each. Each vehicle has a rated capa-
city of 25 boat spaces. A special task organization, the boat team, is
organized around the infantry s | i id or sections and is eml n '•:<• I in each
veh icle.

(d) Command Vehic' -: i •'. company, including the headquar-

ters and service company, Ls equipped with three command vehicles. The
command vehicle, with an increased radio communication capability, provides
in excellent means of controlling supporting arms, infantry units, and ele-

.j^. ., •• • • — ..«.••'«
 ments of the bat t ilions during the amphibious assault and subsequent »pera-
tions ashore.

(e) ''.IIIIIMIIJ i<e lat ionship. —C immanders il •: . rted

sho :l.i consider the senior LVT commander I i ••"• •> • • •. tafl i , a .
an idditional duty. Reg at Hess >f echelon, the LVT co i inder will b< pre-
pared to execute thii additional duty as Lgnment.
(f) Liaison.—Commanders >'. mil to i»- .. ; • • • I ,. . . , m-
el ide commanders of LVT units in initial planning confi renc<

Planning.—The battalion stafl is :aj il li >l preparing

in I executing plans relating • i mechan ized task : n res.

(5) Ada,in r.;tt at ivu O^pabiULu."-,. —•',.;. :;.i> >i >i Lf-ad Lni tra-
• : • ,
[ 6) Logistic. 11 Capabilities

(a) Ma intenance.—Kail third echelon maintenano n a ill

amphi! :JII ;, and organizatinal maintenance (first anil secon echelon) n ill
other equipment organic to the battalion.

(b) Supply.—Maintains operation/training repair parts an:

supplies, as directed, and a SO-day supply oi .wunt-out repaii part '., with-
in maintenance capability.

(c) Motor Transport. --lender normal circui I .'• ", th< motor
' : tnsport is idequate for the needs of the battalion and iul >i iinat< ...its.

(7) Headquarters and Servio- lompan^

(a) M iss ion. --To provide thi I ittali in comn indi r with fa-
cilities to command, control, an.I support the assault amphibi in conij inii ".

(ti) concept of ürganiza t ion. --'i':n • company con.-I I : i

battalion headquarters, company headquarters, .; lint' nano . U , ind
headquarters issault imphibian plat ion. The battalion IK idquartei con-
tain- ' he headquarters, communication, medical, motor transport, ind . . I
sections. The company headquarters possesses the capability to ;up| •• i the
: itl ilion. i'li-.- maintenance platoon possesses the capability of :irst
thr >ugh third echelon maintenance for the headquarters and .ervio Mi -
pany's amphibian vehicles and provides full third echelon capability lot
the amphibian vehicles of the letter companies. The headquarters .issault
amphibian platoon contains three LVT sections, each consisting •: : L\
i phibian vehicles, .niii a command section consisting of three command typi
in | :. ibi an veh icles.

(c) Concept of i-.mploymen t.—The company to b< employed is

directed to accomplish the primary mission. The major items of equipment
are shown on the following •>:i<!(? •
(d) Admin is trative capabi1i t ies, —None in >lidat< I indei
battalion S-1/adjutant section.

• •

— - — - • I • -
 —•

HE iDQUARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, ASSAULT AMPHIBIA! I BATTALION

13 Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Personnel, Aslt, Amph Cai! ier, LVT1 >_ 7
3 Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Command/Communication LVTC-7
2 Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Recovery, LVTK-7
) Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
) Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-39A
: RadLo Set, AN/GRC-160
> Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
2 .. lio Set, AN/MRC-109
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
5 Ra lio Set, AN/PRC-77
L Radio Set, AN/VRC-12
L Radio riet, AN/VRC-47
1 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic Sö-3614 (V)TT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual S3-22/PT
1 Bucket, Multi-Purpose, 2-l/4yd Cap Drott 4-in-l
1 Forklift Attachment, 10,000 lb Cap, Oscillating PL-2J >J
6 Jenerator Set, LOkW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-003A
1 Generator Set, JkW, 400Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-021A
2 ienerator Set, !0kW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-005A
1 lenerator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-006A
1 Tractor RT, Articulated Steer, 72-31MP
3 lhassis, Trailer, 3-1/2T, 2~whl, M-353
5 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
3 Trailer, largo, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M105A2
7 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-whl, M762
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal., M149A1
1 Truek Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
4 Track, largo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M380
5 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/4T, 6x6, M35A.
2 Track, Tank, Fuel, Servicing, 1200 gal, 2-1 . ., 6x6, '•:•; »A,
2 Truck, Tank, Water, 1000 gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M50A;
j Truck, utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
6 Launcher, Grenade 40mm, M203
10 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
) Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60D
15 Machine Gun, 50 Cal. M85
70 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN PVS-5
Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon AN PVS-4

(e) IlOgist ical :'J:MLI 1 11 ies

Ma inte nance .--The co iny is capabli >: providing

'aU third ichelon maintenance on amphibious vehicles and rganizationaJ
malntenance [first ana second echelon) i all other equi enl >rganic to
I :.• battal j • .

Medical.—The battalion medical section provides

for emergency treatment
treatment and for evacuation by extern^
md preparation for external :• u
talties within the battalion requiring hospitalization. 1Th<
all casualties • iical
section i•; capable of operating a f Lei i lispensary for treatmen t >: minoi
illnes es and injuries. The section also exercises technical supervis ion
of mea luri i for prevention and control o£ disease.

2-70

tfkm^
 _3 Transportat ion.—Transportation for headquarters
and service company is provided by the motor transport section and the
assault amphibian platoon. Vehicles are allocated within the company for
the purpose of providing transportation for command, staff and liaiapr.
personnel, limited emergency medical evacuation, and supply distribution
within the battalion headquarters and to assault amphibian companies.

_4_ Assault Amphibian Platoon.—The platoon is organ-

ized into a command section and three LVTP-7 sections. The command section
possesses three LVTC-7's and each of the otht: three sections possesses
five LVTP-7's. The assault amphibian platoon provides logistic support ana
transportation for the LVT battalion and m ditional vehicles to supported
units as required by the situation. Two o;~ the thiee LVTC-7's in the com-
mand section of the platoon may be assigned to the supported unit to be
employed as mobile command posts.

1 supply
a_ The supply section receives supplies from exter-
nal service elements and provides for distribution within the battalion.

_b The company headquarters receives supplies for

internal support of the headquarters and service company and provides for
distribution.

_6_ Food Service.—The company headquarters operates a

company dining facility or, when augmented by cooks from the other compan-
ies, operates a battalion dining facility either in garrison or in the
field, as practicable.

(8) Assault Amphibian Company

(a) Mission.—To land the surface assault eleme ts of the

landing force and their equipment in a single lift from assault shipping
during amphibious operations to inland objectives; to conduct mechanized
operations and related combat support in subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Tasks

_1_ Transport assault elements of the landing for-^e

during the ship-to-shore movement.

_2_ Transport selected equipment and supplies of the

landing force during the ship-to-shore movement.

_3^ Provide lift for assault elements, selected equip-

ment, and supplies in mechanized or other combat support operations during
subsequent operations ashore.

4_ Transport other supplies and equipment, as required

by the as ault units during the ship-to-shore movement.
_5 Transport assault elements, equipment, and supplies
in mechanized or other combat support operations, during subsequent opera-
tions ashore.

6^ Provide lift for logistic requirements during sub-

sequent operations ashore, forward of the FEBA.

2-71

ttÜI "~——• — - - . _. .
 (e) Concept of üf<janizjtiim.--'i'::'- : i | . I
company headquarters and four assault amphibian platoons. The
headquarters contains the headquarters, comi inication, maint< ince, ind
assau^ amphibian sections. I ach a lauit Lai >n tains i
platoon headquarters and two assault amphibian sectioi j eacl ectioi
sists of five assault amphibian vehicles.

1 Command and Control

a^ Command and Staf 1 .--Con.:!.an I : .notions are exer-

cised through a command group in company headquarters and the four platoon
commanders. The command group performs the command and I ifJ Lunctions
necessary for planning, direction, and supervision in the execution of as-
signed missions. The command and stall is such as to permit the company to
function as part of the battalion or as a company in support of, or attach-
ed to, an infantry unit.
b_ Intelligence.--There is no organic specialized
reconnaissance or surveillance capability within the company. The company
collects information by direct observation and uncovering enemy personnel
and materiel. Processing is limited to expediting the transmission of in-
formation to higher headquarters.
2_ Firepower.—The lin firepower of the company is
provided by weapons mounted on each assault amphibian. li addition, indi-
vidual weapons and other light infantry weapons are provided for security
and local position defense.
Mobi1ity.—The basic means of mobility is provided
by the assault amphibian which provides mobility on land ind water. Land
mobility is augmented by organic wheeled vehicles.

_4 Log ist ics.--The company logi I ics organization is

based on unit distribution of supplies, normal supply procedures, and lim-
ited organizational maintenance. The company is organized to handle the
internal distribution of supplies and carry a basic load. Additional sup-
plies, maintenance, medical support, and transportation are provided by
battalion.
_5 Communications

a_ The primary method of communications is by

radio. Adequate radios are provided to establish effective communications
with supported commanders at each echelon, supporting arms, and subordinate
units, to include individual vehicles. The latter capability can provide
commanders of supported units with an emergency method of communications
with subordinate commanders.
_b When an infantry unit commander is being trans-
ported in a command vehicle, he can employ the adios contained therein to
enter the nets normal to his operation.

c_ Alternate means of communications are by wire,

messenger, and visual devices.

(d) Concept of Employment.--The company is employed to

transport troops, supplies, and equipment of the supported unit. A company
will normally be placed in direct support of the unit being supported; how-
ever, after due consideration of the tactical and logistical implication:,

2 72
 company may bi at! iched. The company Ls :a| il Le >1 independent leploy-
for a Limited period ol time. Two of the three LVTC-7 command .-•
i:: the company headquarters maj be Lgm I I I i ipported jnit, to
be employed as a i c mand post. i mil imphibian platoon is'not
capabl< il ipei iting independently. Reinforced platoons are capable of
being employed Independent ol the company foi short periods ol tim< whei
issigned or attached to .1 unit where administrative and Logistic ipporl
can be provided. The major items ol equipment are shown below.

ASSAULT AMPHIBIAN COMPANY

3 Landing hide, Tracked, Command and Communication LVTC-7

4 i Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Personnel, Aslt A. ph. Carrier, LVTP-7
1 Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Recovery, LVTR-7
b Control Radio Set AN/GRA-b
6 Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-39A
1 Radio Set, AN/GKC-160
L Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
3 Radio Set, AN/VRC-12
1 Radio Set, AN/VRC-47
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual SB-22/PT
2 Trailer, Amphib, Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
1 Trailer, Tank, Water 400 gal., M149A1
1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/winch, M561
3 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 gal., 2-1/2T, 6x6, M4 9A2C
2 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
10 Launcher, Grenade, 40mm, M203
4 Machine Gun, 7.62rom, M60
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60D
43 Machine Gun, 50 Cal., M85

(e) Admin istrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(£) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance.—The company is capable of organiza-

tional maintenance (first and second echelon) on amphibious vehicles and
all other organic equipment.

_2 Med ical.—Provided by battalion.

_3_ Transportation .--organic assault amphibian vehicles

and motor transport vehicles provide limited means for supporting the four
platoons.

4_ Supply.—The company maintains operating/training

repair parts, as directed, and a 30-day stock of mount-out repair parts.

_5_ Food Service .--Capable of providing a company din-

ing facility in garrison and in the field.

Ii. Combat Engineer Battalion

(1) Miss ion.—To render close combat engineer support to a

Marine Division.

-73

1 111 1 1 1—irtafr« J
 (2) Tasks

(a) Provide essential vertical construction support, which

is temporary in nature, designed to minimum standards necessary to meet
combat requirements.

(b) Provide utilities support to include water supply,

electrical power generation and distribution, refrigeration and bath
services for the Marine division.

(c) Provide engineering reconnaissance within the division

zone of action or sector of defense. In areas not under division control,
appropriate infantry support will be required.

(d) When augmented, erect standard prefabricated fixed and

floating bridges.

(e) Construct nonstandard timber bridges up to short span

Class 60 from local materials when available.

(f) Assist in the construction and operation of rafts using

standard prefabricated floating bridge components.

(gv Reinforce, repair, and maintain bridges other than pre-

fabricated types.

(h) Construct and position obstacles requiring special en-

gineer equipment or technical skills.

(i) Supervise the placement of extensive minefields and

booby traps.

(]) Furnish technical and mechanical assistance for the

construction of cut-and-cover type temporary field fortifications.

(k) Perform specialized demolition missions beyond the

capability of infantry elements.

(1) Perform specialized assistance in breaching obstacles,

including mines, from the high water mark inland.

(m) Supervise and participate in the clearance of mine-

fields and booby traps.

(n) Supervise specialized camouflage operations, primarily

concealment and deception measures of major significances to the division
as a whole.

(o) Provide and operate water points and install refrigera-

tion as required for the division.

(p) Construct, improve, and maintain necessary expedient

runways and pads for light liaison and observation type aircraft and heli-
copters and meet minimum divisional requirements.

(q) Construct and maintain forward sites for AV-8 type air-
craft.

(r) Provide temporary repair of existing roads and limited

2-74

••• im - • •' - .. '„

new construction of engineer roads, including essential maintenance of such
installations for moderate logistic traffic. Except under unusual condi-
tions, this activity will be generally limited to the division area of
operat ions.

(s) Provide material handling equipment support for the

d iv ision.

(3) Concept of Organization.—The combat engineer battalion con-

sists of a headquarters and service company, engineer support company, and
four combat engineer companies. The H&S company consists of elements to
provide the battalion commander with facilities for command and control
functions, and communication suppoi.t for subordinate elements of the bat-
talion. The engineer support company consists of a company headquarters,
equipment platoon, utilities platoon, and a motor transport platoon. Four
combat engineer companies aro included in the battalion organization to
provide support to the infantry regiments and other division units as re-
quired. Each of the combat engineer companies consists of a company head-
quarters and three combat engineer platoons. (See Figure 2-12.)

1378T
COMBAT ENGINEER
BATTALION
42-851 2-14

1377T 1363T 1373T

HEADQUARTERS AND ENGINEER SUPPORT COMBAT ENGINEER
SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
15-127 2-14 7-268 5-114

Figure 2-12.--Combat Engineer Battalion.

(a) Command and Control.—The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the battalion staff
and the company commanders.

(b) Firepower.—Limited to light infantry weapons.

(c) Mobility.--Not self-mobile; requires external motor

transport support to move the battalion as a unit.

(4) Concept of Employment.—The combat engineer battalion will

provide both tactical and logistical engineer functional support for the
division. It is organized to provide one combat engineer company for each
infantry regiment and its associated tasked elements, one combat engineer
company to support other division elements, and still maintain the flexi-

2-75

• _ - J.-, - i i
bility to provide required augmentation to the combat engineer companies in
the forward areas. Operations of those companies supporting forward ele-
ments will generally be decentralized. Engineer support requirements to
the rear of forward elements will be performed under centralized engineer
battalion control. The engineer support company provides augmentation in
the form of personnel and specialized engineer equipment to the combat en-
gineer companies.

(5) Administrative Capability.—Capable of self-administration.

(6) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

1_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first echelon)

maintenance on all assigned equipment; capable of organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on organic communication equipment and infantry weap-
ons. Organizational (second echelon) maintenance on motor transport and
engineer equipment is provided for by the battalion. Intermediate (third
and fourth echelon) maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, F3SG.

_2_ Support.—None.

(b) Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply support to

the battalion.

(c) Medical.—Capable of providing medical services support

to the battalion.

(d) Transportation.—The battalion has organic transporta-

tion support required to accomplish its stated mission.

(e) Food Services.—Capable of providing food service sup-

port to the battalion.
(7) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide command, control, and administra-

tive elements to supervise the operations of the battalion, including the
provision of supply, food services, communications, chaplain services, and
medical support.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The headquarters and service

company consists of the battalion headquarters which contains headquarters
section, S-1/adjutant section, S-2 section, S-3 section, and S-4 section; a
supply platoon containing a battalion food service section; a communication
platoon; a medical section; a chaplain section, and a company headquarters.

1 Command and Control.—The company provides the bat-

talion commander with facilities for command and control. The coir.pany com-
mander executes the normal command and staff functions.

2_ Firepower.—Limited to light infantry weapons.

2_ Commun ications.--Capable of providing communication

support for the battalion.

_4_ Mobil ity.—Not self-mobile; requires motor trans-

port support from external sources to move the company as a unit.

2-76

- •— ^'
 1
(c) Concept of Employment.—The company decentralizes sup-
port functions in the areas of supply, dining, communications, medical and
chaplain services to the extent necessary to meet oattalion operational re-
quirements. It provides internal supply, communications, medical, and din-
ing support to subordinate elements of the battalion. The major items of
equipment are shown below.

(d) Administrative Capability.—None, Consolidated under

battalin S-1/adjutant section.

HEADQUARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, COMBAT ENGINEER BATTALION

1 Rad iac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

9 Con trol Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
6 Rad io Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
7 Rad io Set, AN/GRC-160
6 Rad io Set, AN/MRC-83A
3 Rad io Set, AN/MRC-109
2 Rad io Set, AN/MRC-110
4 Rad io Set, AN/PRC-47
43 Rad io Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Rec eiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
3 Swi tchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Swi tchboard, Telephone, Automatic SB-3614 (V)TT
1 Tel etypewriter Set, AN/GCC-3-A
1 Sur veying Set, General Purpose
1 Tru ck. Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
10 Mac hine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Nig ht Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on assigned communication equipment and infantry weapons.
Organizational (second echelon) maintenance on motor transport and engineer
equipment is provided by combat support company. Intermediate (third and
fourth echelon) maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.--Capable of providing organic supply sup-

port to the battalion.
_3_ Medical.—Capable of providing medical services
support to the battalion.

_4_ Transportat ion.--None organic; support is provided

by combat engineer support company, combat engineer battalion.

_5_ Food Services.—Capable of providing dining service

support to the battalion.

(8) Combat Engineer Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide close combat support of an engi-

"

•- — - • • • • • ~ • - - —'
r ——

9B
neer nature as necessary to meet the essential requirements ol an infantry
regiment and other division elements in combat operations.

(b) Tasks

1 Provide engineer reconnaissance as required.

2 Provide assistance Cor the cross-country movement

of tracked and light wheeled vehicles.

3 Erect temporary engineer type structures to assist

in the movement of light vehicles and personnel across dry and wet gaps,
subject to the availability of local materials.

4_ Construct and operate light rafts, subject to the

availability of materials.

_5 Reinforce and repair existing bridges witli local

materials for the passage of light vehicles.

6_ improve existing terrain for use as helicopter

terminal points.

_7_ Furnish technical assistance in the fabrication and

positioning of light obstacles.

_3_ Supervise the placement of minefields and booby-

traps.

9_ Furnish technical, and mechanical assistance in the

installation of temporary cut-and-cover type field fortifications.

10 Perform specialized demolition missions beyond the

capability of the infantryman.

1I Provide specialized assistance in breaching obsta-

cles, including mines, from the high water mark inland.

12 Supervise extensive or sensitive minefield clear-

ance,

1 i When augmented by necessary elements of the engi-

neer support company, perform any task for which the combat engineer bat-
talion is responsible.

(c) Concept of Organization.—The combat engineer company

•onsists of a company headquarters and three combat engineer platoons. The
company provides direct combat engineer support to infantry task groupments
for operations. It can provide one combat engineer platoon for close sup-
port of each infantry battalion and associated task elements.

l_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2 Firepower.--Limited to light infantry weapons.

3_ Communicat ions.—None organic; support is provided

by headquarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

2-78
 Mobility.—The company possess a limited amount of
helicopter transportable equipment, It requires heavy motor transport sup-
port to displace its various platoon .ind/or squads.

(d) Concept of Employment.--A combat enqineer company wil 1

generally be in direct support of an infantry regiment for operations« ,1-
though the company may operate under the
:he centralized control of the company
commander, it may more frequently ope perate under control of the platoon
leaders in widely dispersed areas, with the company COffiJB ander acting as
advisor to the infantry regimental commander. One combat engineer company
is provided for support of division elen nts to the rear of forward areas
and to augment the engineer companies in forward areas as required. The
combat engineer company has limited construction equipment, some of which
is helicopter transportable. Equipment augmentation with operators is fur-
nished as necessary from the combat engineer support company« In all such
cases, control of augmenting, elements will generally be passed to the corn-
bat engineer
- company requiring such assistance. The major items of equip-
ment are shown below.

COMBAT ENGINEER COMPANY, COMBAT ENGINEER BATTALION

9 Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Non-Metallic, PRS-7

9 Dectecting Set, Mine, Portable, Metallic, P55-11
3 SS Launcher, Rocket, Ground, Demo Kit, PRJ Charge
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, M561
9 Truck, Platform, Utility, 1/2T, 4x4, M274A5
1 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, M151A2
9 Demolition Equipment, Engineer Squad
27 Demolition EquiDment, Individual
8 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(e) Administrative Capability.- -'onsolidated under

battalion S—1/adjutant section.

(£) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of providing organizational

(first echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Organizational (sec-
ond echelon) maintenance of motor transport and engineer equipment is pro-
vided by engineer support company. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon)
maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

b^ Support. --None.

2_ Supply.—None organic; support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

_3_ Med ical.—None organic; support is provided by

headquarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

_4_ Transportation.—None organic; support is provided

by engineer support company, combat engineer battalion.

_5_ Food Services.—None organic; support is provided

2-79

.„*..-. ^..ti
by headquarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

(9) Combat Kngineer Support Company

(a) Hiss ion.--To provide personnel, • :,t , and ap

priate task units to other elements of the battalion in support of Op | -
tional requirements. To provide potable water for the Mai nie division ami
electrical power for designated elements of the Marine division.

(b) Tasks

\_ Augment the combat engineer company with engineer

am] motor transport equipment and personnel required in the performance of
all those tasks for which the combat engineer battalion is responsil L< .

2 Provide electrical power generation and distribu-

tion as required in support of the Marine division.

_J_ Provide essential vertical and horizontal construc-

tion support, which is temporary in nature, necessary to support the Marine
division.

_4_ Provide water supply and distribution, I ith,

refrigeration services as required by the Marine division.

Provide material handling support at required by

the Marine division.

(c) Concept of Organization.-7TIK combat engineei 1 •

company consists of a company headquarters, equipment platoon, motor tl
port platoon, and utilities platoon. The functional support requii - '
of the company are provided by the three platoons which are struct tr< to
permit task organizing of equipment anil personnel as required.

1 Command and Con t rcl .--The company comi in l( I d1!vets

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

Firepower.--Limi ted to light infantry weapons.

Commun icat ions.—None organic; support is provi le 1
by headauarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

_4_ Mobi 1 ity. --Requi res external motor trar ,ort sup-
port to lift the combat engineer company as a unit.

Id) Concept of Employment.—The combat engineer support

company provides assistance in the accomplishment of essential engineer
support functions in forward areas. It is capable of supporting all func-
tions for which the combat engineer battalion is responsible. The company
will employ specialist personnel, as individuals, or tasked units tail ri
for specific mission in support of the combat engineer companies. In all
such cases, control of augmenting elements will generally be ed to the
combat engineer company requiring assistance. The company will habitually
be employed under centralized control of the combat engineer battalion c
luander. The major items of equipment are on the following page.

(e) Administrative Capabiiities.--None, Conso1idated und< 1

battalion S-1 'adjutant section.

2-80

•M ••- -
 ENGINEER SUPPORT COMPANY, COMBAT EtJ BATTALION
2 Backhoe Crane-Shovel, I3ay City, MOD 37
2 Crane-Shovel, Crawler-Mtd, Bay City, MOD 17-M66
1 Crane, Trk-Mtd, IST, M315T
3 Crane, Wheel-Mtd, SP, IT, M71
b Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Non-Mel illic PRS-7
b Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Metallic PSS-11
6 1 Generatoi Set, IkW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MBP-016A
1 i Generat i Set, IkW, 400Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-0;
1 Generator Set, LOOkW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP- 1
12 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-I 6/
3 Generator Set, LOkW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-0
1 Generator Set, lOkW, 400Hz, Ski 1—Ml i, MEP-112A
>4 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skid-Mtd, MEP-005A
1 Generator Set, JOkW, 400Hz, >kid-Mtd, MEP-114A
1 Koller, Pneumatic Tired, R-J
L Roller, Towed, Grid, RG-; 1
2 Roller, Towed, SheepEoot, M
4 Scraper, Earthmoving, 1 >wed, Hydrlly ipi 1, - .'. :, '•:
J Shovel Front, Crane Shovel, B< MOD 37
6 i Tank Fabric, lollapsible, 1000 Gal.
j Tractor, Kill Tracked, Small, w Bullgt id< I '•: 450
5 Tractor, Median., Full ': icki 1, 82-3 PA-M3
10 Tractor, Full Ti icked, w Multi-1 irj e Buckel Case, MC-1150
,1 Tractor, Rubbei rired, \rticulati 1 Steering, 7 2-; ":
) Tr id i , : .; bee Ti i ed, ..:.. oled, Industrial, MC 18OB
7 Tractor, Wheeled, Industrial, yRS-100, ".• 1
J [•ruck, Forklif 1 .-3 354
) ' i ick, rk 1 i f t, ig h e r ra i n '•' - 4 0 0 0
.4 ..:'•: • • . ; .• . n [ui • •.•
14 Water Purification nit, rarne-Mtd, 1500 GPM, 22441
2 ..• . line '•• ichi , '••• •, . • , : -Mtd , LM62 "-.
.. Leanei Stea r< :ui • Jet , Tr Ir-Ml 1, JOM-1
$4 Cha isis, Ti li 1 • t , Genera: Purpose, - . ?.T, -.. L, "
) . - • Ller, *-B< 1, 40T, •-:• 7
6 rrailer, - irgo, '. 4 ; , ..-'.,, , M4 . 1
14 Tra l ler, largo, l-l. 21 , . -whl , MIO A:
4 fr tiler, Flatb< 1, - IT, 2-Whl , M' 6;
6 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal., M149A)
7 Truc'f., irgo, i -'. 4T, 4x4 , M
10 i ick, irgo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2 '
.: 1 Ti ick, Dump, 5T, 6x6, M51 A2
2 .i.---, rank, 1 .- 1 Servicing, 1200 Gal., 2-1 2T, 6x6, M49A;
10 Truck , Utility, 1 '4'J , MJ i 1A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, MS4'.A..
i Truck, Tractor, 10T, 6x6, M12 3A
4 Demolition Equipment, Engr. Squad
10 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

( i.) :.og ist iea 1 Capai> i 1 I t ies

_1_ Ma in tun a.-ice

a_ Ur-jan ic. --Capab le of providing organizati mal

(first echelon) Mintenance on all organic equipment. la] ible ol >rganiza-
tional (second echelon) maintenance on battalion mot >i transport and • ngi-

^L
 ,—

neer equipment. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is

provided by maintenance battalion, I'SSG.

_b Support, -None,

2_ Supply. —None organic; support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, combat engineer battalion.

i_ Medical .--None orqani:; support is provided by

headquarters and service company, combat enqineer battalion.

4_ Transportation.--The company has the orqanic trans-

portation capability necessary to provide support to the combat engineer
battalion and fulfill tiie primary mission of the company.

_2_ Food Services.--None orqanic; support is provided

by headquarters and service company, combat enqineer battalion.

2-8;
[
SECTION 20

KARINE DIVISION
Q-l PERIOD ( 1979-198 1 )

204. COMMON EQUIPMENT

Developments for the Marine division during the Q-l period ijli |i :.-
erally into four areas: Communications, infantry weapons, battlefield sur-
veillance devices, and artillery weapons system. The eflort in the infan-
try weapons area is modest but will increase in the Q-2 period. The bat-
tlefield surveillance area will receive some worthwhile improvements and
the artillery regiments/battalions will experience major equipment cha! ;
during 1979-1983, resulting in markedly improved capabilities in artillery
fire support. With the exception of artillery weapons system, none of the
foregoing categories of new and improved equipment will dictate significant
organizational changes. This will be discussed further in paragraph 205e.
Artillery organizations will have to conduct full-scale training to meet
the impact of new howitzers and computers systems, but the training will be
on-the-job. Communications improvements, discussed previously in the F'-IF
section, will be highlighted under a general subparagraph below, as will
battlefield surveillance devices that fall within the spectrum of division
units.

a. Communicat ion.--During the Q-l period, the division will exper-

ience the onset of the progression of manual to automatic switching, the
start of the changeover from analog to digital communications, several
product improvements in communications equipment, and the introduction of
some communications innovations, for example, SATCOM and PARKHILL.

The communications equipment having significant impact on the division

have been explained in the FMF section. Those items considered of special
interest to the division and subordinate units during this period will b<
recapitulated below.

(1) Automatic telephone switching will improve service to users

by introduction of a new switchboard, the SB-3614.

(2) HF communications will be improved by the introduction of a

family of equipment based on a common receiver-transmitter. Significant
impact will be at the "Infantry" level by the replacement of the AN/PRC-47
with the AN/PRC-104 and -105. Another in this HF family located within the
division is the AN/MRC-138. A separate UHF mount will be available to pro-
vide a UHF capability with the AN/MRC-138. A new hand-held VHF radio, the
AN/PRC-fa8, will find many applications in division units. Ground command-
ers will welcome the AN/ASC-26, a long-awaited helicopterborne communica-
tions package. These are specifically for the use of the airborne infantry
commander, but will be kept and maintained by the support helicopter unit.

(3) A new concept will be evaluated by augmenting reg ii;.ent-to-

battalion teletype machines with facsimile machines, the AN/GXC-7A. If the
concept is accepted, teletype machines at that level may be on their way
out. The AN/MSQ-( ), also called AMES (Automated Message Entry System),
will provide another step toward complete automation of the communication
center.

(4) Satellite communications will be introduced through the AN/

TSC-93. Located at the division headquarters, this SATCOM terminal will
provide multichannel Links to MAF.

(5) COMSE( development will have considerable Impact on division

and subordinate units. Generally, with the goa] that eventually all comi i-
nications will be secure, the ni w MSEC equipment introduced to th< I Leid
(VINSÜN, and tin' TSEC KYV-2) will be- i:; additi >n to, not in place of, COM-
SEC equipment already held. PARKHILL ifi irds .1 hitherto unobtainable capa-
bility to secure tactical HF voice circuits.

The above mentioned items plus the remainder of all Communications

equipment to be introduced to the division during this period are shown in
Figure 2-13.
b. Battlefield Surveillance Devices.—Within this broad category are
included items to penetrate the darkness and foliage, increase Visual
sightings, stabilize the field of view, and provide seismic or acoustical
information from remote locations. Most of these capabilities exist today;
the first two of tiie following developments are product improvements. Con-
versely, individual night vision goggles provide a new capability to the
FMF. Battlefield surveillance devices are designed to provide systematic
remote surveillance for combat intelligence, target acquisition, protec-
tion, and defense security. The advent of new and improved surveillance
devices will enhance the effectiveness of patrols, listening posts, and all
types of defensive postions.

(1) AN/PPS-15 Radar Set.—A replacement item for the AN/PPS-b on

a one-for-one basis, the AN/PFS-15 is lighter (2b vs bü lb) and more effec-
tive. Its effectiveness 1.: baf.ed upon lower background noise level, which
permits easier tracking and greater operator accuracy. This one-man load
is designed to acquire moving targets under conditions of reduced visibil-
ity. It will provide range and azimuth on a moving man at ranges up to
1,500 meters and a moving vehicle at ranges to 3,000 meters. The radar is
1ine-of-sight (LOS) and thus has ground form limitations. Further, it is
constrained by solid objects and dense foliage within its LOS. The latter
shortcoming is bein; dealt: with by the development of a foliage penetrator
discussed in the Q-I pen .a. The AN/PPS-15 will be found in all infantry
battalions and regi.nental headquarters, the division and force reconnais-
sance units, the division headquarters battalions, as well as in most of
the support-type squadrons of the MAW.
(2) Tactical Intrusion Detector (TIP).--Puring the Vietnam con-
flict, many Marine infantry and reconnaissance units were furnished Patrol
Seismic Intrusion Devices (PSID's) from a special allowance. These PSID's
provided an LOS seismic detection of enemy activity up to several hundred
meters. Presently under testing is a new PSID which has six sensors with
both audio and visual activation alerts, and an LOS capability to 1,500
meters. The next test is scheduled for February 1980 when the first gener-
ation PSID, the newer PSID, and an Army improved Platoon Early Warning
System (PEWS) will be compared. Based on the results of this test, the
Marine Corps will decide what type TID will be purchased for issue to FMF
in FY 80. The reported capabilities of the PEWS are similar to the new
PSID, except PEWS has 10 sensors vs. 6 and a capability to receive signals
from the sensors by radio signal or wire; the latter gives PEWS other than
LOS qualities. The TID eventually issued to the FMF will be located within
most ground organizations, plus aviation support organizations and units.

(3) Individual Night Vision Goggles (NVG) AN/PVS-5.--As stated

in the letter of adoption and procurement, the night vision goggles AN/PVS-

2-84
 ••^HHMBH

5 is a 1 ightwe ight, headmounted, Image intensifier, Lve binocular • il

allows the operator to perform task.-; at night or under low light 1< .• - i -
ditions. Compatible with the helmet and the protective mask, the gog g 1 e .
strap to the head, thereby leaving both hands free to handle a wea •-,
drive a vehicle, operate equipment, or observe from helicopters« Th< .
function both for distance and close work. In the first example, t | ,
or outpost could continuously view a large area of terrain. In the la ttei
application, using the built-in infrared light source, a Marine couid reao
maps or messages, do forward repair or maintenance work, and perform o I hei
tasks that required blackout conditions. The NVG will be issued to all or-
ganizations and units in the division and FSSG as well as several of the
cjround support units in the MAW beginning in FY 80.
20? ORGANIZATIONS

a. Headquarters Batta1 ion.--The new battlefield surveillance devices

will impact on the capabilities and operational methods of the Sensor Con-
trol and Management Platoon (SCAMP). Within the communications company,
adjustments will be made to accomodate the more effective generations of
equipment being received and the major transition from analog to digital
communications, beginning during the Q-l period.

b. Infantry Reglment.--The regiment will receive the first system of

several that are intended to improve tactical command and control. The
PLRS will function in its initial capability, that of an accurate ana re-
liable navigation aid, when it arrives in the FMF during 1982. The PLRS
has many capablities and applications to MIFASS, TCO, and TAOC-85, but
until they arrive during Q-2, the PLRS will mainly serve relative to the
Position Location Post Processor (PLPP) located at the regiment. Communi-
cations advancements will assist the regimental commander and his staff
both in their ability to respond to the needs of subordinate organizations,
and to rapidly reply to the information demands of the higher-level com-
manders .

c. Infantry Battalion.—There are several individual weapons im-

provements forthcoming that will assist the Marine infantryman in the
execution of his mission.

(1) Shoulder-Launched Multipurpose Assault Weapon (SMAW).—A

need has been identifed for a man-portable assault weapon for employemnt
again st field fortifications and urban hardened targets. The Marine Corps-
devel oped SMAW is a man-portable, three tube, multishot, reusable launcher,
rocke t powered infantry assault weapon. The warhead is a high-explosive
(HE) plastic with a dual-made fuze designed to penetrate "soft" targets
such as earth and timber bunkers or to detonate upon impact against "hard"
targe ts such as masonry structures or light armor. The SMAW's 250 meter
point target range and multishot features ensure rapid engagement and de-
struc tion of bunkers, fortified urban postions, and light armored vehicles,
With some preparation of firing positions, this weapon can be fired from
enclo'sures in urban warfare.

(2) VIPER, Light Antitank Assault Weapons (LAAW).—An old name

(LAAW) with an improved capability, the VIPER will replace the present LAAW
in 1981. The VIPER is a lightweight (6 to 7 lb), single shot, throwaway
antitank munition with an improved effective range of 250 to 500 meters and
increased lethality against armored vehicles. The VIPER will supplement
other organic antitank weapons (e.g., DRAGON) and will provide the rifle
platoon with its primary means of antiarmor protection. With some prepara-

2-85

__ *• !.
tion, this weapon can also be fired from enclosures in urban conflicts«

(i) 1, ight Weight Company lortar System (^WCMS).--Mar mi Corps

rifLe companies will begin receiving the 6ünun LWCMS in FY 80 to replace all
60mm M19 mortars on a one-tor-one basis. The system, along with the HK
round and Multi-Option Fuze (MOF), was type-classified st indard on 26 luly
1977. The LWCMS has a maximum range of 3,500 meters, weighs 46.75 lb in
the standard mode (18 Lb in the handheld model), ano utilize; a lijht [the
M64) with a 6400 mil deflection scale. A tritium 1 i ghi source in trie fire
control equipment permits use of the sight and aiming stakes it night wit .-
out batteries or 1 ight bulbs. The light source will last 4 to 6 years.

In order to permit full tactical use of the mortar's

without personnel increase to accommodate a fire direction center,
, the de-
velopment of a small, lightweight (4 to 6 lu) Eire directionion ca
computer
planned. The computer, or calculator, will allow the storage and computa-
tion of all
11 data necessary to lay and fire the mortar. The calculator, two
to each lmm mortar platoon and two to each company mortar section, can be
easily opeerated by one man.

In addition to the HE round with MOF, the following rounds are under
development: an illumination round that will provide illumination to the
maximum range of the HE round, a tactical screening smoke round, and two
types of training rounds--a cheap concrete round that handles like and
bal1 istically matches the HE round, and 22mm training round witii sabot.
d. Artillery Regiment

(1) As with the infantry, the artillery regimental .neudquurt- i .

will also receive the PLRS during 1982. In its basic use, the PLRS will
assist in providing accurate locations of friendly units, thereby enhancing
survey, fire support accuracy, and fire support coordination. All batter-
ies of the regiment will receive new survey sets in 1981. These sets are
designed for the specific order of survey required uy the receiving unit
and an overall 40 percent increase in efficiency is predicted.

(2) Radar AN/TPQ-36.—The AN/TPQ-30 is being developed by the

Army for its own use and for use by the Marine Corps. It will replace the
AN/MPQ-4A in the artillery regiment, on a one-for-one basis, during 1981.
The TPQ-36 is designed to locate multiple enemy artillery, mortar, and
rocket positions which may be firing simultaneously. Design features
include the following:

o Fixed Sector Search of 1600 mils and a;t extended

originator search of up to 6400 mils.

o Operator selectable priority and sensor zones.

o Impact predict mode for aid in assigning priorities

to acquired targets.

o Digital link with an Artillery Computer System (ACS)

o System operational availability greater than 90

percent.

o Sufficient accuracy for attack of targets by medium

art illery.

2-86

— i ii
 v.,, . ••-. •• - •
TJUH ait

iT
• • .-

.. .
=: •• • . 4
Mil A A A A A A A
2

- .' -•

HI
J M
i
BC-104
• A A A A A A A
1
I
• • • ..
A A A A A A A
/4 - •

i
11 EIVEE • A
:••?
• i •

A A A A A A A A
-.
•
•

•
•. •••

i A A A A A A A
IÄÄ/ÜHF MT
• •'• :
LA A A A A A A
. • •'.• . , m . ..-.:.- »ill , ....... b« . .•••• I. .up, :•-• • •• . - •

A
Mi PF
•-

A A A A A , \ A A
I
i A A A A A A A
v : * A
-
- •

1 . •

. :• • • • • • •
A
;. •
1
. fSTEH A A A A A
•
1
•

-
f - -.
5 <?
••
A
..
.-.••; -. •;

A A i
<-
U o
f- w
- •.

HF Pf v
' "- 1 A A A A A A A A
2 •• •

H :••;::•.: ; ' •
A A A A A A A
• • , -58
A A A A A A A A
i
U
vt
n
^
f
TSEC/KY-»,' -
(PARK)?: : I . VW HF. A A A A A A
i
A
X >
c « rsec/Ki
BM ROPT, VHF RMS1 •!
1 A A A A A A A
1 A A A A A A A
Figure 2-13.—Communications Equipment, Marine Division
Q-l Period

2-87

- • - - - - -
 The radar requires fifth-order survey. Training for operators and main-
tenance personnel will be conducted at Fort Sill.

e. Artillery Battalion.—During the 0-1 period, the artillery bat-

talion will enjoy one of the most significant refurbishings of any Marine
Corps organization. Both the 105mm and 155mm howitzer (T) batteries will
receive the new M198 howitzers. A new artillery computer system will be
introduced. In addition, the advent of laser equipment for tracking,
designating, and positioning should couple with the foregoing developments
to significantly enhance the capabilities of the artillery battalion.
Cannon-Launched Guided Projectiles (CLGP) will team with laser spotters to
virtually ensure first round accuracy for 155 gunners beginning in 1982.
In addition to some personnel realignments and maintenance skill improve-
ments, a significant personnel increase will occur with the influx of M198
howitzers into the direct support battalions (projected-+54 Marines, the
majority of which are cannoneers). A full-scale retraining program will
evolve with the preparation for and acceptance of the new equipment.

(1) M198 155mm Howitzer.—The Army has developed the M198 towed
155mm howitzer to satisfy requirements for a long-range, helicopter-trans-
portable, medium artillery weapon for the near and mid-range time period.
The Marine Corps will use this weapon to replace both the M101A1 and M114A1
howitzers during 1981-83. The M198 is a conventional, split-trail, towed
configured howitzer weighing 15,500 lb. Under concurrent development is a
family of rocket assisted projectiles and new propellants which will permit
the M198 to achieve ranges of 24,000 meters with coventional ammunition and
30,000 meters with rocket assisted projectiles.

(2) Modular Universal Laser Equipment (MULE).--The MULE i* a

Marine Corps unilateral development program under the cognizance of the US
Army Missile Research and Develop Command, Redstone Arsenal, Alabama. The
goal of this program is to provide the observer with a significant in-
crease in target acquisition accuracy. The MULE will give the observer an
ability to designate targets for laser guided ordnance with a compact, man-
portable laser. The MULE consists of three modules: a Laser Designator
Rangefinder Module (LDRM), a Stablizer Tracking Tripod Module (STTM), and a
North Finding Module (NFM). The total system can be carried by two men
with loads of approximately 20 lb each. The MULE will allow the observer
to locate targets in range to an accuracy of plus or minus 10 meters and in
azimuth to an accuracy of plus or minus 3 mils. The laser uses the tri-
service codes and will be compatible with all laser guided ordnance and
trackers. The LDRM can be used in the hand-aimed mode or mounted on the
STTM. When mounted on the tripod, the laser can be used to track and
attack moving targets with guided munitions. The MULE will enter the
inventory in the early 1980's.

f. Reconnaissance Battalion

(1) The battalion will benefit by all of the improved battle-

field surveillance devices, new communications equipments, and sophisti-
cated location and reporting systems discussed previously. None of the
foregoing developments or the IBS (following) will have a major impact on
the organization of the reconnaissance battalion. Tactical changes, if
any, will be evolutionary.

(2) Inflatable Boat, Small (IBS).—The new IBS is being develop-

ed for division and force reconnaissance units. The prototypes being

2-88

...
«. •-^—— - -- -— - - ..-..-..,. . .- : .. . •••*> *-—— •• ——•--. . ——M^*'
 -^1

tested are lighter, more durable, and have better stabi1ity/sea-keeping

characteristics than the present model. The new IBS will also possess a
silenced propulsion system inaudible beyond a distance of 100 ii'-ters. The
IOC is expected to be 1980.

(3) Waterproof Equipment Bags.—This ROC is designed to meet the

two requirements. First, a surface wat'rproof equipment/weapon bag for use
in conjunction with the (IBS). Additionally, a requirement exists for a
bouyancy compensation capability for subsurface utilization during scuba
operations. R&D development will be required in solving the bouyancy
requirement. An IOC of FY 81 is anticipated.

g. Force Reconnaissance Company.—The nission, organization, and

concept of employment of this company will remain unchanged. New equipment
will include the AN/PRC-68 and 104, the IBS, the Til), the MULE, and night-
vision goggles, all detailed in this section on the Marine Division.

h. 8-Inch Howitzer Battery (Self-Propelled)

(1) M110A1 8-Ir.jh Howitzer (SP).—The M110A1 8-inch self pro-

peled howitzer has replaced the antiquated MHO 8-inch self propelled
howitzer in the Marine Corps inventory. Two 175mm gun batteries continue
to be maintained in the inventory to allow expenditure of remaining 175mm
munition inventories and to enhance operational flexibility.

(2) XM650 Rocket Assisted Projectile (RAP).—During July 1979,

the XM650 RAP will be added to the XM188 projectile to enable the MllOAl to
achieve a range of 29,000 meters.

(3) Cannon-Launched Guided Projectile (CLGP).—By the end of

1980, laser homing projectiles will be available. These projectiles, while
having a shorter range than the XM188 projectile and XM650 RAP, will have
first-round accuracy at 16,000 meters. The present lesser range of the
CLGP is attributed to its earlier development and it is forecasted that the
range of the laser-guided projectile will be increased to that of the con-
ventional projectiles in the near future. Laser guidance will be control-
led by the MULE, the OV-10 laser designator, and Remotely Piloted Vehicles
(RPV's). The laser guided projectiles wil be capable of being guided to
moving targets by these devices.

(4) The 8-inch howitzer battery will receive the artillery com-
puter system to replace the Field Artillery Digital Automatic Computer
(FADAC) .
(a) 175mm Gun Battery (Self-Propelled).—The 175mm gun bat-
tery will be replaced by a second 8-inch howitzer battery, armed with the
MllOAl.

(b) 155mm Howitzer Battery (Self-Propelled).--The battery

wil receive the artillery computer system, discussed in the division sec-
tion of LFOSS, and a new survey set. Where the survey set in present use
is a general-purpose set used by engineer units as we] _, the 155mm howitzer
battery will get a survey set tailored to tiie degree of accuracy required
by the user.
i. Tank Battalion

(1) M60LA1 (RISE) Tank.—The product improvement package E ir the

2-89

-. ..._ •.. ...... .-,... ^_ — •.. • ..., _-,. . •

M60 tank consists of an engine of improved reliability and an image inten-
sification device. The M60A1 RISE (Reliability Improved Selected Equip-
ment) has passive night sights for the gunner and tank commander and a
passive night viewer for the driver.

j. Assault Amphibian Battalion-M58 Line Charge.—An M58 line charge

will be available for installation onto any LVTP-7, commencing in FY 82.
The complete package when loaded with three charges and rockets weighs
about 10,000 pounds—the maximum load for a LVTP-7. The M58 adaptor kit,
installed but empty, will weigh 3,000 pounds, keeping the LVTP-7 within
about 70 percent of its load-carrying capacity. Each line charge is 350
feet long and is attached to the amphibian tractor by a tether line which
is 205 feet long. The path cleared will be 15-25 feet wide, depending on
the surface area to be cleared.

k. Universal Infantry Weapons Trainer.—To be introduced in 1982,

the Universal Infantry Weapons Trainer which will be capable of simulating
tactical, controlled fire from infantry weapons to include the current
service rifle, the machinegun, the grenade launcher, and the light antitank
weapon. The performance of the system will include noise and recoil sen-
sations; it will display, as a target, wide angle motion pictures of tac-
tical combat scenarios, with simulated battle noises.

The device will be organic to and maintained by the Marine Corps Training
and Audio-Visual Support Centers. The trainer will be employed aboard
amphibious ships, at Marine Corps Reserve Centers and selected infantry
training sites.
1. Other Items of Interest.—There are other items which will be
issued to organizations of the Marine division but are explained elsewhere
in LFOSS. Examples, and their locations in this publication, are:

(1) Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPV). (Ch. 3, Par. 309.a(3)).

(2) Marine Corps Expeditionary Shelter System. (Ch. 1 Par.

113a).
(3) Product improvement of the M274 MECHANICAL MULE. (Ch. 4,
Par. 408c(D).
m. Q-l Summary.—Figure 2-14 is a matrix of the developments enter-
ing the Marine division during the Q-l period (1979-1983).

2-90

MM
 MAR HO INF IMF ARTY ARTY RECON
DIV BN RFGT BM I'! SI BM HN

AN TPS- ! r. RADAR SET

A A A A
TACTICAL tOTBI SIO«
DETECTOR A A A A A A
NIGHT VISION GOGGU .'
AN/PVS-5
POSITION LOCATION
A A A A A
REPORTING SYSTEM (PLRS)
A A A A
SMAW
A
VIPER
A
LIGHTWEIGHT O IMPAKV
MORTAR A
RADAR AN IT.'- II
A: A
XM .'0 4 10SHM MowI ["ZI 1
A
M198, 155HH HOWI1.'
A
CANNON LAUNCHED GUIDED
PROJECTILES A
MULE
A A A A A
ARTY SURVEY SET A A
BATTERY COMPUTER SYSTEM
A A
CABLE DITCHER AND
TRENCH/LINE LAYER
OA A
INFLATABLE BOAT, SMALL
A
ENGR SURVEY SET

MCESS
O
M2 7 4 MECH MULE (IMP) A A A A
RPV'S

HEAVY MOTORIZED GRADER

o
4,000 LB FORKLIFT A
10,000 LB FORKLIFT

REVERSE OSMOSIS, WATER

PURIFICATION UNIT

LIGHTWEIGHT AMPHIBIOUS
o
CONTAINER HANDLER (LACH)

O " Distribution to be determined.

Figure 2-14.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Division, Q-l Period

2-91

— L. - , • . - v ^r--• ~- '~ "•!• i i

i iJM
10F
SECTION 2C

MARINE DIVISION
Q-2 PERIOD (1984-1988)

206. GENERAL

Three significant items of equipment scheduled for arrival in the Q-2

period will undoubtably cause some conceptual and organizational changes.
The ship-to-shore phase of amphibious operations will be affected by the
advent of the Landing Craft Air Cushion (LCAC). The Mobile Protected
Weapons System (MPWS), coupled with the XM-1 Main Battle Tank (MRT) will
significantly impact on armor anci tank-infantry concepts and organizat i : .

a. Landing Craft Air Cusion (LCAC).—The Navy lias in development a

high-speed, over-the-water landing craft that will support the capability
to initiate the ship-to-shore movement of an amphibious operation at a dis-
tance of 12-25 miles from the beach, as compared with the present 4,000
yards. Two designs have been developed which employ different technical
approaches. The two craft have open-well deck aluminum hulls, about 90-
feet long and 48-feet wide. Ramps, forward and aft, will allow drive-
through capability. While these vehicles are not organic to the FMF, they
will impact greatly on its capability in amphibious landings and are in-
cluded here for that reason.

b. XM-1 Main Battle Tank (MBT) -The •1 MBT will be discussed

under the tank battalion.

c. Mobile Protected Weapons System (MPWS).--The MPWS will be dis-

cussed under the tank battalion.

d. Commun icat ions

Of the three quinquennium periods covered by LFOSS, the 0-2 Period

will have the greatest impact on the Marine division. During this period,
several of the MTACC systems should achieve their initial operational capa-
bilities. Also, the transition from analog to digital communication equip-
ment will occur, and be a significant factor. The greatest change will be
reflected in command and control capabilities (MTACCS, LFICS). This period
is characterized by the continued influx of digital equipment initiated
during Q-l. Subsystems of the MTACCS must be integrated with the various
communication systems since MTACCS does not provide its own communications.
The LFICS will be responsible for linking the MTACCS elements. Throughout
Q-2, the overall division communications system will continue to be primar-
ily a mix of analog-digital equipments, with the simultaneous attendant
complications in training, operation, and maintenance created by operation
of the two types of equipment. As new systems are fielded, it is important
to ensure that compatible equipment will exist aboard amphibious shipping.
A recapitulation of the communications equipment considered to be of
special interest to the division and its subordinate units follows.

(1) Automatic digital switches (some with a limited analog capa-

bility] wil be fielded in the form of telephone equipment, the SB-386ri
(switchboard) and AN/TCC-42 (switching central); and message switches, the
AN/GYC-7 (two-man transportable), and the AN/TYC-11 (switching central).

(2) Digital telephones will be introduced. The TSEC/KY-68 will

be used to provide secure voice through the new family of automatic digital

o J

ätukmXt
 —

10B
• ireu it switches.

(3) The AN *•':•'' ( ) , •> short-range multichannel radio, will be

introduced al the reyimentaJ LeveJ and above. Multi hanne] < [uipment in
.11 units may have been consoli lated at i higher level by this peri >d.

4) A new family ol VHI i idios, the Singli hanne] Ground-Ail

Radio System (SINCGARS) will be introduced in 1 185. The nomenclature ol
• hi basic radio, AN/GRC-( ), will be used to indentify this series. This
equipment will eventually replace the majority of familiar VHF equipment
now in the Eield; Eor example, the AN PRC-77 and AN/MRC-109.

(5) Division level ability to monitor, test, and conduct overall

inagement ol communication systems will : nhanced by introduction of the
AN TSQ-111 (technical control center).

(t> j A digital bui • c nunication device, the PSG-( ), will t ind

.vi li ise throughout the entire communication system and, it favorably re-
•• i, will have considerable impact on future communications in 'jener al.

(7) A SATCOM capability will be extended to the infantry battal-

ion Level by the AN PSC-1, a manpack terminal.
Phe ibove mentioned items plus the remainder of the communication equipment
t i be introduced t i the division during this period are shown in Figure 2-

Uattlefield Surveillance Devices

(2) Short Range Direction Finding System (SRDF).—The success of

combat operations, at any level of intensity, is, in part, directly depend-
ent upon sound intelligence combined with sound tactical fire and maneuver.
Since enemy forces must rely on communication for effective command and
control, our capability to intercept, analyze, identify, and locate these
emissions is the goal for this development. It has a FY 84 IOC.

(3) Forward Pass.—The FORWARD PASS system provides a commander

with the capability of obtaining sensor intelligence data without the need
for continuous real-time monitoring and the attendant resource require-
ments.

This system has the capability to store, interrogate, and display re-
mote sensor data. Its principal use is in amphibious operations, during
the time interval preceding the assault phase. Remote sensors are deployed
in the Amphibious Objective Area (AOA) preceding the planned assault day.
The FORWARD PASS Storage Unit (SU) is deployed at the same time as the

2-94
 HAS INK ARJ V ARTY mil AAV
RJ ] BD •••.
Ml H:.

»B- (86!
A . [WITCH! ABO)
AA A A A A AA
r3
uo
[AUTO TELEPHOtH Cl MTRA1 AA A
*
AS ''.V
(AUTO
- '
us ; swi r •« A AA A
A : v. A CMTW
A A
.
•• i '..••'! :v
A AA'S A A A AA —-—i
:::
• .:
. a,
••
(MUX RADIO) A A AA A A A
_; A*. TRJ -171
A
••••..:

:•:
Ml '•: RA1 :

UJ a.
v. ;p - ( )
ISIN -AH.. RA! : A A A A AA A
:
-, r HI Li A AiA A A A A
<;- ....
•

: • •
A- 154
[DIGITAL PHOK1 A A!A A A A A A
uw
' v. 1 • ;-{
••• • .
)
KM DEVI '••:, A AA A A AA A
«RTT
*:•:•: . RHIH ; A AA A A A A A
v. : IQ-Ill
•••• . N •:
--
- • ..
M
...
A

•
•

. ..
•
•••.:•, •.:••.•

AA A
MX-9S1 ,-9811

AA A
• •

Ed t M :I UTAL DATA ADAPTER)

•• -

... ...
• MSI ' ' "! " AAA A A A A A!
- J 1
K
' (MSI ' : ;
V] •: AAA A A A A
v.
U
u
KG-8 2
(COMSEC DEVICE) AAA A A A A
L-.
Q
-' :-8 )
(COMSI IC1 AAA A A AA
U
u
tfl
KG-B4
A AiA A A AA
A A!A
E
0
'J
KG-93
(COMSEC DEVICE) A A AA
KGX-9)
(COMSEC DEVI f
A A;A A A AA
A A A|A
•;••;»•• • KV-' H
A AiA A
Fiijur'.' 2-l"3.—Communications R.juipment, Marine Division, 0-2 Perioi

2-95

n^^*
 --—

sensors, or shortly thereafter, within radio frequency Line-of-sight to as

many sensors as possible (typically 23 to 40). As sensor outputs are re-
ceived, they are t iine-tagged and stored in a solid state memory device.
This capability permit; storage of 68 hours of data from J5 sensors.

The FORWARD PASS Interrogation Unit (IU) is mounted in a small aero-

dynamic pod aboard a reconnaissance type aircraft with a control box lo-
cated in the cockpit. The IU allows the pilot to interrogate a number of
SU's in a single mission while retaining the option of concurrently carry-
ing out other reconnaissance duties. The READOUT command is sent from the
aircraft to a particular SU. Upon receipt of the command, the S'J transmits
its stored date to the pod-mounted IU where it is recorded on magnetic
tape. If the SU memory is filled to capacity, transmission requires 21 to
22 seconds. The IU can record approximately 200 seconds of SU-transmitted
data.

Upon the return of the aircraft to a carrier or a rear base, the tape
cartridge in the IU is removed from the pod and delivered to the FORWARD
PASS Display Unit (DU). The DU processes the data and then plots the in-
formation. Twenty-four hours of real-time sensor data are ploted in ap-
proximately 24 minutes. While the concept has been heavily oriented toward
amphibious operations, it has potential applications to other military
operations. An IOC of FY 83 is planned.

f. Marine Tactical Command and Control System (MTACCS).—While de-

tailed previously in the FMF section and in LFOSS-78, MTACCS is mentioned
here because of the major impact it will make on the division during the Q-
2 period. Five of the six systems with a ground force application are ex-
pected to be available during the 1983-1987 time frame:

(1) Marine Air-Ground Intelligence System (MAGIS).—The last of

the four MAGIS components, the Intelligence Analysis Center (IAC) is pro-
grammed to have an IOC of 1983. This system will provide the division with
rapid access to electronic and photo intelligence garnered by the assets of
the MAW.

(2) Marine Integrated Fire and Air Support System (MIFASS).—The

MIFASS will enable the infantry commander to achieve more timely and pre-
cise integration of supporting arms with his scheme of maneuver and overall
tactical plan of operations. Its projected IOC is 1986.

(3) Tactical Combat Operations System (TCP).--Designed for in-

troduction to the FMF in 1986, the TCO system will provide an improved
field capability to receive, process, store, display, and disseminate in-
formation vital to command and control. The TCO will utilize the other
systems (e.g., PLRS, MAGIS, MIFASS) to provide the ground commander with
the full breadth of capabilities available within the MTACCS.

(4) Marine Integrated Personnel System (MIPS).—Although it is

even more in the conceptual stages than the previously described systems,
MIPS is nonetheless expected to be available in 1986. MIPS will aid the
commander and his staff to evaluate manpower impacts on tactical decisions
and to properly manage manpower situations in the combat environment.

207. ORGANIZATIONS

a. Headquarters Battalion.—With the introduction of MIFASS, the

2-96
 •lit control functions oi the direct aii poet center (DAS j will be
accomplished within the Fire .mil • > i i Support I <: thi divisj •..
This will require an organizational change within 11," conununi M and
headquarters companies oi the battalion. While the del >il i • ; the pi
T/o changes are contained within the integrated Logistical support plan : >i
MIFASS, they are still subject to testing and further re; .: • ,• •. the
system proceeds through engineering and initial operational testing.

The Sensor Control and Management Platoon (SCAMP) will be Cully in-
volved with the F0KWAK1) PASS system described above. 11s Impact on the
platoon's organization and operational concept has not yet oeen
determined. Flsewhere in the headquarters battalion, the multitude of
communications improvements detailed in the FMF portion of LFQSS will
impact on the communications company, especially as the transition occurs
from analog to digital equipments.

b. Infantry Regiment.—As with the headquarters battalion, the in-

fantry regiment's headquarters company will be affected by MIFASS. The
regimental FASC calls for the addition of 10 officers anu 15 enlisted
Marines, plus a few communicators. MIFASS induced changes to the- battalion
structure will probably be minor. Adjustments fo> the new communications
capabilities and for the TCO will also cause changes in the regiment ami
battalion organizations. It is too early to predict the scope of these
changes.

c. Infantry Battalion

(1) Family of Small Arms (FOSA).—A Marine Corps General Opera-

tional Requirement (GOR) states, that in the FMF, a requirement exist", for
a family of small arms designed to provide the individual Marine with the
best possible weapon to perform his particular combat role. A concept has
evolvjd with the objectives of high degree of interchangeability of parts,
multiplicity of use, and a common round of ammunition; all of which should
simplify logistic support and increase employment flexibility. However, in
order to obtiin the necessary funding to meet future small arms require-
ments, all the military services will have to work in concert and make
compromises ;s necessary. One compromise that may be necessary is giving
up the "family" concept for better performance from each weapon system.
Under development at this time is a 5-year technical plan for a joint-
services small arms program that is expected to be completely funded by FY
79. Some of the weapons included in the plan that are current interest to
the iMarine Corps are as follows:

o A multishot grenade launcher.

o A laser rangefinder sight.

o A rifle system.

o A personal defense weapon.

o As sub-machinegun.

o A Squad Automatic Weapon (SAW).

There are no specific IOC's associated with most of the above items; it is
anticipated that any developments which would occur in FOSA as a result of
a joint exploratory development would begin to impact on the Marine Corps

2-97

^-
in the Q-2 period. An exception, the SAW is explained below.

(~) Squad Automatic Weapon (SAW).--There are three candidates

for an automatic rifle to replace the capability the Marine Corps had with
the BAR. These ire the Ford Aerospace and Communication XM24 8; the Bel-
li an, Pabrique National Minimi XM249; and a heavy-barrel, open-bolt M16.
Developmental and operational testing (DT 1/OT I) began in January 1979.
Once the best weapon has been selected, ther" will be a lull in the program
until, in FY oil, the second (in addition to 7.62mm) NATO standard small
arms round of ammunition has been selected. Once that decision has been
made, the SAW program will continue. An IOC of FY 8i is anticipated. As
the SAW is designed for the present fire team, no changes in organization
are predicted.

d. artillery Regiment.—The artillery regiment will experience the

impact of MTACCS, digital communications, and the conceptual '-ehicle £ leet
mix (discussed in the FSSG section of LFOSS ) during the Q-2 period, MI FASS
will produce the loss of some technical fire direction functions and per-
sonnel to the new Fire and Air Support Centers (FASC's). The net effec t on
the headquarters battery of the regiment will probably be the gain of one
officer and the loss of about 22 enlisted Marines. Concomittant with new
capabilities will be the requirement to adjust staff procedures and to plan
for the personnel training necessitated by the receipt of these equipme nts.

e. Artillery Battalion.--The arrival of M1FASS and its FASC's will

cause shifts of functions and personnel from the artillery to the infantry
structure. The headquarters battery of the artillery battalion will ex-
perience the greatest impact, as it will lose approximately 39 Marines.

f, Reconnaissance Battalion.--This organization will benefit from

FOSA developments which may occur during Q-2, plus those aspects of MTACCS
and communications developments that relate to command and control of its
reconnaissance teams (through the supported ground organization). FORWARD
PASS could also serve the reconnaissance battalion effectively. Surveil-
lance systems such as FORWARD PASS, being complementary to reconnaissance,
can provide timely statistical data which could then identify the most
profitable location for employing reconnaissance teams, thereby saving time
and manpower. However, no clear changes in organization are envisioned be-
cause of these developments.

g. Assault Amphibian Battalion

The service life of the LVTP-7 extends to 1982. A continuing product

improvement program will produce no major changes in the interim. A LVTP-
7A1 program will carry the basic LVT-7 package from 1982 into the 1990's.
The LVTP-7A1 will consist of a new engine, an automatic fire detection and
suppression system, on-board diagnostics, improved ventillation system,
nonintegral fuel tanks, and a smoke-generation capacity.

h. Tank Battalion.—The main battle tank for the 1990's is currently-

being developed under the XM-1 project. The advantages of the XM-1 over
the M60 series tank will be increased mobility through greater speed and
range. Increased probability of survival will be obtained by a smaller
silhouette and better armor protection. Fire delivery will be improved by
a maximum effective range of nearly double that of the M60A1. The XM-1
will also achieve greater accuracy and improved night engagement capabil-
ity. The Army's first purchase of the XM-1 is scheduled for 1982. If the
decision is made to purchase the XM-1, the tank battalion should expect its

2-9?

-—- ••-••-'-
de 1ivery In 1987.

rtie oi (anizational impact of the MPWS and the .'•!-! ire anticipat I but
unclear at this time. The outcome must depend on the tan) ••: . i> , . i
concept of employment of ••ach separately, or togethei in a • ,.., ;• i< ni ,i .
met boil.

( 1 ) Mobile I'rot'-cted Weapons System (MPWS).—The MPWS will b< a

lightly armored assault ;jun vehicle that wi 11 be used pr iniai ilj i a direct
tire support weapons systi in support of the infantry against pei mm i,
fortifications, material, and armor-type targets, when t ink in not i .'a 1 1-
able. Secondarily, it will be used as a complementary wea >n . •• Eoi
tanks on the mechanized battlefield. The MPWS will be heli ptei ti in | i-
table and probably have a 75mm or 90mm gun for its . i .-. ij >n .. ••
I" will be swim capable. During the early •.'..:• Eoi rc< buildup, thi
MPWS would provide direct fire-support to infantry I >rc< . Becausi of its
size and weight, not only can the system be delivered in greatei numbei ,
but more means of delivery are available. . . • il it >bility dnA
firepower, less reliance could be placed on naval |unfire, irtillery, '.'
infantry antitank weapons, or air support. An [OC oi ;v . inticipated.

i. Q-2 Summary•--The i ntroiiuct ion and distribut . i I the : regoing

equipment to the Marine Division is reflected . • Figun 2-16.

MAR HQ INF INF ARTY ARTY RECON TANK/

DIV BN F1 A^V BN

FORWARD PASS A
FOLPEN 0 1

FAMILY OF SMALL ARMS 0

SQUAD AUTO WEAPON (SAW) A A A A
HA 'IS A
Ml FASS A A A A A
TCO A A A A A A A
MIPS A A A A A A A
LIGHT CRAWLER TRACTOR A
HEAVY CRAWLER TBACT01

SIXCON O
LIGHT HMTT, 3/4 TON A A A A A A A A
HEAVY HMTT, 5 TON A A A A A A A A
SEMITRAILER, 65 TON

e
1 1 i _
Q" ^° k determined.

Figure 2-16.--Weapons and Equipment, Marine Division, Q-2 Period.

2-99
 SECTION 2D
MARINE DIVISION
•3 PERIOD (1989-1993)

20 8. COMMON EQUIPMENT

The third quinquennium presents few developments that are not continu-
ations of subjects discussed previously. This is not to say that efforts
are not being made to ensure continuous developments into the future, but
rather that the items which will be introduced into the division in 1989
and 1993 are still in the early stages of exploratory development. Thus,
it is too early to predict the final capabilities of most items, as well as
their potential T/E placements, or even it they will, in fact, be ourchased
after development is complete. One organisation that could benefit by the
development of requirements for the Q-3 period is the infantry battalion.
This possibility is addressed below.

a. Coimnun icat ions.--The variety of equipment necessary for the ana-

log-digital transition period characterized by Q-l and Q-2 will be greatly
reduced in the Q-3 period when it is expected that Marine tactical communi-
cations will be predominatly digital. Communication centers will be more
automated, and further automation and improved man/machine interfaces are
being considered. The possible increase in volume of traffic may dictate a
further development to a more fully automated message-processing system. To
illustrate: a much wider application of optical character readers is anti-
cipated, and this will further reduce manual processing of messages. Tele-
phone and message switching will be automatic. The communications system
as a whole will be predominantly secure. By this time the majority of
MTACCS systems will have been in operation long enough to test the capabil-
ity of LFICS to support it. The result may dictate future adjustments to
both systems. At the present time, the only new equipment planned for the
Q-3 period is the AN/TRC-( ), a multichannel configuration of the SINCGARS
AN/GRC-( ) introduced in Q-2. It will replace the AN/MRC-126 mod. (Figure
2-15) .

b. MI LOGS.—The last of the MTACCS systems destined for the Marine

division, MI LOGS has an IOC of 1988. One or more of the other systems des-
cribed previously and scheduled for the Q-2 period could slip in time due
to funding constraints.

c. FOSA.—Since it often takes approximately 10 years for an item of

equipment to go from the conceptual stage to the operational capability,
the infantry FOSA was included in Q-2. However, it may be more appropriate
to locate it in Q-3, as the large amounts of expensive systems destined for
the previous Q-period may result in funding constraints and schedule slip-
page.

209. ORGANIZATIONS

a.Infantry Battalion.—While it is difficult to predict specific equip-

ment acquisitions 10 to 15 years in the future, it appears that equipment
developments programmed for the Q-2 and Q-i periods may have impact on some
of the basic units of the Marine division; e.g., the Marine rifle squad and
its parent platoon and company. If the proliferation of new communications
devices, MTACCS, improved battlefield surveillance devices, more effective
supporting arms, and a family of improved small arms achieve their intended
goals, then perhaps the number of infantrymen required to face the enemy

2-101
over a given frontage will :>• reduced. Does this suggest a smaller tacti-
cal unit? It may. If the SAW (Q-2 ) is more than is required for a fire
team, but still essential for the T/E of a squad, perhaps one or two would
be chosen as a desired number. Would this decrease the number of fire
teams, or increase their size, or both? Perhaps. And, while each new
equipment development may be described singly as not requiring a signifi-
cant increase in the required support, it is clear that the collective
requirements of more C items, weapons, and other equipment may very well
dictate a larger and more skilled support echelon. It is, therefore,
possible that the improved capability of the infantryman to fight, and the
increased need for supporting personnel may coincide and result in a
reorganized rifle squad, platoon, and company with a manpower shift from
combat units to support units.

b. Assault Amphibian Battalion.--With the increased threat to sur-

face ships during the amphibious operation, the concept of initiating the
ship-to-shore movement of variable distances from the beach is presently
under study. The Navy is developing an LCAC and the Marine Corps is devel-
oping the LVTX. While the LVTP-7's speed in the water is about 9 knots,
the LCAC will conceivably outain speeds in excess of 25 knots over the
water.

(1) Landing Vehicle Tracked Experimental (LVTX).—The major dif-

ference between the LVTP-7 which is an assault amphibian, and the proposed
LVTX is the addition of an ashore fighting vehicle capability, with high
mobility, modularity, and extensive offensive fiLepower. With a projected
IOC of FY 90/91, the LVTX is being designed to carry combat troops at land
speeds up to 5Smph with a range of 300 miles. There will be no significant
difference between the waterborne speed of the projected LVTX and the LVTP-
7.

MA, DIV HC :•:: i::r REGT INF BN ARTY RE01 A \J "."•' BN

> AN/TRC-I )
(MUX RADIO)

< A A A A A

Figure 2-17.—Communications Equipment, Marine Division, 0-3 Period.

2-102
 SECTION 3A

MARI NF AIRCRAFT WING

97 9 BASELINE

301. PRIMARY MISSION

The primary mission of Marine Corps aviation is to participate as the

supporting air component ot" Fleet Marine Forces in the seizure and defense
of advanced naval bases and for the conduct of such land operations as may
be essential to the prosecution of a naval campaign. A collateral mission
is to participate as an integral component of naval aviation in the execu-
tion of suci. other Navy functions as the fleet commanders may direct.

302. CONCEPT OV EMPLOYMENT

The air support of an amphibious operation includes all air operations

conducted to fulfill the air requirements of the forces assigned to the am-
phibious task force (ATF). The tasks assigned landing force aviation are
designed to support the overall mission of the ATF. Actual command of tac-
tical aviation units can shift from the fleet commander during support
op..-rat ions, to the advanced force commander during preassault operations,
to tile commander amphibious task force (CATF) during assault operations,
and to the commander landing force (CI.F) when he assumes command and con-
trol ashore. The concept calls tor control of air to be passed to the CLF
as soon as practicable so that the Marine aviation element may continue its
role as a part of the Marine air-ground team.

30 3. FUNCTIONS

A multitude of tasks are required to support the aviation mission.

These tasks have been categorized under six separate functions.

a. Offensive Air Support. — Indicates those air operations that ac-

tually deliver firepower against enemy ground forces for the destruction or
neutralization of installations, equipment, and personnel. ': tensive air
support missions are classified according to the degree of coordination
required with ground elements and Call into two categories--close air sup-
port and deep air support.

(1) Close Air Support.--Air attacks against hostile targets

which art.' in close proximity to friendly fores and which require detailed
integration of each air mission with the fire and movement of those forces.

(2) iK.-ep Air Support .--Air attacks against hostile targets which
are at such distances from friendly units as to require no coordination
with the fire and >vi ent oi those units; the term "deep air support"
connotes delivery of firepower beyond the fire support coordination line to
destroy, neutralize, or delay enemy ground forces before they can be
brought to beai effectively against friendly forces.
I . Ant ia ir V.'arfare. — Indicates those actions required to destroy or
. ;duce to HI acceptal le level the enemy air and missile threat. It in-
clude:; such measure is the use of interceptor;, imbers, antiaircraft
juns, surface-to-air missiles (SAM's) an>i air-to-air missiles, electronic
countermeasures, and li truction of the air or missile threat both before
and after it is Launched. other measures which are taken to minimize the
• • •• of hostile air action -irf. cover, concealment, dispersion, and

'.-1
deception (including electronic and mobility). The primary purpose >!
antiair warfare is to gain and maintain air superiority. All Marine orps
antiair warfare (AAW) operations lull into two categories:

(1) Air Defense.--A11 defensiv- measures designed to destroy

attacking enemy aircraft or missiles or to nullity or reduce- the effec-
tiveness of such attacks. The tasks set forth in the terms "active aii
defense" and "passive air defense" are applicable.

(2) offensive Antiair War fare.--Combat operations conducted

against the enemy air/missile threat or air defense system before it can be
launched or assume an attacking role. Offensive AAW operations in or neat
the objective area consist mainly of air attacks to destroy or neutralize
hostile aircraft, airfields, radars, missile sites, mobile surface-to-air
missiles, air defense systems, and supporting areas.

Assault Support, --Indicates those actions required for the air-

lift of personnel, supplies, and equipment into or within the battle urea
by helicopters or fixed-wing aircraft. Assault support includes fixed-wing
transport, inflight refueling, and helicopterborne operations; such opera-
tions may be tactical, administrative, or logistic in nature. The tasks ol
assault support fall within five categories.

(1) Vertical Assault Air 11ft.--The use of assault aircraft to

provide tactical mobility and logistic support required by ground combat
elements.

(2) Air Delivery.—The use of fixed-wing tactical transports to

move high priority cargo and personnel within the immediate area of opera-
tions. (The tasks set forth in the terms "airdrop," "airlanded," "air-
lift," "air supply," and "battlefield iLlumination" are applicable to ver-
tical assault airlift and air delivery.)

(3) Inflight Refueling.—The use of aerial tanker configured

aircraft to provide refueling service to fixed-wing or helicopter aircraft
in flight.

(4) Air Kvaeuation.—The evacuation by aircraft of personnel and

cargo; casualty and medical evacuation by helicopter and fixed-wing air-
craft are implicit tasks of air evacuation.

d. Air Reconnaissance.--The acquisition of intelligence information

employing visual observation and/or sensors in air vehicles. Marine avia-
tion air reconnaissance capabilities include the employment of photograph-
ic, electronic, and visual reconnaissance/surveillance to fulfill the
specific and immediate requirements of the landing force. Air reconnais-
sance categories are:

(1) Air Photographic Reconnaissance.--The obtaining of informa-

tion by air photography, either by using handheld cameras from observation
type aircraft oc jet multisensor imagery aircraft equipped with photograph-
ic, side-looking airborne radar (SLAR), and infrared (IR) imagery means.

(2) Electronic keconnais:^nce.—The detection, identification,

evaluation, and location of foreign, electromagnetic radiation:; (emanating
from other than nuclear detonations or radioactive sources), thereby pro-
viding up-to-date electronic order of battle (EOB) information.

3-2

. — <-•»-
 ^

(3) Visual Reconnaissance.—A mission undertaken to obtain, by

visual observation^ information about the activities and resources of an
enemy or potential enemy; a task performed by all pilots and aircrew per-
sonnel. Included in the visual category is the use of aircraft to provide
an aerial platform for tactical air observers, artillery and naval gunfire
spotters, and ground unit personnel conducting visual battlefield surveil-
lance.

e. Control of Aircraft and Missiles.—A term which indicates the

capability of Marine aviation to exercise authority over and direction of
air support elements during the conduct of operations.

(1) Personnel of the Marine air command and control systems

(MACCS) use organic radars, radios, and tactical data systems to coordinate
and control the aviation combat element of the Marine air-ground team.

(2) All friendly aircraft within the amphibious ob3ective area

(AOA) are controlled and coordinated in the performance of their various
tasks. Surface-to-air missiles are closely integrated into the air defense
system.

(3) Airspace surveillance for detection of hostile aircraft and

missiles and airspace control services for altitude separation of friendly
aircraft are provided.

f, Electronic Warfare (EW). — Refers to the military action involving

the use of electromagnetic energy to determine, exploit, reduce, or prevent
hostile use of the electromagnetic spectrum and action which re-tains
friendly use of this spectrum. There are three categories of EW.

(i) Electronic Warfare Support Measures (ESM).--These are ac-

tions taken to search for, intercept, locate, and immediately identify
radiated electromagnetic energy for the purpose of immediate threat recog-
nition and/or reaction.

(2) Electronic Countermeasures (ECM).—That division of elec-

tronic warfare involving actions taken to prevent or reduce an enemy's
effective use of the electromagnetic spectrum.

(3) Electronic Counter-Countermeasures (ECCM) -Actions taken to

retain effective, friendly use of the electromagnetic spectrum despite the
enemy's use of ECM.

304. LOGISTIC CAPABILITY

Marine aviation is capable of operating air facilities; maintaining,

servicing, and arming assigned aircraft; and storing and handling supplies
at the airfields. Construction and repair of operating facilities and dis-
tribution of aviation fuel and ordnance from ships to airbases, are logis-
tic operations beyond the capabilities of Marine aviation and require ex-
ternal support.
305. WING ORGANIZATION

Operationally, FMF aviation is divided into three MAWs, each of which

works•^> XII
in bVIIJUIIVLAVM
conjunction with
<V 1 L. I I its CU'KUa
Al_.~> combatL UflLLIICiOf
partners, "a I'lOL
MarineHIT division and FSSG.
CJAVJ.3XVJ
The subordinate units of MAW's are groups, squadrons, and lig light antiair-
craf t missile (LAAM) battalions. Wings and groups are not o rganized ac-

3-3
cording to the tables of organization (T/0), but are task organized to ac-
complish the missions assigned. Each of the three wings may be different
in organization; however, each wing is capable of providing all six func-
tions. Thus, reference will be made to a typical or notional wing. Squad-
rons and the LAAM battalion do have tables of organization.

a. Marine Aircraft Wing.—The MAW is task organized to provide a

flexible and balanced air combat organization capable of providing the full
range of combat air operations in a variety of areas without the require-
ment for prepositioned support, control, or logistic facilities. The wing
is the smallest unit with the inherent capability of performing all the
functions enumerated in paragraph 303. To provide this capability, a typi-
cal wing is composed of the subordinate units depicted by Figure 3-1.
Aviation organizations smaller than a wing can be provided the capabilities
to accomplish any or all aviation tasks by task organized groups, squad-
rons, LAAM battalions, or detachments thereof. An example would be the
aviation element of a Marine amphibious brigade (MAB) which is normally a
composite Marine aircraft group (MAG).

8610N
MARINE AIRCRAFT
WING
(MAW)*
82-164 7-4

8611N
MARINE AIR CONTROL MARINE WING
GROUP HEADQUARTERS SQUADROt;
(MACG) (MWHS)
213-2176 4-32 22-329 3-11

8719N 87 80N
MARINE AERIAL REFUELER
MARINE WING TRANSPORT SQUADRON
SUPPORT GROUP (VMGR)**
(MWSG) 12 KC130F
73-1489 4-18 61-339 1-3

8656M 8655M
MARINE TACTICAL MARINE TACTICAL
MARINE AIRCRAF^ ELECTRONIC RECONNAISSANCE
GROUP WARFARE SQUADRON SQUADRON
(MAG VF/VA) (VMAQ)*** (VMFP)***
15 EA6A/EA6B 21 RF4B
(MAG VF/VA) 60 -423 1- 79-595 1-6
(MAG VF/VA) • Strengths indicated are for MAW headquarters only.
T /MAG VH; ** May be attached to any qroup (VF/VA or VH).
*** VMAQ and VMFP squadron each based with one of the winqs,
providing detachments to other winqs as required.

Figure 3-1.--Marine Aircraft Wing,

3-4

j..
~——
 (1 ) Marine Wing lli;jd»]uatturs Squadron

(a) Mission.**-The mission of the MWIIS is to provide com-

mand, administrativ«.', and supply support for a Marine- winij headquarters and
certain elements of the Marine air control group.

(b) Tasks

J_ Provide camp facilities and service:",, including

food service, for all elements of the Marine winy headquarters and for the
Hi,HS and MWCS o! the Marine air control group.

2_ Maintain the capability of deploying as an integral

unit when augmented with maintenance support personnel.

Provide detachments for supported units as requir-

ed.

Provide for internal security of the MAW headquur-

ten

(c) Concept ot organizat ion .--Th is organization will nor-

mally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a sub-
ordinate unit of the Marine aircraft wing in support of the units mentioned
above. (See Figure 3-1.)

(d) Concept of Employment.--Provides support for wing head-

quarters and certain elements of the Marine air control group.

(e) Admin ist rat ive Capab i1it ies.--Capable of seif-adminis-

tration.
(f) Logistical Capabilities

J_ Ma in te nance- .--organ i/.at ional maintenance ( secono

echelon) support on motor transport and engineer equipment is provided by
Headquarters and Ground Maintenance Squadron, Marine Wing Support Group.
Intermediate maintenance is provided by elements of the Force Service
Support Group. Communications support is provided by the Wing Communica-
tions Squadron.

_a organic.—Capable of organizatinal (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance of organic infantry weapons. Capable of per-
forming organizatinal maintenance on assigned aircraft.

_b Support.—None.

l_ Supply.--Capable of supply and fiscal functions re-

quired for squadron operations.

J_ Med ical.—Capable of providing routine and emergen-

cy medical support for all elements of the wing headquarters.

_4_ Transporta t ion .—Possesses sufficient motor trans-

port equipment for routine squadron operations.

3-5

---
 _5 Food Service.—Provides food service support for
all elements of the winy headquarters and Hi*HS and MWCS of the MACG.

(g) Major Items of Equipment.—The ma}or items of equip-

ment, vehicles, and weapons found in the MWHS are shown below.

MARINE WING HEADQUARTERS SQUADRON, (MWHS)

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP/95A/PD

2 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56G
2 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886
4 Truck., Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
12 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons, AN/PVS-4

(2) Marine Air Control Group (MACG).—See Figure 3-2.

(a) Headquarters and Headquarters Squadron

1_ Mission.—Headquarters, Marine Air Control Group,

will coordinate the air command and control system of the Marine Aircraft
Wing. Headquarters squadron will provide administrative support for the
MACG and maintenance support for MACG units and the Marine Wing Headquar-
ters Squadron. __

MARINE AI R CONTROL GF Ul
(MACG)
4
213-2176 -i-

B615N 862

HEADQUARTERS AND EICHT ANTIAIRCRAFT

HEADQUARTERS SQUADRON MISSILE BATTALION
(I'.KHS) (LAAM BN)
33-108 (-4 34-548 1-11

-.• .
MARINE WING FORWARD AREA AIR
MMUNICATK N SQUADRON DEFENSE BATTERY
(MWCS) (FAAD BTRY)
22-347

86 JIN

MARINE AIR CONTROL MARINE AIR SUPPORT MARINE AIR TRAFFIC

SQUADRON SQUADRON CONTROL SQUADRON
(MACS) (MASS) (MATCS'
24-232 0-3 •181 0 29-251 0-2

Figure 3-2.—Marine Air Control Group

2 Tasks

^ Headquarters, Marine Air Control Group

3-6

*^i _—. ^•••^•i

11F
(1_) Plan and provide for the operation of the
Marine Air Command and Control System in support of the Fleet Marine
Forces.
(2) Advise the tactical air commander (TAG) on
applicable matters pertaining to the employment of subordinate units.
(3) Maintain the capability for deploying inde-
pendent squadrons.
b_ Headquarters Squadron

(1_) Provide for administrative, supply, and

maintenance support of the squadrons.
(2) Maintain the capability for deploying as an
integral unit when augmented by appropriate MWHS and MWCS personnel and
equipment.
J^ Concept of Organization.—This organization will
normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of the MAW in support of the units mentioned above.

4 Concept of Employment.—Coordinates the air command

and control system and provides administrative support for the Marine Air
Control Group. Provides support for units of the Marine Air Control Group
and the Marine Wing Headquarters Squadron.
5_ Admin istrat ive Capabilities.--Capable of s^lf-ad-
ministration.
jj_ Logistical Capabilities

a Maintenance

(I) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on organic infantry weapons. Capable of organization-
al (second echelon) maintenance on assigned motor transport, engineer, and
communication equipment.

(_2_) Support.—None.
b_ Supply.--Capable of performing supply and Liscal
functions required for squadron operations.
_c Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-
gency medical support.
d_ Transportation.—Possesses sufficient motor
transport equipment for routine squadron operations.

e Food Service.--None. Food service support is

provided by the MWHS.
1_ Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of
equipment, vehicles, and weapons found in the H&HS, MACG are shown on the
following page.

3-7
 11B
HEADQUARTERS AN!) HEADQUARTERS ION, MACG

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

2 Air Conditioner, MCS, Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, AE/32C-17
1 Generator Set, JOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-005A
6 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, *>x6, MJr^A2C
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
8 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-wheel, M416
4 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 gal., L-1/2T, 2-whl , M149A1
Chassis, Trailer, GP, 3-1/2T, 2-whl, K353

(b) Marine Air Support Squadron (MASS)

i_ Miss ion.—The mission of the MASS is to provide

facilities for the control of aircraft operating in close or deep support
of Fleet Marine Force operations.

2 Tasks

a_ Receive and coordinate requests for air support.

b Pro"ide three air support radar teams (ASRT's)

to operate and maintain facilities for electronic control of close and
direct air support operations.

_c Provide facilities for operation of the helicop-

ter direction center (HDC).

ä Maintain the capability to accomplish its mis-

sion in a situation requiring displacement in echelon.

_e Provide fourth echelon maintenance of Marine

Corps furnished radar equipment and aviation peculiar communications-
electronics materiel items and perform third echelon maintenance of other
communications-electronics items and generators, less single sideband.

f Provide second echelon maintenance for organic

motor transport equipment.

_3_ Concept of Organization.—Typically under command

and control of the wing commander, or an officer designated by him.

_4_ Concept of Employment.--Support the Fleet Marine

Force units by electronic control of aircraft in close and/or direct sup-
port of amphibious operations.

_5 Administrative Capability.—Capable of self-admin-

istration.

6_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Maintenance

(JJ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on organic motor transport equipment and in-
fantry weapons. Capable of intermediate (third echelon) maintenance on

3-8

.
 1
organic mobile electric power generators, relr iterators, air conditioning
equipment, and on-ground common communications-electronics items, Le in-
gle sideband equipment. Capable of performing intermediate (fourl :he-
lon) maintenance on Marine Corps furnished radji and avi il i n ;• -liar
communicat ions-electronic equ ipment.

(2) Support.--None.

b_ Supply. --c jptiu le of providing organic supply

support.
c Med ica1.--Capable of providing routine and er-
gency medical support.

_d_ Transportation.—Possesses sufficient motor

transport equipment to provide the routine transportation requirements of
the squadron.

e_ Food Service.--Capable of providing organic food

service support.

_7_ Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE AIR SUPPORT SQUADRON, MACG

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

1 Radiac Set, An/PDR-56G
1 Airborne Mobile Direct Air Support Central, AN/UYQ-3
3 Air Support Radar Team Communication Facility, AN/TPA-9
3 Communication Central, AM/MRC-87A
1 Communication Central, AN/TSC-15
23 Control, Radio Set, AM/GRA-6
1 Operations Central, AM/TSQ-12 2
3 Radar, Course Directing, Central, AM/TPQ-10
3 Radar Set, (LBSR), AN/PPS-15(V)2
6 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
7 Radio Set, AN/GRC-135A
3 Receiving Set, Rudio, AN/GRR-17
1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
8 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
6 Radio Set, AN/T C-75
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
2 Radio Set, AN/VRC-47
1 Shelter, Electronics Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
2 Shop, Electronic AN/GRM-94
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Switchboard, Automatic, SB-3614(V)TT
20 Air Conditioner, MCS Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
7 Air Conditioner, MCS Vertical, 400Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-18
1 Bucket, Multi-purpose, 2-1/4 yd Cap., Drott 4-in-l
4 Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 60 to 400Hz
2 Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, lOOkW, 60 to 400Hz, PPU-742
2 Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60 to 400Hz, CV-3231/U
4 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
13 Generator Set, 30kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A

3-9

^
 •.

MARINE AIR SUPPORT SQUADRON (MAAS) (CON'T)

3 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Ktd, HEP-006A

I Surveying Set, Field Arty Bn.
1 Theodolite, Surveying T-16
1 Tractor, Rubber Tired, Articulated Steer 72-31MP
16 Chassis, Trailer, GP, 3-1/2T, 2-whJ, M35j
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-whl, M149A1
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M8Ö6
6 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
lb Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-whl, M416
4 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-whl, M762
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
10 Detecting Set, Seismic Intrusion, AN/PSR-1A
2 Circle, Aiming M2

(c) Marine Air Control Squadron (MACS)

l_ Miss ion.—The mission of the MACS is to provide air

surveillance and control of aircraft and surface-to-air missiles for anti-
air warfare in support of the Fleet Marine Forces.

2 Tasks

a^ Install and operate electronic and communica-

tions equipment required for detection, identification, and control of air-
craft and surface-to-air missiles.

_b Perform air intercepts by directing fighter air-

craft. Maintain a capability to coordinate and pass information laterally
and to higher echelons.

_c Provide enroute air traffic control for friendly

aircraft.

_d Maintain the capability to deploy and operate as

an integral unit.

e_ Be prepared to operate as an alternate tactical

air control center (TACC) as directed.

3_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of the Marine aircraft wing in support of the units
mentioned above.

_4_ Concept of Employment.—Coordinates the electronic

and communication effort required for detection, identification, and con-
trol of aircraft and surface-to-air missiles. Perform air intercepts by
directing .'ighter aircraft. Provides enroute air traffic control in sup-
port of units of the Marine air control group.

3-10
^^

_5 i i. litsttutive capat i !. h Les.— Capable of self-ad-

min i si rat ion.
b_ Logistical Capab i 1 it ies

a_ Maintenance

(1_) ov-jamc.—Capable of organizat ional (first

an,] second echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Capable of per-
forming intermediate (thir d echelon) maintenance on assigned mobile elec-
tric power generator sets, refrigerator/air conditioning equipment and on
communications-electronics equipment. Capable of performing intermediate
(fourth echelon) maintenance on assigned aviation peculiar coiniuunicatiuns-
electronics equipment.
(2_) Support.—None.

— Supply.--Capable of providing organic supply

support.
C_ Food Service.—Capable of providing organic food
service support.

d Transportation.--Possesses sufficient organic

motor transport equipment to satisfy the routine transportation require-
ments of the squadron.

2_ Modical.—Capable of providing routine and • • r-

gency medical support.

Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE AIR CONTROL SQUADRON, MACS

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

10 Detecting Set, Seismic, Intrusion, AN/PSR-lA
Central Computer Group, AN/TYA-5 TAOC
Communication Central, AN/TSC-15
Communication Central, UHF, AN/TYA-11
Communication Group-TADC-AN/TYA-12
Compatibility Computer Group, AN/TYA-20 TDC
Control, Communication Central Group, C-8019/TYA-11
Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-b
Data Communications Group AN/TYA-19 TUCC
Data Terminal/Group AN/TYA-17 TDCC
Decoder Group AN/UPA-60(V)Z
Geographic Display Generation Grou; TAOC, AN TYA-7
Maintenance Transport Group, AN/TYA-24
Maintenance Group, AN/TYA-27
Operations Group, AN/TYA-9
Photographic/Transport Group, AN/TYA-25
Radar Processor Group (3-D), AN/TYA-18
Radar Set (LBSR), AN/PPS-15 (V) 2
Radar Set, AN/TPS-22D
Radar Set, AN/TPS-32

i ! 1
 MAKINK AIR CONTROL SQUADRON (MACS) (CuN'T)

Radar Set, AN/Ul'S-ll)

Radio Set, Control Group AN/GRA-3 9A
Radio Set, AN/GRC-135A
Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
Radio Set, AN/TRC-75
Interrogator Set, AN/TPX-28D/UPX-27
Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic, SB-iol4(V)TT
Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless, Manual, SB-3082(V)2/GV
Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
Receiver Set, Radio, AN/GRC-17
Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
Shelter, Electronics Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
Shop, Electronics, AN/GRM-94
1 Supervisory, Oper. Grp. Altrnt Tact. Cmd, Cntrl, AN fA-98
1 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GCC-3-A
35 Air Conditioner, MCS Vertical, 60Hz, L8,000 BTU, A E (2 >17
78 Air Conditioner. MCS Vertical, 400Hz, 18,00 , E 32C-18
1 Bucket, Multi-purpose, 2-l/4yd, Cap, Drott 4-in-l
3 Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 60 to 400Hz
b Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, LOOkW, 60-400HZ, PPU-742
i Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60-400HZ, CV-3231/U
1 Generator Set, 3kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-016/
3 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
1 Generator Set, lOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-112A
4 Generator Set, 30kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-005A
16 Generator Set, 60kW, 400Hz, Sdk-Mtd, MEP-115A
1 Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-007A
Generator Set, 60kW, 6011z, Skd-Mtd, MEP-006A
1 Generator Set, 200kW, 60Hz, Tactical utility, MEP-I •
5 Generator Set, 30kW, 4Ü0HZ, Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A
16 Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, 15,000 lb Cap.
2 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 3,000 gal.
27 Chassis, Trailer, GP, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886
6 Track, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w o Winch, w/PTO, M ! \.
Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 120 0 Gal, 2-1 '2T, 6x6, M49 .
Truck, Utility, l/4'l', 4x4, M151A2
Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762
Ti liler, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
Trailer, Amphib Cigo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M6u

(d) Forward Are.i Air Defense (FAAD) Battery

_1_ Miss ion.—The Forward Area Air Defense Battery will

employ the REDEYE guided missile system to provide close-in air defense
protection for elements of a Marine Amphibious Force in forward combat
areas, in defense of vital areas anil, for unit:' i ngaged in indepi n l< nt
>perations, will destroy hostile aircraft anil drones, particularly in areas
not d ' ndable by other elements of the anti-air warfare system.

2 Task

i i:
 a_ Provide lot batt< ry perat Lon a:; the tot wir :
area air defense component of the arttiaii warfare system of the Marine
aircraft wing, to include the capability oi rapid deployment ashon in in
amphibious operation with command and Logistic support of th< iboi linate
REDEYE platoon.

JJ Provide for the temporary separate deployment of

REDEYE platoons to meet special tactical situations with such personnel and
logistic support as required.

c_ Plan and coordinate requirements for liaison tnd

communications with appropriate commands to ensure the integ] it Lon of
REDEYE missile operations with other air, ground, and mt Lair war', it'
operations of the amphibious force.

d_ Conduct, supervise, ami coordinate individual

and unit training required to qualify subordinate elem nt Eor tactical
combat operations.

e_ Perform first echelon maintenance on all

assigned equipment. Perform second echelon maintenance on all organic
motor transport, engineer, and communication equipment.

i_ Concept of Organization.--The Forward Area Ait De-

fense Battery consists of a battery headquarters, service platoon, and five
FAA!) platoons. The battery is task organized to pr ivi li : )rward area air
defense as an integral part of the Marine Corps anti-air war: iri .
The Battery Commander and a small headquarters st ifi provide command and
staff support of subordinate elements. The service platoon pr ivides
logistic support for the battery headquarters and FAAD platoons. Individ-
ual elements of the battery will be activated only upon lir ct . n : the
• v ...andant of the Marine Corps. The forv< n : .irea air defense battery will
employ the REDEYE |uided missile system I pi :i le cl < —in lit Ie1 n
protection of defense of vital areas, and for units engaged Ln independent
operations, will destroy hostile aircraft and di >nes, particularly in at i
not defendable by ithi i elements of the antiair warfar« system.
_4_ Concept of Kmp 1. -yiuent. -- Jr janize : an I equ foi
employment in an integrated air defense systen ;upporting i Marim • ..-
ious I )rce. May be employed in this manner as i self-c ml n .• I mit, as
separate firini components attached to division and wing elemenl . -
ii •. )! independent operations, or in a base defensi i i in.

_5_ Adii.i n ist r.it : .• ' -<; • ii.i 1 111 ••:;. --'. t capabli •• elf-
administration. Administrative support is provided as iesi |na1 I :
MAM MAGTF c immander.

6_ Logistical • '.ipai> 1 111 I es

a_ Main t • • n < i n c e

(_1_) Organic. —Capable I rganizat tl : . i I

echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. .• bli ol tional
( second echelon] maintenance on assigned motoi tran port, engineer, tnd
commune i' Lons equipment. REDEYE weapons and train* I requii i ng sec
echelon or higher maintenance will be evacuated thi ig ply chans Ls t
the appropriate maintenance source.

• - - — •- •
 (2J Support.—None.

u_ Supply.--Capable of performing supply functions

required for battery operations.

c_ Medical.--Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.

d_ Transportation.--Possesses sufficient motor

transportation equipment for routine battery operations.

e_ Food Service.--Capable of providing organic food

service support.

2_ Miscellaneous.—When FAAD platoons are deployed

separately, logistic support will be provided by the unit to which at-
tached.
_8_ Major Items of Equipment.--The major items of
equipment are shown below.

FORWARD AREA AIR DEFENSE BATTERY, MACG

23 Cont rol Radio Set, AN/GRA-6

15 Radi o Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
1 Radi o Set, AN/MRC-83A, Truck-Mtd
23 Radi o Set, AN/PRC-47
90 Radi o Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Swit chboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Gene rator Set, ICkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-112A
2 Gene rator Sot, -.W, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-005A
2 Chas sis, Trail ••• GP, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
r
1 Trai ler, Latbeu, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762
30 True k. Platform, utility, 1/2T, 4x4, M274A5
26 True k, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 True k, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
50 Guid ed Missile, Intercept, Aerial, Training, M46A2, REDEYE
15 Trai ning Set, Guided Missile System, M76, REDEYE
26 Trai ler, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
5 Laun ch Simulator, GM, REDEYE

(e) Marine Wing Communications Squadron (MWCS)

_1 Miss ion.—The mission of the MWCS is to provide

communications for the wing headquarters and for the wing air command and
control system.
_2 Tasks

ja Plan and provide for the required command com-

munications for a Marine wing headquarters during all phases of an amphib-
ious operation and such other operations as may be directed.

3-14

•^ •
 1

]j Provide communication (and related electrical

power) support for MWHS, MACG units and for other wing units as directed.

C Provide required communication support/coordina-

tion for the Marine Air Command and Control System components employed by
the tactical air commander.

d_ Be prepared to deploy relay and terminal tean

in support of Fleet Marine Force operations.

e Provide communication center services for the

MWHS and MAW headquarters, to include processing, transmission, reception,
reproduction, and distribution of narrative, data, and magnetic tape mes-
sages.

£ Augment subordinate group communication centers

and establish and operate communication centers for MACG as required.
_g_ Provide third echelon maintenance overflow sup-
port of Marine Corps common communications-electronics materiel items or-
ganic to wing units less aviation peculiar ground electronic equipment in
MACS, MASS, and LAAM battalion.
_h Provide third echelon maintenance of single
sideband equipment for the wing, less MACS, and be capable of performing
fourth echelon maintenance of Marine Corps furnished aviation peculiar
communications-electronics equipment of all wing units less low density
squadron/battery peculiar equipment organic to MACS, MASS, and LAAM bat-
talion.
_i_ Provide supply anj fiscal functions required for
maintenance float management for wing aviation peculiar ground electronic
equipment less that organic in MACS, MASS, and LAAM.

i Provide calibration and repair of Marine Corps

electrical and electronic test and measuring equipment organic to wing
units.
3 Concept of Organization.—This organization will
normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of the Marine aircraft wing in support of the units men-
tioned above.

_4 Concept of Employment.—Provides tactical communi-

cations for the wing headquarters and the wing air command and control sys-
tem.
_5_ Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-
administration.
6_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Maintenance
(1) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first
echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on assigned motor transport, engineer, and
communications equipment. Capable of intermediate (third echelon) main-

3-15

••'••-*- *•-•-
tenance on mobile electric power generators and refrigeration/air condi-
tioning equipment organic to the squadron. Capable of intermediate (third
echelon) maintenance on all ground common and aviation peculiar communica-
tions-electronic equipment assigned to the squadron. Capable of calibration
and repair support of all organic electrical and electronic test and meas-
uring equipment. Not capable of mechanical calibration.

(2J Provides intermediate (third echelon) main-

tenance support for the electrical/electronic portion of mobile electric
power generators organic to MWHS and H&HS (MACG). Provides intermediate
(third echelon) maintenance backup support for aviation peculiar and ground
common squadron peculiar equipment organic to MACG, MASS, and LAAM
battalion. Provides calibration support of Märine Corps electrical and
electronic test and measuring equipment for all wing units.

b^ Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations and management of the secondary
repairable float for wing aviation peculiar ground electronics equipment
less that organic in MACS, MASS, and LAAM.

c^ Transportation.--Possesses sufficient motor

transport equipment for routine squadron operations.

j3 Medical.—None. Medical support is provided by

H&HS, Marine Air Control Group.

e^ Food Service.--None. Food service support is

provided by the Marine Wing Heaquarters Squadron.

_7_ Major Items of Equipment.--The major items of

equipment shown below.

MARINE WING COMMUNICATION SQUADRON, MACG

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

3 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56
2 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
5 Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless, Manual SB-3082(V)2/GT
2 Switchboard, Automatic, SB-3614(V)TT
1 Central Office, Telephone, Automatic, 300 lines, AN/TCC-38 (V)l
2 Communication Central, AN/TGC-37 (V)
2 Communication Central, AN/MRC-87A
5 Communication Central, AN/TSC-15
2 Communication Central, UHF, AN/TYA-11
12 Control, Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
29 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
6 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
4 RAdio Set, AN/GRC-135A
5 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
26 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
10 Radio Set, AN/TRC-75
14 Radio Set, 12 Channel, AN/TRC-97C
1 Radio Set, AN/VRC-47
10 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
12 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166

3-16

u«i
 MARINE WING COMMUNICATIONS SQUADRON (MACG) (CON'T
4 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
1 Communication Group, AN/TYA-16, TACC
1 Compatibility Computer, Group, AN/TYA-20 TDCC
1 Control Central, Communication Technical, AN/TSQ-84
1 Data Communicaions Group, AN/TYA-19 TDCC
1 Data Terminal Group, AN/TYA-17 TDCC
1 Maintenance Transport Group, AN/TYA-24
1 Maintenance facility Group, AN/TYA-28
1 Operational Group-TACC-AN/TYA-1
1 Planning Group, TACC-AN/TYA-3
2 Radar Set, (LBSR), AN/PSS-15(V ) 2
8 Shelter, Electronics Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
4 Shop, Electronic AN/GRM-94
2 Shop, Electronic Maintenance, AN/GRM-98
6 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
2 Air Conditioner, MCS, Horizontal, 60Hz, 1 8,00 0 BTU, MC18HA6-208
38 Air Conditioner, MCS, Vertical, 60Hz, 18, 000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
1 Air Conditioner, MCS, Vertical, 400Hz, 18 ,000 BTU, A/E 32C-18
14 Air Conditioner, MCSTD, Vertical, 60Hz, 3 6,00 0 BTU, A/E, 326-24
9 Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 6 0-40 0Hz.
4 Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, lOOkW, 60- 400Hz, PPU-742
4 Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60 -400 Hz, CV-3231/U
fa Generator Set, 3kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-0 21A
19 Generator Set, DE, lOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP- 112A
5 Generator Set, 30kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-0 05A
4 Generator Set, 30kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP- 114A
4 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-0 06A
5 Generator Set, 3kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-01 6A
8 Generator Set, 60kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP- 115A
2 Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP 007A
21 Chassis, Trailer, GP, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
14 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/Winch, M561
1 Semi-Trailer, Van, Expandable 6T, 4-Whl, M313
25 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762

(f ) Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion

1 Mission.—Provide surface-to-air missile fires in

defense of assigned areas of operation, or installations or vital zones
therein, against hostile low and medium altitude air attacks. Provide the
command, control, supply and logistic support required to employ the bat-
talion in either an integrated air defense system or in an independent bat-
talion mode of operation.

_2 Tasks

a^ Provide for battalion operation as the mobile

surface-to-air missile component of the anti-air warfare system of the
Marine aircraft wing, to include the capability of rapid deployment ashore
in an amphibious operation with integral command, control, and logistic
support of subordinate missile batteries.
b^ Plan and coordinate requirements for liaison and
communications with appropriate commands to insure the integration of sur-
face-to-air missile operations with other air, ground, and AAW operations

3-17

k
of the Marine Corps and Navy.

c^ Provide for the temporary separate deployment of

subordinate missile batteries to meet special tactical situations, with
such personnel augmentation and logistic support as required.

d_ Plan for the helicopter transport of essential

equipments of the missile batteries and supporting elements.

e^ Plan for the fixed wing air transport of all or

any oortion of the subordinate missile batteries and supporting elements.

_f_ Plan and coordinate requirements with appropri-

ate commands for the local security of all deployed missile batteries and
supporting elements.

_g_ Conduct, supervise, and coordinate such individ-

ual and unit training as is required to qualify missile batteries and sup-
porting elements for tactical deployment and combat operations.

3_ Concept of Organization.—The LAAM Battalion is

composed of a headquarters and service battery and three missile batteries.
The battalion is organized to provide surface-to-air missile defense in an
amphibious operation, under the command and control of the air command and
control group of the MAW.

3622M
LIGHT ANTIAIRCRAFT
MISSILE BATTALION
(LAAM BN)
34-548 1-11

8618M 8619R
HEADQUARTERS AND MISSILE BATTERY
SERVICE BATTERY (LAAM BATTERY)
(H&S) 6 LAUNCHERS
18 MISSILES
19-278 1-11 -90

Figure 3-3.—Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion.

3-11
 4_ Concept of Employment .--ürgani/.ed and equipped for
employment in an integrated air defense system supporting an amphibious
force. Additionally, the battery may be employed in an independent mode of
operation or base defense missions when so assigned.

Admin ist rat ive Capabi1i t ies.—Capable of self-ad-

mimstra t ion.

Lo'jistical Capabilities

a_ Supply.—Capable of organic supply functions.

b Maintenance

(l_) Capable of oryanizat ional (first and second

echelon) ma intenancL- on all organic equipment.

(_2) Capable of intermediate (third echelon)

maintenance on organic HAWK systems, surveillance radar, fire direction
equipment, motor transport equipment, and communications-electronic equip-
ment less IIF.

(J_) Capable of intermediate (fourth echelon)

maintenance on organic HAWK systems, surveillance radar, and fire direction
equ ipment.

_c Transportat ion.—Capable of providing sufficient

motor transport equipment to displace the essential fire control elements
of one missile battery and essential operational elements of the H&S bat-
tery simultaneously, and to sustain missile supply for three missile bat-
teries.

d_ Medical.--Capable of providing medical services

support for the battalion.

Food Service.--Capable of providin-j organic food

service support.

_f_ Ma~]or Items of Equipment .--The major items of

equipment found in the LAAM battalion are shown below.

LIGHT ANTIAIRCRAFT MISSILE BATTALION, MACG

1 Radiac Computer, Indicator, CP95A/PD

2 Switchboard, Automate, SB-3614(V)TT
4 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless, Manual, S3-3082(V)2/GT
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-86/P
1 Communication Central, AN/TSC-15
20 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
3 Interrogator Set, AN/UPX-27
13 Radar Set, (LBSR) AN/PPS-15(V)2
2 Radar Set, AN/UPS-lB
2 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
1 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
3 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-8 3A

3-19
 —^B

LIGHT «INTIAIR RAFT MISSILE BATTALION, MAC< ONT'D

JO Radio Set, AN, PRC-47

'3 Radio ::>-t , AN PRC-77
i Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
1 1 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-134
12 Radio terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
5 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
9 Shelter, Electonics, Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
•1
shop, Electronic, AN/GRM-94
1 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 GA1, Ml21Al
7 Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 60-400Hz
b Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, LOOkW, 60-400Hz, PPL' -742
2 Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60-400H/, CV-3231/U
8 Generator Set, JkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-016A
5 Generator Set, LOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
31 Generator Set, 60kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-115A
i Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-006A
2 GEnerator Set, JkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-021A
6 GEnerator Set, lOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-112A
L Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MF.P-007A
4 Generator Set, 30kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A
I Tractor, Medium, Full-Tracked, 82-30FA-M3
L Welding Machine, Arc, Trailer-Mtd, LM62A
38 Chassis, Trailer, GP, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
42 Truck, Cargo, 2-1/2T, M3&A2
3 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49 \2C
12 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
7 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
•3 Circle, Aiming M2
1 Training Set, GM System, REDE5TE, M76
12 GM, Training, MTM-23B
5 GM, Intercept, Aerial Training, REDEYE, M46A2
4 Improved Platoon Command Post, I HAWK, AN/MSW-11
4 Information Coordination Central, HAWK, AN/MSQ-95
24 Launcher,. Zero-Length, GM, HAWK, XM-192-I
16 Loader Transporter,GM, HAWK, M-501E3
24 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
24 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
1 Operation Central, HAWK, AN/TSQ-3'J
4 Radar Set, AN/MPQ-55
4 Radar Set, (XO-2) AN/MPQ-50
4 Radar Set, (XO-1), ROR, I HAWK, AN/MPQ-51
8 Radar Set, (XO-1), (HPl) (I HAWK), AN/MPQ-4 6
1 Simulator Station, Radar Signal, GM System, AN/TPQ-29
6 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5
15 Sling Cargo, Chain Leg, 15,000 lb Cap.
48 Trailer, GM, HAWK, W/E, M-502 Series
10 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
9 Trailer Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
16 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762

3-20

. .._•.
 ( j) Mdi- me Ai r Traffic intro] juadi •.

1 i in. — Px >v id :ontinu . , ill-weathei aii

traffic control (ATi') service foi :•;• • li t ionary a irf ield J.-. : i • • ire a
1 and i ng sites , . s pa rt of the Mai i ne A I r md and mtrol • • '•' \ .'S;
in support of ti e Fleet Marine I » .•• | FMF >

2 Tas

a_ Provide radar approach, departure« and enroute

traffic control services within an objective area.

b Provide airfield navigational »ids.

C Provide precision radar approach services I n

airfield all-weather landings.

d Function as an integral element ol the MAC I .

3 Concept ot '-ir-.jan l zat ion . • This organization will

normally [unction as an integral unit TC the MACG. Command of the MATCS
will be the responsibility of the MACG commander as exercised through the
commanding officer, MATCS.

4_ Concept of Fiuployment.—The MATCS is organized and

equipped to provide continuous Instrument Flight Rule /Instrument Meteoro-
logical Condition (IFR/IMC) services simultaneously to three independent
and geographically separated expeditionary airfields and seven remote area
landing sites. The MATCS is organized to operationally deploy as an in-
tegral unit, part of a larger force, or as separate detachments as part of
larger forces. The MATCS is organized and equipped to deploy as a task or-
ganized integral unit or as task organized detachments capable of providing
full range of ATC services from short duration, Visual Flight Rule/Visual
Meteorological Condition (VFR/VMC) service of a single installation to
extended IFR/IMC operations of a single airfield or multiple installation.
The .na]or items of equipment are shown below.

MARINE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SQUADRON, MACG

4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880

j>_ Administrative Ca pa bility.--Capable of self-admin-

istrat ion.
_G_ Logistical Capability

ja_ Maintenance

(1_) Capable of organizational and intermediate

maintenance, (first through fourth echelon), on all assigned Navy furnished
equipment.

(2) Capable of organizational maintenance,

(first and second echelon), on all assigned Marine Corps furnished equip-

3-21

^J
r ment except motor transport which is limited to first echelon.

Ja Supply

(_1) Capable of performing Marine Corps supply

and fiscal functions required for squadron operations.

{7_) Capable of performing Navy supply and

fiscal functions required for squadron operations. Requires Marine air-
craft group (MAG) support in Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing-
End Use (SUADP-EU) Navy supply functions.

c_ Transportation. — Possess sufficient motor

transport equipment for routine squadron operations.

d_ Med ical.—Capable of providing routine and

emergency medical support.

e^ Food Service.—None.

(3) Marine Aerial Refueler Transport Squadron (VMGR)

(a) Mission.—The mission of the VMGR is to provide aerial

refueling service and provide assault air transport of personnel, equip-
ment, and supplies in support of Fleet Marine Forces and conduct such other
air operations as may be directed.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The squadron will be under

the command and control of the wing commander or as designated by him.

(c) Concept of Employment.—Provide general support to

aviation and ground forces as directed by the wing commander.

(d) Tasks

jL Provide aerial refueling service to Fleet Marine

Force units.

2_ Provide assault air transport of air landed troops

and combat cargo between air head of supply and combat fields in the objec-
tive area.

_3_ Provide a capability of long-range direct delivery

of high priority material and personnel to alleviate an emergency combat
situation, where other means of suitable air transport are not readily
ava ilable.

4_ Provide casualty evacuation from fields within the

objective area.

S_ Maintain the capability to operate during darkness

and under instrument flight conditions, as applicable to the mission, to
include air delivery of combat cargo and emergency resupply under control
of air support radar teams.

6_ Maintain the capability of operating from advanced

bases and expeditionary airfields within capability of assigned aircraft.

3-22

J
12 F
1__ Perform organizational maintenance on assigned air-
craft and support equipment. Authorize selected intermediate maintenance
on peculiar equipment when independently deployed.

8^ Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

9_ Provide aircraft for airborne Direct Air Support

Center(DASC(/command post functions as required.

(e) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-adninis-

trat ion.

(f) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

_a Organic.—Capable of performing organizational

maintenance on assigned aircraft. When the maintenance augment section is
retained, capable of performing intermediate maintenance on assigned air-
craft and support equipment. When the maintenance augment section is at-
tached to a suppoting group, capable of performing organizational mainte-
nance on assigned aircraft. Capable of organizational (second echelon)
maintenance on infantry weapons.

_b Support.- -None.

2_ Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

i_ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.

_4 Transportation.—None. Motor transport support is

; vided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

_5_ Food Service.—None. Food service support is pro-

vided by the appropriate wing unit.

(g) Miscellaneous.--Communication support is provided by

the appropriate wing unit.

(h) Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of equipment

are shown below.

MARINE AERIAL REFUELER TRANSPORT SQUADRON

12 Aircraft, KC-130F
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
1 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56G
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40
2 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893

3-23

»— • _„_„^ -- ' ••-- -

 12B

(4) Marine Wing Support Group (MWSG)

(a) Mission.—Provide command, control, supply and logis-

tics support for the squadrons of the group; motor transport support both
medium and heavy, refueling support for both ground equipment and aircraft;
engineer support and organizational maintenance (motor transport and
engineer) for elements of the Marine aircraft wing.

(b) Tasks

1^ Provide motor transport support (medium and heavy).

2_ rovide engineer equipment support.

_3 rovide materiel handlir. support.

4_ Provide refueling support for ground equipment and

aircraft.

Provide Tactical Airfield Dispensing Systems as

required for MAW units.

_6 Provide camp construction and facilities mainte-

nance for MAW.

1_ Provide organizational maintenance for motor trans-

port and engineer equipment of MAW units.

_8_ Provide mobile electric power for the MAW.

9_ Provide essential water and hygiene support in the

area of portable water, bath facilities and laundry facilities for the MAW.

10 Locate quarries, sand and gravel pits, and other

sources of construction material in the objective area.

11 Provide expedient/minor repair of existing air-

fields, runways/taxi ways.

12 Conduct second echelon level maintenance of all

organic engineer equipment.

13 Provide materiel handling equipment for the MAW.

(c) Concept of Organization.--The MWSG is composed of a

headquarters squadron (HQS), a wing transport squadron (WTS), and a wing
engineer squadron (WFS). The group is organized to provide motor trans-
port, engineer services, and organizational maintenance (motor transport
and engineer) for units of the MAW.

3-24

MM -1 -_. .* — *- I • • i •• tma ifctf -Jj

r
MARINE WING SUPPORT
GROUP (MWSG)
73-U89

8714N r 8"!UN I

ENGINEER HEADQUARTERS MOTOR TRANSPORTATION

SQUADRON SQUADRON SQUADRON

HEADQUARTERS GROUP HEADQUARTERS HEADQUARTERS

SECTION SECTION
12-134 4-18

ADMINISTRATIVE SQUADRON REFUELER

SECTION HEADQUARTERS SECTION

UTILITIES LOGISTICS/
SECTION OPERATIONS
SECT I IN
3-1'

OPERATIONS TRANSPI IRTA1 :

SECTION SECTION

TACTICAL AIR FUEL ORGANIZATIONAL

DISPENSING SYSTEM MA I NT SECT
, , , SECTION

ENGINEER
SECTION

ENGR
HQ UNIT

ORGANIZATIONAL
MAINT SECT

UTILITIES MAINT
DET HQ Figure 3-4 Marine wing Support Group

TAFDS MAINT DET

1-14

3-25
 —

(d) Concept of Employment.—The MWSG is organized and

equipped tor employment as an integral unit in support of the MAW. It is
structured to provide deployable elements in support of the garrison and/or
deployed posture of the MAW.

(e) Admin is trat ive Capabilities.--Capable of seif-adminis-

trat ion.

(f) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of performing organizational

(first echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of perform-
ing organizational (second echelon) maintenance on engineer organizational
equipment and assigned infantry weapons, less optical equipment.

_b Support.—Provides organizational (second

echelon) maintenance support on motor transport and engineer equipment for
wing units.
2_ Supply.—Possesses the capability to provide supply
support for the MWSG
3_ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emergen-
cy medical support.
4_ Transportation.—Capable of providing general
transportation support for wing units.

5_ Food Service.—-Provides food service support for

organic units of the MWSG.

(g) Headquarters Squadron

1 Miss ion.—To provide administration for the squad-

ron and units assigned to the group.

2 Tasks
a^ Provide command, control, and administrative
support for assigned units.

_b Maintain the capability to deploy as an integral

unit or by elements in support of MAW units.

_3_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to ope rat e*~as"~ a
subordniate unit of the MWSG.

4_ Concept of Employment.—Provides administration for

the squadron and units assigned to the group.

_5_ Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

_6 Logistical Capabilities

3-26

•^^•^^H
 ^ Ma intenance

(j_) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on assigned ordnance equipment and communica-
tions-electronic equipment, less avionics and optical equipment.

(2) Support.—None.

b_ Supply.--Possesses the capability to provide or-

ganic supply functions for all organic units of the MWSG.

c_ Med ical. --Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support for elements of the MWSG.

_d Transportat ion.--None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron.
_e Food Service.—Provides food service support for
organic units of the MWSG.

_7_ Miscellaneous.—Provides communication support for

organic units of the MWSG.

_8_ Ma3or Items of Eguipment.--The major items of

equipment are shown below.

HEADQUARTERS SQUADRON, MWSG

1 Radi ac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

4 Radi ac Set, AN/PDR-56G
1 Swit chbaord, Telephone, Cordless Manual, SB-3082(V)2/GT
2 Swit chboard, Telephone, Automatic, SB-J614(V)TT
1 Comm unication Central, AN/TSC-15
4 Cont rol Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
7 Radi o Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39B
2 Radi o Set, AN/GRC-160
1 Radi o Set, AN/GRC-109
3 Radi o Set, AN/TRC-75
7 Radi o Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Radi o Set, AN/VRC-47
1 Rece iving Set, Radio AN/GRR-17
1 Tele typwriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
8 Mach ine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Nigh t Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(h) Wing Engineer Squadron

l_ Miss ion.—To provide engineer (construction, util-

ities, MHE, MEP, and TAFDS) service support for the MAW and assigned units.

2 Tasks
a_ Provide engineer reconniassance/survey for the
MAW.

3-27
 —

b Repair, improve and maintain existing road nets

within the MAW area of responsibiiity.

C Provide construction and maintenance of ex pe-

dient roads.
jj_ Construct, improve and maintain helicopter and
light reconnaissance aircraft landing sites.

e_ Provide construction of temporary camps to in-

clude the provision of technical and equipment assistance for erection of
shelters.
_f Provide essential utilities support in the area
of mobile electric power.
_g_ Provide essential water and hygiene support in
the area of portable water, bath facilities and laundry facilities.

h_ Develop, improve and maintain drainage systems.

_i_ Supervise special camouflage requirements.

i_ Concept of Organizat ion. --Th is organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of the HWSG.

4_ Concept of Employment -To function as an integral

unit of the MWSG by providing deployable elements in support of the MAW and
its assigned units.

_5_ Admin ist rat ive Capabil it ies.--Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

b_ I.ocjisticaL Capabilities

a^ Ma intenance

[1) Organic—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second ecnelon) maintenance on assigned infantry weapons and engineer
organizational equipment.

(_2_) Support.—None.

_b Supply.--None. Supply support is provided by

HQS, MWSG.

C Transportat ion.--None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron.

_d Medical«—None• Medical support is provided by

HQS, MWSG.

e Food Service.--None. Food service support is

provided by HQS, MWSG.

3-28
 f M iscellanoous.—Communication support is pro-
vided by HQS, MWSG.

cj Major Items of Equipment.--The major items of

equipment are shown below.

ENGINEER SQUADRON, M...

1 Radiac Computer indicator, CP95A/PD

14 Bath Unit, Trailer Mtd, EC-88-64
3 Bucket, Clamshell, 3/4yd, MOD GP 4G
22 Bucket, Multi-purpose, 2-1/4 Cap.,Droci 4-in-l
6 Crane, RT, Rough Terrain, Hydraulic, !0T, DROH .:r.0ü
JO Crane, Whl-Mtd, SP, 7-1/2T, 15B1WF
4 Crane, Truck-Mtd, 15T, M315T
11 Crane, Whl-Mtd, SP, IT, M71
6 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal., '•'. - ...
9 Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Metallic PSS-11
21 Forklift Attachment, 10,000 lb Cap., Oscillating PL-21910
6 Frequency Converter, Solid Sate, LOkW, 60-400HZ
2 Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, LOOkW, 60-40l)Hz, PI - •!.
4 Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60-400HZ, V-• . ••
20 Fuel Dispensing System, Tactical Airfield, Fin • me, M1966
41 Generator Set, 3kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-016A
15 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
11 Generator Set, lOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-112A
9 Generator Set, 30kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-00 A
) Generator Set, iOkW, 40011/., Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A
22 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-006A
17 Generator Set, JkW, 400Hz, Skd-M( 1, MEP-021A
6 Generator Set, 60kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-1J \
9 Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-007A
14 Generator Set, 200kW, 60Hz, Tactical Utility HEP-Q09A
18 Helicopter Expedient Refueling System
90 Kit, Assault, Trackway
12 Laundry Unit, Trailer-Mtd, M532
3 Mixer, Concrete, Kwik-Mix, 16S-2A
1 Roller, Pneumatic Tired
1 Roller, Towed, Grid RG-215
1 Roller, Towed, Sheepfoot, MDG-96
1 Surveying Set, GP
~) Sweeper, Runway, Vacuum, ASS32M3
14 Grader, Road, Motorized, 5RJ999
2 Tractor, Full-Tracked, Small, W/Bull Grader MC 450
2 Tractor, Medium, Full Tracked, 82-30FA-M3
16 Tractor, RT, Articulated Steering, 72-31MP
fl 4 Tractor, RT, Wheeled, Industrial, MC5808
1I 62
Transit, 20 Second, W/Tripod
Truck, Forklift 05-3354
I 20 Truck, Forklift, Rough Terrain, MC-4000
1 ltS Water Purification Equip Set, Mobile, 1500 GPH Cap. Erdlator ty;

I1
Water Distribution Equipment Set, M-62
Water Purification Set, 600 GPH, Trailer-Mtd, El Lai U2200
• "^ Water Purification Unit, Frame-Mtd, 1500 GPH, 1 22446
• Welding Machine, ARC, Trailer-Mtd, LM62A

•III III I I II • . • II
 25 Char,; is, Trailer, GP,1-1/2T, 2-Whl , M353
47
ji)
45
Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762
Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, l'j,000-lb, Cap
Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, J0ÜU Gal ]
(a) Wing Transportation Squadron

l_ Miss ion.—To provide motor transport service sup-

port for the Marine aircraft wing.

2 Tasks

a^ Provide motor transport service support as

required.

_b Provide organizaiona1 maintenance with contract

capability for wing motor transport equipment.

c_ Provide aircraft and ground refueling support as

required.

J_ Concept of Organization.--This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of the MWSG.

4_ Concept of Employment.—To function as an integral

unit of the MWSG by providing deployable elements in support of the MAW and
its assigned units.

5 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self ad-

mi: • rat ion.

;. =tical Capabilities

a^ Ma l ntenance

(j_) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on assigned infantry weapons and motor trans-
port equipment, less optical equipment.

(2) Support.--None.

b_ Supply. --None. Supply support is provided by

—
HQS, MWSG.

_c Transportat ion.—Possesses sufficient motor

transport equipment to accomplish assigned missions and tasks.

d Med ical.—None. Medical support is provided by

HQS, MWSG.

e Food Service.—None. Oining facilities are pro-

vided by HQS, MWSG.

3-30

•t—i _»»»_
 1_ Miscellaneous.—Communic; ion support is provided
by HQS, MWSG.

8 Ma-jor Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MOTOR TRANSPORT SQUADRON, MWSG

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
j Crane, RT, Rought Terrain, Hydraulic, 30T, DROH 2500
20 Crane, Wheel-Mtd, SP, 7-1/2T, 15B1WF
5 Sweeper, Runway, Vacuum, ASS32M3
1 Welding Machine, ARC, Trailer-Mtd, LM62A
96 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
3 Truck, Oil Serv, A/C. 2-1/2T, 6x6, 500 Gal, MA1B-M57
14 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
12 Truck, Tank, Water, 1000 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M50A2
59 Truck, Tractor, 5T, 6x6, w/o Winch, M52A2
80 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
8 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
23 Truck, Dump, 5T, 6x6, M51A2
3 Truck, Firefighting, Brush M530CB
2 Truck, Firefighting, Structural M530CS
7 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
4 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886
78 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
44 Trailer, Amphib. Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
1 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
67 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
40 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
30 Trailer, Utility, 2-1/2T, 4-Whl, F-2A
42 Semi-Trailer, Refueler, 5000 Gal, 4-Whl, M970
14 Semi-Trailer, Low Bed, 25T, 4-Whl, M172A1
26 Semi-Trailer, Stake, 12T, 4-Whl, M127A2C
5 Semi-Trailer, Van, Expandable, 6T, 4-Whl, M313
19 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2

(5) Marine Aircraft Group.—The MAG is an administrative and

tactical command element. Each MAG is task organized for the mission
assigned and provides direct support to tactical squadrons assigned. MAG's
within the MAW are usually four in number and of two types--a helicopter
MAG and three fighter/attack MAG's. In a typical wing, the MAG's (VF/VA)
assigned may have any combination of VMA, VMA(V), VMA(AW), or VMFA squad-
rons. The MAG (VH) will usually have one VMO, one HML, and one HMA squad-
ron, or three HMM and two HMH squadrons.

(a) Marine Aircraft Group (MAG(VH))

_1_ Miss ion.—Commensurate with assets assigned, con-

duct helicopter and fixed wing operations in support of Fleet Marine Forces
and be prepared to conduct such other air operations as may be directed.
(See Figure 3-5.)

Tasks

3-31

Ifcl I - -*----
 a^ Conduct helicopter assault and support opera-
tions in support of the Fleet Marine Forces and such other air operations
as may be directed.

b_ Conduct, supervise, and coordinate such unit and

individual training as may be required to qualify assigned units for tac-
tical deployment and combat.

c_ Maintain the capability of deploying squadrons,

detachments, and/or composite squadrons aboard LPH's, LHA's, advance bases,
or to the field for independent operations.

d_ Maintain the capability of deploying as an inte-

gral unit in an amphibious operation and providing command, control, and
logistic support ashore for subordinate units.

_e Provide, when directed, detachments for the

traffic control of helicopters and for the supervision of loading and un-
loading of personnel and cargo at designated terminals or landing zones.

f Augment shore establishments, when based there-

on, with personnel and equipment as directed by appropriate authority.

g Provide and coordinate air-sea rescue services

at advanced bases.

_h Determine and coordinate requirements for ground

defense with cognizant commands when in a separate location.

i Provide for the internal security of assigned

areas.

j_ Collect, evaluate, interpret, and disseminate

intelligence information in coordination with appropriate agencies.

_k_ Provide third echelon maintenance of Marine

Corps furnished communications-electronics material items organic to the
group, less single sideband.

_1 Provide logistic and maintenance support for

attached squadrons.

jn Provide intermediate level calibration (qualifi-

cation) and repair services for all aeronautical test and measuring equip-
ment assigned to MAG units.

_n Provide supply, financial, and aircraft main-

tenance automated data processing (ADP) support in accordance with OPNAV,
NAVSUP, and Marine Corps directives.

o^ Requisition, store, issue, and provide for ap-

propriate supplies and equipment for supported units.

3-32
 ' MAR] :.i. AIRCRAF1
GROUP
[MAG ,'! '.-..,

881 si< öb^ij R

... • _

, ••.

•
-
-•

8 85 8 R 8852 R 884 .'.".

*tAS-:sr A | : A. f
Sgi ADRiiN """" "'' I . ' ' * • *
• , -

• VIA l/MA -• i
IS AV-

MARINE AIRCRAFT
'•!•' :' (MAG VH)

a^HR

8*7 IVj
MARISE «ED3 M KAPIM1 •
••' . PTEB S HEMCOI : I i- SC ' •-.'..- PTEI
[KHH1 HHM
4J J1J
Zt Atf-1 18 JK-46 A C • ^

" '"'
l

* No prescribed table of organization.

Figure 3-5.—Marine Aircraft Group (MAG(VH)/MAG(VF/VA))

3-33

_. ,^-_-^_—1 M
 (b) Marine Aircraft Group (MAG(VF/VA/VA(AW))

1 Miss ion.—Conduct antiair warfare and offensive air

support operations in support of Fleet Marine Forces from advanced bases,
expeditionary airfield, and aircraft carriers. Conduct such other air
operations as may be directed. (See Figure 3-5.)
2 Tasks

a^ Conduct antiair warfare and offensive air opera-

tions in support of the Fleet Marine Forces. Conduct such other air opera-
tions as may be directed by higher authority.
_b Plan and conduct tactical air operations as the
aviation combat element of a Marine amphibious brigade or Marine amphibious
unit.

c_ Maintain the capability of deploying and operat-

ing from advanced bases, expeditionary airfields, and aircraft carriers.

d^ Conduct, supervise, and coordinate such individ-

ual and unit training as may be required to qualify assigned squadrons for
tactical deployment and combat.

e_ Maintain the capability of manning and operating

a short airfield for tactical support (SATS).

_f Augment shore establishments, when based there-

on, with personnel and equipment as directed by appropriate authority.

g Provide and /or coordinate air-sea rescue ser-

vices at advanced bases.

_h Coordinate requirements for ground defense with

appropriate command when in a separate location.

i_ Provide for the internal security of assigned

areas.

j_ When deployed, and not under the operational

control of a Marine aircraft wing, maintain a capability for planning and
conducting NBC weapons delivery, utilizing weapons compatible with assigned
aircraft.

k_ Collect, evaluate, interpret, and disseminate

intelligence information in coordination with appropriate agencies.

J_ Provide logistic and maintenance support for

attached squadrons.

_m Provide intermediate level calibration (quali-

fication) and repair services for all aeronautical test and measuring
equipment assigned to MAG units.

_n_ Provide supply, financial, and aircraft mainte-

nance ADP support in accordance with current OPNAV, NAVSUP, and Marine
Corps directives.

3-34
 o^ Provide detachments for the support and main-
tenance of separately deployed units as required.
(c) Headquarters and Maintenance Squadron (H&.MS)

1_ Mission.—Perform tactical, logistic and adminis-

trative support for units attached to the Marine aircraft group.

2 Tasks. — (Note: Tasks a-h apply to all H(«M squad-

rons. Tasks i-n apply only to Hs»M squadrons, MAG (VF/VA/VA( AW) ) .

_a Provide intermediate maintenance on aircraft of

units assigned to the Marine aircraft group.

_b Perform intermediate and organizational mainte-

nance on assigned aircraft and first echelon maintenance on assigned motor
vehicles.

c_ Provide administrative and supply support for

headquarters of the Marine aircraft group.

d_ Screen and repair aeronautical materials in need

of rework, test, or check (condition codes B i> E).

e_ Maintain the capability to deploy as an integral

unit or by elements in support of separately employed units.

_f Conduct individual and unit training as required

to qualify organic personnel and supported squadrons for performance of
assigned missions and tasks.

_g_ Provide logistic, administrative, and training

flight support for assigned squadrons.

h Provide base storage and distribution of class V

and V(A) supplies to support d units.
i_ Provide Tactical A'.r Coordinator Airborne (TACA)
and Forward Air Controller (FACA) for either high or low AAW environment as
assigned.

j_ Provide direct support of tact'cal squadrons

assigned to the Marine aircraft group.

_k Provide priority air movement of cargo/person-

nel.

1 Provide augmentation of wing heavy transport

capability.

jn Perform additional air support missions to

include automatic radio retransmission, intrusion detector monitoring,
flare drop, and medical evacuation.

n^ Manufacture cryogenics products as required for

supported units.

1-35
 i_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will
normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group. MAG (VH) only: When appro-
priately augmented by the intermediate maintenance section of each sup-
ported squadron, it is capable of providing intermediate maintenance to
support any mix of aircraft squadrons.

_4_ Concept of Employment

a^ MAG(VH).—Support Fleet Marine Force units by

providing logistic and administrative support for units attached to the
Marine aircraft group.

b. MAG (VH/VA/VA(AW)).—Coordinate anti-air warfare

and offensive air support operations in support of Fleet Marine Forces.
When appropriately augmented by the intermediate maintenance section of
each support squadron, capable of providing intermediate maintenance sup-
port for any mix of aircraft squadrons.

Administrat ive Capabilities.--Capable of self-ad-

mimstrat ion.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

a Maintenance

(JJ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on assigned infantry weapons. Capable of performing
organizational and intermediate maintenance on assigned aircraft and
support equipment.

(_2_) Support.—Capable of performing intermedi-

ate maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment of supported
aircraft squadrons.

_b Supply.—Capable ^ ,. supply and fiscal functions

required for group operations.

c_ Medical.—None. Medical support is provided by

the Marine airbase squadron (MABS) of the group.

_d Transportation.—None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

e_ Food Service.--None. Food service support is

provided by the MABS of the group.

1_ Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

HEADQUARTERS AND MAINTENANCE SQUADRON, MAG (VF/VA/VH)

4 Aircraft, TA-4F
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
2 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
(none f/MAG(VH))
3 Sweeper, Industrial -GSE-70-90

3-36

L^Jl
 HEADQUARTERS AND MAINTENANCE SQUADRON, MAG (VF/VA/VH)

8 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40 (12 f/MAG(VH))

2 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893,
(J f/MAG(VH))
1 Demolition Equip, Engineer Squadron
137 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5 (MAG(VH) Only)

(d) Marine Airbase Squadron (MABS)

_1 Mission.—Provide airbase facilities and services

(except airfield construction) for the Marine aircraft group or supplement
the airbase facilities and services provided by the station or facility,
when based thereon.
_2_ Tasks

a^ Conduct airfield operations as required for sup-

ported units.

_b Provide dining facilities as required for Marine

aircraft group organic units.

_c Maintain the capability to deploy as ^n integral

unit and by elements in support of separately employed units.

jd Conduct individual and unit training as required

to qualify organic pesonnel and supported squadrons for performance of
assigned missions and tasks.

e_ Provide third echelon/intermediate maintenance

of communications-electronics materiel items organic to the group, less
avionics, single sidedband, and MATCS equipment.

_f Perform first echelon maintenance on organic

motor transport equipment.

_g_ Provide weather service support as required for

supported units.

h_ Provide internal security to airbase facilities,

to include personnel and traffic control and limited perimeter security.

_3_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group.

4_ Concept of employment.--Provide airbase facilities

and services for the Marine aircraft group or to supplement airbase
facilities and services provided by a station or facility when based
thereon.

_5 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-

admin istration.

3-37

•
 ——,

_6 Logistic Capabilities

a^ Ma intenance

(l_) Organic^—-Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on assigned infantry weapons. Capable of intermediate
(third echelon) maintenance on organic communications-electronics
equipment, less single sideband, and, for MABS(VH), avionics equipment.
(2J Support.--Provides intermediate (third
echelon) maintenance support for communications-electronic equipment
organic to the group, less avionics, single sideband equipment, and, tor
MABS (VF/VA/VA(AW) ) ) , MATCS equipment

_b Supply .—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

C Med ical.--Capable of providing routine and

emergency medical support.

d[ Transportat ion.--'Jone. Motor transport support

is provided by the Wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

Food Service.—Provides food service support for

the group.

_7_ Major Items of Equipment .--the major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE AIR BASF SQUADRON, MAG(VF/VA/VH)

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

i Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56G
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless, Manual, SB-3082(V)2/GT
2 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-86/P
1 Communication Central, AN/TSC-15
2 Communication Central, AN/MRC-87A (MABS(VH)only)
2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRC-6(9 f/MABS(VH))
3 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A (8 f/MABS(VH))
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
5 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A (b f/MABS (VH))
25 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77 (29 f/MABS (VH))
2 Radio Set, AN/TRC-75
1 Radio Set, AN/VRC-47
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
6 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiver Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
3 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47 (MABS (VH) only)
3 Radar Set, (LBSR) AN/PPS-15 (V)2 (4 f/MABS (VH))
1 Shelter, Electrical Equipment, S-126A/G
2 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic SB-3614(V)TT
2 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
10 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
2 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1 (2 f/MABS(VH)only)
3 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886, (2 f/MABS (VH))

3-35

w^.;.,^,'.
13F
MARINE Alk BASE SQUADRON, MAG (VF/VA/VH) (CON'T)

1 Truck, Firefighting, Brush, Mrj JOCB

4 Truck, Crash/Fire/Rescue, 4x4, M-1Ü00
2 Truck, Crash, Fire and Rescue, 6x6,MB-l, (MABS(VP/VHJ onl
2 Truck, crash, Fire and Rescue, 4x4, MB-5, (r> f/MABS(VII))
12 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(e) Marine Fighter/Attack Squadron (VMFA)

J_ Mission. — intercept and destroy enemy aircraft

under all-weather conditions, attack and destroy surface targets, and
conduct such other air operations as may be directed.

2_ Tasks

a^ Intercept and destroy enemy aircraft in con-

junction with ground and airborne fighter control under all-weather
conditions.

_b Maintain the capability to attack and destroy

surface targets with those conventional weapons compatible with assigned
aircraft.

jc Provide escort of friendly aircraft as required

under all-weather conditions.

_d Maintain the capability of deploying and oper-

ating from aircraft carriers, advanced bases, and SATS.

e Conduct close air support within capability of

assigned aircraft.

f Maintain the capability of deployment or extend-

ed range operations employing aerial refueling.

jj_ Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

aircraft.

_h Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

J_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

4_ Concept of Employment.— Provide general support to

aviation and ground forces as directed by the wing commander.

Jj_ Administrative Capabilities.--Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

6 Logistical Capabilities

3-39
 iiiMiinii i »—^^m

13B
a^ Ma intenaiice

(1_) organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable ot •• rforming organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assignee! to a supporting group, the intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned temporary additional duty (TAD) to the
aircraft maintenance department of the MAG for the duration of such assign-
ment. The squadron will then obtain it.-; intermediate maintenance support
from the HUMS. Detachments of this squadrju are not capable >i sell sup-
port in other than special support equipment (SSE) and will be assigned to
applicable T/0 units possessing general organizational capability for their
remaining logistic requirements.

(2) Support. None.

_b Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.

jd Transportat ion. --None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

1L I'ooci Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

_7_ Major Items of Equipment.--The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE 1--IÜHTEK/ATTACK SQUADRON, MAG

12 Aircraft, F-4J
1 .Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Tractor, utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893

(f) Marine Attack Squadron (VMA), A-4M

Miss ion.—Attack and destroy surface ti rqets,

escort helicopters, and conduct such ot) er air operations as may be d i r-
ected.

2_ Tasks

a_ Conduct close air support.

b Conduct armed reconnaissance, interdiction oper-

ations, and strikes against enemy installations, utilizing all types ot
conventional and nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons compatible
with assigned aircraft.

c_ Perform smoke laying, night battlefield, or

V40

i
target illumination and insecticide spraying.

d_ Conduct air defense operations within capability

ot aircraft assigned.

e Maintain capability to operate during darkn<

and under instrument flight conditions, to include ordnance delivery ui lei
the control of air support radar teams.

_f Maintain the capability of deployment or extend-

ed operations employing aerial refueling.

_g_ Maintain the capability 01 deploying and operat-

ing from aboard carriers, advanced basi ', ind expeditionary airfields.

_b Maintain capability to perform ernei |< ncy resup-

ply missions compatible with assigned aircraft.

i Conduct armed escort missions in support >i

helicoptec ipei it ion .
iviioiv. or.ja.'.i^a t iona 1 ma intenance on assigned
aircraft.

_k Ensure that aeronaut ical ly designated ; >< rsonnel

maintain basic Elying skills concurrent wit; the performance of other as-
signed duties.
Concept of Organization.--This organization will
normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate- as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.
4_ Concept ot Employment •--Pfov ide general support to
aviation and ground forces as directed by the wing commander.

5 Admin ist rat ive Capabi111les.--Capau le of self-ad-

ministrat ion.

b_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Ma intenance

(1_) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, the intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned TAD to the aircraft maintenance depart-
ment of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will
then obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the H6.MS. Detach-
ments of this squadron are not capable of self support in other than spec-
ial support equipment and wili be assigned to appl;cable T/O units
possessing general organizational capability for their remaining logistic
requirements.

•' -;i
 "1
(2_) Support. --.'Jone.

b_ Supply.--Capable of perforning supply and fiscal.

functions required for squadron operations.

il Mt?>i ical.—Capable of providing routine and e ier-

gency medical support.

_d Tfjiisjiortdt ion.--None. Motor transport support

is provided by the winj transportation s.iu.nlron, MWSG.

e Food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

Major Items of Equipment .--'"he major items of

1
equipment are shown below.

I
MARINE ATTACK SQUADRONS (VMA, VMA,

• \ l r :ra f t, A-4M, or
Aircraft, AV-8A
(V;) , MAO
1
I
I i/o Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD 1
• Switchboard, Telephone. Manual, SB-22/P' 1
• */2 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40 1
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T •4 ;<4, 1891 §

(g ) Marine Attack Squadron (VMA)(V), AV-bA

1^ Miss ion.—Attack and destroy surface tar jets, es-

cort helicopters, and conduct such other air operations as may be directed.

_2 Tasks

a_ Conduct close air support.

_b Conduct armed reconnaissance, interdiction oper-

ations, and strikes against enemy installations, utilizing all types of
conventional weapons compatible with assigned aircraft.

_c Conduct air defense operations within capability

of aircraft assigned.

_d Maintain capability to operate during darkness

and under instrument fli.jht conditions to include ordnance delivery under
the control of air support radar teams.

e_ Maintain the capability of deployment or extend-

ed operations employing aerial refueliny.

_t_ Maintain the capability of deploying and operat-

ing from aboard carriers and other suitable seagoing platforms, advanced
bases, expeditionary airfields, and remote tactical landing sites.

j_ Maintain capability to perform emergency resup-

ply missions compatible with assigned aircraft.

_h Conduct armed escort missions in support of

•• .I."'

• Ml
helicopter operations.

i Perform organizational :11a intenance on assigned

a ircraft.

3_ Concept of Organization.--This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

4_ Concept of Employment.--Provide general support to

aviation and ground forces as directed by the wing commander.

_5_ Administrative Capabilities.--Capable of self-ad-

ministrat ion.

j6 Logistical Capabilities

a_ Maintenance

(1J Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, the intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned to the aircraft maintenance department
of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will then ob-
tain its intermediate maintenance support from the H&MS.

(_2_) Support. None.

i± Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

c_ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.

_d_ Transportation.--None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

e_ Food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

_7_ Major Items of F.quipment.--The major items of

equipment for a VMA(V) are shown in the previous chart for the VMA, VMA(V),
MAG.

(h) Marine Attack Squadron (VMA(AW)), A-6A/E

1_ Mission.—Attack and destroy surface targets under

all-weather conditions, escort helicopters, and conduct such other air
operations as may be directed.

3-43
 AD-A118 026 MARINE CORPS DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION COMMAND OUANT--ETC F/8 15/3
LANDIN« FORCE ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS STUDY (LFOSS).(U)
1979
UNCLASSIFIED

-^-K
MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TFST CHART
NATIONAL RUKIAIJ OF STANDARDS 196.1-A

i
 •' --"••

_2 Tasks

a Conduct close air support under all-weather con-

ditions to include ordnance delivery under control of air support radar
teams and radar beacon forward air controller teams.

JD Conduct armed reconnaissance, radar search and

attack, interdiction operations, emergency mining missions, and strikes
against enemy installations, utilizing all types of conventional and NBC
weapons compatible with assigned aircraft under visual and all-weather con-
ditions.

_c Conduct air defense operations within capabili-

ties of aircraft assigned.

d_ Peform smoke laying, night battlefield, or tar-

get illumination and insecticide spraying.

e^ Maintain the capability of deployment or extend-

ed operations employing aerial refueling.

f Maintain the capability of deployment and oper-

ating from aboard carriers, advanced bases, and expeditionary airfields.

_g_ Maintain capability to perform emergency resup-

ply missions compatible with assigned aircraft.

h_ Conduct armed escort missions in support of

helicopter missions.

_i_ Collect and disseminate information on enemy

units within capability of assigned aircraft.

j_ Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

aircraft.

_k Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

_1 Maintain the capability to conduct mining mis-

sions under all-weather conditions.

_3_ Concept of Organizaion.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

i_ Concept of Employment.—Provide general support to

aviation and ground forces as directed by the wing commander.

_5_ Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

3-44

IMMB i
 ii_ Ma intenance

(J_) organic.—Capable of organizational (tirst

echelon) maintenance on all assujned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment« When this
squadron is assigned to a supportin« group, the intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned to the aircraft m, intenance department
of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will then ob-
tain its intermediate maintenance support from the IUMS. Detachments of
this squadron are not capable of self-support in other than special support
equipment and will be assigned to applicable T/u units possessing general
organizational capability for their remaining logistic requirements.

(2_) Support.--None.

_b Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

c Medical.—Capable of providing routine and einer-

gency medical support.

_d Transportation.—None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

_e Food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

1_ Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE ALL-WEATHER ATTACK SQUADRON, MAG

10 Aircraft, A-6A, E
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
2 Transponder Set, Forward Air Control, AN/PPN-18
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95/PD
4 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893

(i) Marine Light Helicopter Squadron (HML)

1_ Miss ion.—To provide utility combat helicopter sup-

port to the landing force in the ship-to-shore movement and in subsequent
operations ashore.

2_ Tasks

a^ Provide airborne control of tactical air support

operations as required for command and control.

_b Conduct emergency aerial supply and resupply.

c Conduct front line casualty evacuation.

3-4'

MMM
 d^ Conduct liaison and courier service.

e Augment Local search and rescue facilities with-

in the capability of assigned aircraft«
_t_ Conduct special operations as directed by higher
author ity.

g Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

aireraft.
h_ Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel
maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

_i_ Concept of Organization.—This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

4^ Concept of Employment.--Support Fleet Marine Force

units by providing utility helicopter support during aerial and ground com-
bat operations.

_5 Admin istrat ive Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Maintenance

(_1_) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned eguipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support eguipment. (Then this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, the intertmediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned to the aircraft maintenance department
! of the MAG for the duration of such assignment . The squadron will then
o
obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the H^MS. Detachments of
this squadron are not capable of self support in other than special support
equipment and will be assigned to applicable T/0 units possessing general
organizational capability for their remaining logistic requirements.

(2) Support.--None.

h_ Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

c^ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.

d_ Transportation.—None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

e^ Food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

3-46

. ^
 «••I«

1_ Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE LIGHT HELICOPTER SQUADRON, MAG

24 Aircraft, UH-1 N
1 Receiving Set, Radio AN/GRR-17
30 Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, 15,000-lb Cap.
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
2 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40

(]) Marine Medium Helicopter Squadron (HMM)

1 Miss ion.—Provide helicopter transport of supplies,

equipment, and personnel for the landing force during ship-to-shore move-
ment and within an objective area.

2_ Tasks

a^ Transport supplies, equipment, and troops. Pri-

mary task is the transport of troops.

_b Conduct evacuation operations.

c Augment local search and rescue facilities.

d_ Maintain the capability to operate from LHA's,

LPH's, LPD's, or other floating bases.

_e Maintain the capability to operate under condi-

tions of darkness and instrument flight conditions.

f Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

aircraft.

g Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

3 Concept of Organization.--This organization will

normally function as- an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft wing, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

4_ Concept of Employment.—Support Fleet Marine Force

units by providing transport of supplies, equipment, and personnel in am-
phibious operations.
_5 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-
ministration.
6_ Logistical Capabilities

a Maintenance

3-47
 _

(1_) Organic.—Capable of organizational ( first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (s econd
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing orga niza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, the intermediate mainte nance
augment ol the squadron is assigned to the aircraft maintenance depar tment
of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will then
obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the B&NS. The detach ments
of this squadron are not capable of self support in other than T/0 units
possessing general organizational capability for their remaining log if tic
requirements.

[2) Support.—None.

JD Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

c_ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and einer-

gency support.

jj Transportation.—None. Motor transport support

is provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.

Food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

MARINE MEDIUM HELICOPTER SQUADRON,

18 Aircraft, CH-46F
1 Radiac, Computer, Indicator CP95A/PD
30 Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, 15,000-lb Cap.
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893
2 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40

(k) Marine Heavy Helicopter Squadron (HMH)

1_ Miss ion.--Provide helicopter transport of supplies,

equipment, and personnel for the landing force during ship-to-shore move-
ment and within an objective area.

2 Tasks

a_ Transport supplies, equipment, and troops. Pri-

mary task is the transport of supplies and equipment.

_b Conduct evacuation operations.

c^ Augment local search and rescue facilities.

c^ Maintain the capability to operate from LHA's,

3-4P
LPH's, LPD's, or other floating bases.

e_ Maintain the capability to operate under condi-

tions of darkness and instrument flight conditions.

f Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

aircraft.

<2_ Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.

_3_ Concept of Organization.—This orgärization will

normally function as an intt_-jral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

A_ Concept of Employment.--Support Fleet Marine Force

units by providing transport of supplies, equipment, and personnel in am-
phibious operations.

5 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-

ministration.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

a_ Ma intenance

(1) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon ) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon ) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadro n is assigned to a supporting group, the intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned to the aircraft maintenance department
of the MAG for the duration of such asignment. The squadron will then
obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the H&MS. Detachments of
this sq uadron are not capable of self support in other than special support
equipme nt and will be assigned to applicable T/0 units possessing general
organiz ational capability for their remaining logistic requirements.

(2) Support.--None.

b^ Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

_c Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-

gency medical support.
_d_ Transportat ion.--None. Motor transport support
is provided by the wing Transportation squadron, MWSG.

e Food Service.--None. Food service support is

provided by MABS.

1_ Major Items of Equipment:.—The major items of

equipment are shown below.

3-49
 MAHINI-: HEAVY HKI.ICUPTKK SQUADKUN, _MAG

16 Aircraft, CH-53
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Mannat, SB-22/PT
2 Heliport Lighting Set, Portable
I Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, L-1/4T, 4x4, N893
->U Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, 1 >,U00-lb Cap.

(1) Marine Helicopter Attack Squadron (IMA)

1 M i:>H ion.—To provide close-in Eire support during

aerial and ground escort operations during the ship-to-shore movement and
within an objective area.
2_ Tasks.

u_ Conduct armed escort flights in support of per-

sonnel and cargo carrying helicopters.

b Provide Landing zone suppression fire support.

c^ Maintain the capability to operate the tube-

launched optically-tracked wire command Link guided missile (TOW) against
enemy armor.

_d_ Conduct visual and armed reconnaissance.

e_ Provide target marking aril airborne direction

for the attack of surface targets by higher performance aircraft.

f Provide air coordination •; the utilization of

supporting arms.

_g_ Escort and provide suppress ive fire for surface

convoys and other ground unit operations.

_h_ Maintain the capability to operate from aircraft

carriers or other floating bases.

_i_ Maintain the capability to operate under condi-

tions of darkness and reduced visibility.

j_ Perform organizational maintenance on assigned

) ircraft.

_k Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.
J_ Concept of Organization.--This organization will
normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

* 4_ Concept of Employment.—Support Fleet Marine Force

units by providing close-in fire support during ac-ridl and ground escort
operat ions.

_5 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-ad-

ministrat ion.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

a Maintenance

(JJ Ory_aruc.—Capable o£ organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capble of performing organisa-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, tiie intermediate maintenance
augment of the squadron is assigned to the aircraft maintenence department
of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will then
obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the H&MS. Detachments of
this squadron are not Lapable of self support in Other than special support
equipment and will be assigned to applicable T/0 units possessing general
organizational capability for their remaining Logistic requirements.
(2) Support .--Non'-.

b_ Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

_c Mecj jcal.—Capable ot providing routine and e er-

gency medical support.

_d Transportat ion.—None. Motor transport equip-

ment is provided by the wing transportation squadron, Ml.'SG.

e food Service.—None. Food service support is

provided by the MABS.

2. Major Items of Equipment.--The major ite

equipment are shown below.

MARINE ATTACK HEL [COPTER SQUADRON, MAC,

24 Aircraft, AH-1J/AH-1T/AH-1R (TOW)

3 Heliport Lighting Set, Portable
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893
30 Sling, Cargo, Chain beg, IS,000-1b Cap.
2 Tractor ,-. lit ility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40

(m) Marine Observation Squadron (VMO)

_!_ Mission.—Conduct aerial reconnaissance, observa-

tion, and forward air control operations to support the landing force in
the ship-to-shore movement and in subsequent operations ashore.

3-51

-
 _2_ Tasks

a_ Conduct aerial reconnaissance and observation in

support of landing force units.

Conduct forward air control, and artillery and

naval gunfire spotting.

_c Conduct emergency aerial supply und resupply

within the capability of assigned aircraft.

d_ Augment local search and rescui facilities«

e_ Conduct frontline, low level aerial photography.

_f Conduct helicopter escort missions and close-in

fire suppression.

_g_ Conduct such other operations as may be required

within capabilities of assigned aircraft.

h Maintain the capability to:

(1) Operate from aircraft can iei and other

floating and advanced bases.

(_2_) Operate under conditions of reduced visi-

bility and darkness.

(J_) Perform organizational level maintenance on

assigned aircraft and associated equipment.

J_ Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the peri i mce of other as-
signed duties.

J_ Concept of Organization. -This organization will

normally function as an integral unit. It is structured to operate as a
subordinate unit of a Marine aircraft group, and when appropriately aug-
mented, is capable of functioning independently or as the air component of
a task organized element.

4_ Concept of Employment.--Support Fleet Marine Force

units by providing aerial reconnaissance and observation throughout the am-
phibious objective area and subsequent operations ashore.
_5_ Adninistrat ive Capab i 1 i ties.--Capable of self-ad-
ministration.

_6_ Logistical Capabilities

a^ Maintenance

(J_) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first

echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organiza-
tional maintenance on assigned aircraft and support equipment. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting group, the intermediate maintenance

3-52

—*-. • - — »JH .-*—* ....»_..-. J

 -niü^—-

augment of the squadron is assigned TAD to the aircraft maintenance depart-

ment of the MAG for the duration of such assignment. The squadron will
then obtain its intermediate maintenance support from the Ht,MS. Detach-
ments of this squadron are not capable of self support in other than spe-
cial support equipment (SSE) and will be assignee) to applicable T/u units
possessing general organizational capability for their remaining logistic
requi cements.

(2_) Support.—None.

b Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.
c_ Med ica I.—Capable of providing routine and emer-
gency medical support.

_d Transput'tat ion. --None. Motor transport support

i provided by the wing transportation squadron, MWSG.
_e Food Service.--None. Food service support is
provided by MABS.

Major Items of Kguipment.--The major items of

equipment are shown on the following page.

MAiUNF. DBriFKVATl-o:; SuCADKuN, MAC

18 Aircraft, UV-10A
1 Truer-., Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893
I Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
L Tactical intelligence Imagery Processor
.1 Tractor, 'tility, V.,neele>i-',.s;.-"i- 4 0

(b ) Marine Tactical Reconnaissance Squadron (VMl'P)

(a) Mission.—Conduct tactical imagery reconnaissance in

support of Fleet Marine Force operations.

(b) Tasks

1_ Conduct day and night aerial multisensor imagery

reconnaissance.

_2_ Conduct aerial prestrike and poststrike multisensor

imagery for target damage assessment.

J_ Process and provide aerial multisensor imagery for

immediately responsive interpretaion reports to wing and/or supported com-
manders.

_4_ Provide for the processing and/or reproduction of

aerial multisensor imagery obtained by organic aircraft within capability
of assigned laboratory equipment.

_5 Maintain the capability of operating from aircraft

carriers, advanced bases, and expeditionary airfields within capability of

3-53
organ ic a i. rcraft.

_6 Maintain the capability to operate durinj darkness

and under instrument f 1 i••jlit. conditions.

Maintain the capability of deployment or extended

operations employing aerial refueling.

_ü_ Be prepared to deploy photo detachments abor:i I

carrierSi advanced bases, and expeditionary airfields.

9 Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurent with the performance o) othei
ass igned duties.

10 Provide liaison personnel to wi:i] and landing force

staffs to assist in VMFP employment planning.

11 Perform organizational maintenance on assigned air-

craft.
(c) Concept of )rgan izat ion .--This organization will
normally function through detachments which are assigned as subordinate
units to a Marine aircraft group. When the detachments are appropriately
augmented, they are capable of functioning independently or as the air
component of a task organized force

(d) Concept of Kmployment.--Support airborne operations and

ground forces by conducting aerial multisensor imagery reconnaissance.

(e) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-adminis-

trat ion.

(f) Logistical Capabilities

J_ M.i intenance

a_ Urganic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on infantry weapons. Capable of performing organizational
maintenance on assigned aircraft and equipment. Capable of performing in-
termediate maintenance of assigned aircraft and support equipment for inde-
pendent operations when augmented by the parent intermediate maintenance
activity (IMA). When this squadron is assigned to a supporting IMA, the
[MA augment section is assigned TAD to that activity. The squadron will
then obtain its intermediate level maintenance support from the supporting
intermediate maintenance activity.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.--Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.

Med ical.--Capable of providing routine and emergen-

cy medical support.

4_ Transportat ion.—None. Motor transport support is

provided by the appropriate wing unit.

3-54
 -ww^p—»w—yrypi—^—lamwi

141-
5 Food Service.--Norm. Food service support is pro-
vided by the approprTate wing unit.

(g) Miscellaneous.—Communication support is provided by

the appropriate wing unit.

(h) Major Items of Equipment .--The major items •: ••:•:; nl

are shown below.

MARINE TACTICAL RKCuNNAISSANCE SQUADRUN

21 Aircraft, RF-4B
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
2 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, ••: <•

(7) Marine Tactical/Electronic Warfare Squadron j'.'MAQ)

(a) Mission.—Conduct airborne electronic warfare in sup-

port of Fleet Marine Force operations.
(b) Tasks

_1_ Conduct airborne electronic countermeasures

electronic warfare support measures operations.

2_ Conduct ECM operations for electronic counter-coun-

termeasures training for Fleet Marine Force units.

3_ Process and provide immediately responsive inl i

tion and mission data from tape recordings obtained on E'.v missions for up-
dating and maintaining electronic order of battle and for use in subsequent
air operations.
_4_ Maintain the capability of operating from aircraft
carriers, advanced bases, and expeditionary airfields within capabilit
organic aircraft.

_5 Maintain the capability to operate during darkness

and under instrument flight conditions.

_6_ Maintain the capability of deployment or exter.ded

operations employing aerial refueling.

1_ Be prepared to deploy ECM detachments aboard car-

riers, advanced bases, and expeditionary airfields.

_8^ Ensure that aeronautically designated personnel

maintain basic flying skills concurrent with the performance of other as-
signed duties.
_9_ Provide liaison personnel to wing and landing force
staff to assist in VMAQ employment planning.

10 Perform organizational maintenance on assigned air-

craft.

,_^_____
 1 -—

14B

(c) Concept of Organization.--This organization will nor-

mally function through detachments which are assigned as subordinate units
to a Marine aircraft group. When the detachments are appropriately aug-
mented, they are capable of functioning independently or as the air com-
ponent of a task organized force.

(d) Concept of Employment.—Support airborne operations and

ground forces by detecting and suppressing enemy electronic warning, ac-
quisition, and terminal threat weapons systems and communications.

(e) Administrative Capabilities.--Capable of self-adminis-

trat ion.

(t) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic•—Capable of organizational maintenance

on all assigned aircraft and equipment. Capable of intermediate mainte-
nance of assigned aircraft and support equipment for independent operations
when augmented by the parent intermediate maintenance activity. When this
squadron is assigned to a supporting IMA, the IMA augment section is as-
signed to that activity. The squadron will then obtain its intermediate
level maintenance support from the supporting IMA

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal

functions required for squadron operations.
_3_ Medical.—Capable of providing routine and emer-
gency medical support.

_4_ Transportation.--None. Motor transport support is

provided by the appropriate wing unit.

_5_ Food Service.—None. Food service support is pro-

vided by the appropriate wing unit.

(g) Miscellaneous.—Communication support is provided by

the appropriate wing unit.

(h) Major Items of Equipment.—The major items of equipment

are shown below.

MARINE TACTICAL ELECTRONIC WARFARE SQUADRON

15 Aircraft, EA-6A
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
2 Tractor, Utility, Wheeled-GSE-MF40
1 Truck, Multi-Stop, Repair Parts, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M893

3-56

• in i i l*n
 SECTION Hi

MARINE AIRCRAFT WING

Q-l PERIOD (1979-198) )

30 6. GENERAL

a. Fielding of equipment now under development is not expected to

change the mission of the MAW during the 1979 to 198 j time frame. Improve-
ments in air traffic control and landing systems will enable control units
to provide more efficient handling of high density air traffic. Techno-
logical improvements in the electronic equipment slated for organizations
within the MAW should enhance the wing's support of the Marine Corps divi-
sion. Some of the MAW organizations and their improved capabilities are v.
follows:

o The MASS's capability to control multiple aircraft bombing

miss ions.

o The DASC ' s timely control of aircraft within the airspace

over the battlefield.

o The MSTC's remote area approach and landing system.

o The LAAM battalion's enhanced systems operation and

electronic countermeasures.

Reliability, availability, and maintainability of equipment, as well as ac-

curacy and timeliness of information, will speed support to the desired
ground unit in a manner previously considered impossible. New or improved
equipment, such as the F-18 fighter and the EA-6B electronic warfare air-
craft, and laser equipment, such as spot trackers and guided weapons, will
have a decided effect on service/maintenance organizations. Special train-
ing with possible changes and additions in occupational fields (OF's) may
be required.

b. In the field of communications/electronics, improvements in

radios and other communications technology will enhance all organizations
within the MAW during the Q-l period. Technological advancements will
result in improved digital computers, solid state components, integrated
circuitry, and digital data links. Changes and improvements in communica-
tions systems and equipment within the MAW will generally parallel that
already explained in the division. See the matrix shown in Figure 3-6 for
a complete list of communications equipment to be introduced into the wing
during the Q-l period. Significant equipment unique to the MAW will be
explained within this section.

c. The matrix at the end of this section includes items that are
slated for use by the MAW but are more specific to the requirements of
another organization and therefore are detailed in that organization's
section. For example, the tactical intrusion detector, which has broader
application to division use, will be discussed in the division section.
Other division-related materiel includes the Position Location Reporting
System (PLRS) and the AN/PPS-15 radar set. The FSSG section identifies
new/improved products including 4,000, 6,000 and 10,000 pound forklifts and
a heavy motorized grader. These items plus all Q-l developments will be
included in the MAW matrix, at the end of this section.

- - - -" --
SO7. '„1NG ORGANIZATION

j. Marino Wing Headquarters Squadron

b. Marine Air Control Group

(1 ) Hea iguarters and Hoj.Jquuttt.-rs Squadron

(2 ) Marine Air Support Squadron, MACG

I a) Radar Course Direction Ccntr.il (KCI)C), AN/Ti-\3-27 . —The

capabilities of the air support radar team of the MASS will be improved
tremendously by the introduction of the RCDC ÄN/TPQ-27 which will provide
the capability of simultaneous control of multiple aircraft for level,
high-alt itjde, day/night bombing missions in support of ground combat
forces under all weather conditions. The AN/TPQ-27 provides more accuracy
and range (100 nautical miles) than the AN/TPQ-10 which it replaces, and
will improve and speed communications with the direct air support center by
the use of a tactical digital information link (TADIh B). The IOC is FY
82.

(b) Direct Air Support Central, AN/UYQ-4

1_ The response time of Marine air command and control

to air-suppcrt requirements of Marine Corps ground units will be reduced by
the automation of information processing, display, and transmission within
the DASC by 1980. The DASC will achieve timely control of attack aircraft
and helicopters operating in the airspace over the battlefield by automat-
ically:

_a Displaying the grounci situation, including

friendly and known enemy dispositions from information stored in its data
bases.

_b Displaying selected friendly aircraft tracks

based on information digitally transmitted from the TAOC and the position
location and reporting system (PLRS).

c^ Computing and displaying aircraft vector infor-

mation for navigational purposes.

d_ Receiving, computing, and displaying target data

in the proper coordinate system.

_2_ The responsibility for manning, training, and op-

eration of the DASC will remain with the MASS. No significant changes in
tactics or doctrine are envisioned; however, increased formal training of
operations personnel will be required. The use of r.odular equipment with
excellent reliability will permit almost continuous automated operation.
Failed modules and end items will have to be retrograded to the FSSG for
repa ir.

(3 ) Marine Air Traffic Control Squadron, MACG

(a) Marine Traffic Control Unit Equipment Service Test and

Operational Evaluation.—The equipment currently used by the MATCU of the
MATCS, the AN/TSQ-18A, was developed in the 1950's. It uses vacuum tube
technology, lacks reliability and is oversized and heavy compared to mod-

3-58

•»••fc , •
 ern, solid-stdte equipment. An ongoing MATCH >quipment improvement program
will continue through the 0-1 period. The progran will evaluate the 60Hz
generators and air conditioners, the AN/TSA-120 mobile air traffic control
tower (IOC FY 79), and a solid-state TACAN OK-2 58/URN antenna and beacon
transponder AN/URN-25 (IOC FY 79) for operational suitability, ease of
maintenance, transportability, and compatibility for employment by the
MATCU's.

(b) Marine Remote Area Approach and Landing System (AN/TPN-

30) (MRAALS).--This system wiLl satisfy the requirement for a remote area
terminal guidance system for vertical/short takeoff and landing (V/STOL)
aircraft and helicopters. By using MRAALS, pilots will be able to locate a
remote landing zone and make an approach in all weather conditions down to
1/4-mile visibility and 100-foot ceiling. The IOC if FY 79.

(c) Marine Air Traffic Control Landing System (MATCALS).--

Modern aircraft are equipped with sophisticated navigational, guidance, and
control systems. Their operations are constrained by the quality of
ground-based traffic control and navigational aid system, the AN/TSQ-18 of
1950-1960 vintage. The Marine air traffic control and landing system
(MATCALS) will provide automatic an I upgraded control capabilities to the
MATCU's for handling high density air traffic at expeditionary airfields,
under all-weather conditions. The MATCU will be capable of providing all
aspects of surveillance, identification, tracking, aircraft vectoring, and
will provide automated tracking of up to 40 aircraft, and ground-controlled
approaches at a sustained rate of up to one per minute. The IOC is FY 81.

(4) Marine Air Control Squadron, MACG

(a) Tactical Air Operations Central, AN/TYQ-2, and Tactical

Data Communications Central (TDCC), AN/TYQ-3, Improvement Program.—To
automate the Marine air command and control system (MACCS) , the Marine tac-
tical data system (MTDS) was initiated in the mid-1950's. Three items of
equipment were developed—the TACC, AN/TYQ-1; the TAOC, AN/TYQ-2; and the
TACC, AN/TYQ-3. Technological improvements of the MACG's equipment will
continue through FY 80. These improvements will enhance the effectiveness
and timeliness of the M \CCS in operation. The present system, including
related sensors and communications links such as radars, intercenter data
links (ICDL), and missile battery data links (MBDL), will not provide a
satisfactory solution to the air defense and antiair warfare requirements
which the Marine Corps anticipates by 1985. In response to these deficien-
cies, the ongoing developmental program will analyze requirements for digi-
tal data links with other command, control, and communication systems, and
it will replace the ICDL and MBDL with improved tactical digital informa-
tion links (TADIL), including TADILB, TADILC, and A-TADIL, in order to make
use of airborne weapon and early warning system inputs. The program will
ensure the compatibility of MACCS equipment with air traffic control radar
beacon system-identification friend or foe (IFF)-Mark XII-system (AIMS).

(b) Training Device, 15A19, Reprogramming.—The TAOC/TDCC

trainer, 15A19, is being modified to keep pace with the improved systems it
serves. Most of the required modifications ate programming changes to en-
sure compatibility between the improved TAOC and TDCC and the other MACCS
equipments. Modifications should be completed by FY 80.
(c) AN/TPS-63 Radar Set.—The MACS provides radar and IFF
information on friendly and hostile aircraft within an objective area to
* the TACC for use during high intensity air traffic control operations. The

3-59

- '-'
AN/TPS-63, a two-dimensional, solid-state radar, will provide the MACS with
a highly reliable, lightweight en-route traffic control and i_arly warning
capability, particularly in low altitude, high-clutter areas. The TPS-63,
which will replace the AN/UPS-1 in KY 79, will frequently
Ly be operated fr<
a remote site via a radar relay.

(d) AN/TXQ-3 Radar Relay.—The AN/TXQ-3 is a wideband re-

moting system for the AN/TPS-63 and AN/TPS-22 radars which is capable of
relaying two-dimensional radar data from a remote site to the TAOC. The
Marine Corps is presently monitoring other services' efforts in radar relay
development to estabalish future applicability in meeting the requirements
of the MACCS. The IOC is FY 8Ü.

(5) Forward Area Air Defense Battery, MACG

(a) Lightweight Air Defense Weapons System

1 The STINGER surface-to-air weapons system is cur-

rently undergoing operational testing and evaluation as a man-transportable
system with an all-aspect engagement capability. STINGER will replace the
presently deployed REDEYE surface-to-air missile system. The IOC date is
1979.

_2 A passive optical seeker technique (POST) will be

incorporated with the STINGER airframe and launcher to allow it to operate
in both the infrared and ultraviolet frequency spectrums and to be rela-
tively insensitive to infrared countermeasures.

(b) Forward Area Air Defense Battery Employment.—When

fully operational, the FAAD battery will consist of five platoons, each
containing three firing sections of five two-man firing teams--a total of
75 teams, each made up of a team chief and a gunner.
'-* 1. -. UI'l.) / ^U^ll IllWU^ W
r »^ *- The basic load pro-
«•* «_«_<-» 111 *- 1 1 A 1_ 1. .. 1 I i • i (_» tjUII

posed for the team is four weapon rounds (grip sstock with IFF antenna and
the missile round). The weight of the basic load poses an obstacle to team
mobility, which must be taken into consideration.

(6) Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion, MACG.--There is a con-

tinuing program to improve the HAWK (surface-to-air missile system) by
developing hardware and software to enhance system operation, mobility, nd
electronic countermeasures. Improved HAWK update within the 0-1 period
will include:
(a) Improved Continuous Wave Acquisition Radar (ICWAR).
(b) Digital Moving Target Indicator (DMTI).
(c) Army Tactical Data Link-1 (ARDL-1).
(d) Pulse Acquisition Radar Emission Control (PAREMCOM).
(e) Pulse Acquisition Radar Ultra Low Sidelobe Antenna
(PARULSA).
(f) High Powered Illuminator Reliability And Maintainabil-
ity (HPIRAM).

(7) Marine Wing Communications Squadron, MACG.—Communications

systems changes and improvements within the MAW will be similar to those of
the Marine division. Significant equipment unique to the MAW is explained
below. For a complete list of communications equipment to be introduced
into the MAW during this period see the MAW communications matrix for the
0-1 period (Figure 3-6). There will be an organizational impact on the MAW
units, the scope of which is not clear at this time.

3-60
 •w

(a) Radio Set AN/GRC-19 3.—Thi ench mount UK single side-

band radio uses the same receiver transmitter aa the AN/PRC-104, the new
family of HF equipment. In this eonliguratin the rddiu has a 400-watt
amplifier and can operate in the voice, CW, teletype ot data modes. The
AN/GRC-193 replaces the M4/TR075. The IOC date is 1978.

c. Marine Wing Support Group.--The MWSG, supported as required bj

elements of the FSSG, is capable of providing ground cor bat service support
to the aviation element of the MAGTF. The implementation of augmented FSSG
elements is, at present, in varying stages within the Marine Corps' three
MWSG's.

(1) Engineer Squadron, MWSG

(a) Pump System (Fuel) 100 Gallons Per Minute.—Optimuii. e -

ployment of the AV-8A aircraft and helicopters in mid- and high-intensity
warfare depends on rapid refueling to minimize turnaround times required to
ready aircraft for succeeding missions. A 100-gallon per minute fuel pump-
ing system is being evaluated to replace the present 55-gallon per minute
capability. The IOC is FY 81.

(b) The total Marine Corps requirement is for 108 systems

with one pumr per system. One system, emplaceable by two Marines within 20
minutes, is not anticipated to require new training or logistic support.
The system will also be able to function as a ground refueler or fuel
transporter.

(2) Headquarters and Ground Maintenance Squadron, MWSG

(3) Motor Transport Squadron, MWSG

d. Marine Aerial Refugler Transport Squadron

e. Fighter/Attack Marine Aircraft Group

(1) Several programs which impact throughout the MAG are pre-
sently in progress:

(a) Survivability Systems for All USMC Aircraft

i_ Survivability systems are being evaluated for all

MAG aircraft to include radio frequency, electro-optical, and infrared
countermeasures as well as hardening of aircraft to lower attrition rates
against IR SAM threats. These hardening projects, which are co::s i d< r< 1
interim solutions for immediate problems or weaknesses, include IK :lint-
reducing paint for aircraft and ordnance, engine IR suppressor devices,
radar and optical sensing detection devices, and missile launch detectors.

2_ New tactics also are being evaluated to enhance

survivability. These include extensive night operations and low-level
flying to prevent visual acquisition by SAM systems.

(o) Laser Guided Weapons.--The ability of a forward air

controller to pinpoint a target for attack with precision juided weapons on
the first pass is now considered essential for effective close air support
in a high threat environment. In response to this need the evaluation ai I
implementations for lightweight, laser target designation syst' ns (LLTDS)

3-61

•- •- ••• - - - '••'
anil laser-guided, air-delivered weapons (HELLE IKE, LASER MAVERICK, laser-
guided bombs (LGB)) will greatly enhance designation accuracy and first
pass hit probability. Also under study is the feasibility of dropping the
LGB by AN/TPQ-27 guidance. It such delivery is proved feasible, terminal
guidance envelopes, tactics, command and control procedures, and designa-
tion requirements will be derived from the bombing envelopes and from
tactics already developed for the LGB. The Marine Corps is engaged in a
joint developmental effort with the U. S. Air Force on laser-guided, air-
deliverable weapons.

(c) Multiple Weapons Assembly Preloading System, A/E 37-K-

l.--An evaluation is under way to determine the suitability of a propose!
multiple weapons assembly preloading system for use in an environment where
a large number of bombs are assembled and preloaded, and to determine the
increase in capability to reload aircraft that would result from the use of
such a system. A related test is evaluating procedures to support the in-
creasingly complex weapons systems of the Marine Corps today and in the
future. Test candidates include a second generation of the SATS loader and
the Hl-AB crane. The IOC is FY 79.

(d) Gator Mine System.—A joint service (IJSAF, USA, USMC)

effort is being conducted to develop a fixed-wing, air scatterable mining
system for both interdiction and tactical air support Of ground troops.
This program is evaluating antipersonnel and antivehicle target activated
munition systems.

(e) Aircrewmar Survival Equipment

1_ The Naval Air Development Center (NADC) is now ac-

tively developing the HGU-35/P integrated helmet/oxygen mask, hose system.
The HGU-35/P system is a low-profile, lightweight, form-fit buffet head
protection helmet with integrated oxygen mask and communication. This
system has been designed specifically for the requirement of a high "G"
environment and the mission profiles of the VF/VA community. The IOC is FY
81.

2_ An active development program is under way to find

a suitable exposure suit with/without ventair. The IOC is FY 82.

(2) Headquarters and Maintenance Squadron, MAG (VF/VA)

(3) Marine Air Base Squadron, MAG (VF/VA)

(4) Marine Fighter/Attack Squadron (VMFA), MAG (VF/VA)

(5) Marine Attack Squadron VMA, VMA (V) MAG (VF/VA)

(a) Fleet Introduction of the Laser Spot Tracker (LST) and

Lightweight Laser Target Designator.--The LST is now operational in the
FMF. It was upgraded in 1978 by the angular rate bombing system (ARBS),
which will provide stores management information, ranging information, and
dual mode tracking with TV and the spot tracker. Unique skills will be re-
quired by personnel who will operate and maintain the laser target desig-
nator system (LTDS), such as basic knowledge of laser theory, safety, and
characteristics of laser weapons.

(b) Improved Weaponry Lor V/STOL Aircraft.--Weapon systems

currently under development for V/STOL aircraft include improved 20mn. ami

3-6?

. —.
30mm cannons, smoke screening munitions, and target marking devices. The
Marine Corps is participating in a joint effort to produce day-night target
marking rounds using electro-optical fuzes with both white phosphorus and
chemillum. Each weaponry program is being closely monitored and expecta-
tions are that most of the programs will be available within the 0-1 per-
iod. No IOC dates are presently available.

(C) AV-8A Improvement Program.—The AV-8A will undergo a

conversion in lieu of procurement in Fy 82. Major improvements will in-
clude the ability to carry multiple bomb racks, lift improvement devices,
and ECM capability. This aircraft will be designated as AV-HC.

(6) Marine Ail-Weather Attack Squadron (VMA (AW)), MAG (VF/VA)

(a) Dual Band Radar Beacon (SEKKSET).--The current radar

beacon, forward air controller (RABFAC) AN/PPN-18 is a J-Band ground based
radar transponder which responds with a radar signal when triggered by an
appropriate aircraft radar. Used with a forward air controller, the RABFAC
provides airborne weapon systems with radar significant aim points for use
in attacking ground targets. A joint USAF/USMC test, completed in May
1976, evaluated eight dual-band system under a project called SEEKSET. The
candidates were evaluated on their ability to meet USMC requirements and
their feasibility for use with naval gunfire, USAF C-130 aircraft for all-
weather aerial delivery, and F-18 requirements. Procurement of 404 RABFAC
SEEKSET will be complete in 1980.

f. Helicopter Marine Aircraft Group (MAG(VH))

(1) Several programs that will have effects throughout the heli-
copter Marine aircraft group are:

(a) Airborne Radio Direction Finding (ARDF).—A unilaterial

USMC effort based on the Army's AN/ALQ-151 special purpose countermeasures
system with DF. The system is a team-portable, omnidirectional, airborne
radio direction finding system designed to locate low-powered tactical com-
munications emitters. The ARDF candidate now under development is intended
to be a simifixed installation in the UH-1N utility helicopter with the
capability to be removed and used in a ground configuration. The IOC is FY
82.

(b) Low Range Airspeed System (LORAS).—Helicopter aviation

has historically accepted the fact that airspeed indicators are unreliable
below 30-40 knots because of rotor wash and the unique flight characteris-
tics of VTOL aircraft. The Marine Corps is evaluating an omnidirectional
low-range airspeed system at HMX-1. The LORAS has a projected IOC date of
1981.

(c) Aircrewmen Survival Equipment

1 The NADC is actively developing protective helmets,

one of which is the HGU-27/P. This helmet will feature a 3-ply Kevlar
shell reinforced with a 1/2-inch polystyrene liner and a light, radar and
infrared reflective finish. This system provides impact protection and
form-fit as well as ventilation and perspiration absorption for comfort.
The IOC is FY 80.

_2 A sec^.io program is a mini-boat which will replace

the one-man raft. This boat employs the latest state-of-the art fabrics

3-63

- - - - — --•••»^-•^•»a
 and utiLizes a new raft concept which places the center of mass below the
center of buoyancy. This system increases boarding ease and stability.
The IOC is FY 80.

J_ Another program is the redesign/positioning of re-

quired man-mounted survival equipment. This project will reduce the weight
and position the equipment in a more convenient location. The IOC is FY
79.

Marine Heavy Helicopter Squadron, MAG (VH)

(a) Operational Evaluation of the CH-53F. The CH- 53E ha:

been designed with increased lift capability over the CH-53D. Severa1
major structural changes am) some proven subsystems from the 53D have been
incorporated into the 53E in the ongoing operational evaluation. The IOC
is FY 80.

(b) Improved Helicopter Kxternal Cargo Handling Technol-

ogy .—The Marine Corps is working in conjunction with the Army to review
the overall realm of external cargo lifting by helicopters. The program
consists of a systematic investigation of subsystems, components, ami
operational procedures including development of an advanced family of
slings (from 10,000 to 40,000-pound capacity) and container lift adapt-
ers. The program is aimed at reducing turnaround time and improving
equipment life-times. The IOC is FY 79.

(3) Marine Medium Helicopter Squadron, MAG (VH).--The CH-46D/F

was introduced into the Marine Corps in 1965 with a projected service life
of li years. A service life extension program is being used to extend its
life to 20 years. Replacement is now programmed for 1985. ''ontinued ser-
vice of the CH-46 requires update to increase lift capability and improve
combat survivabi1ity of the aircraft. The CH-46D/F is being modified to the
CH-46F. configuration by incorporation of a new engi'i with IR suppressors,
a combat and crashworthy fuel system, an armored and crash attenuating
seat, an external rescue winch, and an improved navigation system.

(4) Marine Light Helicopter Squadrcn, MAG (VH).--Ground unit

commanders, while airborne in helicopters, must have positive communica-
tions with their ground units during combat operations. The current util-
ity helicopter does not have sufficient integral communications equipment
to allow dedication of radios to meet the needs of the ground unit command-
er and his staff. In response to this need, the helicopterborne command,
control, and communications console (HC4) wili provide two secure voice VHF
radios and one secure voice UHF radio with an HF capability a desired fea-
ture. The HC4 concept will require the addition of eight consoles per MAF,
which will be added to the table of equipment, with interchangeable between
aircraft within 15 minutes. The number of avionics components represented
by the addition of these consoles is small compared to the total MAW
assets; maintenance can be accomplished with little, if any, personel in-
crease and within current logistic support capabilities. The IOC is FY 80.

(5) Marine Attack Helicopter Squadron, MAG (VH)

(a) Improved Helicopter Fire Control System.—The system

will include inertially stablized aiming reticles to point the laser for
range and designation and to display to the pilot the computed impact point
for firing the fixed forward weapons. Target acquisition will be
accomplished by heads-up method.

3-64

-•• • - •Mi —
 (b) TOW Night Sight.—FLIR augment Cobra TOW sight (FACTS)
is under development to provide a niji>t acquisition capability lot the AH-
1T helicopter. The FACTS has .411 IOC date of I'Y al.

(c) Ammanit ion Trailer.—The small .1.unit ions trailer MHU-

151 (XGS-17/M) will a ;ist in the 1 >rward area loading of heli ters and
Harrier aircraft« Th< IOC is 1979.

(b) Marine OL.se rvat ion Squadron, MAG (VH).—OV-10D Night Obser-
vation System (NOS). A contract was let for ITS ÖV-lOD's tor the Marine
Corps, with an IOC ot 1979. The introduction of the OV-10D NOS will assist
the pilots of attack aircraft in interdicting enemy lines ol communication
under conditions of reduced visibility and Lighting in both high and low
intensity antiair threat environments. Provisional approval for service
use has been given for an uprated engine with lu-40 shaft horsepower and
new-type fibreglass propellers. Aut »mal 1 : tracking has been added to the
FLIR system to allow laser designation foi the Hellt ire, ARBS, and Lasei
MAVERICK. The concept ol employment and additional requirements are still
being evaluated. The introduction of FLIR and LRDS equipment will require
increased training ol intermedi iti maintenance activity personnel.
organizational changes could occur In the '.'••:.> squadrons to incorporate the
OV-10I) system.

g. Marine Tactic...1 Reconna 1 ss.mce Squadron (7MFP)

(1) The RF-4B aircraft is a sensor-equipped version of thi ;.-4ii,

capable of providing timely day and night reconnaissance imagery to 1
mander. Seventy-three percent of the RF-4B's re-ached the end of their ser-
vice Life in 1978. A service Life extension program is under way to extend
the usefulness of this proven system. The program includes the incorpora-
tion of an updated inertial navigation system (AN/ASN-92), an improved
side-looking radar (AN/ADP-10), an IR Line scanner (AN/AAD-5), and a new
data Link system (AN/ASW-25). The EOC date- is scheduled for 1979.

(2) Imagery Interpretation (II).--The II seyi >nt of thi v aine

air jround intelligence system (MAGIS) may be located with the VMFP. With
an IOC date of FY 79, this segment will provide rapid and accurate inter-
pretation of all forms of imagery and prepare the derived intelligence for
timely dissemination. The II segment is a one-shelter configuration con-
taining two photo interpretaion consoles, computers with peripheral equip-
ment, and a supervisory position. It is an integral component of the pro-
cessing stage of the intelligence cycle, providing the link between the
imagery processing (IP) segment and the intelligence analysis center (IAC)
by interpreting imagery collected by photographic reconnaissance aircraft.
The II enhances the capability to derive meaningful intelligence from imag-
ery collected by reconnaissance aircraft and other amphibious force assets
or national agencies. Basic functions of the II segment are to provide
computer-assisted imagery analysis, II reporting, and file n.aintenance; to
display imagery and map comparison; and to plot photo coverage automatical-
ly.

(i) Imagery Processing.--The IP segment of MAG IS is the command-

er's mobile photo Laboratory. It provides for the processing, duplicating,
enlarging, and printing ol lensitized imagery collected by Marine Corps
photographic reconnaissance aircraft or other sources. In order that the
commander nay derive the greatest benefit from his imagery, it must be pro-
cessed immediately upon completion of the mission. For this reason the IP

}-65

HhJbl
is normally collocated with the tactical reconnaissance detachment of the
MAW. The IOC is t-'Y 80.

h. Marine Tactical Elecrtronic Warfare Squadron (VMAp) .--"'lie EA-6A

aircraft presentLy in the Marine Crops inventory is being replaced by the
EA-6B. The EA-6B is a greatly improved aircraft with more powerful jammers
and with a fully automatic computer control system. Five jamming pods can
l>e carried on each aircraft. The electronic warfare system normally works
in the automatic mode with programmed threats being jammed automaticaly.
The system can work in a semiautomatic mode where the operator makes the
decision as to which signals to jam. The crew consists of a pilot and
three electronic countermeasure officers (ECMO). Additional ECMO's will be
required and necessary training made available.

3-6b
 HA MAJ 1 HI

;B- •• i4
.. . MJ1 IfXI 'HB IARJ
A A
2

• -•
U - )• UNI HI :.: | -RAi - A
:• •

v. ir - .
HANI \CJ
•;
RADIO) A A
HANI ft I* HI RAO] 1 A A
tR-fl
[HI RECE] VI F A
AN •• -19 3
Bl HCH 1* UNI HI RA1 I
A A A A A
AN ;RC- 160
VI :i MOUNT VHP HA 1
A A
5 '. MR U8
A A
ii lund • '•-•-- a ••• issel maintained
[HE1 : :• RME "tC \ : / «•.•;, ; : 1 i: . :*.:.•
• ••1 squad i "•'.' .

\s ;x •- v\
A A A A A
AN MSQ-
(;• UT '•:-••
< L-.
A
is
.. .
QRW
1. ÜEBY DEVI rE) A
AN '
[TELBTYPf
i - JA
SYSTEM A A A A A
AN THJ-35
.'•;! ! REQ HANA XMENT SYS)
is a
.. . . .
• •
A
—
A
: AN/TSC-93
•
iRENCHMOUNT SATCOM)
A

o
AN/ORA-39B
(HF/VHF REMOTE CONTRO] i£ A A A A A
< ..
u. -
a u
a; -•
AN/'JRA- ( )
[HP REMOTE CONTROL CROUP) A A A A A
h> Cd
HYX-57
(WIRELINE ADAPTER) A A A A A
•n
U
TSEC/KY-57,-58
(VINSON, SECURE VHP UHF] A A A A A
>H
Q

TSEC/KY-67
[BAHCROFT, SECURE VHF RAD] A A

Figure 3-6.—Communications Equipment Marine Aircraft Wing, Q-l Period.

3-67

it.. i - ,!• .— I . - - - -• ' -

.- . A'. : i _-.

A
MA I
IMP

-.Ar A : ;• : RAI : : :
i I

AN :v. - J : A

A'. T' .-

:' A ; • : A :
WAINE8 I ME'

•.•:-

AA
=iN rxc- •
REI A!
PA: AR
A
A
A
A
....... ...
A
LASER GUIDED WE Al SS
A
WEAPONS ASSEMBLY
PRELOAniNG SYS A
1ATOR MINE SYSTEM
A
AIRCREW :' RVIVA1
EQ-IPMENT ' V! '. A
LASER SPOT TRA'KEH
AA
LIGHTWEIGHT LASER
TARGET DES I iNATOH AA
IMPROVED WEAPONS
(V/STOL) A
SEEKSET DUAL
BAN: RABFAC A
AIRBORNE RADIO
DIRECTION FINDING

Figure 3-7.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft Wing, Q-l Period.

3-68

- •!•• Ill-
Figure 3-8.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft Wing, Q-l Period,

3-69
15F
SECTION 3C
MARINE AIRCRAFT WING
Q-2 PERIOD (1984-1988)

308. GENERAL

a. Research and development projects which will reach fruition dur-

ing the Q-2 period are not expected to change the mission, organization,
and concept of employment of the MAW. Technological Improvements in nav-
igation systems, command and control systems, and surveillance radar:: will
enhance air support capabilities and flight safety throughout the «fing.
The advanced medium short takeoff and landing (STOL) transport wi I] |1 id<
the capabilities of the aerial refueler transport squadron. Th< Lnci
efficiency of the intelligence collection agencies will produce Lncrea
data. The complete MAGIS will process the information and dissei Lnati
intelligence to the tactical commander.

b. Improvements in communications equipment will upgrade communica-

tions and data flow and will produce increased demands for training and
logistic support. The influence on MAW communications created by the new
equipment being introduced during this period is similar to th^t discussed
in Section 2C for the Marine division. The majority of the equipment is
the same. See the matrix for MAW communications equipment, Figure 3-9 for
a complete list of communications equipment being fielded in the Q-2
period. Figure 3-10 displays all weapons and equipment developments (less
communications) for period Q-2.

30 9. WING ORGANIZATION

a. Marine Wing Headquarters Squadron

(1) Tactical Combat Operations (TCP) System within Marine Corps

Aviat ion.—The TCO system within the Marine aircraft wing will be employed
by the MWCS and the Marine air base squadrons of the MAG's. The TCO will
interoperate with the Tactical Air Operations Center-85 (TAOC-85) and will
be used essentially to handle the planning functions for the Tactical Air
Commander.

(2) Global Positioning System (GPS).—The Marine Corps is moni-

toring a joint program to develop a navigational system which uses time and
ranging to determine global positioning. A space-based radio navigation
system, GPS, when combined with accurately positioned ground stations, will
provide the capability to precisely determine three-dimensional position
(azimuth, elevation, range), velocity, and reference time throughout the
globe. The IOC date for full system operation is 1984. Potential applica-
tion of GPS include air surveillance, control of aircraft and missiles,
survey of organic radars, directing attack aircraft to specific targets,
and navigation.

(3) Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPV's).—An examination of the

entire field of RPV's is being made with an eye toward the possibility of
establishing a family of RPV's for the Marine Corps inventory. These RPV's
'.11 be capable of un~-
de
a
a".
LFOSS. An IOC of 1984 is envisioned.

3-71

'.-J
 15B
•' - HWCS ••.-, V, •".v «.-,

2
H] 1 EB MU A A A A A
1 - '
A A A
•

.. . A
1
: MS • SWITCH

H 1 "•••:• I
• . . El '•• H A A A A
•

u a.
.- •.
Mi TRC-11
M * HA: : A A A A
£ a
oo
iA A A
Mi MRSCJ

Z K S " •
v> o f* w A A A A
AN 'UXC-4

<
-*
w
U
TA-954
[DIGITA] | M Ml A A A A A
2 >
lü tu AN/PSG-I ^
1
BURST • MM 0EVIC1 A A A A A
HRTT
A A A A A
j- r •
AN TSO-IH
(COMM TECH ' ', A A A A A
IU >• c
A
C C
u -
< o

tu
u
< Q.
U. t-.
a. z>
CJ O

(COMSEC DEVICE] A A A A A
8G-81
A A A A A
KG-92
(COMSEC DEVICE] A A A A
o
tu
w
u
U
«
KG-3)
(COMSEC DEVI '• A A A A A
s:
C
U
>
UJ
Q
KG- 84
(COMSEC ; EV1 :E A A A A A
KG-9 3
(COMSEC DEVI •! A A A A A
KGX-9 J
(COMSEC DEVICE) A A A A A
TSBC/KY-68,-78
(SECURE DIGITAL PHONE) A A A A A
Figure 3-9.—Communications Equipment, Marine Aircraft Wing, Q-2 Period.

3-72

—
 determined where this equipment will eventually be located. The RPV best
suited to the Marine Corps needs will be selected by aviation personnel and
an organization in the Marine aircraft wing will probably operate it.

(a) Intelligence Analysis Center (IAC).--The IAC provides

the capability to stort processed intelligence data, correlate new data
with a master intelligence data base, perform analyses of the information,
and generate the reports required for proper dissemination of the intelli-
gence in support of the wing commander. (For more details, see Section
1C.) This is a subsystem of MAGIS.

b. Marine Air Control Group

(1) Marine Air Traffic Control Squadron.--The Marine Corps is

monitoring DoD, as well as Army, Navy, and Air force testing of commercial
microwave airborne receivers which will become part of the National Micro-
wave Landing System (NMLS). This system will provide autopilot-coupled
approaches and landings at established airfields, and approach and naviga-
tional guidance for all aircraft at expeditionary airfields. The approach-
es and landings at established airfields will be equivalent to those avail-
able with the prototype ground systems.
(2) Marine Air Control Squadron

(a) Tactical Air Operations Center-1985 (TA0C-b5).—TAOC-85

will provide the means by which the MAGTF commander can control and coor-
dinate those aspects of the air war not performed by specific functional
systems, such as the tactical combat operations system and the Marine inte-
grated fire and air support system. TAOC-85 focuses on execution of t..e
tactical air commander's air plans to enhance the capability to coordinate
offensive air support with ground control of interceptors, SAM units, and
en-route and itinerant air traffic control. The TAOC-85 is an on-line, se-
cure, automated, tactical air command and control system for receiving,
processing, storing, and disseminating selected information for effective
combat air operations. It will replace the currently fielded A:O/TYQ-2
(TAOC) and AN/TYQ-3 (TDCC).

(b) AN/TPS-59 Radar Set.—The AN/TPS-59, a lightweight,

solid-state radar currently undergoing IOT&E, will replace the AN/TPS-22
radar in 1980-1985 period and become the primary sensor for the TAOC. The
AN/TPS-59 will be used primarily as a long range, ground control intercept
(GCI) and air surveilance radar. It uses a mechanically rotated, phased
array, modular antenna and possesses extensive ECCM capabilities. It is
compatible with the Marine tactical data system (MTDS) and is capable of
autonomous operation. The IOC is FY 83.

(c) AN/TPS-32( ) Radar Set.—The AN/TPS-32( ) three dimen-

tional radar provides range, azimuth, and height of detected targets to the
TAOC. An improvement program is underway to improve reliability, maintain-
ability, and life cycle cost. The IOC is FY 1983.

(3) Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion, MACG.—Improved HAWK

follow-on developments (surface-to-air missile systems) that will become
operational during the years 198Ü through 1985 are being identified, and
studied to determine which system will best meet the 1985-1990 Marine Corps
operational requirements in the low- to medium-altitude, medium-range, air
defe se sector.

3-73

L _» «>-•*«
 (4) Marine Wing Communication Squadron.--The radio central
control group AN/TRA-( ) is ä radio system under development with an IOC
date of 1984. This system placed in a standard shelter will serve as the
air-ground link for elements of the Marine Air Command and Control System.
It is configured to accept up to 15 receiver-transmitters (HF, VHK, and
UHF) .

(5) Marine Air Support Squadron, MASS.—The arrival of the

Marine integrated fire and air support system (MIFASS) in the FMF could
have a major impact on the MASS. Within MIFASS, the fire and air support
center (FASC) of the division will combine the functions of the present
FSCC and the DASC. Present planning calls for testing in both the present
configuration (i.e., separate but collocated air and fire support
activities at division level) as well as testing in totally integrated
FASC. The results of the engineer and operational testing may call for a
revision to, or dissolution of, the MASS.

c. Marine Aerial Refueler Transport Squadron.--The USAF is develop-

ing an advanced medium STOL transport (AMST) aircraft to replace its C-130
force. The Marine Corps is monitoring this developmental effort for a fol-
low-on for its KC-130 in the 1980 and beyond time frame. A computer-as-
sisted preliminary design of the aircraft is being conducted by the Naval
Air Development Center to create an ideal solution for the KCX requirement.
The design will be used as a baseline against which to compare candidate
aircraft like the YC-14 and YC-15. The results of the AMST program to date
indicate that the desired Marine Corps aerial refueler of the future can be
realized with a significant increase in tactical airlift capability.

d. Fighter/Attack Marine Aircraft Group

(1) F-18.—The Marine Corps F-4 fighter aircraft will require

replacement beginning in FY 83. The most likely candidate is the F-18.
The F-18 is a single place, twin engine, high performance fighter/attack
aircraft. Mission requirements include all-weather fighter capability and
all-weather avionics. Armament is carried on nine store stations for a
total capability of nearly 14,000 pounds. These stations offer the flexi-
bility of a full complement of air-to-air and conventional air-to-ground
weapons, as well as guided bombs. A cannon will be mounted in the fuselage
ahead of the cockpit.

(2) AV-8B Advanced Harrier.—The development ana validation of

the V/STOL, concept for light attack aircraft has been accomplished within
the Marine aviation. During the Q-l period, successful integration of new
U. S. technology will be incorporated into the proven Harrier V/STOL con-
cept to produce th? AV-8B. Technological advances to be incorporated will
include more lift in the short take-off (STO) and vertical take-off (VTO)
modes, better cruise efficiency, and the introduction of a supercritical
wing and improved aircraft systems. The AV-8B will be capable of improved
maneuvering with thrust vector control, increased payload and radius of ac-
tion, will be more reliable, will require less maintenance, and will be
more operationally efficient. The IOC date is FY-85.

e. Helicopter Marine Aircraft Group (MAG (VH))

(1) Marine Heavy Helicopter Squadron, MAG (VH).—The Marine

Corps inventory of CH-53A aircraft is programmed to undergo a modification
commencing in FY 80 to convert the aircraft to the CH-5JF. The CH-5JF will

3-74
 —

incorporate uprated engines, ela.-.tomer ic rotoi head and external range

tanks in addition to a number of reliability and maintainability improve-
ments .

(2) Marine observation Squadron.--The Marine Corps is presently

involved in establishing an Operational Requirement for a follow-on air-
craft to assume the mission of the OV-10. The requirement has been stat< i
and i:i in staffing and an IOC of l-'Y 85 is anticipated.

f. Marine Tactical Reconnaissance Squadron.—There is presently in

existence a stated requirement for a lollow-on aircraft to the Marine Corps
RF-4B. There are various systems being considered, including remotely
piloted vehicles (RPV), tactical aerial reconnaissance pods (TARPS), ana
dedicated aircraft (F-18). The stated IOC date is FY öl.

Figure 3-10.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft Wing, 0-2 Period.

3-75

'.;
 SECTION JU

MARINE AIR WING

0-3 (1989-1993)

310. GENERAL

Research and development projects are not expected to change the mis-
sion, organization, or concept of employment of the MAW. The introduction
Of a mobile surface-to-air missile system will fulfill the requirement; Eoi
low-
<*JW— to
i_u medium-altitude
LiicuumraiL ILUUL' JIL air uei_ense,
defense, anu
and the i.ne iincorporation
neu L |JU t 3 u IUM of data ilinks
ui udLd liir.'.
f rom remotely piloted vehicles will enhance target acquisition and target
des
esignation
ig for terminally guided munitions. Developments reaching their
IOC's
, * • I .
during
,j :
the
*. i. ., -\
Q-3-> : .- .1
period _u —._
are shown ; ..
in 1.1
the .. .. : ..
matrix .. ..
at i. u —
the endi of _ r ». i_ : _
this
section. (Figure 3-11, and 3 •12.)

311. WING ORGANIZATION

a. Marine Aircraft Wing

b. Marine Air Control Group

(1 ) Marine Air Traffic Control Squadron, MACG

(2) Light Antiaircraft Missile Battalion, MACG. —The Ma r I tie

Corps is considering surface-to-air weapons which will be operational
during 1980-1985 and will conduct a feasibility study to determine which
system, to be designated mobile surface-to-air missile (MSAM), will best
meet the operational requirement of low- to medium-altitude, medium-rangi
air defense for the 1980-1990 period. Although it is impracticable for the
Marine Corps to develop and logistically support a unique SAM system, anal-
ysis of this alternative is deemed necessary because of the unsuitability
of presently emerging Army SAM systems. The PATRIOT system would be a le-
sirable solution, but cost and weight militate against its adoption. The
Marine Corps requirements for fire unit target handling capabilities and
range and altitude intercept capabilities exceed the capabilities of the
ROLAND II system. The objectives of the study are to shorten the time
required to activate a site; to improve mobility, missile performance, and
simultaneous engagement capability; and to reduce system susceptibility to
ECM. These objectives will be achieved by synthesizing components (seek-
ers, guidance sections, autopilots, airframes, propulsion, acquisition sen-
sors, and data links) from existing candidates into a weapons systtm which
will meet the MSAM required operational capability.

(•3) Marine Wing Communications Squadron. --The AN/TRC-( ); a

multichannel configuration of the AN/GRC-( ) will replace the AN/MRC-134,
-135 during the Q-3 period. See the Marine division section lor further
details. Figure 3-11 reflects this single communications development in
the Q-3 period.
Marine Attack Squadron, MAG (VF/VA)

(1) Airborne Target Acqusition Joint Test SEEKVAL. -The ef-

fectiveness of current and proposed air-to-ground weapons system is limited
by the ability to acquire enemy targets in preparation for attack by either
fix- or rotary-winged aircraft. A DoD program is evaluating alternative
systems arid techniques for acquiring targets for combat air support mis-
sions. The program includes an evaluation of concepts and techniques for

3-77

- • !!<•• I 1 II
 -1
camouflage and concealment of ground targets to avoid detection fron, air-
craft ami the use ; data Link to acquire targets from remotely piloted
vehicles (iU'Vs) and other weapons. The ioc date is to be determined. The
SEEKVAL joint test Eorce ei I irt ha been completed and a tinal report IMS
b< en subroitt>-,i.

:. Mar me Med iuiii He 1 icopt.it S-juadt on, MAG (VH ) .—The Marine Corps
inventory of CH-4 6 aircraft, ,purchased in the early 60':; and modernized in
the late 70's, will require replacement in th L986-1990 time frame. The
Marine Corps is actively participating in the Cat A VSTOL program to iirni a
replacement for the CH-46. The significant increase in speed/range which
is souqht in the VSTOL program will, if successful, provide .> juantuni jump
in assault aircraft capability. (Figure 3-12.)

MW< !S

•s.
z
.:' AN, TRC-( )
... (MUX RADIO)

'•'• M

•
A A
L:

Figure 3-11.--Communications Equipment, Marine Aircraft Wing, Q-3 Period.

Figure (-12.—Weapons and Equipment, Marine Aircraft King, Q-3 Period.

3-78
 SECTION 4A
FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GROUP
197 9 BASELINE

401. MISSION, TASKS, AN» FUNCTIONS

a. Mission.—To provide sustained combat service support Eoi a

Marine division and Marine aircraft wirvj (MAW), including geographically
separated components thereof, when in garrison, employed sepai it< ... is a
Marine Amphibious Force (MAP), or Marine Air-Ground Task Force (MA I
below MAF level, in the amphibious assault, und subsequent operations
ashore. (See Figure 4-1).

FLEET
MARINE
FORCE

MARINE FORCE
MARINF SERVICE
DIVISION AIRCRAFT
WING SUPPORT
GROUP

Figure 4-1.--Command Relationships.

Tasks

(1) Provide both general and direct supply ipporl i . •

the MAF and other Fleet Marine Force (FMF) unit i a r< [uin I.

(2) Provide general engineer support to th< •• , :K.

(3) Provide general motoi transport ipport t I

(4) Provide all of the MAF's Lntermediat< •• rt.

(5) Provide medical support to the MAGTI .

(fa) Provide dental support to thi MAGTI .

(7) Maintain and operate the opei iti mal ri idin< float (ORF)
for the MAGTF.

(8) Provide sustained combat service support * two deployed

Marine Amphibious Brigades (MAB's) or tour deployed Mai im amphibious Units
(MAU's) operating independently.

(9) Plan, coordinate, anil supervise the provisi >n oi bat

service support to the landing force.

(10) Plan, coordinate, and supervise the internal Logistics func-

4-1

*.—-
tions o[ headquarters and service (H&S) battalion«

(IL) Support the landing and assault phases ot amphibious opera-

t ions.
(l ^) \SSU.MI- : ill responsibilities for overall combat service sup-
port for the MAF less those responsibilities inherent to the division and
wina commanders.

402. CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATION

The torce service support group (PSSG) consists of a headquarters ana

service battalion, supply battal ion, maintenance battalion, engineer sup-
port battalion, motor transport battalion, medical battalion, landing sup-
port battalion, and a dental battalion. These battalions are structured to
support the assigned mission of the FSSG. (See Figure 4-.'.)

34 49T

FORCE SERVICE
SUPPORT GROUP
340-6013 184-6 57

344 8T 3348T 324 0T

HEADQUARTERS AND SUPPLY MAi.VTi::.
SERVICE BATTALION BATTALION BAT.
115-958 H-63 57-1047 4-33 51 -1243 l-

3758T 4648T 3 8 5 8N

ENGINEER SUPPORT MOTOR TRANSPORT MEDICAL

BATTALION BATTALION IiATTALION
45-1187 2-13 29-706 5- 196 90- 420

3148T 3S50N

LANDING SUPPORT DENTAL

BATTALION BATTALION
38-672 1-0 0-4 75-123

Figure 4-2.--Force Service Support Groui

4-2
 a. Command and Control.--The FSSG commander exercises command and
control of the FSSG through the FSSG staff, battalion, and company command-
ers.

b. Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited t individual

and automatic weapons for security.

c. Mobilxty.—The FSSG is vehicular transportable and contains suf-

ficient general and special purpose transportation to effect displacement.

d. Intelligence.—A G-2 intelligence section is organized to provide

intelligence support to the FSSG. The intelligence capability is limited
to the processing of technical information relative to the FSSG's physical
environment.

403. CONCEPT OF EMPLOYMENT

The FSSG is the combat service support element of the MAF. It assumes
the full responsibilities for overall combat service support for the MAF
less those responsibilities inherent to the division and wing commanders.
To support the landing and assault phases of amphibious operations, the
FSSG task organizes and joins the division shore party elements that are
required to support and sustain the division. When the landing force is
established ashore, those attachments revert back to the FSSG which assumes
control of and responsibility for the landing force combat service support
requirements as outlined in the primary mission. The FSSG staff is organ-
ized to plan, coordinate, and supervise the provision of combat service
support to the landing force. Responsibilities are discharged through the
FSSG headquarters within the H4.S battalion consisting of a commander and an
executive staff. The battalion's supply section is organized to plan,
coordinate, and supervise the internal logistics functions of the battalion
and a force service support section (FSSS) is provided as the FSSG command-
er's operational manager of the FSSG battalions. Within the FSSS, there
are two MAB plans and control units which provide the command and control
nucleus of the CSS elements provided by the FSSG to the MAB's, as well as
MAGTF's below MAB level. The FSSG is capable of providing balanced detach-
ments in support of MAGTF's below MAF level. It is capable of providing
detachments for the simultaneously sustained combat service support for two
MAB's, each operating independently, or it can support, in a similar man-
ner, up to four MAU' s, each operating independently. It should be noted
that this total capability is not cumulative, but reflects the FSSG's capa-
bilities in an (either/or MAF, two MAB's, or four MAU's) operational en-
vironment.

404. ADMINISTRATIVE CAPABILITY

Major subordinate elements of the FSSG are capable of self-administra-

tion.

405. LOGISTICAL CAPABILITIES

a. Maintenance
(1) Organic.—Capable of organizational (first and second eche-
lon) maintenance on all equipment organic to the FSSG.

(2) Support.—Capable of providing all intermediate (third and

fourth echelon) maintenance for the MAF.

4-3
 —

b. Supply.—Capable of providing 01 |anic supi Ly ipport for

FSSG. Capable of providing both |< neraJ and lired . . ipport missioi
for the entire MAF and other FMF units as ri (uired.

c. communicat ions.--The FSSG is organized to provide internal com-

munication support between all levels of co md tot continual control oi
subordinate units as required.

d. Me>lical.--Capable oi providing medical/dental service support for

the FSSG and the MAÜTF.

e. Transportation.—Cdpanle of providing organic transprrtation in-

cident to the accomplishment of the primary mission. Each battalion of tr.e
FSSG is capable of providing its own light organic motor transportal i
The FSSG is capable of providing general support requirements to the HAGTI .
it is further capable of pi ividing augmentation support to the division and
w iIKJ .

f. Food Service.—Capable of operating dining facilities at

battalion level, both in garrison anil in the field.
406. ORGANIZATION

a. Headquarters and Service Battalion

(1 ) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

(a) Miss ion.--To provide command, control, administration,
communications, security, automatic data processing, and beach and port
operations for the FSSG. To provide supporting services to the MAF in the
amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore to include general sup-
port data processing, disbursing, postal, exchange, ..each and port opera-
tions, shipping and receiving, and air delivery. To provide command cen-
tral communications efforts of the combat service support elements of the
MAGTF's below MAF size.

(b) Tasks

1_ Provide internal communication support for geo-

graphically separate logistic support areas.

2_ Provide communication support between geographi-

cally separated logistic support areas.

3_ Provide multichannel radio terminals between the

headquarters of the FSSG, division, and wing support group (WSG).

_4_ Provide personnel and equipment for the loading and

unloading movement of supplies at a port, railroad, airhead, beach, and in
dumps or depots.

_5 Develop and maintain skills in cargo handling oper-

ations to include container handling and management.

_6_ Furnish labor, supervision for unskilled labor, and

equipment for assignment to division or wing elements on independent mis-

4-4
 Provide material handling equipment support to nu
FSSG requirements anii to augment the MAF as required.

a Provide air delivery support in support of the MAF

.1 . ! •• • | 1 1 l'1-.l .

9 Provide the command and control element to run a

colored beach in support of the MAF as required.

10 Provide air freight operations capability as re-

quired.

11 Provide all of the disbursing functional support

for the MAF.

12 Provide all of the postal functional support for

the MAF.

IS Provide all of the exchange functional support for

the MAF.

14 Provide all of the U. S. Marine Corps automated

data processing (ADP) functional support [or the MAF on a nondedicated
basis .

15 Provide reproduction functional support for the

FSSG and backup support for the division and wing capabilities.

lb Provide beach and landing zone security and traffic

control to prevent congestion and pilfering.

17 Provide convoy escort as required.

18 Enforce laws, orders, and regulations applicable to

the area of operation.

19 Provide for the evacuation, processing, guarding,

and custody of enemy prisoners of war and civilian detainees/internees.

20 Conduct suspect, prisoner, and area searches as

appropriate to the assigned mission.

21 Provide sentry handler/dog capability for the

security of key installations and facilities as may be directed.

22 Provide scout handler/dog capability for the

support of offensive operations as may be directed.

23 Maintain a kennel facility for scout and sentry

dogs organic to the battalion.

24 Provide a company headquarters for the necessary

logistics support of the battalion.

25 Conduct investigation and crime prevention.

26 Provide food services support for the FSSG.

4-5
 I" • " " «

(2) Concept ot" Organ uat ion.—The H&S battalion consists of u

H&S company, service company, :ommunication company, ami military police
company. (See Figure 4—3.)

3 44 8T

HEADQUARTERS AND
SERVICE BATTALION
126-11.51 11-63

3447T 3445 T | 344 J'I

HEADQUARTERS AND SERVICE C MMt '.: CA1 IONS

SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY C IMPANV
80-458 11-63 27- 245 -255

3444N

MILITARY POLICE
H
COMPANY*
11-193
* CADRE

Figure 4-3.—Headquarters and Service Battalion

(a) Command and Control.--The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the battalion staff
and the company commanders.

(b) Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited to

individual and automatic weapons for security.

(c) Mobi1ity.—The battalion is not considered to be a

mobile unit due to the extent and complexity of resident equipment and
requires support from motor transport battalion to effect displacement.

(d) Intel 1igence.—None organic. Support is provided by

the group G-2 section. Elements of the battalion assist in providing
technical intelligence as required.

(3) Concept of Employment.—The IUS battalion is organized to

consolidate within a single battalion the internal support activities of
the FSSG and smaller service support activities as stated in the mission
and as required by the FSSG and a MAF or lesser elements of the force.
Units of the battalion are capable of task organization to meet the re-
quirements of the particular service support for which they are responsi-
ble. The operational units operate primarily in assigned support areas and
in support of the FSSG and MAF. Staff elements of the FSSG headquarters

4-6

*.i.
 I ... .III>M»I»*BJI *•« 1.1 111*11.11.

operate within one or both force logistic support areas. Battalion head-
quarters sections locate and operate within one or both force logistic
support areas. Battalion staff and company personnel will be located in
force logistic support areas to perform assigned missions. Data processing
support elements may be organized with support activities elements in order
to provide regional data processing support. Service company, and communi-
cations company are structured to provide external logistic support as
stated in their missions.

(4) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance
1 Organ ic.—Capable of providing organizational (first
and second echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Intermediate
(third and fourth echelon) maintenance support is provided by maintenance
battalion, FSSG.

_2_ Support.—None.

(b) Supply.—Capable of performing organic logistic supply

support for the battalion.

(c) Commun ication.—Capable of providing communication

support, as required, to the FSSG in garrison and when deployed in either
one or two force logistic support areas.

(d) Med ical.—Support is provided by the group medical sec-

tion, H&S company, Ht,S battalion, FSSG.

(e) Transportation.--Capable of performing operations as

set forth in the mission (to include unit distribution of supplies) with
organic transportation.
(f) Food Service.—Capable of operating a single consoli-
dated dining facility to subsist Hi<S battalion, motor transport battalion,
supply battalion, and maintenance battalaion, both in garrison and in the
field. Capable of providing up to three separate dining facilities to sup-
port task organized elements of the FSSG.

(b ) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

1 Mission.—To provide for the internal support activ-

ities of the FSSG in the amphibious assault and in subsequent operations
ashore to include command, control, administration, organic supply, and
motor transport.

_2_ Tasks

a_ Provide command and control for the operations

of the FSSG in support of the MAF.

4-7
 b^ Provide organizational (second echelon) mainte-
nance on H(>S battalion engineer, motor transport, and ordnance equipment.

C Provide food service support for the FSSG.

d_ Provide ground motor transport support for the
internal support activities of the FSSG in the amphibious assault and in
subsequent operations ashore.

e^ Provide command and control for organic and at-

tached units of the battalion in the amphibious assault and in subsequent
operations ashore.

(b) Concept of Urganization.—the H&S company consists of a

group command section containing a chief of staff (C/S) section; G-l, G-2/
G-i, and G-4 section; comptroller section; force combat service support
section; legal section, adjutant section; chaplain section; career planning
section; special services section; education/personnel affairs section;
public affairs section; medical section; dental section; battalion head-
quarters containing a command section, S-1/adjutant section, admin assist-
ance unit, S-3 section, S-4 section, and battalion supply section, and a
motor transport/maintenance platoon consisting of a truck section, mainte-
nance section, engineer maintenance/power section; food services platoon;
and company headquarters.
l_ Command and Control.—A company headquarters is pro-
vided to command and control of organic and attached elements. The FSSG
commander utilizes the FSSG staff element in the performance of his respon-
sibilities.

_2_ F irepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual and automatic weapons for security.

_3 Mobility.--The company is not considered to be a

mobile unit due to the extent and complexity of resident equipment and re-
quires support from motor transport battalion, FSSG to effect displacement.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The H6.S company is structured

to provide command and control for the operation of the FSSG in support of
the MAF and the H&S battalion, and also provides those same elements in
support of lesser MAGTF's. The major items of equipment are shown on the
following page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-l/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

_1 Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of providing organizational

(first and second echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Intermed-
iate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance support is provided by mainte-
nance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—Capable of providing organizaional

(second echelon) maintenance on H&S battalion engineer, motor transport,
and ordnance equipment.

4-8

L__
r 16F
_2 Supply.—Capable of performing organic supply sup-
port functions.

_3 Medical.--Support is provided by the group medical

section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

HEADQUARTERS i SERVICE COMAPNY, HJ.S BATTALION, ESSG

2 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD

1 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56
2 Bucket, Multi-Purpose, 2-1/4 yd Cap. Drott 4-in 1
2 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Cal, M121A1
8 Forklift Attachment 10,000 lb, Cap, Oscillating PL-21910
8 Tractor, Rubber Tired, Articulated Steer, 72-31IMP
35 Truck, Forklift, 05-3354
25 Truck, Forklift, Rough Terrain, MC-4000
3 Semi-Trailer, Van, Expansible, 6-Ton, 4-Whl, M313
52 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
21 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
12 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
14 Trailer, Tank, Water, 40U Gal, M149A1
2 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
3 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886
28 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
30 Truck, Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w/o W, W/PTO, M35A2C
8 Truck, Firefighting, Brush, M530CB
1 Truck, Firefighting, Structural MS30CS
4 Truck, Tank, Water, 1000 Gal, 2-l/2T,6x6, M50A2
3 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w/Wn,
M49A2C
55 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 TrucJ-, Wrecker, 5T, bx6, M543A2
9 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Night Vision Goggles, Individual AN/PVS-5
4 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon AN/TVS-5
4 Telescope, Observation W/E M49

4_ Transportation.--The company is capable of providing

organic motor transport incident to its stated mission.

5_ Food Service.—Capable of providing food service

support to the group both in garrison and in the field as required.
(7) Service Company

I a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

1_ Miss ion.—To provide service support for the MAF in

garrison, and to provide support for deployment of MAGTF's smaller than a
MAF. To provide backup support for reproduction capabilities provided by
the division and the winy.
•
2 Tasks

;
 16B
a^ Provide all of the disbursing functional support
for the MAF.

Provide all of the postal functional support for

the MAF.

c_ Provide all of the exchange functional support

Cor the MAF.

d_ Provide all of the U. S. Marine Corps ADP func-

tional support for the MAF on a nondedicated basis.

_e Provide reproduction functional support for the

FSSG and backup support for the division and winy capabilities.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The service company is organ-

ized to provide command and control over the platoons organic to the com-
pany. The platoons are structured to provide subsections in each of the
functional capabilities for support of the MAF. The company consists of a
reproduction section, disbursing platoon, postal platoon, exchange platoon,
force automated services center (medium), and company headquarters.
_1_ Command and Control.--The company commander executes
the normal command and staff functions.

_2_ Firepower.—Capability is limited to light infantry

weapons

_3_ Mobil ity.—None organic. To effect displacement re-

quires support from motor transport battalion, FSSG.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The service company will pro-

vide task organized elements to perform the functions contained in the unit
mission. The nature of these functions are such that the task elements may
perform their particular service at widely separated locations and are not
necessjrily restricted to the immediate objective area. The major items of
equipment are shown below.

SERVICE COMPANY, H&S BATTALION, FSSG

Modular, Relocatable Bldg, GP, Prefab.

Air Conditioner, MSC Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
28 Air Conditioner, MC, Standard, Skd-Mtd, A/E 32C-39
1 Machine Gun,. 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Ma intenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of providing organizational

(first and second echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons.

_b Support.—None.

4-10

-- - ___ ----- —. „«-,...

 •w

2_ Supply.—None organic. Support is provided by H&S

company, IKS battalion, FSSG.

J_ Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, Hi.S battalion, FSSG.

_4 Transportation.—None organic. Support is provided

by HiS battalion, FSSG.

S_ Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

K6S battalion, FSSG.

(8 ) Communication Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

1_ Mission.--To provide radio, communication center,

and wire facilities for all units of the FSSG in garrison and in the am-
phibious assault, to include subsequent operations ashore; to provide com-
munications with and between other units of the force.

2_ Tasks

a^ Provide internal communication support for geo-

graphically separated logistic support areas.

_b Provide communication support between geograph-

ically separatee) logistic support areas.

_c Provide multichannel radio terminals between the

headquarters of the FSSG, division, and wing.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The company consists of a

company headquarters, radio platoon, message center platoon, and wire pla-
toon. The platoons are oryanized to facilitate assignment of groupments or
elements to the various task organizations of the FSSG.

l_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company communications and electron-
ics matters.
2_ Firepower.—Capability is limited to light infantry
weapons. Capable of defense against infiltration or light guerilla type
units.

_3_ Mobil ity.--Capable of limited displacement with or-

ganic motor transportation. Requires heavy motor transport support from
the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons and/or
sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The communication company pro-

vides for internal communications, communication center teams, radio, and
wire teams to the FSSG in garrison and when deployed in either one or two
force logistic support areas. Provides communication support for detacn-
ments of the FSSG in support of isolated units. Provides communications,
as required, with other units of force. May require augmentation in pro-
viding sustained long haul communications between force logistic support

4-11

m M—^*. . '..,
 areas and/or between the FSSG headquarters and other units of the (force.
The major items of equipment are shown below.

(d) Admin ist rat ive Capabi1itles.--None. Consolidated ü:id« i

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable ot" providing organizational

(first and second echelon) maintenance on all equipment authorized.

ii Support.—None.

COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY, H&S BATTALION, FSSG

1 Commu -lications Central, AN/TGC-37(V)

3 Communications Central, AN/TSC-15
16 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
20 Rad io Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
8 Radio Set, A.N/GRC-160
8 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
12 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
10 Rad io Set, AN/MRC-110
19 Radio Set, AN/PRC-4 7
2 Radio Set, AN/PKC-75A
58 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
4 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-134
8 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
10 Had io Terminal Set, AN/TRC-lbb
2 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
20 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
6 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic, SB-3614(V)TT
2 Switchboard, Telephone, Cordless, Manual, SB-3082(V)2/GT
3 Teletypewriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
7 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trailer, Cargo, 3./4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
2 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
2 Truck Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck Cargo, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M35A2C
7 Truck Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
4 N l g h t Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

A. Supply.—Capable of performing organic supply sup-

port functions.

_3_ Medica I .--None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.
>
_4_ Transportat ion.--Capable of performing operations as
set forth in the mission with organic transportation.

4-12
 j_ Food Service».--None oi-j uiio. Support is provided uy
Hi. S battalion, FSSG.

(9) Military Police Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

J_ Miss ion.--To provide command and Logistic functi

for the company and provide area and command oriented support, including
traffic control, convoy escort, law enforcement« circulation control of
individuals, physical security, crime prevention, invest! • •' ; •:, and Lii Lt-
ed counterinsurgency operations as directed; and to provide a scout/sentry
dog capability to support combat operations of the c iny and other FM1
units as required.

2_ Tasks

a^ Provide beach and landing zone security ind

traffic control to prevent congestion and pilfering.

_b Provide convoy escort as required.

c_ Enforce laws, orders, and regulations appl ical

to the area of operation.

_d Provide for the evacuation, processing, juard-

ing, and custody of enemy POW's and civilian detainees/internees.

_e Conduct suspect, prisoner and av i

appropriate to the assigned mission.

_t_ Provide sentry handler dog caj .::..• Eoi t....

security of key installations and facilities as : ly :>• lir< :t< ;.

j_ Provide scout handler/dog caj -: Llitj foi

support of offensive operations as may be directed.

_h_ Maintain a kennel facility fur scout md enti

dogs organic to the company.

_i Provide a company headquart« i I I • • • •

logistics support of the company.

j_ Conduct investigation and crime pn ention.

(u) Concept of organization.--::.- .-.:./ is • ..•

provide' command and control over the platoons organic to I .
company consists of a military police platoon, thr< • traffic plal ns,
scout dog platoon, sentry dog platoon, ant: criminal Lnv< tigatioi
which are controlled by the company headquarters. The compai
plans« directs, and supervises the execution of missions signed th<
pany.

J_ Command and Control. —The .• • in :oi andei lii

anil controls all matters pertaining to company logistic suj pott.

_2^ F irepower .--Capable of defending I • I itl il i id-

quarters against infiltration by snail groups of the enemy. :'•• curitj • . -

A 1 i

1
• , . ..
merits are armed witli light infantry weapon.1

i_ Mob 11 ity. —The military police company is helicopter

transportable. Its organic capability to displace is base.] on foot ana/or
transportation provided by the battalion or supported unit.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company headquarters pri-

ma r l ly provides internal logistics, security, and working space facilities
tor the company. The military police platoon provides convoy escort, evac-
uat l ons, processing, guarding, and custody of enemy/ POW'a and civilian
deta inees/internees. The traffic platoons provide beach, landing zone, and
traf fie control to prevent congestion and pilfering. The scout dog platoon
will normally be employed in support of offeni ive operations of infantry
un i t s or elements of the MAF. The sentry dog platoon will normally be
empl oyed in support of defensive operations of the battalion and/or oilier
unit i os directed The criminal investigation section conducts investiga-
t ion s and provides the MAF with a t: une prevention capability. Tne major
item s of eqipment are shown below.

MIL IW POLICE cuMi'A'jy, H<»S BATTA;.

5 Radio Set , :ontrol Group, AN/GRA-39A
14 Radio Set , AN GRC-160
6 Radio Set , AN/MRC-109
17 Radio Set , AN/PRC-77
v
2 Trai Ler, '... ; h Lb. Cargo, 1 '4T, 2-WhJ , .4 . •
r
j Truck, Ja rgo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M
•y
Truck, Ut il ity, 1/4T, 4x4, Ml >1A2
l Launcher, Grenade, 40 mm, M JOi
•i Machine G un, 7.62mm, M60
l Night Vis ion Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(d) A 1», in i i.iitive Capaü littles, fit r>11zed under

battalion S-l/adjutant sect ion.

(e) L ogls 11c 11 Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a_ ur ja n ic .--Capable of providing organizational

(first and second echelon) maintenance on infantry weapons.

_b Support. --None.
\
2_
Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-
quarters and service company, headquarters and service uattalion, FSSG.

3_ Med ica I. --None organic. Support is provided uy the

group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportat ion.--None organic. Support is provided

by headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

J5 Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

4-14
 (f) Status.—The military pol i c unpany of the Hf»S battal-
ion, FSSG is presently in a cadre status.

b. Maintenance Battalion

(1! Mission and Tasks

(a) Mission.—To provide intermediate level maintenance

support tor the Marine Corps furnished tactical ordnance, engineer, motor
transport, communications/electronics, and general supply equipment of a
MAF.
(b) Tasks

l_ Provide contact team maintenance to effect on-site

repairs.
2_ Provide end item maintenance at battali >n repair
facilities when such maintenance is beyona the capability of co act team
maintenance.

_3_ Provide technical inspection services in support of

the MAF commander's equipment maintenance program.

4_ Provide intermediate level maintenance and .modifica-

tions on "in-stock" equipment.

_5_ Provide a general support maintenance facility to

support the secondary repairables program.

_G_ Provide an ordnance tracked vehicle recovery capa-

bility.

1_ Provide calibration services for all electrical/

mechanical test/measuring equipment.

8_ Provide intermediate maintenance on major end items

in mount out and the operational readiness float.

9_ Provide technical assistance to the overflow organi-

zational maintenance for supported units as directed by higher headquar-
ters.
10 Provide office machine repair support capability as
required.
(2) Concept of Organization.—The battalion is structured to
provide command and control over subordinate organic units. Responsibil-
ities are discharged through the battalion headquarters consisting of the
commander and executive staff. Maintenance support, provided by the bat-
talion to other units, is coordinated under the staff cognizance of the
maintenance operations section. The S-4 section is organized to plan,
coordinate, and supervise the organic logistic functions of the battalion.
The battalion consists of a Hi»S company, ordnance maintenance company,
motor transport maintenance company, engineer maintenance company, elec-
tronics maintenance company, and a general support maintenance company.
The battalion is structured to facilitate the task organization for main-
tenance support for semimobile intermediate level maintenance facilities,

4-1S

——
whilt- simultaneously providing contact team maintenance • I rward elements
of the various :o is ol MAGTF's. (See Figure 4-4.)

. ;

MAINTENANCE
BATTALION, FSSG
51-1243 1-0

3247T 3243T 32 2 JT
ENGINEER ORDINANCE
HEADQUARTERS AND
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
SERVICE COMPANY
COMPANY COMPANY
12-122 1-Ü
6-142 10-224

3233T 32 5 3T 3263T
MOTOR TRANSPORT ELECTRONICS C ENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE M. wNTENANCE
COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
7-330 5-169 11- 25 )

Figure 4-4 .--Maintenance Battalion.

(a) Command and Control.--The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the battalion staff
and the company commanders.

(b) Fi repower.—Organic firepower capability is limited to

individual weapons for personal security. The battalion is capable of pro-
viding local security and assisting in the defense of its installations
against infiltration.

(c) Communications.--None organic, Support is provided by

the communications company, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(d) Intelligence.—None organic, Support is provided by

the group G-2 section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(e) Mobility.—Certain elements within the battalion are

helicopter and/or fixed-wing aircraft transportable. The battalion re-
quires heavy motor transport support from the motor transport battalion,
FSSG to displace the maintenance installations.

(3) Concept of Employment.—The battalion will establish and op-

erate intermediate level direct and general support maintenance facilities,
under centralized control, in one force logistic support area (LSA) or un-
der decentralized control in two LSA's. When not deployed as a battalion,
it will provide the necessary task organized maintenance/maintenance
control elements to support the different combinations of Marine air-ground
task forces, up to and including two MAB's or four MAU's deployed in widely
separated geographical areas. When the maintenance/maintenance control
elements cannot provide the required intermediate level support, the

4-16

.,,-__-. .
 will be evacuated to the general support element for repair or disposil Ion
as required.

(4: Administrative Capabi 1 it ies.--Capable of selE-admini sti -

t ion.

(3) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

1 Organic.--elements of the battalion are capable of

providing organizational (first and second echelon) maintenance on all
organic equipment.

_2 Support.—Capable of intermediate level (third and

fourth echelon) maintenance on all Marine Corps furnished equipment of the
MAF (except those items which are provided intermediate level maintenance
through Interservice Support Agreements, contractor agreements, etc., as
specified in separate directives from the Commandant of the Marine Corps).

(b) Medical.--None organic, Support is provided by the

group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.
(c) Transportat ion.--Capable of providing organic transpor-
tation incident to the accomplishment of its primary mission.

(d) Supply.--Capable of providing organic supply support.

(e) Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

HiS company, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(6 ) Headquarters and Service Company

(&) Miss ion.—To provide the battalion commander with fa-

cilities for command and control. To provide administration, organic-
supply, ligrt motor transport, maintenance, and service support to the
battalion.
(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a
battalion headquarters containing a S-1/adjutant section, S-2/S-3 section,
S-4/embark.ation section, maintenance operations section, battalion supply
section, battalion motor transport/maintenance platoon containing a util-
ities maintenance section, and a company headquarters. The company is
structured to facilitate task organization for operations in either one or
two force logistic support areas.
1 Command and Control.—The company commander directs
and controls all matters pertaining to company administration and logistic
support.
2 Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited
to individual weapons for personal security.
j Mobility.—Requires heavy motor transport support
from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various sections.
(c) Concept of Employment.—The company may be deployed
under centralized control in one force logistic support area providing com-

4-17

L. —. -- - ..••.. L
 1
mand and administrative facilities for the battalion, or it is capable >i
opei i* Ln«j in two Eorce Logistic support irea i provi iinj the same services
under decentralized conti >i. The company headquartei . is >rganized to
plan, coordinate, and supervise the logistic functions oi the suboi iinate
elements ot" tiie company witii assistance by the batt ilion supply and notoi
transport officers. The major iteras of equipment'are shown below.

:u: ADQUARTERS AMU SERVICE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

UN
i Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PO
I Radiac Set, ANl/PDR-öb
6 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
G Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PO, Skd-Mtd, 5uü Gal, M121AJ
5 Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 60-40UH/
3 Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, lOOkW, 60-400HZ, PPU-742
2 Generator Set, 3kW, 40()Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-021A
20 Generator Set, DF., lOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
14 Generator Set, 30kU, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-005A
7 Generator Set, 30kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A
8 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-006A
1 Generator Set, 60kW, 4-OOHe, Skd-Mtd, MEP-115A
1 Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-007A
L Generator Set, 200kW, 60Hz, Tactical Utility MEP-009A
30 Chassis, Trailer, General Purpose, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M353
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
8 Trailer, Cargo,-1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
24 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M7b2
7 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M8B0
a Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
l Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M53A2
4 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 GA1, 2-1 >:, oxb, w wn, M49A2C
4 Truck, Tractor, ST, 6x6, M52A2
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
6 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB, Flexible M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Admin istrat ive Capabilities.- Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistic Capabilities

jL Maintenance

a_ Organic.--Capable of organizat lona'. (first ech-

elon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of or-ianizational
(second echelon) maintenance on organic motor transport and infantry wea-
pons. Organizational (second echelon) maintenance on all oth^r assigned
equipment is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third
and fourth echelon) maintenance support on all assigned equipment is pro-
vided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—Capable of providing organizational

(second echelon) maintenance on all maintenance battalion infantry weapons
and motor transport vehicle assets, less general support maintenance com-

4-18

• I! •• I III -"*•-*-'
 pany vehicles.

2_ Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply support

for the battalion.

_3 Med ical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, Ht»S battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportation.—Capable of providing light motor

transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.
Additional requirements are provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

5_ Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, Hi,S battalion, FSSG.

(7) Engineer Maintenance Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

l_ Mi^s ion.—To provide intermediate (third and fourth

echelon) maintenance support for Marine Corps engineer equipment of a MAF.

2_ Tasks

ja Provide on-site repair by contact teams.

b^ Provide end item maintenance at company mobile
repair facilities, when such maintenance is beyond the capability of con-
tact team maintenance.

_c Provide technical inspection services in support

of the MAF commander's equipment maintenance program.

_d Provide required maintenance on "in-stock" engi-

neer equipment prior to issue.

e^ Provide technical assistance to, and overflow

organizational maintenance for, supported units as directed by higher head-
quarters.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters containing a maintenance control section, service/
support section, fabric repair section, an engineer equipment maintenance/
repair platoon consisting of a maintenance repair section and utilities
repair section, and an engineer contact maintenance platoon consisting of
three maintenance repair squads and three utilities rtpair squads. The
company is organized to provide the basic structure necessary to facilitate
the task organization for support of a MAF from either one or two force
logistic support areas while operating as an integral part of the mainte-
nance battalion. When not deployed as a company, it is organized to pro-
vide the personnel and support equipment necessary for maintenance of
ground engineer equipment of the different configurations of MAGTF's, up to
and including two MAB's or four MAU's deployed in widely separated geo-
graphical areas.

1 Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

4-19

•* : - _1_
 _2 Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited
to individual weapons for personal security.

3 Mobil ity.--Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various sections
and/or squads.
(c) Concept of Employment.—The primary method of employ-
ment will be by contact teams, equipped to effect on-site repairs, with
evacuation of unserviceable/disabled equipment to back-up company mobile
repair facilities when repair cannot be accomplished on-site. When de-
ployed as a unit in one LSA, or under decentralized control in two LSA's,
the company will operate intermediate maintenance facilities for the repair
of ground engineer equipment as an integral part of maintenance
battalion. The company is structured to provide the appropriate technical
and supervisory personnel and support equipment to form the engineer
.maintenance element of a MAF or MAGTF' s less than MAF size. The major
items of equipment are shown below.

ENGINEER MAINTENANCE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

2 Air Co nditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 36,000 BTU, A/E.32C-24

2 Blast Cleaning Machine, 125 Lb., CJ-200
1 Crane, RT, Rough Terrain, Hydraulic, 30T, DROH 2500
1 Decont aminating Apparatus, PD, Sko-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
1 Forkli ft Attachment, 10,000 lb. Cap., Oscillating, PL-21910
1 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 3,000 gal.
1 Tracto r, Medium, Full Tracked 82-30 FA-M3
1 Tracto r, Rubber-Tired, Articulated Steer, 72-31MP
1 Truck, Forklift, Rough Terrain, MC-4000
4 Weldin g Machine, Arc, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
2 Semi-T railer, Lowbed, 40T, M-870
2 Semi-T railer, Van, Expansible, 6T, 4-Whl, M313
3 Traile r, Amphib, Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Traile r, Tank, Water, 400 Gal., 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
2 Truck, Tractor, 10T, 6x6, W/wn, M123A1C
3 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
2 Machin e Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB, Flexible, M2
6 Mach in e Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned engineer equipment, less vehicular compo-
nents. Organizational (second echelon) maintenance on all other assigned
equipment is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third
and fourth echelon) maintenance support on all assigned equipment, less en-
gineer, is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

4-20
 b Support.—Capable of providing organizational
(second echelon) maintenance -for all maintenance battalion organic engineer
equipment less general support maintenance company. Capable of providing
intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance support on all Marine
Corps furnished engineer equipment of the MAF.

2_ Supply. --None organic. Support is provided by Hi.S

company, maintenance battalion, FSSG.

J_ Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section,Hf»S battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportation.—Capable of providing light motor

transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.
Additional requirements are provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

5_ Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

Hi,S company, (US battalion, FSSG.

(8) Ordnance Maintenance Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1^ Mission.—To provide intermediate (thir" and fourth

echelon) maintenance support for Marine Corps ordnance equipment I a MAF.
_2 Tasks

a_ Provide 01-site repair by contact teams.

b_ Provide end items maintenance at mobile repair

facilities when such maintenance is beyond the capability of contact team
maintenance.

c_ Provide technical inspection services in support

of the MAF commanders equipment maintenance program.

_d_ Provide required maintenance on "in-stock" ord-

nance equipment prior to issue.

e_ Provide an ordnance tracked vehicle recovery

capability as required.

_£_ Provide technical assistance to and overflow

organizational maintenance for supported units as directed by higher head-
quarters.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters containing a maintenance control section and a re-
covery section, tracked vehicle repair platoon, armament repair platoon,
r.nd twe contact maintenance platoons, each containing a tracked vehicle
repair section, infantry weapons repair section, and artillery weapons
repair section. The company is organized to provide the basic structure
necessary to facilitate the task organization for support of a MAF, from
either one or two force LSA's, while operating as an integral part of the
maintenance battalion. When not deployed as a company, it is organized to
provide the personnel and support equipment necessary for maintenance of
ground ordnance equipment of the different configurations of the MAGTF's,

4-21
up to and including two MAB's or four MAU•s deployed in widely separated
geographical areas.

1_ Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3 Mobility.—Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and/or section.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The primary method of employ-

ment will be by contact teams, equipped to effect on-site repairs, with
evacuation of unserviceable/disabled equipment to back-up company mobile
repair facilities when repair cannot be accomplished on-site. When deploy-
ed as a unit in one LSA, or under decentralized control in two LSA's, the
company will operate intermediate maintenance facilities for the repair of
ground ordnance equipment as an integral part of the maintenance battal-
ion. The company is structured to provide the appropriate technical and
supervisory personnel and support equipment to form the ordnance mainte-
nance element of a MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF size. The major items of
equipment are shown below.

ORDNANCE MAINTENANCE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

1 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 300 Gal

1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500-Gal, M121A1
2 Welding Machine, Arc, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
4 Semi-Trailer, Tank Transporter, Joined, 65T,16-Whl, M793
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
6 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
4 Truck, Tractor, 10T, 6x6, M123E2
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
2 Landing Vehicle, Tracked, Recovery, LVTR7
3 Recovery Vehicle, Full Track, w/Radio Set, AN/VRC-76,M51
5 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB, Flexible, M2
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60D
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1^ Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on assigned ordnance equipment less infantry
weapons and motor transport vehicular components. Organizational (second
echelon) maintenance support on all other assigned equipment is provided by

4-22
maintenance battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) main-
tenance support on all assigned equipment, less ground ordnance, is provid-
ed by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

b^ Support.—Capable of providing intermediate

(third and fourth echelon) maintenance support on all Marine Corps furnish-
ed ground ordnance equipment of the MAF.

2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by H&S

company, maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_3_ Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

_4 Transportation.—Capable of providing light motor

transport and heavy transportation of ordnance tracked vehicles incident to
the accomplishment of the company's primary mission. Additional require-
ments are provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(9 ) Motor Transport Maintenance Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1_ Miss ion.—To provide intermediate (third and fourth

echelon) maintenance support for Marine Corps motor transport equipment of
a MAF.

_2 Tasks

a^ Provide-on site repair by contact teams.

_b Provide end item maintenance at company mobile

repair facilities where such maintenance is beyond the capability of con-
tact team maintenance.

_C Provide technical inspection services in support

of the MAF commander's equipment maintenance program.

_d Provide required maintenance on "in-stock" motor

transport equipment prior to issue.

e^ Provide technical assistance to and overflow or-

ganizational maintenance for supported units as directed by higher head-
quarters.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The company consists of a

company headquarters containing a maintenance control section and support
section, and an automobile repair platoon and two automobile contact main-
tenance platoons, each containing two automobile repair sections. The com-
pany is organized to provide the basic structure necessary to facilitate
the task organization for support of a MAF from either one or two force
LSA' s while operating as an integral part of the maintenance battalion.
When not deployed as a company, it is organized to provide the personnel
and support equipment necessary for maintenance of motor transport equip-
ment of' the different configurations of MAGTF's, up to and including two

4-23

••--••
MAB's or four MAU * s deployed in widely separated geograph ical areas.

1_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.--Organlc firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

i_ Mobi1i ty.--Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The primary method of employ-

ment will be by contact teams equipped to effect on-site repairs, with
evacuation of unservicable/disabled equipment to back-up company mobile
repair facilities when repair cannot be accomplished on-site. When deploy-
ment as a unit in one LSA or under decentralized control in two LSA's, the
company will operate intermediate maintenance facilities for the repair of
motor transport equipment as an integral part of the maintenance battalion.
The company is structured to provide the appropriate technical and supervi-
sory personnel and support equipment to form the motor transport
maintenance element of a MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF size. The major
items of equipment are shown below.

MOTOR TRANSPORT MAINTENANCE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

3 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 900BTU, A/E 32C-29

3 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 3,000 Gal
1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PL), Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
2 Welding Machine, Arc, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
2 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
5 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
6 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
2 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
6 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB, Flexible, M2
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on assigned motor transport equipment. Organ-
izational (second echelon) maintenance support on all other assigned equip-
ment is provided by maintenace battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and
fourth echelon) maintenance support on all assigned equipment, less motor
transport, is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

b Support.--Capable of providing intermediate

(third and fourth echelon) maintenance support on all Marine Corps furnish-
ed motor transport equipment of the MAF. Capable of providing organic

4-24

—
 17F
(second echelon) maintenance support tor all maintenance battalion motor
transport equipment less general support maintenance company and Hi«S com-
pany.

2_ Supply.—None organic. Support is provided by H4.S

company, maintenance battalion, FSSG.

3 Medical«—-None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, Hi»S battalion, FSSG.

A_ Transportation.--Capable of providing light motor

transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.

5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

Ht,S company, H*»S battalion, FSSG.

(10) Electronics Maintenance Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

i_ Mission.--To provide intermediate maintenance (third

and fourth echelon) support for all Marine Corps furnished communication-
electronics equipment of a MAF.

2_ Tasks

a_ Provide on-site repair by contact teams.

b_ Provide end item maintenance at company mobile

repair facilities where such maintenance is beyond the capability of con-
tact team maintenance.

C Provide technical inspection services in support

of the MAF commander's equipment maintenance programs.

d Provide required maintenance on "in-stock" com-

munications-electronics equipment prior to issue.

_e Provide technical assistance to end overflow or-

ganizational maintenance for supported units as directed by higher head-
quarters .

f Provide office machine repair support capability

as required.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters containing a maintenance control section; wire platoon
consisting of a wire section and an office machine repair section; radio/
radar platoon containing two radio sections; and an electronics contact
maintenance platoon consisting of three wire squads, two office machine
repair squads, three radio squads, and a small missile maintenance squad.
The company is organized to provide the basic structure necessary to facil-
itate the task organization for support of a MAF from either one or two
force LSA's while operating as an integral part of the maintenance battal-
ion. When not deployed as a company, it is organized to provide the per-
sonnel and support equipment necessary for maintenance of ground communi-
cations-electronics equipment of the different configurations of MAGTF's up
to and including two MAB's or four MAU's deployed in widely separated geo-

-,, — ~ ... .. - ... .. - - L..- .. Lj

 17B
graphical areas.

_! Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

_2_ Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

2_ Mobility.—Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons,
sections, and squads.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The primary method of employ-

ment will be by contact teams, equipped to effect on-site repairs, with
evacuation of unserviceable/disabled equipment to back-up company mobile
repair facilities when repair cannot be accomplished on-site. When deploy-
ed as a unit in one LSA, or under decentralized control of two LSA's, the
company will operate intermediate maintenance facilities for the repair of
ground communications-electronics equipment as an integral part of mainten-
ance battalion. The company is structured to provide the appropriate tech-
nical and supervisory personnel and support equipment to form the communi-
cations-electronics maintenance element of a MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF
size. The major items of equipment are shown below.

ELECTRONIC MAINTENANCE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

1 Rada r Set, AN/PPS-15(V)2

4 Radi o Set, AN/GRC-160
6 Radi o Set, AN/PRC-77
2 Radi o Set, AN/TRC-75
2 Radi o Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Rece iving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
2 Re co rder. Signal Data, RD-376A/ÜSQ
8 Shel ter, Electronics Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
8 Shop , Electronic AN/GRM-94
1 Swit chboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Tran sponder Set, FAC, AN/PPN-18
1 Tran sponder Set, AN/UPN-32
6 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
1 Deco ntaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
2 Trai ler, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trai ler, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
3 True k. Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
8 True k, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, w/o Winch, M54A2C
3 True k, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M55A2
2 True k, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Mach ine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB, Flexible, M2
6 Mach ine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Admin istrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

—. J
 Ü. Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-
lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Capable of organizational
(second echelon) maintenance on communications-electronics equipment and
ordnance equipment less infantry weapons. Organizational (second echelon)
maintenance on all other assigned equipment is provided by maintenance bat-
talion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance support
on all assigned equipment, less communications-electronics, is provided by
maintenance battalion, FSSG.

^j Support.—Capable of providing organizational

(second echelon) maintenance support for all maintenance battalion commu-
nications-electronics equipment less general support maintenance company.
Capable of providing intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance
support on all Marine Corps furnished communications-electronics of the
MAF.

2_ Supply .--None organic. Support is provided by H(>S

company, maintenance battalion, FSSG.

2_ Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, HkS battalion, FSSG.
_4_ Transportation.—Capable of providing light motor
transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.
Additional requirements are provided by motor transport battalion, F'SSG.

5^ Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, Hs,S battalion, FSSG.

(11) General Support Maintenance Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

_L_ Mission.—To provide general and backup support for

the commodity-oriented companies of the battalion and machir shop facil-
ities for the accomplishment of intermediate (third and fo^.th echelon)
maintenance for all ground equipment of a MAF.

_2 Tasks

a^ Provide intermediate (third and fourth echelon)

maintenance on secondary repairables from the secondary repairable float.

Ja Provide organizatinal (first and second echelon)

and intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance on major end items
in mount-out and the ORF.

c^ Prepare in-stock items for issue.

d_ Provide calibration services in support of di-

rect support elements of the battalion and subsequent to the accomplishment
of required general support intermediate maintenance on test/measuring
equipment.

e^ Maintenance and repair of general supply items.

f Provide calibration services for all Marine

Corps furnished test and measuring equipment organic to the MAF.

4-27

——
 (b) Concept of Organization.—The company is a functionally
organized unit consisting of a company headquarters; support platoon con-
taining a maintenance control section, an inspection unit, and a machine
shop section; end item repair platoon containing a rt-pair section; compo-
nent rebuild platoon containing a weapons section, engine rebuild section
and a power transmission and suspension section; communications-electronic
platoon containing a wire section and a radio section; general support
maintenance repair platoon containing three general support maintenance
repair teams; operational readiness platoon consisting of a supply adminis-
trative section and an equipment section; and electrical/mechanical cali-
bration platoon consisting of electrical and mechanical calibration sec-
tions, and a small missile maintenance section. The company is structured
to facilitate task organization for operations in support of a MAF from
either one or two force logistic support areas (LSA's) while still an in-
tegral part of the maintenance battalion. When not deployed as a company,
it is organize! to provide the personnel and support equipment necessary
for the maintenance of all ground equipment of the different configurations
of MAGTF's, up to and including two MAB's or four MAU's deployed in widely
separated geographical areas.
l_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs
and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ F irepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

2_ Mobility.--Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company may be deployed as

a unit in one LSA, or under decentralized control in two LSA's. It will
operate general support intermediate repair facilities for the repair of
ground equipment of the MAF. The company is structured to provide the
appropriate technical and supervisory personnel and support equipment to
augment the maintenance elements of the logistic support unit/group with a
general support intermediate maintenance capability. The major items of
equipment are shown on the following page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizatinal (first and

second echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment.

_b Support.—Capable of general support intermedi-

ate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance on all ground equipment of the
MAF.

_2 Supply.—None organic. Support is provided by H&S

company, maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_3 Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

4-25
group medical section, Ht»S battalion, PSSG.

4^ Transportat ion.--Capable providing light motor

transport incident to the accomplishment of the company's primary mission.
Additional requirements are provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

_5^ food Service .--None organic. Support is urovided by

HttS company, H4.S battalion, FSSG.

GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE COMPANY, MAINTENANCE BATTALION, FSSG

2 Calibration Complex, Transportable AN/TSM-119

1 Calibration Shop, Transportable AN/TSM-124
2 Communications Central, AN/TSC-15
2 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6
2 Distance Measuring Equipment, MRA-301
2 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
2 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
3 Radio Set, AN/TRC-75
2 Radio Set, AN/VRC-47
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TKC-166
1 Radio Receiving Set, AN/GRR-17
4 Shelter, Electronics Maintenance Support, AN/GRM-86
4 Shop, Electronic AN/GRM-94
1 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual SB-22/PT
1 Transponder Set, AN/UPN-32
12 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
2 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 36,000 BTU, A/E 32C-24
2 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 900 BTU, A/E 3-2C-29
10 Air Conditiner, MC, Std, Skd-Mtd, A/E 32C-39
1 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
2 Welding Machine, Arc, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
2 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
1 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M55A2
2 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
2 Launcher, Tubular, F/GM TOW Weapon System M220AE1
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
1 Missile Maintenance Shop, AN/GSM-216
1 Van, Maintenance, Dragon Weapon System
2 Van, Maintenance, Tow Weapon System

c. Supply Battalion

(1) Mission and Tasks

(a) Mission.—To provide all functions, including stock

control, cross-servicing, and civilian contracting incident to the supply
of all classes of supply (except bulk fuel) to a Marine division, Marine
aircraft wing, and other force units, including isolated components there-

•1-29
of, either in garrison when employed separately, as a MAF, or MAGTF's of
less than MAF size in the amphibious assault and subsequent operations
ashore.
(b) Tasks

1 Manage and provide supply service support to include

stock control functions for the MAF, through the supported activities sup-
ply system (SASSY) management unit (SMU).

2_ Provide salvage functions for deployed logistic sup-

port groups (LSG's) and logistic support units (LSU's) of the MAF.

_3_ Provide technical management, data research, custom-

er service, and assistance to the MAF.

4_ Provide intermediate level shop stores issue points

for the MAF.

5_ Provide management of the MAF's special allowance

training pool items and initial issue of provisioning assets.

6_ Provide management of the MAF's secondary repair-

ables through the maintenance float.

_7 Provide procurement services for the MAF of items

decentralized by the IMM.

_8_ Provide supply status management reports as requir-

ed.

9_ Provide interface with financial and maintenance

management systems in support- of MAF requirements.

10 Provide firefighting capability for the MAF.

l_j_ Prov le accounting for class II, IV, VII, and lim-
ited class IX supplies; initial issue provisioning assets; and authorized
levels of war reserve.

12 Establish and operate ration dumps to include stor-

age issue and accounting for subsistence items in support of the MAF's
landing force.

13 Establish and operate a field bakery in support of

the MAF's landing force.

14 Provide technical assistance in the receipt, stor-

age, assembling, and providing cf nuclear ordnance and other specified ord-
nance to ground and aviation elements of the MAF.

15 Provide receipt, storage, and forwarding of package

fuel to wing and division elements or force logistic support areas.

16 Provide packing, preservation, and packaging serv-

ices to the MAF.

(2) Concept of Organization.—The battalion consists of a H&S

4-30

J
 company, ammunition company, ration company, supply company, and a medical
logistics company. (See Figure 4-5).

3348T

SUPPLY
BATTALION,
FSSG
57-1047 4-33

3347T 3343T 3323T 2.

HEADQUARTERS AND AMMUNITION RATION
SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY

25-346 2-3 14-227 3-86

3313T 3333T

SUPPLY MEDICAL LOGISTICS

COMPANY COMPANY

15-3i 2-30

Figure 4-5.—Supply Battalion

(a) Command and Control.—The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the battalion staff
and company commanders.

(b) Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited to

individual weapons for personal security. The battalion is capable of pro-
viding local security and assisting in the defense of its installations
against infiltration.

(c) Communications.--None organic. Support is provided by

the communications conpany, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(d) Intelligence.—None organic. Support is provided by

the group G-2 section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(e) Mobilty.—Requires heavy motor transport from the motor

transport battalion, FSSG to displace the organic equipment.
(3) Concept of Employment.—The battalion consolidates the
supply capability of the FSSG to include stock control, warehouse, cyclic
inventory, cross-servicing, and civilian contracting. It is further struc-
tured with commodity area companies capable of providing supply support to
the MAF, isolated components of the MAF, or MAGTF's less than MAF size up
to and including two MAB's or four MAU's deployed in widely separated geo-
graphical areas. When providing support to MAGTF's of less than MAF size,

4-31

•MM -14jj(
the battalion organizes a detachment using the direct support platoons in
each of the commodity companies. In a MAF size operation, the battalion
may operate in one or more LSA's. Supply management and control is exer-
cised by the SASSY management unit in the Hi»S company.

(4) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-administra-

t ion.
(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

_! Organic.—The battalion is capable of providing or-

ganizational (first and second echelon) maintenance on all organic equip-
ment. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is provided by
maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_2 Support.—Capable of intermediate (third and fourth

echelon) maintenance on all medical and dental equipment for the MAF.

(b) Supply.—Capable of providing organic support to the

battalion to accomplish its stated mission.
(c) Medical.—None organic, Support is provided by the
group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(d) Transportation.—The battalion possesses light organic

motor transport capability. Motor transport assistance is required from
motor transport battalion, FSSG to effect distribution of supplies as re-
quired by the primary mission.

(e) Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, HiS battalion, FSSG.

(6) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Missic. and Tasks

1_ Miss ion.—To provide for the command and administra-

tion of the battalion, furnish organic supply and transportation services
to the battalion, and furnish supply management and control to the MAF dur-
ing the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore. To furnish
command sections for detachments of the battalion on independent missions
in support of MAGTF's of less than MAF size.

_2_ Tasks

a^ Provide supply service support to include stock

control functions for all supported units through the SMU.

b_ Provide salvage functions for deployed LSG's and

LSU's.

_c Provide technical management, data research,

customer service, and assistance to all using units.

Provide intermediate level shop stores issue

points.

4-32

'.
 e Provide management of special allowance training
pool items and initial issue provisioning assets.

_f_ Provide management of secondary repairables

through the maintenance float.

2_ Provide procurement services for items decentra-

lized by the IMM.

h_ Provide supply status management reports to

higher headquarters,

i Provide interface with financial and maintenance

management systems.

j_ Provide civilian contracting/cross-servicing

functional support for deployed units.

jc Provide firefighting capability for the MAF.

_1 Provide accounting for class II, IV, VII, VIII,

and limited class IX supplies, initial issue provisioning assets, and
authorized levels of war reserves.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

battalion headquarters containing an S-1/adjutant section, S-3 section, and
S-4/embarkation section; a SASSY management unit consisting of a headquar-
ters unit/operations section, administrative section, general accounts man-
agement section, using unit accounts section, fiscal section, technical
section, procurement section, special accounts management section, medical
supply section, and shop stores section; battalion supply section; motor
transport/maintenance platoon containing a motor transport maintenance sec-
tion and an engineer maintenance/power section; and company headquarters.

1_ Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.--Organic firepower capability is limited

to ii.dividual weapons for personal security.

3_ Mobility.--Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company is structured to

provide centralized supply control and management for the MAF from within
the SMU. Accounting for all classes of supply is supported through the
mechanized supported activities supply system by the SMU, supply battalion,
FSSG, with the current exception of clases I, III, V, and VI. The SMU con-
ducts the functions necessary to manage and maintain control of all classes
of supplies handled by the other companies of the supply battalion. The
company is able to combine elements of the battalion headquarters with
other elements of the battalion to provide overall supply support to
ments of the MAF or MAGTF's, less than MAF size, or provide small
independent units of task organized supply control and management
personnel. The major items of equipment are shown on the next page.

.; ) )
 ~1

H&S COM!ANY, SUPPLY BATTALION, FSSG

2 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56
2 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 GA1, M121A1
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
4 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, MlOlAl J
J Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, .-1/4T, 4x4, M880
fa Truck, Cargo, uropside, 2-1/2T, 6xfa, M35A2C
3 Truck, Cargo, 2-1/2T, w/o winch, w/E, M3faA2
b Truck, Firefighting, 1/4T, 4x4, MC10S1
3 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, faxb, M543A2
7 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5
2 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5

(d) Admin is trat ive Capabilit ies.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.
(e) Logistical Capabilities

_1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first and

second echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Intermediate (third
and fourth echelon) maintenance is provided by maintenance oattalion, FSSG.

b^ Support.--Capable of providing organizational

(second echelon) maintenance support on all equipment assigned to " e bat-
talion.

_2_ Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply support

to all elements of the battalion.

_3_ Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, Ht>S battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Transportat ion.--Capable of providing motor trans-

port support necessary to accomplish internal battalion support. Requires
support from motor transport battalion, FSSG, to fill other requirements.

_5_ Food Service .--None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, H4.S battalion, FSSG.

( 7) Ammunition Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

_±_ Miss ion.—To provide for the receipt, storage, and

issue support of class V general account operating stock, all explosive
ordnance disposal (EOD) support, and technical assistance in the receipt,
sorage assembling, and forwarding of nuclear ordnance (and other specified
ordnance) to elements of the MAF during an amphibious assault and subse-
quent operations ashore.

•• - •;

A
 _2 Tasks

a^ Provides receipt, storage, issue, and accounting

functions for all class V items.

_b Provides minor rework of grade III ammunition

and repackaging support for the MAF

_c Provides EOD support as required.

d^ Provides technical assistance in the receipt,

storage, assembling, and forwarding of nuclear ordnance to ground and avi-
ation elements of the MAF.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters section; two direct support ammunition platoons con-
sisting of an operations section, four ammunition squads, two package
helicopter support squads, and an aviation ordnance section each; nuclear
ordnance platoon containing two nuclear ordnance sections; and an EOD/
nuclear warfare platoon containing two EOD/electronic warfare teams.

l_ Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

_2_ Firepower.--Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3_ Mobil ity.—Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG, to displace its various platoons
and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company is structured to

provide support to the MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF size. Through its
direct support ammunition platoons, the company is capable of providing
detachment support to elements of the MAF operating independently. In MAF
size operations, the company is capable of organizing and operating one or
more ammunition supply points in one or more LSA's. The major items of
equipment are shown below.

AMMUNITION COMPANY, SUPPLY BATTALION, FSSG

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP-95A/PD

5 Radiac Set, AN/PDR-56
2 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
4 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
5 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
5 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
5 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M6Ö

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

4-35

- • • • -——^—*—«•
 _1 Ma ir.tenance

^ Organic.--Capable of organizatlonal (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on assigned equipment is provided by H4.S company, supply
battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is
provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

b Support.--None.

2_ Supply .—None organic, Support is provided by H(,S

company, supply battalion, FSSG.

2. Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, H*«S battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Transportdt ion .--Possesses light organic motor

transport capability. Requires motor transport and materiel handling
equipment support to effect distribution of supplies as required in the
primary mission.

_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

H6.S company, H4.S battalion, FSSG.

(8) Ration Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1_ Mission.—To provide for the receipt, storage, and
issue support of classes I and VI (when prescribed) general account opera-
ting stocks to elements of the Marine amphibious force during an amphibious
assault and subsequent operations ashore.

2 Tasks

a_ Establish and operate ration dumps to include

storage, issue, and accounting for subsistence items in support of a land-
ing force.

Establish and operate a field bakery to support

the landing force.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters; a ration platoon with four ration sections; and a
bakery platoon containing two bakery sections.

1_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.--Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

3_ Mobility.--Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company is structured to

4-36

^___ - -'—
provide ration support to the MAF, MAGTF's leas than MAF size, or elements
of the MAF operating independently through its direct support rations pla-
toon. The company is capable of establishing and operating ration dumps to
include storage, aaccounting, and issuing of subsistence items in support
of a landing force. The company is capable of providing detachments from
the direct support ration platoon to support deployed BSSG/MSSG's. The
major items of equipment are shown below.

RATION COMPANY, SUPPLY BATTALION, FSSG

3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M41fa

9 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
i Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M6Ü

(d) Admin ist rative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-l/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1^ Ma intenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second
echelon) maintenance on assigned equipment is provided by H&S company,
supply battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon)
maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

b_ Support.--None.

2_ Supply .—None organic, Support is provided by Ht»S

company, supply battalion, FSSG.

2_ Medical.—None organic, Support is provided by the

group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Transportation.—Possesses light organic motor

transport capability. Requires motor transport assistance to effect
distribution of supplies as required in the primary mission.

S_ Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, H&S battalion, FSSG.
(9) Supply Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

_1 Miss ion.—To provide for the receipt, storage, and

issue support of classes II, III (packaged), IV, and IX (consumable) gener-
al account operating stocks, to elements of the MAF during an amphibious
assault and subsequent operations ashore.

2 Tasks

4-37
 a^ Provide bin and bulk storage of identified gen-
eral account operating stocks.

_b Provide supply locator services.

c^ Provide total receipt, storage, and issue sup-

port for all general account operating stocks.

_d Provide warehousing capability from one, or all

three supply platoons, to perform storage for deployed BSSG/MSSG's.

e_ Provide receipt, storage, and forwarding of

packaged fuel to wing and division elements or force logistics support
areas.

f Provide packing, preservation, and packaging

(PP&.P) services as required.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

headquarters platoon consisting of a headquarters section and an operations
section; packing, preservation, and packaging platoon containing an opera-
tions section and a PP&P team; and three supply platoons consisting of an
issue/receiving section, bin storage section, medium bulk storage section,
and a lot storage section.

_1_ Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

_2 F irepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3_ Mobility.—Requires heavy motor transport support

from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its various platoons
and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The supply company is organized

to centralize classes II, III (packaged), IV, and IX (consumable) supply
support of the group within one company. The company can operate as a sin-
gle entity or can be separated into three balanced units to provide support
to the MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF size. Each platoon is capable of per-
forming limited in-stock maintenance and the exercise of stock control.
Each is capable of establishing several retail stores commodity sections of
bin storage material if required. The company is capable of providing sup-
ply support in one or more LSA's. The major items of equipment are'shown
below.

SUPPLY COMPANY, SUPPLY BATTALION, FSSG

3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 GA1, M149A1
2 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
3 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
8 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

4-38
 the battalion S-1/adjutant section.
(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment is provided by the HkS company,
supply battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) mainten-
ance is provided by maintenance battalion.

b_ Support .--None.

2_ Supply.—None organic. Support is provided by H&S

company, supply battalion, FSSG.
_3 Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the
group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportation.—Possesses light organic motor

transport capability. Requires motor transport assistance to effect dis-
tribution of supplies as required in the primary mission.

_5 Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

H&S company, H&S battalion, FSSG.

(10) Medical Logistics Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1_ Mission.—To provide class VIII supply support and

intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance of medical and dental
equipment for the Marine amphibious force during an amphibious assault and
subsequent operations ashore .

_2_ Task.—Provide for the receipt, storage, mainte-

nance, and issue of all class VIII supplies.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

headquarters section, a supply platoon, and an equipment repair platoon.

1_ Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistics support.

_2 Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3_ Mobility.—Requires motor transport support from the

motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its section and platoons.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company is structured to

provide a centralized supply facility for class VIII supplies. The supply
platoons are capable of operating as a single unit or decentralizing into
three balanced units in support of a MAF, a MAGTF less than MAF size, or
elements of the MAF operating independently. The equipment repair platoon
is capable of providing in-stores maintenance of equipment stored by the
company, and intermediate maintenance of medical and dental equipment of

4-39

..- —
the MAF. It is capable of operating in a centralized repair site and/or
providing contact team maintenance in the field. The major items of equip-
ment are shown below.

MEDICAL LOGISTICS COMPANY, SUPPLY BATTALION, FSSG

2 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M88Ü
2 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2

(d) Admin istrat ive Capabilities.--Capable of self-adminis-

tration.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

_1_ Maintenance

&_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first and

second echelon) and intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance of
medical and dental equipment. Capable of organizational (first echelon)
maintenance of all other assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance of all other assigned equipment is provided by H&S com-
pany, supply battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon)
maintenance on all Marine Corps assigned nonmedical equipment is provided
by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—Provides intermediate (third and

fourth echelon) maintenance on medical and dental equipment of the MAF.
2_ Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply sup-
port.

_3_ Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, H&S battalion, FSSG.
_4_ Transportation.—Possesses light organic n.otor
transport capabilities. Requires motor transport support to effect distri-
bution of supplies as required in the primary mission.

5_ Food Service.--None. Support is provided by H&S

company, H&S battalion, FSSG.

d. Engineer Support Battalion

(1) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

(a) To increase the combat effectiveness of the landing

force by accomplishing general engineer missions of a deliberate nature, to
include the technical supervision involved in the installation and provi-
sions for fixed panel and floating bridge equipage, and the performance of
all functions incident to the handling, storage, and distribution of bulk
class III and III(A).
(b) Tasks

1_ The provision of fixed and floating bridge equipage.

4-40

J
18F
_2 Fumiqation.

2_ Bath and laundry services.

4_ Water supply.

5 Utility power support.

6 Storage and distribution of bulk fuel (class III and

class 111(A))

1_ Repair, stablize, and reinforce taxiways and runways

within organizational capability.

_8_ Prepare site, install and maintain expeditionary

airfields (EAF's) for tactical support runways and taxiways.

9_ Provide repair and maintenance of airfield runways

and taxiways beyond the capability of the wing engineer squadron.

(2) Concept of Organization.—The battalion is organized into a

headquarters and service company, support company, bridge company, bulk
fuel company, and three engineer companies. (See Figure 4-6.)

3758T
ENGINEER
SUPPORT
BATTALION
45-1187 2-18

3757T 3755T 3753T

HEADQUARTERS AND
SERVICE COMPANY SUPPORT ENGINEER
COMPANY COMPANY
12-134 2-18 6-333 6-134
1
1
3752T 3751T

BRIDGE BULK FUEL

COMPANY COMPANY
4-90 5-228

Figure 4-6.—Engineer Support Battalion

4-41

A
 18B

(a) Command and Control.—The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the batalion staff
and company commanders.
(b) Firepower.—Limited to light infantry weapons.

(c) Mobility.--Capable of providing sufficient ground vehi-

cular transportation to move essential command, operational, and logistic
elements of the battalion. The majority of the equipment within the bat-
talion is not helicopter transportable. Additional support is provided by
the motor transport battalion, FSSG.

(3) Concept of Employment.--The engineer support battalion pro-

vides general engineer support to the landing force. It gives depth to the
engineer effort by furnishing assistance to the combat engineer battalion
of the division and the engineer squadron (Marine wing support group
(MWSG)), and assuming responsibility for engineer support to elements to
the rear of the division. It may also furnish assistance to or receive as-
sistance from Navy construction units supporting the landing force. Al-
though engineer companies with appropriate reinforcement from other ele-
ments of the battalion and Navy construction units can provide deliberate
engineer support to MAGTF' s of less than MAF size, the battalion is most
effectively employed when operating as a unit under centralized control.

(4) Administrative Capabilities.--Capable of seif-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

_1 Organic.—The battalion provides organizational

(first and second echelon) maintenance on all material authorized the bat-
talion.

_2 Support.—Intermediate (third and fourth echelon)

maintenance of the battalion's equipment is provided by maintenance battal-
ion, FSSG.

(b) Communications.—Support is provided by the communica-

tions platoon of headquarters and service company, engineer support bat-
talion, FSSG.

(c) Supply.—Support is provided by headquarters and

service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(d) Medical.—Support is provided by headquarters and ser-

vice company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(e) Transportation.—The battalion has organic motor trans-

port incident to its stated mission. Augmentation is provided by the motor
transport battalion, FSSG.

(f) Food Service.—Support is provided by headquarters and

service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG through consolidated bat-
talion dining facilities.

4-42

t^mm J
 (6) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions.—To administer, direct,

and coordinate the operations of the battalion to include the provision of
communications, supply, medical, and messing support for the battalion.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The company is organized to

provide command and control of the companies organic to the battalion. It
is organized into a battalion headquarters containing a headquarters sec-
tion, S-l section, S-2/S-3 section, construction section with two construc-
tion teams each, and an S-4 section. It contains a communications platoon
with a platoon headquarters, supply platoon, medical platoon, and chaplain
section. It also contains a company headquarters with a headquarters sec-
tion and a battalion mess section.

_1 Command and Control.—The company commander performs

the command and staff functions necessary for the operation of the company
and support of the battalion.

2_ Firepower.—The company possesses light infantry

weapons.

_3_ Mobil ity. --Support is provided by support company,

engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The company provides the neces-

sary command and control and support assets to provide for the efficient
operation of the battalion. It provides those assets necessary to support
balanced detachments operating in support of a MAF, lesser MAGTF's, or ele-
ments of the division or wing operating independently. The major -.ems of
equipment are shown below.

H&S COMPANY, ENGINEER SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

7 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6

3 Distance Mesuring Equipment, MRA-301
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
4 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
4 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
9 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
5 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
4 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
2 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
1 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75
29 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Receiving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
4 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Surveying Set, General Purpose
1 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(d) Administrat ive Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion administrative section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

4-43
r ^• -—

1 Maintenance

a_ Organic.—None. Organizational (first and sec-

ond echelon) maintenance support is provided by the support company, engi-
neer support battalion, FSSG.
b_ Support .--None.

2_ Medical.—The company provides medical support to

the battalion.

3 Transportation.--Motor transport support is provided

by support company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Supply.—The company operates the organic supply ac-

count for the battalion.

_5 Communications.—The company provides communication

support to the battalion.

_6_ Food Service .--The company provides food service

support for the battalion.

(7) Support Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions.—To provide motor trans-

port and engineer equipment maintenance support, fumigation, bath and laun-
dry services, water supply, utilities, and motor transport support to the
engineer battalion and to augment the engineer companies of the battalion
with heavy engineer equipment and operators.
(b) Concept of Organization.—The support company is organ-
ized to provide command and control over the platoons organic to the com-
pany. The company consists of a company headquarters, maintenance platoon
with an engineer equipment maintenance section and two motor transport
maintenance sections; motor transport platoon with an operations section;
utilities platoon; water supply and hygiene platoon with a water supply
section and hygiene section; and an engineer equipment platoon.

1 Command and Control.--The company commander executes

the normal command and staff functions.
2_ Firepower.—The company posesses light infantry wea-
pons.
3 Mobi1ity.—Provided by the motor transport platoon.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The support company performs

maintenance functions for the battalion. It augments the other companies
of the battalion with maintenance personnel, engineer equipment and person-
nel, and motor transport as required. It may also be required to reinforce
the engineer companies with water supply, electrical utilities equipment,
and operational personnel. The water supply and electrical utilities capa-
bilities are applicable to the general support role of the engineer battal-
ion. The manor items of equipment are shown on the following page.

4-4*1
 SUPPORT COMPANY, ENGINEER SUPPUH'l . I UN, FSSG
2 Backhoe, Crane-Shovel, Bay City, MODi 7
9 Bath Unit, Trlr-Mtd, EC-88-64
18 Laundry Unit, Trlr-Mtd, M532
4 Crane, RT, Rough Terrain, Hydraulic, 30T, DROH 2500
2 Crane-Shovel, Crawler-Mtd, Bay City, MOD 37-M66
3 Crane, Truck-Mtd, 15T, M315
4 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
lb Frequency Converter, Solid State, lOkW, 600-400Hz
7 Frequency Converter, Motor Driven, lOOkW, 60-400Hz, PPU-742
26 Frequency Converter, Solid State, 4kW, 60-400Hz, CV-3231/4
51 Generator Set, 3kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MF.P-016A
49 Generator Set, 3kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-21A
26 Generator Set, lOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-003A
17 Generator Set, lOkW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-112A
56 Generator Set, 30kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-005A
6 Generator Set, 30kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-114A
14 Generator Set, 60kW, 400Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-115A
26 Generator Set, 60kW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd, MEP-006A
14 Generator Set, lOOkW, 60Hz, Skd-Mtd,MEP-007A
10 Generator Set, 200kW, 60Hz, Tactical Utility, MEP-009A
5 Grader, Road, Motorized, 5R3999
3 Mixer, Concrete, Kwik Mix, 16S-2A
2 Roller, Tandem, 5 to 8T DED, KT-15A-5M 65
2 Roller, Pneumatic Tired, R-135
2 Roller, Towed, Grid, RG-215
1 Roller, Towed, Sheepfoot, MDG-96
1 Sawmill, Circular, Elect Motor Driven, Trlr-Mtd, P0573-3
5 Scraper, Earthmoving, Towed, Hyd Oper, 8 cu yd, MC80
2 Scraper, Unit, 16 cu yd, Hyd Oper. MRS 105SM71
1 Shovel Front, Crane Shovel, Bay City, MOD 3 7
42 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 3,000 Gal.
20 Tractor, Medium, Full Tracked, 82-30FA-M3
6 Tractor, Full Tracked, W/Multi-Purpose Bucket Case, MC-1150
2 Tractor, RT, Articulated Steering, 72-31MP
5 Tractor, Wheeled, Industrial, MRS-100-M69
1 Tractor, RT, Wheeled, Industrial, MCS80B
2 Welding Machine, ARC, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
1 Weeding Machine, Hard Surfacing, HSM-62
45 Chassis, Trailer, General Purpose, 3-1/2T, 2-Whl, M3 5S
1 Semi-Trailer, Low led, 25T, 4-Whl, M172A1
5 Semi-Trailer, Low Bed, 40T, M870
12 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
15 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
30 Trailer, Flatbed, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M762
5 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
4 Truck , Cargo, 1-I/4T, 6x6, w/Winch, M561
6 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
36 Truck, Dump, 5T, 6x6, M51A2
2 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6xb, •-149A2C
6 Truck, Tractor, 10T, 6x6, M123A1C
12 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
4 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible ••;.

4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

I •

J
 (d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under
the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a. Organic.—Capable of first and second echelon

maintenance on all organic equipment.

J5 Support.—Capable of providing second echelon

maintenance on all equipment held by the engineer support battalion.

_2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

_3_ Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Communications. —None organic. Support is provided

by headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

_5 Transportation.—The company provides motor trans-

port support to all elements of the engineer support battalion.

_6 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(8 ) Engineer Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

JL To provide engineer support of a deliberate nature

to elements of the MAF, I sser MAGTF's, or elements of the division or wing
operating independently.

2 Tasks

a_ Repair, stablize, and reinforce taxiways and

runways within organizational capability.

Jb Prepare site; install and maintain expeditionary

airfields, runways, and taxiways.

_c Provide repair and maintenance of airfield run-

ways and taxiways beyond the capability of the wing engineer squadron.

(b) Concept of Organization.--The engineer company is or-

ganized to provide command and control over the platoons organ to the
company. The company consists of a company headquarters; equipment platoon
containing a platoon headquarters, engineer equipment section, motor
transport section, constuction shop section; two engineer platoons, each
containing a platoon headquarters and three engineer squads.

1 Command and Control.--The company commander executes

the normal command and staff functions.

4-46
 2_ F i repower. --The company possesses light infantry
weapons.

3 Mobil ity .--The company requires heavy motor trans-

port support from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its vari-
ous platoons, sections, and/or squads.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The engineer company normally

operates under the centralized control of the engineer battalion on general
support tasks of the landing force. It may be reinforced with the neces-
sary equipment and personnel from the headquarters and service company,
support company, bridge company, bulk fuel company, or elements of Navy
construction units and may then be attached to or placed in direct support
of the division, wing, or MAGTF's of less than MAF size. The major items
of equipment are shown below.

ENGINEER COMPANY, ENGINEER SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

1 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160

1 Crane, Truck-Mtd, 1ST, M315T
9 Detecting Set, Mine Portable, Non-Metallic, PRS-7
9 Detecting Set, Mine Portable, Metallic, PSS-11
1 Grader, Road Motorized, 5R3999
18 Kit, Assault, Trackway
1 Roller, Towed, Grid RG-215
1 Roller, Towed, Sheepfoot, MDG-96
1 Scraper, Earthmoving, Towed, Hyd. Oper., 8 cu yd, MC80
1 Scraper, Unit, 16 cu yd, Hyd Oper. MRS 105SM71
4 Tractor, Medium, Full Tracked, 82-30FA-M3
1 Tractor, RT, Articulated Steer, 72-31MP
1 Tractor, Wheeled, Industrial, MRS-100-.M69
1 Tractor, TR, Wheeled, Industrial, MC580B
1 Tractor, Rubber-Tired, MRSI-100
1 Welding Machine, ARC, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
1 Semi-Trailer, Low Bed, 25T, 4-Whl, M172A1
1 Semi-Trailer, Lowbed, 40T, .M870
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, .416
4 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/Winch, M561
2 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
12 Truck, Dump, 5T, 6x6, w/o Winch, W/PTO, M51A2
2 Truck, Tractor, 10T, 6x6, M123A1C
4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
10 Demolition Equip, Engineer Squad
2 Machine Gun, Cal. 50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
6 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Ma intenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of first echelon maintenance

on all organic equipment. Organizational second echelon maintenance on all
equipment is provided by support company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

4-47

J
 -——

_b Support.—None.

2 Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service-company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

3 Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

4_ Commun ications.--None organic. Support is provided

by headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

5 Transportat ion.--Motor transport support is provided

by support company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

6 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(9) Bridge Company

(a) Mission.—To maintain, and have readily available, fix-

ed panel bridge equipage and floating bridge equipage necessary to support
the heaviest loads of the Fleet Marine Force; to provide technical super-
vision for the construction of fixed panel bridge equipage.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The bridge company is organ-

ized to provide command and control over the pi 'ions organic to the com-
pany. The company consists of a company headc^ ters, headquarters sec-
tion, and three bridge platoons, each containing a platoon headquarters and
two bridge sections.

J_ Command and Control.—The company commander executes

the normal command and staff functions.

2_ F irepower.—Light automatic weapons are organic for

self-defense purposes-, the ompany is capable of providing local security
and assisting in the defence of its installations against infiltration.

2, Mobility.--The company possesses motor transport

trailer capability to move approximately one-half of itt bridging. To move
the rest of the bridging and to tow the trailers, the company requires
motor transport support.

(c) Concept of Employment.--The bridge company, platoons,

or sections normally operate in support of the MAF, MAGTF' s of less than
MAF size, or elements of the division or wing operating independently.
Functions of the company include maintenance of bridging equipment, pro-
vision of bridging equipment, and technical assistance/supervision for
erection of bridges by supported units. The major items of equipment are
shown on the following page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

4-48
 a^ Organic.—Capable of first echelon maintenance
on all organic equipment. Capable of first and second echelon maintenance
on all bridge peculiar equipment.

jj Support.--None.

2_ Supply.—None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

BRIDGE COMPANY, ENGINEER SUPPORT BATTALION

1 Ra dio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39B

1 Re ceiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-1 /
3 Bo at, Bridge Erection, HP-127C
3 Br idge, Fixed-Floating, 60T, M4Tb
3 Bi- idge, Fixed-Highway Type, 60T
6 ßt' idge, Floating, Foot
3 De tecting Set, Mine Portable, Non-Metallic, PRS-
3 De tecting Set, Mine Portable, Metallic, PSS-11
12 Ou tboard Motor, Gasoline, 35HP, Merc-350ML-5
1 We lding Machine, ARC, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
96 Se mi-Trailer, Stake, bT, 2-Whl, M118A1
1 Tr ailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
6 Tr ailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Tr ailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal., M149A1
3 Tr uck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
6 Tr uck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
1 Tr uck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
6 De molition Equip, Engineer Squad
2 Ma chine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
Ma chine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

Medical None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Communicat ions.--None organic. Support is provided

by the communications company, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

S_ Transportation.—Only light vehicles are organic to

the company. Augmentation is required to transport bridging material to
the job site. Support is provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

_6_ Food Service .--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

(10) Bulk Fuel Company

(a) Miss ion.—To perform all functions incident to the re-

ceipt, storage, and distribution of bulk ^lass III and III(A) to elements
of the MAF to include distribution to, but not within, air bases during an
amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore. To assure that class
III(A) products distributed to supported air elements are of the required
type, quality, and purity. To furnish detachments for reinforcing divi-
sions and wings as may be required and to support MAGTF's of less than MAF
s ize.

4-49

jä
 (b) Concept of Organization.—The bulk fuel company is or-
ganized to provide command and control over the platoons organic to the
company. The company consists of a company headquarters, headquarters sec-
tion, engineer equipment section, three bulk fuel platoons, each containing
a platoon headquarters, and two amphibious assault bulk fuel system sec-
tions.

1_ Command and Control.--The company commander executes

the normal command and staff functions.

J2 [•' irepower.—Capability is limited to light infantry

weapons. Capable of defense against guerilla type units, but must be rein-
forced to protect fuel hose laid overland.

3_ Mobi1i ty.--The company requires heavy motor trans-

port support from the motor transport battalion, FSSG to displace its var-
ious platoons and/or sections.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The bulk fuel company is orga-

nized to centralize and provide all of the bulk fuel support capability of
the FSSG. It has the capability of providing elements to operate (light)
amphibious assault bulk fuel systems in support of a MAF, or of MAGTF' s
less than MAF size. Capable of delivering bulk fuel by hose for a distance
of about 3-1/2 miles and, with tanker truck augmentation to a distance of
20-25 miles. The major items of equipment are shown below.

BULK FUEL COMPANY, ENGINEER SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

4 Crane, Wheel-Mtd, SP, 3T, M71

56 Drum, Fabric, Collapsible, Liquid Fuel, 500 Gal
6 Fuel Sys. Amphib Assault, 600,000 Gal., M69HC
32 Pump Assembly, Expedient Refueler, Fuel Dispensing, M81 TDH
4 Tractor, RT, Articulated Steer, Terex, 72d-31MP
5 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M41b
4 Trailer, Cargo, 3/4T, 2-Whl, M101A1
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
8 Truck, Firef lghting, 1/4T, 4x4, MC1051
5 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of first echelon maintenance

on all organic equipment. Capable of first and second echelon maintenance
on all bulk fuel systems peculiar equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) on all other authorized equipment is provided through the support
company, engineer suppor'. battalion, FSSG.

b_ Support .--None.

2_ Supply.—None organic. Internal support is provided

4-50

- •- -•---• ^
by headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG. Ex-
ternal support capability is limited to the provision of class III and
III(A) to the MAF or MAGTF's less than MAF size.

3 Medical .--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

4_ Communicat ions.--None organic. Support is provided

by the communications company, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

5^ Transportation.—Only light vehicles and firefight-

ing vehicles are organic to the company. Requires motor transport support
from motor transport battalion, including 5,000-gallon petroleum tank
trucks, to perform its primary mission.

S_ Food Service.--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, engineer support battalion, FSSG.

e. Motor Transport Battalion

(1) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

(a) Mission.—To provide general or direct medium and heavy

motor transport support to the major elements of the MAF in the amphibious
assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Tasks

1_ To provide heavy motor transport support for both

bulk dry cargo and class III and IIIA (bulk) to tactical or service ele-
ments .

_2 To provide adverse terrain transportation support as

required.

_2_ To provide refrigerated van storage capability for

class I perishables

_4_ To provide heavy equipment lift capability to tacti-

cal or service elements.

(2) Concept of Organization.—The battalion is structured to

provide command and control over subordinate organic units. The battalion
consists of a headquarters and service company, transport company, truck
company, and (when activated by CMC) a marginal terrain vehicle company.
(See Figure 4-7.)

(a) Command and Control.—The battalion commanding officer

exercises command and control of the battalion through the battalion staff
and the company commanders.

(b) Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited to

individual weapons for personal security. The battalion is capable of pro-
viding local security and assisting in the defense of its installations
again:t infiltrations.

(c) Mobility.—Possesses organic capability to accomplish

displacement.

4-51
 4648T
MOTOR
TRANSPORT
BATTALION
29-706

4647T 4644T 4643T

HEADQUARTERS AND TRANSPORT TRUCK

SERVICE COMPANY COMPANY COMPANY
11-147 6-211 7-2 3!

4645N

I MARGINAL TERRAIN I
H VEHICLE COMPANY*|
|5-110 ,

*Cadred in all FSSG's.

Figure 4-7.—Motor Transport Battalion

(d) Communications.--The battalion is capable of providing

internal mission radio communications support for as . -jried units. Other
support is provided by communications company, headquarters and service
battalion, FSSG.

(e) Intelligence.—Requires support of external intelli-

gence agencies for transportation intelligence information.

(3) Concept of Employment.—The battalion is equipped and orga-

nized to provide a pool of tactical cargo type vehicles and marginal
terrain vehicles for logistic support. The transport, truck, and marginal
terrain vehicle companies, or elements thereof, are structured so they may
be attached to or placed in direct support of the major tactical and ser-
vice organizations of the MAF and MAGTF's of less than MAF size. The bat-
talion is equipped and structured to provide sustained operations on a 24-
hour per day basis in the execution of its assigned mission.

(4) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-administra-

tion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

1_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first and sec-

ond echelon) maintenance on all assigned motor transport, engineer, and
ordnance equipment authorized. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon)

4-52
 —

maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

2_ Support .--None.

(b) Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply support

functions to the battalion.

(c) Medical.—None organic. Medical support is provided by

the group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(d) Transportat ion.—Capable of providing organic transpor-

tation support to the battalion to accomplish its stated mission.

(e) Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(6; Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Miss ion.—To provide the command and coordination for

operations of the motor transport battalion in its logistic support capa-
city during the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a battalion headquarters which contains an S-l/adjutant, S-2/S-3, S-4/sup-
ply section, and radio section; maintenance platoon containing a repair
section and marginal terrain vehicle maintenance section (activated only
when directed by CMC); and corr.pany headquarters.

1 Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

_2 Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3_ Mobility.—Possesses sufficient ground vehicular

capacity to displace command, logistic, and operations personnel.

_4_ Communications.—Capable of providing internal mis-

sion radio communications support for the battalion. Other support is pro-
vided by communications company, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.
(c) Concept of Employment.--The company provides necessary
operational logistic support to the battalion to aid it in the accomplish-
ment of its mission. The company provides support to the battalion whether
it is employed in general support as a company or employed as detachments
to provide support to battalion detachments. The company provides the bat-
talion commander with the operational command and coordination necesary to
accomplish his mission. The company is capable of continuous operations on
24-hour per day basis. The major items of equipment are shown on the
following page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

4-53
 ja Organic.—Capable of providing organizational
(first and second echelon) maintenance on all battalion motor transport,
ordnance, and engineer equipment authorized. Intermediate (third and four-
th echelon) maintenance is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support. --None.

HaS COMPANY, MOTOR TRANSPORT BATTALION, FSSG

1 Communications Central, AN/TSC-15

1 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-fa
1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
6 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A
10 Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
3 Radio Set, Trdk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
5 Radio Set, AN/MRC-110
1 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
10 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Receiving Set Radio, AN/GRR-17
3 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
8 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
1 Welding Machine, ARC, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
2 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
2 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, M49A2C
9 Truck, Tank, Water, 1000 GA1, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M50A2
9 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
9 Truck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
6 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-2
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4
4 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-5

_2_ Supply.—Capable of providing organic supply support

to the battalion.

_3_ Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

_4 Transportation.—The battalion possesses organic

transportation support necessary to accomplish its stated mission.

_5_ Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(7) Transport Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

_1_ Mission.—To provide general motor transport sup-

port, in augmentation and reinforcement of the organic land transport
capability, of the major elements of a MAF in the amphibious assault and
subsequent operations ashore.

2 Tasks

4-54

—1
 a^ To provide heavy motor transport support for
both bulk dry cargo and class III and III(A) (bulk) to tactical or service
units.
_b To provide refrigerated van storage capability
for class I perishables.
c_ To provide heavy equipment lift capability to
tactical or service elements.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a company headquarters; three transport platoons, each containing four
transport sections; heavy transport section; and fuel transport platoon
containing four fuel transport sections.
1 Command and Control.--The company commander directs
and controls all matters pertaining to company logistics support.
2 Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited
to individual weapons for personal security.
_3^ Mobility.—Possesses organic capability to accom-
plish displacement.
4_ Communications.—None organic. Internal mission
radio communication support is provided by headquarters and service com-
pany, motor transport battalio ., FSSG. Other support is provided by com-
munications company, neadquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The transport company is equip-

ped with 5-ton truck tractors, 10-ton truck tractors, 5,000 gallon semi-
trailer tank fuelers, semitrailer van refrigerators, 25-ton semitrailer
lowbeds, and 12-ton semitrailers. It may be employed to transport cargo
and supplies over extended distances for a sustained period of time in log-
istical support of elements of the MAF or MAGTF' s of less than MAF size.
It may be employed in general support as part of the force motor transport
battalion, or attached to a task organization element providing heavy motor
transport support. The company is capable of continuous operations on a
24-hour per day basis. The major items of equipment are shown on the fol-
lowing page.

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1^ Maintenance
a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-
lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on assigned motor transport, engineer, and ordnance equip-
ment is provided by headquarters and service company, motor transport bat-
talion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is pro-
vided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—None.

4-55

-*•—••-« - •-• •—•-••••• - • • —-*——>M*—**"*"*"" ' """*'

 TRANSPORT COMPANY, MOTOR TRANSPORT BATTALION, FSSG

6 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 36,000 BTU, A/E 32C-24

20 Semi-Trailer, Refueler, 5000 Gal, 4-Whl, M970
3 Semi-Trailer, Lowbed, 40T, M870
3 Semi-Trailer, Lowbed, 25T, 4-Whl, M172A1
120 Semi-Trailer, Stake, 12T, 4-Whl, M127A2C
7 Semi-Trailer, Van, Refrigerator, 7-1/2T, 2-Whl, EL49A4
3 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl , M416
3 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
4 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
1 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6xh, M54A2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
80 Truck, Tractor, 5T, 6x6, M52A2
6 Truck, Tractor, 10T, bx6, M123A1C
4 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
6 Machine Gun, Cal.50, 3rowning, HB Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, motor transport battalion, FSSG.

_3 Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Transportation.—The company has organic transporta-

tion capability necessary to provide required support and fulfill the pri-
mary mission of the company.

_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(8) Marginal Terrain Vehicle Company

(a) Mission.—To provide adverse terrain transportation

support in augmentation and reinforcement of the organic land transport
capability of the major elements of the MAF in the ashore phase of assault
amphibious operations and other operatiors , ^hore, over marginal terrain or
inland waters.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a company headquarters, two amphibious transport platoons consisting of
three amphibious transport sections each, and an armored amphibious trans-
port platoon consisting of two armored amphibious transport sections, and
an amphibious Lransport section.

^L Command and Control.--The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

i_ Mobility.—Possesses organic capability to accom-

pjish displacement.

_4_ Com-unicat ions.—None organic. Internal radic com-

munication support is provided by headquarters and service company, iwtor
transport battalion, FSSG. Other support is provided by communications

4-56

J
191
company, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.
(c) Concept of Employment.--The marginal terrain vehicle
company is equipped with cargo carriers, and may be employed to transport
personnel, cargo, and supplies over marginal and/or adverse terrain during
the ashore phase of assault amphibious operations. It is capable of pro-
viding mobility for logistic support during special operations where organ-
ic motor transport equipment is not environmentally adequate or suitable.
The company may be employed in general support as part of the motor trans-
port battalion or attached to the major ground elements of a MAF in direct
support of tactical and service support organizations. The company is
capable of continuous operations on a 24-hour per day basis. The major
items of equipment are shown below.
MARGINAL TERRAIN COMPANY, MOTOR TRANSPORT BATTALION, FSSG

2 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39A

1 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
1 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
5 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
1 Switchboard, Telephone, SB-22/PT
35 Carrier, Cargo, Amphib, Ft., Unarmored, M116A1
10 Carrier, Cargo, Armor, Amphib, Full-Tracked, M733
1 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
4 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, M49A2C
2 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
26 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
9 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-l'adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on assigned motor transport, engineer, and ordnance equip-
ment is provided by headquarters and service company, motor transport
battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is
provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.
_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, motor transport battalion, FSSG.

_3_ Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by the

group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportation.--The company has organic transporta-

tion capability necessary to provide required support and fulfill the pri-
mary mission of the company.

_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

'

•-• ••• -
••••--— •-' -^ - -.-... , ~Jj
 19L!

(9: 1'ruck Company

(a) Miss ion, Tasks and Functions. To rovi leneral sup-

port, ,. edium motor transport capability, in suppoi • the organic Land
transport capability of the major elements of the MA! , dui ing the amphib-
ious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Concept of Organization.--Th com] organized into

a company headquarters, and five truck platoons containing Eive truck sec-
tions each.
J_ Command anu • mtrol.—The company commander directs
and controls all matters pertaining to company Logistic support.

_2_ Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

i_ Mobili ty.—Possesses organic capability to accom-

plish displacement.

4_ Commun ication.--None organic. Internal mission

radio communication support is provided by headquarters and service com-
pany, motor transport battalion, FSSG. Other support is provided by com-
munications company, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The truck company is equipped

with five ton tactical cargo type vehicles, which may be task organized and
attached in direct support of a tactical or •
...^-.mr-ll. T . . LI. >< . M _' m!._

ashore. The company is capable of continuous operations on c

day basis. The major items of equipment are shown below.

TRUCK COMPANY, MOTOR TRANSPORT BATTALION, FSSG

6 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

72 Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
6 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
2 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M880
151 Truck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
1 Truck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, bx6, M49A2C
8 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
33 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
8 Night Vision Sight, Crew Served Weapon, AN/TVS-

(d) Administrative Capabilities, --None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

4 58
 _a_ Organ ic .—Capable o£ organizational (first eche-
lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment. Organizational (second eche-
lon) maintenance on assigned motor transport, ergineer and ordnance equip-
ment is provided by headquarters and service company, motor transport bat-
talion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is pro-
vided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

_b Support. --None.

2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, motor transport battalion, FSSG.

3_ Modical.--None organic. Support is provi led b} the

group medical section, headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.
4_ Transportation.—The company has organic transporta-
tion capability necessary to provide required support and fulfill the pri-
mary mission of the company.

_5^ Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service battalion, FSSG.

f. Medical Battalion

(1) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

(a) Miss ion.--To provide for the collection, emergency

treatment, temporary hospitalization, specialized surgery, and eva< nation
of casualties, and other medical support to the Marine amphibious force.

(b) Tasks

1_ Coordinate and support the MAF medical requirements.

2_ Plan, supervise, and coordinate preventive measures

for the control of disease.

J_ Assist in identification of remains.

(2) Concept of Organization.--The medical battalion consists of

a headquarters and service company, three medical companies, and a hospital
company. (See Figure 4-8.)

(a) Command and Control

JL_ Command and Staf f. --Command and staff functions of

the battalion are accomplished by the commander through his staff and com-
pany commanders.

2_ Communications.--The battalion communication section

provides radio support to the battalion. Other communication support is
provided by communication company, headquarters and service battalion,
FSSG.

I
 3858T

MEDICAL
BATTALION

5-196 90-420

3857T 3 85 3T 3 8rj4T

HEADQUARTERS AND
MEDICAL HOSPITAL
SERVICE COMPANY
COMPANY COMPANY
5-112 34-89 0-24 11-64 0-12 23-139

Figure 4-8.—Medical Battalion.

_3_ Intel 1 igenee.—Pruvided by the FSSG headquarters

G-2. The battalion assists the FSSG by providing technical medical in-
telligence.

_4_ F irepower .--Limited to light infantry weapons.

(b) Mobil l ty.--The battalion has sufficient motor transport

capability to evacuate wounded from the units it supports and administra-
tive vehicles to accomplish internal battalion support. Other ground
transportation support is provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG. The
majority of the battalion's authorized equipment is helicopter trans-
portable.

(3) Concept of Employment.--The battalion provides medical sup-

port to the MAF. Elements of the battalion provide similar support to
MAGTF's less than MAF size, or division/wing elements operating indepen-
dently in widely separated areas. Task organized elements from the medical
companies, appropriately reinforced by the headquarters and service com-
pany, will be tailored to the nission requirements of the MAGTF's. Medical
companies are capable of operating individually or as a part of the battal-
ion. They may be located in proximity to combat units or in designated
logistic support areas. The hospital company may or may not be located in
the amphibious objective area (AOA). The hospital company is deployed in
support of MAF size operations. It should be located adjacent to a fixed-
wing aircraft installation and provide necessary extended medical care to
the wounded prior to their evacuation from the AOA.

(4) Admin istrat ive Capabilities.--Capable of self-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance

4-60
 1_ Organ ic.—Organizational (first and second echelon)
maintenance of all authorized medical battalion eq lipment.

_2 Support.—None.

(b) Supply.—The service platoon of headquarters and ser-

vice company provides supply support to the battalion.

(c) Medical.—Support is organic to the battalion.

(d) Transportation.--Sufficient capability for evacuation

of wounded and internal transportation requirements. Other transportation
support is provided by motor transport battalion, FSSG.

(e) Food Service.--Headquarters and service company, medi-

cal battalion, FSSG provides support to the battalion.

(6 ) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

J_ Miss ion.--To command, administer, support, and coor-

dinate subordinate elements of the battalion.

2_ Tasks

a_ Provide medical specialist augmentation person-

nel to the subordinate elements of the battalion.

_b Provide shock and surgical teams to augment the

medical companies or beach evacuation/helicopter support team evacuation
stat ions.

_C Provide surgical support platoon reinforcements

for the medical companies.
<3 Provide preventive medicine support to the MAF.

e_ Assist in the identification of remains.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a battalion headquarters section consisting of an administrative medical
records section, logistic section, training/education section, medical spe-
cialists section, preventive medicine section, shock/surgical teams, med-
ical support operations section, chaplin section; service platoon consist-
ing of a supply section, medical supply section, maintenance service
section, communications section, motor transport section and mess section;
and company headquarters.

1 Command and Control

a_ Command and Staff.—The company commander per-

forms the necessary functions for operation of the company.
_b Communicat ions.--Radio communications for the
battalion are organic to the company. Additional communications support is
provided by communications company, headquarters and service battalion,
FSSG.

I • 1

-
 c Inte]I]ji nee.-—None organic.

d_ Firepower. —Limited to the Light infantry wea-

pons.

2_ Mobil ity .—Th lority of the company's authorized

equipment is helicopter transportable,

(c) Concept of l.mploymcnt. —The :ompany will provide

required command, adii. i n ist rat ion , communication, and Logistic support
to
elements of the medical battalion, FSSG as needed. The company will pro-
vide necessary personnel augmentation and medical specialist:-, support to
ttv medical companies and the hospital company from its organic section
platoons. For MAGTF's of less than .MAF size, task organize I s- : :ents
will be assigned to the deploying force. The major items of equipment ire
shown be Low.

Hi»S COMPANY, MEDICAL BATTALION, FSSG

9 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6

1 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95\/PD
1 Ra liac -Set, AN/PDR-56
4 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39E
Y. Radio Set, AN/GRC-160
2 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-8JA
8 I lio Sot, AN/PRC-47
7 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
2 Receiving Set, Radio AN/GRR-17
13 Switchboard, Telephone, Manual, SB-22/PT
1 Bath Unit, Trlr-Mtd, EC-88-64
I Decontaminating Apparatus, PU, Skd-Mtd, 'JOO Gal, M121A1
6 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
J Trailer, Cargo, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M105A2
1 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
i Truck, Cargo, 1-1 IT, 4x4, M880
1 - Truck, Cai !o, Dropside, 2-1/2T, 6x6, H35A2C
1Ü Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
2 Night Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5
4 Night Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapons, AN/PVS-4

(d) A d minist ra t i ve 'apabili tie: -Capable of self-adminis-

tration.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

A_ Organic .—The service platoon provides organiza-

tional I l irst and second echelon) ;naintenance on all equipment, organic to
' ':." ' ' '!'/.

h Support.—Provides organizational (first and

second echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment for the companies of
battalion.

4 i

MIWMM. »...MOU
 l_ Supply.—The company •• the supply account for
the medical battalion, FSSG.
i_ Med ical . —Ufjan 10 to the company.

— Transportation.--Capd! 1 • • A providing ground trans-

portation support for the evacuation of the «rounded fron the units the bat-
talion supports and administrative vehicular support for the medical bat-
talion. Othei i und ti insportation is provided by motor transport battal-
ion, FSSG,

Food Service.--Organic to the company. Provides

support to th« al companies, medical battalion, FSSG.

( 7) Medical Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

_1_ Miss ion.—To provide tor lifesaving surgery, tempo-

rary hospitalization, and collecting and evacuation of casualties for sup-
ported elements of the Marine amphibious force.

2 Tasks

a_ Provide for the collection of casualties from

the next forward echelon Ln the casualty evacuation chain.
t> Establish and operate a temporary surgical hos-
pital facility in sin • I rine Corps operations.

!<re patients and ar ange I rearward evac-

uat ion of casu »It Le ;.
(b) . )l~ Organization.--The company is organized into
i headquarters section, services section, surgical platoon, and two evacua-
tion platoons.

_1_ Command and Control

a^ Command and Staff.—The company commander per-

forms the necessary functions for the operation of the company.

jj Commun icat ions.—None organic. Support prov

by headquarters and service ompany, medical battalion, FSSG.

c Intel 1igence.—None organi .

d_ Firepower.—Limited to light infantry wea

2_ Mobi1ity.—The company is helicopter transportable.

(c) Concept of Employment•--The medical company contains

one surgical platoon and two evacuation platoons. The surgica] platoon is
capable of providing two surgical operating rooms and 60 hospital beds in
support of a MAB-sized MACTF. With augmentation from the headquarters and
service company surgical support platoons, the capacit- n be expanded by
l-surgery/20-bed increments. With augmentation of shook/surgical teams,

4-63

»i.i i
AD-A118 026 MARINE CORPS DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION COMMAND QUANT—ETC W/9 15/3
LANDIN« FORCE ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS STUDY (LFOSS).(U)
1979
UNC LASSIFIED NL

AD
AII8Q28

B •
SM

END
DATE
FILMED

«fe-e? •
OTIC
MICROCOPY RESOLUTION UST CHART
NAttONAl RUPf.AU Of SJANDAROS 1%.J A
the medical company augmentation block, and table of equipment (T/E) equip-
ment, the company can extend its capability by an additional two surgeries
and forty hospital beut.. The evacuation platoon provides a means for cas-
ualty evacuation from the next forward echelon. Further, when reinforced
with a shock/surqi 3l team from the headquarters and service company, the
platoon has the capability of establishing and operating beach and/or heli-
copter support team evacuation stations. The major items of equipment are
shown below.

MEDICAL COMPANY, MEDICAL BATTALION, FSSG

1 Laundry Unit, Trlr-Mtd, M532

2 Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, 3000 Gal
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
2 Trailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, M149A1
3 Truck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
3 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 4x4, M886
3 Truck, Ambulance, 1-1/4T, 6x6, M792
1 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
2 Machine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-adminis-

tration.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance of all authorized equipment. Organizatinal (second eche-
lon) maintenance support is provided by H&S company, medical battalion,
FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance support on
medical equipment is provided by medical logistics company, supply battal-
ion, FSSG.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.—None organic. Provided by headquarters and

service company, medical battalion, FSSG.

3_ Medical.—Support is organic to the company.

i_ Transportation.—Sufficient capability exists to

assist in ground evacuation of the wounded. Motor transport support is
provided by headquarters and service company, medical battalion, or motor
transport battalion, FSSG.

_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, medical battalion, FSSG.

(8) Hospital Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

1_ Mission.—To provide resuscitation and primary defi-

nitive surgical facilities for the Marine amphibious force.

4-64

mmm^mi
A. •- IM—
 —

2_ Tasks

a_ Establish and operate a 20ü-bed hospital for ir-

relatively minor wounded, sick, and injured personnel of the MAF.

J3 Stabilize the condition of patients requiring

prolonged hospitalization and arrange for their evacuation rearward.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a headquarters platoon, hospital platoon, and service platoon.

1_ Command and Control

a^ Command and Staff.—The company commander per-

forms the necessary functions to accomplish the company mission.

_b Communicat ions.—None organic. Support provided

by headquarters and service company, medical battalion, FSSG.

c_ Intell igence.—None organic.

d_ Firepower .--Limited to light infantry weapons.

2_ Mobil ity.—The company is helicopter transportable.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company provides facilities

for the establishment of six surgical operating rooms and a 200-bed hospi-
tal. The hospital is equipped to provide highly specialized surgical fa-
citities including neurosurgical, thoracic, opthalmic, and maxi11io-facial
surgery. At the hospital company, an appropriately staffed medical regu-
lating office is established to provide for coordination of casualty evac-
uation within and from the area of operations. Provisional medical detach-
ments, or surgical teams, may be tasked organized to reinforce/augment
other medical units of the battalion. The major items of equipment are
shown below.

HOSPITAL COMPANY, MEDICAL BATTALION, FSSG

M2

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of self-adminis-

tration.

(e) Logisitical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on organic equipment. Organizational (second echelon)

4-65

I^B
maintenance support on 01 '••' eq lipiuenl is provided by H4S company/
ical battalion, PSSG. In i in liate (third md fourth echelon) maintenance
equipment is provided by medical Logistics company, supply battalion, FSSG.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.—Capable of performing supply awl fiscal

nu'tions required Lor company operations.

\_ Medical.--Urgame to the company.

4_ Tr.msportation.--The company possesses sufficient

assets tor internal operations. Other support is provided by headquarters
and service company, medical battalion, FSSG.

_5_ Food Service.—Capable of operating dining facili-

ties in L:'M-'t • • rt of the company and the normal patient load.

g. Dental Battalion

( 1 ) Miss ion and Tasks

(a) Mis-, ion.—To provide dental service support lor a

Marine amphibious force and to provide specialized care of casualties with
maxillo-facial injuries.

(b) Tasks.—To coordinate ana support MAF dental service

support requirements.

(2) Concept of Organization.—The dental battalion consists of a

headquarters and service company and three dental companies. (See Figure
4-9. )
3850N
DENTAL BATTALION

12 3

3852N 3851N
H&S COMPANY DENTAL COMPANY

0 0 24 38

Figure 4-9.—Dental Battalion

(a) Command and Control

1 Command and Staff.—Command and control is exercised

by the commanding officer through subordinate company commanders. The com-

.- • i
 manding officer of the battalion also functions as the staff dental offi-
cer. During the commanding officer's absence, the commanding officer ol a
dental company will be designated as the acting battalion commander.

2_ Communications. —None organic. External supp< rt re-

quired.

_3_ Intelligence.—Provided by the G-2 sectioi of the

FSSG. The battalion assists in the provision of technical intelligt-nce as
required.

4_ Firepower.—Possesses only individual weapons.

(b) Mobility.—The battalion is vehicular transportable but

contains no general purpose or special purpose transportation.
(3) Concept of Employment

(a) The battalion is structured to provide command, contrjl

and administrative support to the dental companies and is designed to at-
tain maximum utilization of professional dentaL manpower while providing
the most effective and timely dental service support in combat cr other FMF
operations.

(b) The administrative services are centralized in the

headquarters and service company.

(c) Each dental company is designed to provide dental

support to a major subordinate element of a MAF, i.e., one company in
support of a division, wing, MAB, or FSSG.

(d) The organization and equipment are designed to permit a

considerable degree of flexibility and mobility. Detachments of varying
size may be formed for assignment to separate or independent units.

(e) Provisional detachments may be formed to provide neces-

sary assistance in the care and evacuation of mass casualties and foi the
purpose of reinforcing a medical battalion.

(4) Administrative CapabiIt ies.~-Capable of dental administra-

tion and limited Navy personnel administration only. Other administrative
support must be provided by appropriate units cf the FSSG.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance.—The dental battalion is capable of main-

tenance and repair of dental equipment. The medical logistics company of
the supply battalion, FSSG services the dental equipment while maintaining
the authorized dental allowance lists and provides assistance to the dei.tal
battalion as required. The battalion commander is responsible to ensure
that the authorized dental allowance lists are in a deployable status at
all times.

(b) ^upply.—Capable of performing those supply functions

necessary for battalion operations. Other supply support including class
• VIII management is provided by the supply battalion, FSSG.

(c) Medical.--Support is required from the medical re-

sources of the FSSG.

4-67
 (d) Transportation.—None organic. Ail transportation sup-
port in garrison wil be provided by the headquarters and service battalion,
FSSG. When deployed, transportation will be furnished by the supported
unit.
(e) Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by
the FSSG or supported unit.

(6) Hi»S Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1 Mission.—Responsible for the coordination of admin-

istrative and logistical support for all elements of the dental battalion.

2_ Tasks

<i_ To provide personnel administrative support to

the dental battalion.

b^ To provide support to all elements of the dental

battalion.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The headquarters and service

company is organized into battalion headquarters section and a company
headquarters designed to provide Navy personnel adn.inistrative and logis-
tical support.

_1_ Command and Control

a^ Command and Staff.—The commanding officer per-

forms the command and staff functions necessary for e operation of the
headquarters and service company.

_b Communications.—None organic. Support is pro-

vided by the FSSG or the supported unit.

_c Intell igence.—None organic. Support is provid-

ed by the FSSG or the supported unit.

d Firepower.--Possesses only individual weapons.

2_ Mobility.--The unit is helicopter transportable.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The company can provide detach-

ments to render the necessary administrative support of various elements of
the dental battalion. The major items of equipment are shown below.

HEADQUARTERS & SERVICE COMPANY, DENTAL BATTALION, FSSG

1
1
Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2

(d) Admin istrative Capabilities.--Capable of dental and

Navy personnel administration. Other administrative support will be pro-
]
vided by the FSSG or the supported unit.

4-68

• •••'•—~-~ ••-— '•••-

 (e) Logistical Capabilities

jL Maintenance

a^ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on al! organizational equipment.
b^ Support.—None.

2_ Supply .--Capable or performing the supply and fiscal

functions required in support of the dental battalion.

3 Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by the

FSSG or supported unTt.

4_ Transportation.—Limited to light administrative

vehicles. Additional motor transport support is provided by the FSSG or
supported unit.
_5 Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided by
FSSG or the supported unit.

(7) Dental Company

(a) Mission, Tasks, and Functions

1_ Mission.—To maintain the dental health of the force

and to provide specialized care of casualties with maxillo-facial injuries.

_2 Tasks
a_ Proviae operative dental treatment as required.

b^ Provide maxillo-facial and surgical treatment as

may be required.

C Provide limited prosthetic treatment until de-

finitive treatment can be obtained.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company is organized into

a headquarters and service section and a clinic section.

1_ Command and Control

a^ Command and Staff.—The company commander per-

forms command and staff functions necessary for the operation of the com-
pany.

b_ Communications.—None organic. Support is pro-

vided by the FSSG or supported unit.

_c Intelligence.—None organic. Support is provid-

ed by the FSSG of supported unit.

<2 Firepower.—Possesses only light infantry type

weapons.

2_ Mobility.—The unit is helicopter transportable.

4-69
 —— -^

(c) Concept of: Employment

1_ The company is designed to attain maximum utiliza-

tion of professional dental manpower while providing the most effective and
timely dental support to FMF operations in combat and in garrison.

2 The company can provide detachments to render neces-

sary assistance in the care and evacuation of mass casualties, reinforce
another dental company, a medical company, or a hospital company, in sup-
port of offensive operations of infantry units or elements of the MAF.

i_ The M'or items of equipment are shown below.

DENTAL COMPANY, DENTAL BATTALION, FSSG

1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

1 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M1S1A2

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Centralized under

HkS company, dental battalion.
(e) Logistical Capabilities

1 Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all organizational equipment. Capable of organization-
al (second echelon) maintenance on dental equipment. Intermediate (third
and fourth echelon) maintenance on dental equipment is provided by medical
logistics company, supply battalion, FSSG. Organizational (second echelon)
maintenance on all other equipment is provided by the FSSG, or supported
unit. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance on all equipment
other than dental is provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

JD Support.—None.

2_ Medical.—None organic. Provided by FSSG or sup-

ported unit.
_3 Supply.—Capable of performing supply and fiscal
functions required for company operations.

_4_ Transportation.—Limited to light administrative

vehicles. Additional motor transport support provided by FSSG, or support-
ed unit.

_5_ Food Service.—None organic. Provided by FSSG or

supported unit.

h. Landing Support Battalion

(1) Mission and Tasks

(a) Miss ion.—To provide landing support to the landing

force during the amphibious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

(b) Tasks

4-70

•••••«••- =- * *-"
 J_ Provide the command structure and nucleus of con-
trol, administrative and operational personnel and equipment to support
landing force operations (shore party, helicopter
iptet support teams, air de-
livery, departure airfield control groups« and arrival airfielä control
groups).
2_ During the conduct of amphibious operations, pro-
vide the nucleus of personnel ind equipment around which other elements of
the MAG"F may be attached to task organize the landing force support party
to provide combat service support to units up to MAF size.

_£ Provide the nucleus of specialized material han-

dling equipment and personnel expertise for management of i>r~ ik-l ilk cargo/
containers throughout during terminal operations at ports, rail', ad , lir-
heads and beaches.

4_ Provide air-delivery-support equipment ind tper-

tise during extended operations ashore.

_5_ Perform limited combat engi eer task, commensurate

with organizational capabilities.

b_ Establish routes of egress from beach.

Figure 4-10.--Landing Support Battalion

4-71
 (2) Concept of Organization.—The landing support battalion is
organized to provide tor three command and control agencies (the three
landing support companies) for the operation of colored beaches or helicop-
ter support areas during an amphibious assault. The battalion has the
capability to consolidate the management of cargo throughout operations of
the MAF under a single agency, the beach and port company.

(a) Command and Control.—The battalion commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to administration and logistics sup-
port, through the battalion headquarters, within the headquarters and
service company.

(b) Firepower.—Organic firepower capability is limited to

individual and automatic weapons for security.

(c) Communications.--The landing support battalion is or-

ganized to provide internal communications support between all levels of
command for continual control of subordinate units as required.

(d) Mobility.--Orqanizational vehicles of the battalion

provide limited mobility. The battalion is not considered a mobile unit
due to the extent and complexity of resident equipment.

(3) Concept of Employment.--Elements of the landing support

companies of the battalion are augmented with other elements of the FSSG,
through task organization, to provide the initial combat service support
for amphibious/helicopterborne operations requiring substantial logistics
support in excess of the supported units' organic capability. The beach

tic management for MAF-size operations

(4 Administrative Capabilities.—Capable of Self-administra-

t ion.

(5) Logistical Capabilities

(a) Maintenance
1_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first and sec-
ond echelon/ maintenance on communications, motor transport and ordnance
equipment. Intermediate (third and fourth echelon) maintenance is provided
by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

2_ Support.—None.

(b) Supply.--Capable of providing organic supply support to

elements of the battalion.

(c) Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by medical

battalion, FSSG.

(d) Transportation.—The oattalion has minimum essential

motor transport for command and administrative purposes. Augmentation from
motor transport battalion, FSSG or from the supported unit will be neces-

4-72

_ ---» I liTMi'tJ^
20F
sary for displacement requirements.

(e) Food Service.—The headquarters and service company is

capable of operating a battalion dining facility in garrison or in the
field.

(6) Headquarters and Service Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

1_ Miss ion.—To provide command, control, administra-

tive, internal supply functions, equipment and maintenance support for the
battalion.

2_ Tasks

a_ To provide the nucleus of the command and con-

trol organization upon which landing force support party headquarters is
formed.

_b To provide communications, material handling

equipment, motor transport and dining necessary for internal operation and
support of task organized landing support parties.

c_ To provide heavy material handling equipment

support to meet landing support battalion requirements and to augment the
MAF, as required.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The headquaters and service

company consists of a battalion headquarters, heavy equipment/motor trans-
port platoon, communications platoon and a company headquarters. The heavy
equipment/motor transport platoon is organized to provide engineer equip-
ment support to the landing support companies and minimum essential trans-
portation for the landing support companies.

1 Command and Control

a_ Command and Staff.—Responsibilities are dis-

charged through a battalion headquarters consisting of a command section
and a supply/dining section. The battalion headquarters is capable of
providing both primary and alternate command groups.

_b Communications.--The communications platoon is

capable of providing internal communications support for the battalion and
provides communications support for detachments of the landing support bat-
talion in support of isolated units.

_2 Firepower.—Firepower Is limited to light infantry

weapons. The company has a limited capability for providing local security
and of assisting in defense against an organized attack.

_3_ Mobility.--Certain elements of the company are

helicopter transportable. Organic ground mobility is limited. Motor
transport support, as required, is furnished from the motor transport bat-
talion, FSSG, or augmented, when required, from other units in the landing
force.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The battalion headquarters

••
 20B
conducts operational planning and has the capability to exercise command
and control of the landing force support party. Liervico and communication
elements provide support for detachments of the battalion, as required.
The company headquarters is employed to direct and control all internal
administration, logistics and security matters of th<- company. The major
items of equipment are shown below.

fd) Admin istrative Capabilities.--None. Consolidated under

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance.--Capable of performing organizational

maintenance (first and second echelon) on communications, motor transport
and ordnance equipment.

Medical.--None organic. Medical support is provid-

ed by the medical battalion, FSSG.

J_ Transportation.--The company has minimum essential

motor transport for command and administrative purposes.

-Capable of performing supply functions for

the battalion.

j> Food Service.--Capable of operating a battalion

dining facility in garrison or in the field.

Hh'ADQl'ARTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, LANDING SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

12 Control Radio Set, AN/GRA-6

2 Radiac Computer Indicator, CP95A/PD
14 Radio Set, Control Group, AN/GRA-39B
12 Radio Set, AM/GRC-160
3 Radio Set, Trk-Mtd, AN/MRC-83A
4 Radio Set, AN/MRC-109
8 Radio Set, AN/PRC-47
4 Radio Set, AN/PRC-75A
35 Radio Set, AN/PRC-77
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-134
2 Radio Terminal Set, AN/MRC-135
6 Radio Terminal Set, AN/TRC-166
1 Receiving Set, Radio, AN/GRR-17
I Signal, Lamp, Equipment SE-llA
3 Switchboard, Telephone, Automatic, SB-3614(V)TT
1 Teletypwriter Set, AN/GGC-3-A
4 Bucket, Multi-purpose, 2-1/4 yd cap., Drott 4-in-l
18 Crane, RT, Rough Terrain, Hydraulic, 30T, DROH 2500
12 Crane-Shovel, Crawler, Mtd, Bay, Koehring 2N M65
3 Crane, Trk-Mtd, 15T, M-315T
6 Crane, Whl-Mtd, SP, 3T, M71
4 Decontaminating Apparatus, PD, Skd-Mtd, 500 Gal, M121A1
3 Grader, Road, Motorized, 5R3999
90 Kit, Assault Trackway
6 Tractor, Full-Tracked, W/Multi-Purpose Bucket, Case MC-1150
18 Tractor, Rubber-Tired, Articulated Steer, 72-31MP
6 Tractor, Rubber-Tired, MRS, 1-100

4-74

I «Ulli I III m J
 HEADQUXRTERS AND SERVICE COMPANY, LANDING SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG (CON "I)

12 Tr uck, Forklift, 05-3354

12 Tr uck, Forklift, Rough Terrain, MC-4000
1 We lding Machine, ARC, Trlr-Mtd, LM62A
6 Tr ailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
9 Tr ailer, Tank, Water, 400 Gal, 1-1/2T, 2-Whl, M149A1
3 Tr uck, Ambulance, 1/4T, 4x4, M718A1
5 Tr uck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/Winch, M561
10 Tr uck, Cargo, 5T, 6x6, M54A2C
3 Tr uck, Dump, 5T, 6x6, M51A2
3 Tr uck, Platform, Utility, 1/2T, 4x4, M274A5
1 Tr uck, Tank, Fuel Servicing, 1200 Gal, 2-1/2T, 6x6, w/Winch
M 49A2C
7 Tr uck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
1 Tr uck, Wrecker, 5T, 6x6, M543A2
6 Ma chine Gun, Cal.50, Browning, HB Flexible, M2
2 Ma chine Gun, 7.62mm, M60
10 Ni ght Vision Goggles, Individual, AN/PVS-5
4 Ni ght Vision Sight, Individual Served Weapon, AN/PVS-4

(7) Landing Support Company

(a ) Mission and Tasks

1_ Miss ion.—To provide the command, control, and

operational personnel required to form a nucleus for task organized support
of landing support operations during either surface or helicopter amphib-
ious assault and subsequent operations ashore.

a^ To facilitate the waterborne landing and move-

ment of troops, equipment and supplies across the beach; to evacuate cas-
ualties and prisoners of war from the beach; and the beaching retraction,
and salvage of landing ships and craft and amphibious vehicles.

_b To facilitate the landing and movement of heli-

copterborne forces, equipment and supplies within the landing zone and to
evacuate casualties and prisoners of war from the landing zone.

c_ To facilitate the control and coordination of

loading and unloading of units for deployment or redeployment by fixed-wing
aircraft during DACG/AACG operations.

d_ To provide limited close combat engineer support

to meet esential requirements during operations ashore.

2_ Tasks.—The landing support company is organized

to provide the nucleus of personnel required to task organize the shore
party group/helicopter group, or subordinate elements thereof.

a_ Provide shore party and/or helicopter support

teams, as required.

_b Prepare, mark and control the landing beaches or

jc Locate and establish interim multi-class dumps.

•
 jd Unload supplies from the landing craft, ships
and helicopters. (The landing support company cannot totally perform this
task unless reinforced with appropriate personnel and equipment).

e^ Provide emergency maintenance (the landing sup-

port company must be reinforced with augmentation personnel and equipment
capable of performing second and third echelon maintenance).

f Provide for evacuation of casualties and prison-

ers of war. Augmentation of medical personnel from medical battalion,
FSSG, and MP company, headquarters battalion, FSSG, required.

£ Perform limited combat engineer tasks, commen-

surate with organizational capabilities.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The landing support company

consists of a company headquarters and two landing support platoons. The
company is organized to provide the basic structure necessary to accomplish
the primary mission and provides the nucleus of personnal required to task
organize a shore party group/helicopter support group, and subordinate
elements thereof. Shore party groups, composed of landing force and naval
units, are organized into teams to provide logistic support to the landing
force during the surface assault phase of amphibious operations.

_1 Command and Control.—The company commander directs

and controls all matters pertaining to company logistic support. A company
headquarters is provided to command and control organic and attached ele-
ments.
_2 Firepower.—Firepower is limited to individual wea-
pons. The company has a limited capability for providing local security
and assisting in defense against organized attack. The company is capable
of coordinating the defense of a colored beach.

3_ Communications.—None organic. Support is provided

by headquarters and service company, landing support battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Logistics.—Capable of providing internal supply

functions.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The landing support company,

augmented as required by elements of other Marine units and by elements of
the naval beach group, can be task organized into a shore party group con-
sisting of shore party teams, or a helicopter support group consisting of
two helicopter support teams. This task organization provides for the
operation of two separate numbered beaches, one colored beach, or two
helicopter landing zones. The functioning and capabilities of 2 ending
support organizations are dedicated to the management of personnel and
materials in the initial phases of the assault and subsequent inland
movement. The Marine elements of the shore part group will prepare, mark,
and control the landing beach or zone; locate and establish interim multi-
class dumps; unload supplies from landing craft, ships and helicopters;
provide emergency maintenance; and evacuate casualties and prisoners of
war. The shore party group will operate in the beach support area in a
progressively diminishing degree as the scope of logistic operations
o.itends inland. Elements of the shore party group are attached to the
assault forces for embarkation and landing. As the logistic support system

4-76

• - -
develops ashore, the shore party group organizations will be modified.
When no longer required for landing support functions, attachments will
revert to parent control, or otherwise be assigned as appropriate. Upon
establishment ashore of the MSSG/BSSG, selected command and control ele-
ments of the shore party group will pass to operational control of the
MSSG/BSSG for continuation of landing support as required. The major items
of equipment are shown below.

LANDING SUPPORT COMPANY, LANDING SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

3 Signal, Lamp, Equipment SE-llA

1 Air Conditioner, MCS, Horizontal, 60Hz, 9,000 BTU, MC9HAL6-208
2 Air Conditioner, MCS Horizontal, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, MC18HA6-208
4 Air Conditioner, MCS Vertical, 60Hz, 18,000 BTU, A/E 32C-17
3 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Vertical, 60Hz, 36,000 BTU, A/E 32C-24
2 Air Conditioner, MC Std, Skd-Mtd, A/E 32C-39
2 Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Non-Metallic PRS-7
2 Detecting Set, Mine, Portable, Metallic PSS-11
200 Sling, Cargo, Chain Leg, 15,000 lb Cap.
1 Trailer, Amphib Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416
1 Truck, Cargo, 1-1/4T, 6x6, w/Winch M561
3 Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2
4 Machine Gun, 7.62mm, M60

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None. Consolidated under

battalion S-l/ad]utant section.

(e) Logistical Capabilities

1_ Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of providing organizational

(first echelon) maintenance on all organic equipment. Organizational (sec-
ond echelon) maintenance on all assigned equipment is provided by head-
quarters and service company, landing support battalion. Intermediate
(third and fourth echelon) maintenance is provided by maintenance battal-
ion, FSSG.

_b Support.—None.

2_ Supply.--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, landing support battalion, FSSG.

3_ Medical.--None organic. Support is provided by

medical battalion, FSSG.

4_ Transportation.—Limited organic motor transport.

Augmentation by headquarters and service company, landing support battalion
required to accomplish the company's primary mission.

5^ Food Service.—None organic. Support is provided

by headquarters and service company, landing support battalion, FSSG.

(8) Beach and Port Company

(a) Mission and Tasks

4-77
 1_ Miss ion.—To direct designated beaches/port, rail-
head, airhead, and cargo terminal operations.

_2 Tasks

a_ To provide personnel and equipment for the load-

ing and unloading, movement of supplies at a port, railhead, airhead, beach
and in dumps or depots.

J3 To develop and maintain skills in cargo handling

operations to include container handling and management.

C To provide air-delivery support in support of

the MAF, as required.

d_ To provide air freight operational capability,

as required.

(b) Concept of Organization.—The company consists of a

company headquarters, two longshoreman platoons, a shipping and receiving
platoon, and an air-delivery platoon. The company is organized to provide
the basic structure necessary to accomplish the primary mission.

1_ Command and Control.--The operations officer per-

forms the staff functions necessary to effect coordination and control of
functionally assigned sections in the accomplishment of the primary mis-
sion. The company commander directs and controls all matters pertaining to
company logistic support.

2_ Firepower.--Organic firepower capability is limited

to individual weapons for personal security.

_3^ Communications.--None organic. Support is provided

by the communications platoon, headquarters and service company, landing
support battalion.

_4_ Mobility.—The company is not considered mobile due

to the extent and complexity of resident equipment.

(c) Concept of Employment.—The beach and port company,

when directed, assumes the beach/port operation functions after control has
been passed to the FSSG. The company provides aerial-delivery support, and
when augmented by other elements of the FSSG, an air terminal can be pro-
vided for the MAF. In addition, the company is capable of conducting de-
parture/arrival airfield control groups. The major items of equipment are
shown below.

BEACH AND PORT COMPANY, LANDING SUPPORT BATTALION, FSSG

[ Trailer, Amphib, Cargo, 1/4T, 2-Whl, M416

Truck, Utility, 1/4T, 4x4, M151A2

(d) Administrative Capabilities.—None.

the battalion S-1/adjutant section.
Consolidated under

(e) Logistical Capabilities

4-78

*"————-—————————~—•————. - _ . . . . . . - - •
'
 1 Maintenance

a_ Organic.—Capable of organizational (first eche-

lon) maintenance on all assigned equipment and (second echelon) maintenance
on all air delivery equipment. Organizational maintenance (second echelon)
on all other equipment will be provided by headquarters and service com-
pany, landing support battalion, FSSG. Intermediate (third and fourth
echelon) maintenance wil be provided by maintenance battalion, FSSG.

a_ Support.—None.

2_ Supply .--None organic. Support is provided by

headquarters and service company, landing support oattalion, FSSG.

3 Medical.—None organic. Support is provided by

medical battalion, FSSG.

_4_ Transportation.—Support is provided by head-

quarters and service company, landing support battalion, FSSG, and/or
augmentation from the motor transport battalion, FSSG.

5_ Food Service.--Support is provided by headquarters

and service ompany, landing support battalion, FSSG.

4-79

.1.. '• *"- -* •"-

 -""•

SECTION 4B

FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GROUP

0-1 PERIOD (1979-1983)

407. GENERAL

a. The mission and organization of the FSSG should remain rel atively
uncha nged for the period 1979-1983. The concept of employment for t he FSSG
will be fully developed for the first time in FMFM-4-1 . State of the art
advan ces in commercial automotive and engineer equipment are cont inually
being monitored for potential application by the Marine Corps. Star ting in
the Q -1 period and continuing into the Q-2 period, the majority of t he cur-
rent inventory of wheeled vehicles will be replaced by the Tactical Vehicle
Fleet . To enhance combat capability through improved mobility and fl exibil-
ity, the Tactical Vehicle Fleet will provide the FSSG with a mix of wheeled
prime movers and trailers tailored to the requirements of the modern
battl efield. This will include two types of High-Mobility Tactical Trucks
(HMTT 's), two types of commercial prime movers, and three types of commer-
cial trailers.

b. Q-l will see the advent of an integrated system of standard size

modular shelters and containers and their corresponding trailers and prime
movers as introduced in Section IE. This system integrates a conceptual
vehicle fleet mix of prime movers and trailers with various shelters
(Marine Corps expeditionary shelter system (MCESS)), environmentally con-
trolled medical systems (MCEMS), Marine Corps liquid transporting, storage
and handling system (SIXCON), and other standard size containers. The re-
verse osmosis water purification unit, housed in a frame meeting ISO stand-
ards, is also due in Q-l. The lightweight amphibious container handler
(LACH) will arrive in the FSSG during late Q-l or early Q-2.

c. While no items of communications equipment scheduled for arrival

during Q-l are unique to the FSSG, many new and improved items will be
utilized within the command. For a graphic display of these communications
items, see Figure 4-11. For descriptions of these equipments, see Section
IB and 2B (FMF and division, respectively). With the introduction of the
CSS concept, the T/E's and T/0's for FSSG units are essentially compila-
tions of those from similar units in the FSR,. It is anticipated that the
actual field application of FSSG will determine the adequacy of this
concept and mix of communications personnel and equipment.

d. Figure 4-12 at the conclusion of this section provides a summary

of FSSG developments for the Q-l period (less communication equipment).

408. FSSG ORGANIZATION

a. General.—Those items of equipment and systems listed below are

items that may be found throughout the FMF, but because of their basic
combat service support nature, they are included in the FSSG portion of
LFOSS. Similarly, there are some items of equipment listed in LFOSS under
organizations other than FSSG that may eventually appear in FSSG T/E's.
Examples are the individual night-vision goggles AN/PVS-5 (section on
Marine division); and the engineer survey set.

(1) Protective Construction Syste,».—The Marine amphibious

forces ashore require protective materials and construction techniques that

4-81
 •

I • ' : Hi* M : . •:.:.

K. K'. -.

... A
w.

U u
•
M

AN PRC-1 1 -1
A A A A A A A
s
-j a,
M
A
i
.-

ac -
•
• •
AN
" • Hl RAJ : A
'•
AN/MRC-138
(HF RADIS VEH 1 . A
AN ii'.'-'.B
(!lANDHKI.!i VH1 :'A. 1 A A
AN/GXl - 7,
(FACSIMILE) A
<«

f- •
AN/MSQ-( )
(AUTO MSG ENTRY SYS) A
AN/UGC-74
(TELETYPE SYSTEM) A
1 z. c
XOH
OU2
w x c<
6- > to

0 H
•:" O
AN/TSC-9 3
(BENCH MOt'JJT SATCOM) A
AN/GRA-39B
(HF/VHF REMOTE CONTROL GROUP) A A A A A A A
< a •••: ;-A-( )
(HF REMOTE CONTROL GROUP) A A A A A A A
HYX-57
(WIRFT r.NE ADAPTER) A A A A A A A
TSEC/KY-57,-58
(VINSON, SECURE VHF/UHF) A A A A A A A
X ~
C td
0o
TSEC ItY-l '
• : , :
:i)RE •.'!!' RA1 I A A A A A A A
Figure 4-11.—Communications Equipment, For Service Support Group
0-1 Period.

4-8:
enable them to rapidly provide protection against the effects of conven-
tional weapons on selected items of equipment and personnel. This is a
modular, lightweight, protective construction system that will replace
current techniques which utilize expedient materials, concrete, sandbags,
etc. Consisting of three basic components—a basic panel, a column/gird< r,
and a connector/spacer panel--it will provide reusable protection £01 sel-
ected items of equipment, command posts, aid stations, ammunition storage,
and selected crew-served weapons emplacements primarily of combat support
and combat service support units in relatively static positions. Issued as
a Class IV material, it should be available (IOC) in FY 1980.

(2) Site Sanitation Unit.—The purpose of the site sanitation

unit is to provide the FMF with a self-contained portable head unit suit-
able for use in combat operations, training exercises, and for Marines
embarked aboard merchant shipping. The system is composed of a series of
self-contained, self-operating modules compatible for use in MCESS shelters
and compatible with International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
containers to facilitate transportation. They will require minimal field
skills and manpower for erection. Each module will weigh approximately 400
lbs and will be capable of completely processing the daily waste of at
least 16 Marines. The maximum combination of modules will be capable of
accomodating up to 20 Marines at one time. Modules will be transportable
by truck, helicopter, or trailer. An IOC in the early 1980's is expected.

(3) Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Equipment.--This equip-

ment will be capable of producing potable water from polluted fresh water,
seawater, and brackish water; will remove chemical and radiological contam-
inants, and will filter certain viruses and bacteria when aided by chlorin-
ation.

(4) Expeditionary Electrical Power Distribution System.--This

system is a modular, lightweight, reusable expeditionary electrical power
distribution system capable of supplying 60Hz electrical power when used
with 10, 30, 45, 60, 100, and 200kW DoD standard 600- and 700- series gen-
erator sets. It will provide power to all Marine Corps units for lighting
and other power requirements, including that required by MCESS. It will
consist of skid-mounted distribution panels interconnected with color coded
cables which are sized by amperage, keyed for voltage and frequency, and
capable of rapid connect/disconnect. It can be emplaced by two men and
will replace the current field-expedient means of power distribution in FY
81.

(5) Simplified Test Equipment for Internal Combustion Engines.—

State-of-the-art advances in automoive diagnostic and test equipment have
resulted in the evaluation of manual, semiautomatic, and automatic test
measurement, and diagnostic equipment/systems for spark and compression ig-
nition internal combustion engines. Designed for use at the organizational
level, they will assist the mechanic in fault detection and isolation on
vehicle engines, and electrical and fuel systems, thereby replacing the
variety of equipment currently used. A similar system is being developed
for the LVTP-7A1. An IOC of FY 81 is anticipated.

(6) Field Refrigeration System.--The refrigerators in the cur-

rent inventory were developed to meet World War II requirements and do not
provide the capabilities offered by the latest developments in refrigera-
tion technology. They are nearing the end of their service life and re-
quire excessive maintenance. Additionally, they are not comjatible with

4-83

k. . J*i
 —

ISO standards relative to dimensions and structure. The current model

under evaluation is a rigid, unitized field refrigeration system, which
will be compatible with ISO containers and replace current models on a one-
for-one basis. Each unit will consist of an insulated container and
refrigeration unit with a total weight of 4,000 lb, making it air and
ground transportable. It will provide 200 to JOG cubic feet of storage
space and offer an optional dual freeze and chill storage capability. An
IOC of FY öl is predicted.

b. Headquarters and service Battalion

(1) Heavy Motorized Road Grader.--This item is a key piece of

engineer equipment for general grading, bank sloping and ditching, and for
general construction and maintenance of roads, airfields, and hardstand
storage areas. It will replace the existing road grader, Model 550-M-66,
in the combat engineer battalions, engineer support battalions, beach and
port companies, and MAW wing engineer squadrons. The grader will be a
heavy duty, diesel engine driven, pneumatic tired, 6x4 front-wheel steer
with articulating features, or it may be of a 6x6 all-wheel drive, all-
wheel steer design. Weight will be between 28,000 and 32,000 lb, and it
will be transportable by the M870 trailer. An IOC of FY 79 is expected.

(2) Forklift, RT, 4,000 lb Capacity.--In order to retain a heli-

copter transportable, rough terrain forklift capability, the Marine Corps
developed the RT 4,000. This four-wheel drive, articulated steer, diesel
(or JP-5) powered forklift was the replacement for the ART-30. Currently,
a product improvement program is underway to out!it the RT 4,000 with such
equipment as a new mast. The RT 4,000 is more effective than the 6,000 lb
and 10,000 lb forklift for stuffing and unstuffing the 8-foot-wide family
of containers. It will also lift and move breakbulk cargo, container in-
serts, and palletized loads. The proposed improvements for the RT 4,000
may reach the fleet as early as 1982.

(3) Forklift, RT, 6,000 lb Capacity.—This item of equipment is

a four-wheel drive, diesel (or JP-5) powered replacement for the RTF, 6,000
lb capacity, currently in the inventory. It will accomplish material hand-
ling tasks across the beach, and load and unload combat vehicles and land-
ing craft in the surf. It can also perform general cargo handling in the
LSA. It will be found in the beach and port operations company, tank bat-
talion, and the motor transport squadron of the MWSG (IOC if FY 79).

(4) Forklift, RT, 10,000 lb Capacity.—This is a four-wheel

drive, articulated steer, diesel (or JP-5) powered replacement for the
Terex Model 72-31 MP. It will be used for heavy material handling tasks:
handling up to 10,000 lb containers and components of the expeditionary
family of shelters; material handling across the beach; loading and un-
loading combat vehicles and landing craft in up to 60 inches of surf; and
handling the large, heavy bundles of SATS matting. It will also be capable
of being used as a scoop loader with the addition of a 2-1/2 to 3 cubic
yard general-purpose bucket. It will be utilized by the beach and port
operations company and the bulk fuel company, support company, and engineer
company of the engineer support battalion, and the motor transport support
squadron and wing engineer support squadron of the MAW (IOC is FY 79).

c. Supply Battalion

(1) M274A5 Product Improvement. — In an attempt to extend the

life expectancy of the MECHANICAL MULE, the Marine Corps will improve its

4-84

•—.-,.
 -
^

mobility, reliability, and utility. All FMF units which currently utilize
the M274A5 will benefit from improved engine design, which includes an
electric start capability among other features expected in this product
improvement (IOC is FY 82).

d. Maintenance Battalion

e. Engineer Support battalion

(1) Heavy Motorized Road Grader.—See para b(l).

(2) Forklift, RT, 4,000 lb Capacity.—See para b(2).

f. Motor Transport Battalion

g. Medical Battalion
(1 ) Marine Corps Environmentally Controlled Medical System
(MCEMS).—The introduction MCEMS will replace the present system of tents,
providing a controlled environment which will significantly improve the
physiologica] stability of the patient and enhance his chances of survival.
The system consists of numerous components covering all facets of medically
related functions from administrative units to surgical units and patient
wards. Each will contain the emergency supplies and equipment necessary
for a minimum of 24 hours continuous operation. Utilizing standard MCESS
rigid and knockdown 8'x8'x20' ISO configured modules, it will be transport-
able by FLS vehicle fleet or helicopter, and can also be employed on vari-
ous military or commercial ships to complement shipboard facilities or pro-
vide facilities where they are now nonexistent.

h. Dental Battalion

(1) Dental Battalion will also benefit from the introduction of

standard shelters to replace tents under the MCEMS program.

4-85

r i- i • r i-i i — • - • '•• - -
A
 —^
1 .

in in 11 ••. i
. : •• rj *. o
1
SITE SANITATl -. o . 1
USM EXPEDI1 • v
A A A A
EXPEDIT EU ! P Ml B D1 I A A A A A A
ilMPLIFTl 1 :•;-:•: EQUII
INTERN A! lOMBl STION
A A A A A A
—•
HEAVY MOTOR! Z] 1 B A! A A
FORKLIFT, RT, 4,000 LB CAPA !:• A
A
PORK LI FT, BT, LO.OOO l-B CAPACITY A A
V.;^4AJ PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT A
ENVIRONMENTALLY .'ONTROt.L! 1
MED SYSTEMS
A A
FIELD REFRIGERATION SYSTEM A A A A
IN] [VIDUAL -.:
AN PVS-5
;HT V: .-• i tti •: ES ,
o
EN SINEEF SI RVEY SET A
_'ABLE DITCHES
LINE LAYER
AN: TRENCHES
A
LIGHTWEIGHT AMPHIBIA'S
CONTAINER HANDLER [LACH o
REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER
PURIFICATION UNIT A
HEAVY HMTT A A A A A
lb'Jtion tc bP let

Figure 4-12.—Equipment, Force Service Support Group, Q-l Period.

4-86

«MMfc
 SKCTION 4C

FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GROUP

0-.! PERIOD (L983-1987)
40 9. GENERAL

a. There will bo no significant changes to the mission, organiza-

tion, anil concept ot employment ol the FBSG as a result of the items of
equipment listed herein; however, the anticipated introduction of the
Marine Corps Tactical Command and Control System (MTACCS) in the FMF could
have significant impact on the organization and equipment required to main-
tain the sophisticated equipment required by MTACCS. This could include
items ranging from increased repair facilities to additional prime movers
and generators. Of greater impact may be the need for more and more high-
ly-.Killed technicians to keep these systems operational.

b. There are several efforts still in the developmental stage which

may affect all or some of the FSSG organizations during this Q-2 period.
Areas of probable impact, beyond those discussed in Section IK, include vi-
bratory compactor for increasing soil density prior to construction of
buildings, and laser surveying equipment. The Marine Corps is also evalu-
ating, on a continual basis, commercial office equipment to include iupli-
cating, reproduction, visual graphic and micrographic viewing equipment for
use throughout the FMF.

c. The communications equipment and its impact previously discussed

in Section IB, Fleet Marine Force Communications Development (1979-1993),
and Section 2C, Marine Division 0-2 Period, will also apply to the FSSG Q-2
period. See Figure 4-13 for a complete listing of communications equipment
to be introduced during this period.
410. FSSG ORGANIZATION

a. Engineer Support Battalion

(1) Heavy Crawler Tractor.—Successful prosecution of amphibious

oper ations is, in part, dependent on engineer equipment to open lines of
comm unications (LOC's). Crawler tractors are a vital piece of engineer
equi pment for constucting and maintaining roads, airfields, staging areas,
land clearing, earth-moving, and field fortifications. A heavy crawler
trac tor is required for large earth-moving missions in tough soil condi-
t ion s where the smaller tractor is ineffective. This vehicle will be a
dies el powered, 60,000 to 70,000 lb tractor with a three-tooth hydraulic
ripp er and a hydraulic, semi-U earth moving blade. It will replace the
Tere x 82-30. It can also be used as a pushdozer for loading the MRSI-100
and MRS-100 scraper, and can operate in up to bO inches of surf. It will
be c apable of being transported by the 70,000 lb, low bed commercial trail-
er, as well as by rail and amphibious or commercial shipping. The heavy
craw ler tractor will be used by combat engineer battalions and engineer
supp ort battalions of the FSSG (IOC is FY 85).
(2 Light Crawler Tractor.- The light crawler tractor meets th>
Marine Corps requirement for a highly mobile, CH-53E transportable, re-
placement (IOC 1985) for the Case 1150 loader and Case 450 bulldozer. The
new light crawler-dozer will be diesel powered and weighs about 32,000 lb
witli angle blade and single drum winch, and has a rated flywheel horsepower
of 140. This item of equipment will be used in combat engineer battalions,

4-87

1 MM* - — m. --•
 engineer support battalions, and the winy engineer squadron for road build-
ing, construction, land clearing, material stockpiling, towing of other
vehicles, and extraction of bogged-down equipment in up to 60 inches of
surf.

• MAINT BN MT BN -
•
BN M
B65
ft • 3WI1 A
.- • ••
A
X —
,'. 1YC-7
(AUTO HS ;
SWIT :H A
CYC-11
(ACTO MSG SW CN'iRLl A
t-EZ»
^ X < -
: 'V FA.VI: V
A
: (J
A
•

PAC rMIL! A
A '
ES ' 3-< )
.,. gg^ --.w QEVICE) A A A A A A
MBTT
KINAJ A
' •
' J-lll
...... --: ... -T;.
A
<p

< a.
£ 3

A A A A A A A
KG-en
{COMSEC DEVICE) A A A A A A A
u u
KG-82
(COMSEC DEVICE) A A A A A A A
is
OU
KG-84
(COMSEC DEVICE) A A A A A A A
u a
KG- 91
(COMSEC DEVICE) A A A A A A A
• • •

A A A A A A A
KY - 6 B
' " L: ' T 3tfAJ PHOtn A

Figure 4-13.—Communications Equipment, Force Service Support Group,

Q-2 Period.

4-88

^_ - mUmft^
 HM&

21F

(J) Marine Corps Liquid Transporting, Storage, and Handling Sys-

tem (SIXCüN) .—As introduced in Section IF, the SIXCON is a liquid trans-
porting, storage and refueling system whicn can replace a number of liquid
transporting vehicles (tankers) currently in use. The unit consists of two
modules: a storage/transporting module and a pumping module. Six storage
modules can be latched together to form a standard 8'x8'x20' container and
used in conjunction with the new vehicle fleet as a large liquid transport-
er, refueler, or storage unit, or used in any combination of pumps and mod-
ules to meet various liquid (fuel or water) requirements. Prototypes arc-
currently being evaluated with the probability of the system becoming
available during this Q-2 period. The foregoing Q-2 developments, their
intended organizations, and IOC's are shown in Figure 4-14 below.

b. Maintenance Battalion.—The advent of the MTACCS will probably

necessitate an increase in maintenance personnel. MIFASS, for example,
calls for four additional billets. Other MTACCS subsystems have not pro-
gressed to the point where their maintenance personnel impact can be ac-
curately predicted.

SUPPLY BN MAI NT !)•: N R SPT BN MEt BN DENT BN MT "•'•'

: i BUT CRAWLER TRACTOR A

HEAVY CRAWLER TRACTOR A
SI XCC '.'
LIGHT HMTT, 3/4 TON A A A A
A
A A A
4S
SEMITRAILER, 65 TON A A IAI
MEDIUM PRIME MOVER
A A A A A
HEAVY PRIME MOVER
A A A
TRAILER, 12.5 TON A A A A A
TRAILER, 22.5 TON A A AJ
Figure 4-14.—Equipment, Force Servicev Support Group, Q-2 Period.

4-89

' .m ,...,.. • • — ' - • - •

 SECTION 4U

FORCE SERVICE SUPPORT GROUP

Q-3 PERIOD (1988-1992)

411. GENERAL

a. Pending R6.D projects are not expected to result in changes to the

mission, organization, or concept of operations of the PSSG during thia
period.

b. The AN/TRC-( ), a multichannel configuration of thi

AN/GRC-( ) fielded in Q-2, is presently the only new communications •
ment item to be introduced in the Q-3 period. See Figure 4-15 below.

i
.. " ' H . BN
—J—•—•———
AN :'•-•-{ j
::
: (MUX RA1 1

-.
A
^J

Figure 4-15.—Communications Equipment, Force Service Support Group,

Q-3 Period.

4-91

* •• *-• • J
 r
SECTION >

ANALYSIS AND CONCLUSIONS

501. GENERAL

While the title of this publication ends with the word "Study", the
document has been, anil still is, more a "report and re', c-w" than a study in
the usual sense. This issue is intended to continue this trend.

It is intended that the expanded "Baseline" section in this issue will

serve to better inform the general reader by providing, in one document, a
comprehensive compilation of the organizational structures of the Fleet
Marine Forces, their mission statements and a selected representation of
the tables of equipment. The general response from the users with regard
to this part of LFOSS has been continuously favorable and was partly re-
sponsible for the expansion of this section.

The presentation of data in the three quinquenniums follows closely

the schema of LFOSS-78, and readers of that issue will note but a few
changes in the information contained in this year's issue. This is to be
expected, since the development cycle is now averaging five to ten years
for many systems, and little change in the overall Rt»D picture occurs with-
in the one year cycle of publication of LFOSS. There are changes, however,
as new projects begin and others either mature or are delayed, or canceled.

The analysis and conclu; ions of this year's issue of LFOSS is somewhat
more comprehensive than in past issues, but still does not approach the
depth of research usually associated with documents entitled "Studies".
There are several reasons for this, not the least of which are limitations
on manpower and funding. A review of the utility of the LFOSS publication
is now under way, and in the event that the decision is made to continue
publication, the reader can expect to see a future document which is quite
different from the present model.

In this regard, early in 1979, the Fleet Marine Forces were asked to
review the past LFOSS publications and to assess the general direction of
Marine Corps R&D. The responses on the question of the utility of LFOSS
were generally favorable, and the recommendations for changes in the pub-
lication are receiving serious consideration. Responses to the question of
the thrust of future procurements, as they affect the field commanders
ability to accomplish their mission, are very revealing and will be refer-
enced within this section. Generally, the field commanders are somewhat
apprehensive about the trends toward greater sophistication and the pursuit
of technology as these movements affect the commanders' ultimate ability to
man and maintain the new systems, and to move them about the battlefield.

Finally, the original intent for this years' Analysis and Conclusions
Section was to provide the reader with a more-than-cursory view of the
development of the various systems which make up MTACCS. However, the
review of the status of the development of these systems has led to a much
broader issue, which will be addressed here at some length. That issue is
the managaement of the Marine Corps systems acquisition process.

While questions about the status of the various MTACCS systems are
applicable to the management of the development of those systems, the
questions are, more importantly, applicable to the total management prac-
tices of all research and development activities. For this reason, the

'•,-1

* -- - '•
Status of the MTACCS will be reviewed and serve as point of departure for
discussions on broader questions.

The intent here is not to resolve issues, but to give voice to poten-
tial problems and further discussion. It must be admitted that, for some
witnin the development community, there does not appear to be an issue as
perceived herein, especially when addressing sensitive issues. However,
most will agree that now is an opportune Lime to review the Corps' system
acquisition process. The principal document guiding Marine Corps research
and development, MCO P5000.10, is now being reviewed and revised; funding
constraint trends are leading to major reductions; manpower shortages are
approaching critical junctures; and new and rigorous management practices
and planning requirements are being instituted by the Executive Department
and the Department of Defense. Furthermore, costs for systems development
are increasing; the time required to development systems is increasing;
equipment replacement (such as motor transport, NBC, a new rifle, and aging
aircraft) is pressing; and concern over efficiency in the management of our
dwindling resources is increasingly evident. Given this atmosphere, it
seems necessary that the conduct of research and development and the man-
agement of the acquisition of equipment should be as efficient, responsive,
productive, and ordered as possible. We need to be getting the most we can
for the few dollars we have. We need to spend our money wisely and be able
to set priorities from an informed, knowledgeable, and far-seeing vantage
point. Do our present management structure and practices accomplish these
goals? How well? Does Marine Corps Systems Acquisition Management need a
major overhaul, or merely fine tuning? Should things be left as they are?

While few will agree with the last option, there is, not surprisingly,
a wide variation of opinions on how to proceed. Perhaps one of the first
steps is to clearly define some of the issues. LFOSS has looked at some of
the major issues as they pertain to MTACCS.

502. MARINE TACTICAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (MTACCS)

"The objective of the MTACC systems acquisition is to provide the FMF

commanders with command anil control means to cope with the increased tempo
and complexity of the post-1980 battlefield. This envisions, where tacti-
cally necessary and logistically supportable, the use of integrated systems
which can automatically receive, process, display, and distribute informa-
tion. However, it is not intended that automation become an end in
itself. Systems must be as austere as the threat will permit."

The preceeding quote is from the MTACCS Master Plan published by Head-
quarters Marine Corps (Code CC) and states the objective to be achieved by
the introduction of the MTACCS systems. The purpose of that plan is to
provide guidance for the integrated management of the Marine Corps programs
designed to improve the tactical command and control capabilities. It is
recommended reading for those who are looking for a source document which
provides a thorough background on the development of MTACCS. Much of what
is presented here is derived from this plan. Additionally, a brief de-
scription of the various systems which make up MTACCS was included in the
1978 edition of LFOSS, in section IB. The MTACCS Master Plan is revised
and updated annually as more detailed analyses are conducted and the crit-
tical decisions concerning systems acquisition are made. The master plan
accomplishes the following:

5-2
 * Sets forth the MTACCS concept and de-scribes the systems included
there in,

* Provides the general guidance necessary for the integration of

these systems with one another, with existing systems, and with
other management information system,

* Describes those considerations necessary for the integration of

MTACCS with tactical communication,

* Provides general guidance for the interoperability of these

systems with the tactical command and control systems of other
services,

* Outlines the responsibilities of the agencies involved in the

development and acquisition of the MTACCS,

* And identifies funding and other support requirements and

discusses effective analysis procedures.

Because the various systems within MTACCS were described in LFOSS-78

and quite thoroughly in the Master Plan, there will be no descriptions
here. It may be useful, however, to list the various systems. They are:

* Marine Integrated Fire and Air Support System (MIFASS).

* Tactical Combat Operations (TCO) System.

* Tactical Air Operations Center (TAOC-85). (Formerly: Marine

Air Command and Control System-MACCS-85)

Marine Air-Ground Intelligence System (MAGIS).

* Position Location Reporting System (PLRS).

* Marine Integrated Personnel System (MIPS).

* Marine Integrated Logistics System (MILOGS).

Tactical Warfare Simulation, Evaluation, and Analysis System

(TWSEAS).

The acquisition schedule for these systems is depicted in figure 5-1. It

should be noted that the MAGIS consists of four sub-systems and that only
two of these are shown on the figure. The sub-systems, Imagery Interpreta-
tion (II) and Intelligence Analysis Center (IAC) are developmental projects
in the full sense and are therefore included in the schedule. The remain-
ing two sub-systems are Imagery Processing (IP) and Tactical Electronic
Reconnaissance Processing and Evaluation (TERPE). These two sub-systems
have been product improvement programs and are currently fielded. Addi-
tionally, TWSEAS is also fielded. Figure 5-2 reflects the status of a
selection of the documentation required throughout the acquisition process.
It should be noted that all the systems do not have a complete documenta-
tion background since some of the systems were begun before the applicable
documentation was a requirement.

As evinced by figures 5-1 and 5-2, each system within the MTACCS con-

5-3
cept has its own acquisition schedule and is separate for development and
funding. MTACCS itself is not a program, but a concept. The design con-
cept calls for maximum commonality ot equipment, operational procedures,
data bases, and extensive interoperability, via a common communications
system. All of the systems, except TWSEAS, are designed for tactical
combat use and are designed to satisfy the unique needs of an amphibious
force. Because of these unique needs, much of the MTACCS is being
developed unilaterally by the Marine Corps. Exceptions to this general
rule are the MAGIS system (joint U. S. Air Porce development) and PLRS
(joint U. S. Army development). The development of MTACCS has been, and
continues to be, a major undertaking for the Marine Corps. There are
numerous constraints on the development of each system which impede the
progress of development. Fiscal considerations, manpower requirements,
equipment replacement scheduling, mobility requirements, and electrical
power requirements must be addressed at each stage in the evolution of each
system. More importantly perhaps, the overall impact of the entire
development must be addressed. Some of these considerations will be
discussed later in this section. The true magnitude of the acquisition of
all the MTACCS components is partially reflected in figures 5-3 and 5-4.

The stated acquisition strategy for MTACCS is that the system must re-
main mobile, flexible, and amphibious. System complexity and sophistica-
tion must be kept to a minimum, proven technology should be used when it
satisfies the requirement, standard equipment must be used where possible,
and developmental efforts of other services must be used where possible to
enhance commonality.

The MTACCS maintenance concept requires:

* A standard three-level/five-echelon maintenance structure;

* Maximum standardization/commonality to reduce procurement

and supply costs;

* Minumum field maintenance to increase availability;

* Easy-to-replace end items to reduce the number of spares,

supply parts, storage requirements, and transportation
requirements;

* Field maintenance by replacement to reduce downtime;

* Central repair;

* And standardized MTACCS maintenance training to improve the

efficiency of maintenance manpower.

What has been briefly presented are some of the regui rements that the
MTACCS must meet. How well the fielded systems u.eet these requirements is
a measure of the effectiveness of the development community and all the
managers within the systems acquisition structure. No evaluation of that
effectiveness is intended here, for the scope of such an endeavaor far ex-
ceeds the capabilities and expertise of this publication. It is intended
that the information presented here serves to facilitate that examination
by appropriate personnel. That such an over-all, broad examination ought
to be made may be argued, but the response from the field commanders leads
to the following conclusion. Outside the pressing questions of affordabil-
ity and manpower requirements, there is a pervasive feeling on the part of

5-4

mm
field commanders that perhaps technology is qeinq pursued as an end in
itself. Commanders see a trend away from simplicity and ruggedness/re-
liability to sophistication and reduced mobility, with an attending in-
crease of support-to-supported ratios.
1
There are concerns over equipment supportabi1ity; size/weight/quant1ty of
new equipment in relation 'o lift assets; manpower quantity; and mor<- re-
cently, quality. Since the MTACCS is such a larye portion of the new ac-
quisitions, and since it portends a major, if not a revolutionary departure
from previous command and control capabilities, it is, perhaps, the propec
vehicle with which an appropriate examination of Rt«D effectiveness can be
conducted.
The developments in communications equipment are on a magnitude com-
parable with MTACCS and are also worthy of closer examination.

5-5

im •
 '—•
[11 i 1 ••

• i- : - •r •? s
: B
« j S "a •«

= Iti;
= 5
• „ i

— : •4S
z Is 1«
j ?
• • -•-
\i i i- i
o J « .
- • i
- t 1.

5 ! •=
•
•3 i ! -!
u a»I« t• '- 1 i
i
e s ;; . l;

: " E :
s j
! i s
I . 5 !
r - ! i
5 » ^ J •
2 i i
" «• i -;* : ls i j
c 5 j *lj »•
- •••:£

3 : =; :_ i s
ja - :- m-- 5 i i < .
»- o : ; ;S *"
u
tig 15
i i 3
• i 0
3 I 5 = 1
— : - -
; : 1 :
: 1=
it :
G _ |: ( •
i |3 >
5 : : : ! ~ir { *
= 1 ! ! i \- 4l
: 1
si | i
! I i Mi r
S g
E 1
! M
» 1
= is "V i. 1- T! !
c = -:; J HI[ i P 1 I
j \ !\ v^r
»-* o_ »-
Z m ? j* !
c i i
I1 's« = Mis
•* i
!
.
s ! 4 . ! -4M
= s 5 £
I
1 - il !• : : >

«R
•

H !
i ],
1»

[ .-is
1 *

•
j
:
• :

:
|"
!
'
S
J
t

= A-il j 1 i I .
• i__L!„, 1 1 j I i
al
I = K
CK

ill!
I 1 1 '
I *4i
1
i
1
! 'JR
is

i^ i 1 1 1 1 : J J t 1
TCO

MAGISIAC
MIFASS

MACCS85

MAGISII

MIPS
PLRS

MIIOGS

TWSEAS

5-6

«An l.i
 i -•

! .
I -
•

1 •'•

| -.'
. -
'* •
"-• *i

• -
! • i
' , }
, s •

. .
' •
. » \ i .
' • s 1
-
' ' •* 1
'' -
•• m i . 3 ; • • •

• s . - •
r :
3! "
-':
:•

I f
• : a
—
-J-
X X <
*
- «uui I•
5 2 Z .
•

. ? a Silt

"' — — u> _l«0 Z >3 —

-• - i a >- ^ * *-
<

1
— — O. i
'" "^

ga>—• j
f-f »•
• "" '"

" - ji i
• . • * • •

• £
? < ;J
I.
.i. ~ i
!

5-7
 ESTIMATES OF
MTACCS EQUIPMENT ACCESSION
PER KAF

30on
2739
2431.

2000

1000 - 896
866

91
I J L i. 1 L
TWSEAS 0 78 79 30 81 8? 83 84 87 88 CALENPf- ri Af

IOCS: MI FASS NlL06i

(II) :,'• -85
rco
KIPS
: H - .1

FIGURE 5-3

ESTIMATES OF
MTACCS UNITS (END ITEMS)
SY CATEGORIES AND QUANTITIES PER MAF

GNERAL CATEGORY SYSTEM AND QUANTITIES

TWSEAS MAG IS PLRS TAOC-85 MIFASS TCO MIPS MI LOGS TOTAL
COMPUTERS 1 12 18 16 47 40 52 52 238
DISPLAYS 5 6 6 32 56 67 52 59 283
PRINTERS 5 13 - 8 99 42 52 55 272
COMM INTERFACES 1 5 - 8 80 70 52 55 271
m
m\m - - - 8 37 - - 45
MEMORIES 2 12 - 8 4 8 52 32 118
OTHER 51 8 751 24 316 109 196 55 1512

TOTAL 65 56 775 104 639 336 456 308 2739

SOURCE: HQMCCUL)
1-I CURE 5-4

5-8

•in m„ • - - - ' i Hilf I nli—ll i^h^alfca iMtataA

503. COMMUNICATIONS

As evinced by what has been presented in Section l.b, communications

developments through the 1979-1993 time period portends a major impact on
Marine Corps operational effectiveness. The positive aspects of automa-
tion, improved security, and diyital capability are indeed exciting to con-
template, but they will not come without some costs. Those costs, easiest
to measure, will be the dollars spent for new and improved capabilities,
such monetary costs will undoubtedly be high; so high at times that
tOC's may ,.ave to be delayed if shortages of procurement dollars occur,
i )t her costs will be the additional manpower likely to be required to
operate duplicate analog and digital systems during the transition
period. The time and manpower cost involved in training and retraining
operators and maintenance technicians for these myraid equipments is a
further cost to be considered. Finally, the desire for secure and rapid
communications, coupled with the ]oint interoperability requirements, may
dictate sizes and weights of equipment that will eventually militate
against desired mobility. These are trends which field commanders are wary
of and which must be guarded against and prepared for. In view of the
foregoing, the following questions should be addressed.

Can we reasonably expect to be able to afford all the

equipment now planned for?

* Can we keep it operational (maintenance/logistics)?

* Can the transition from analog to digital communications oe

made without a loss of operational effectiveness?

* Will the new communications systems produce a reduction in

mobi1ity?

* Can we expect to be able to recruit and retain the quality

of manpower required?

In acidition to the impacts alluded to above, there will undoubtedly be

some organizational changes. Communications units will natjrally be af-
fected most, but all units can expect some changes. Besides the probable
organizational changes wrought by the acquisition of these new systems and
their increased capabilities, our concept of command and control may also
be altered. With the increased rapidity of communications, and the poten-
tial for increases in volume and accuracy of information flow up and down
the chain of command, it is not unreasonable to expect some changes in com-
mand and control procedures. Indeed, substantive changes in authority and
responsibility at various command levels may result. MTACCS and LFICS
amount to a revolution in capabilities and may very well lead to sweeping
organizational and doctrinal changes. Whether such changes ensue, and
whether or not they should ensue, it is largely dependent upon how well we
prepare for them. It now appears most appropriate that we make a determin-
ed effort to prepare for such possibilities. At a minimum, at least two
specific steps should be taken:

* The impact of the MTACCS/LFICS technological

revolution should be examined for its potential
impact on organization and doctrine.

* The education of the users of MTACCS/LFICS should

begin as soon as practicable since the long range

5-9

—
 success of such sweeping changes will depend large-
ly on user understanding and acceptance.

In order to stimulate thinking along the lines of the aforementioned

points, figure 5-5 is provided. It is anticipated that this encapsulation
of an MTACCS/LFICS equipment mix into a feasible scenario will allow the
reader to begin to comprehend the magnitude of the new capabilities and the
potential costs. Comments, suggestions, and recommendations concerning
this conceptual mix are encouraged.

Note: The figure shows, for simplicity, only one regt/Co. The true
extent of the number of systems is determined by the number of
units in the task organization.

Finally, figure 5-6 is included to depict the relative magnitude of

communications equipment accessions in relationship to other acquisitions.
The comparisons are made between number of systems only, and in no way
reflects manpower or monetary differences.

5-10

•• -••• ' -—_...— • i «i "• . >A

 1
I
•-

•5
<
3< m
I

? in

S g
u.
-i O
H
Cn
5

5-11

--' - - _, •• • * ^
 o . T
0 '
o ••
0
o » ••
0 •
o
••
55
o :«>
n cr
03 A

en
> 3 1 3
»» DO 0 «
,0
„o
.° •••
o
o •
;
•
_o„o •• tn
S
°r : \s>
00
w
E-
*V o//
//' X

/X in
00
[2
U
z
o
2
^ c
H
00 E->
u
!V° /
i° •• . Q ^>
~o? •. / o 1
C6 in

o°0° / n EH
..•' - 00 Z
g
o ,' .•• ,'
o '.•• / Q u
W M
EH fa
U
/o ; CM
W
4
/ o / 00 o
0/
o/ 0.
i a,'

x
• * O
• i3 V» D
x o \
' '. O V
v* •. 0

/ •• 0 ,'
/ • Of

1 1 1 11

NUMBER OF SYSTEMS

5-12

-.. - . - «fc^i J«
r
•2F
504. MANPOWER

Can we reasonably expect to be able to recruit, trau., and retain tn-

quality and quantity of manpower required to operate and maintain the vari-
ous MTACCS systems? The nature of programs presently in the systems ac-
quisition process has created a great deal of concern ovi r this potential
difficulty. The basis of this concern is rooted in several emerging obsta-
cles.

The present projections of manpower requirement i I >\ MTACCS related

systems have revealed a probable need for manpower quality and juantity
which the Marine Corps may not be able to at lord in the 1980's. The trend
toward complexity and sophistication in MTACCS systems appears to increase
the requirements for both the mental capability and the number of opera-
tional/maintenance personnel. If these projections materialize, they will
do so when the total number of qualified and available men to fill the bil-
lets is diminishing (see figure 5-7). Will the Marine Corps bo able to re-
cruit the numbers and quality necessary from this diminishing pool?

The exact number of personnel and their specific qualifications needed

to fill the required MTACCS peculiar billets are not known. This situation
is produced, in part, as a result of the precise definition of manpower
needs not occuring in the acquisition process until late in the systems de-
velopment. This is to be expected since the developing system must reach a
clearly defined stage before ^ruly accurate manpower requirements can be
identified. rt should be noted, however, that provisions exist within pre-
sent acquisition management practices for estimations and projections of
manpower needs to be made early and entered into the planning and decision
making apparatus. These estimations are begun with the issuance of the re-
quirement document and are necessarily very coarse at this level. They are
refined at each step in the acquisition process as part of the Integrated
Logistic Support Plan (ILSP). (See figure 5-8). The personnel and train-
ing portion of a systems ILSP should address the programs requirements for
trained operators and maintenance personnel, the need for special training
activities and supporting training devices, and the generation of specific
manning plans and requirements. By milestone III (the Production/Deploy-
ment decision point), personnel requirement issues for a particular system
should have been resolved.

If, however, a systems program sponsor neglects or postpones his anal-

ysis of manpower and training requirements, or makes inaccurate estimates,
the true cost in manpower may not be realized until the system is fully
developed and fielded. The difficulty in such a case is that manpower re-
quirements may not then be achievable, or achievable only with great diffi-
culty and not in time to effectively employ the new system. The develop-
ment and acquisition cost will then have been wasted or, at best, produce
very little return; and combat readiness will have declined. It is there-
fore imperative that the manpower requirements for the various MTACCS
systems be identified as precisely as possible and as early as possible.
Not only must the requirements be identified, but they must be reflected in
all the applicable planning and budgeting activities in an orderly and
timely way so that the new equipment and the required personel will reach
the operating forces simultaneously.

Field commanders have voiced concern about the Marine Corps' ability
to accomplish this goal, and manpower managers within the acquisition
management structure have repeatedly voiced doubts about our ability to
recruit and train increasing numbers of "hard skill" personnel. This

5-1:
 22 i
increasing demand on quality is often referred to as "quality creep" and is
manifested in the estimations for increasing numbers of such skills as
tactical computer technician/repairman, operational communications
technician, data systems operator, aviation ground electronics technician,
and data communications technician. The "creep" referred to occurs when
•-he present lower skill occupational specialties are converted to the
higher skill specialties, and the situation is aggravated when there is an
increase in the gross number of personnel required. In such cases, trade-
offs, realignments, and compensatory reductions must be made within the
overall Marine Corps manpower structure, in order not to exceed the
authorized end strength.

As already stated, the fielding of the MTACC systems also appears to

require an aggregate increase in the number of personnel over the number
performing similar duties within the present command and control nilieu.
Where a new system, such as TAOC-85, replaces an existing and similar
system, the difficulty may not be unsurmountable. In other cases, such as
PLRS, where the new system is not a replacement but a totally new capabil-
ity, finding compensatory reduction billets may prove to be more difficult.
Unfortunately, the general trend in systems development is to assume that
current organizational structures will absorb the new system without great
difficulty and that similar numbers of personnel and mixes of skills will
suffice. Additionally, it is often assumed that personnel and training
problems can be overcome with relatively short lead times. These assump-
tions appear to be erroneous in the case of MTACCS. Moreover, these trends
exist throughout all the services and apply generally across the board for
many research and development programs. A recent report entitled Manpower
F'lanning For New Weapon Systems was prepared by the Logistics Management
Institute for the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Manpower, Reserve Af-
fairs, and Logistics) and found that:

* Most estimates of manpower requirements made during acquisition

programs are too low.

* The reasons for the low estimates are varied (optimism-increases

in equipment capabilities-changes in operating scenario).

* Operating and support concepts are likely to vary throughout the

acquisition process, causing fluctuations in the estimates of
manpower requirements.
* Estimates of new system manpower requirements frequently reflect
program goals, rather than unbiased assesments of manpower needs.

* Manpower goals or constraints established for new systems have

addressed only the aggregate manning of the using unit, not total
manpower or skill level requirements.

* Controlling training requirements can be as important as con-

straining manning levels.

* There is greater uncertainty associated with maintenance manning

than with any other element of new weapon system manpower re-
quirements.

* Actual manpower requirements of a new system are not determined

until years after the final DSARC review of the program.

5-14

*k4.
 * Manpower planning for the new system requires a broader perspec-
tive than that provided by a program manager alone.

In summary, it would appear that the MTACC systems developments are

pointing toward:

* A greater number of personnel.

* An increase in personnel quality requirements.

* An increase in training requirements.

* Grade creep (from repairman to technician), and

* Maintenance concept changes from organizational

to depot).

In consequence, the Marine Corps manpower issues center around:

* The increasing complexity/sophistication of emerg-

ing systems,

* Increasing demands for quality manpower,

* Imbalances in manpower specialities,

* Recruiting as it applies to training requirements

and

* Constrained end strengths.

These trends and issues are of increasing concern to the various sys-
tems sponsors within Headquarters, Marine Corps, and the issues, are being
widely discussed. The Manpower Department within Headquarters, Marine
Corps, has established the objectives of developing procedures and controls
which will assist in determining manpower requirements and allocations, re-
cruiting goals and projections, and training requirements. Additionally,
the problems of identifying and incorporating the manpower requirements of
new systems and equipment into the decision apparatus are being address-
ed. Solutions to these problems will facilitate the necessary organiza-
tional and force structure changes which ensue from new major systems ac-
quisition.

5-15

L. • -'-- - • — •• • • • - •
 FORECAST OF DOD QUALITY ENLISTMENT SHORTFALL

250
EMAND

225 -

i
I 200

175

.SUPPLY
150 MALE HIGH SCHCOL GRADUATES
MENTAL GROUPS I, II, III

I I I I I I I I I
11 78 79 80 81 82 o3 84 85 YEAR
p
igure 5-7

FIGURE 5-7

5-16

—.—1, ii i —md—.„ ___, . i mm

 23F

o
LI
O
M
£-
Ui
•J

c
: c

o
i- <t
c.
—• 2
CO •—

DQ:D
GOO
UOK

CO o&
\ en
H
Z
\\ o
i-
oO _l LU CO <
<o> <
Q-
2.
a.
>
I—
t- cc
z O
cc
o
—• O — LU (- «
O
Z
_l
LU
>
'—I
£. o
Q- <
<
_i
— > 1- O Lt
CC LU O -J h-
a.a< LU Z
> O
LU O
a

5-17
 23B
50 5. FINANCIAL ASPECTS

One of the most important aspects of research, development, and pro-

curement of new systems and equipment is that of financing and funding.
This aspect is also, perhaps, one of the least: understood and least
appreciated. It is important because it is the means, or mechanism, by
which we are able to accomplish the modernization of our forces. No amount
of threat analysis, determining of deficiencies, or setting of requirements
will bear fruit unless funds are available and allocated to fill the re-
quirements. Research and development of modern weapons and technology
which support this development will mean nothing to the operating forces,
unless funds are available to procure and maintain the equipment which
research and technology are able to provide. It is therefore appropriate
that a few comments on the subject should be included here.

Recent technological advances have provided an unprecedented oppor-

tunity to modernize. New materials which have application, or the poten-
tial for application, to many of the areas of need of the operating forces
are becoming available. From helmets to helicopter rotor blades, these new
materials can be made into items of equipment which are stronger, lighter,
and when necessary, smaller. The miniaturization of electronic components
has made the option of tactical computers very attractive. Advances in
communications portends a major improvement in command and control capabil-
ities. From the lighter and more durable cloth for utilities to the laser
guided artillery round, the number of "things" which we could use is excit-
ing to contemplate. But these net "things" cost money, and the question is,
can the Marine Corps afford them? In order to provide a perspective on
this issue, some background is necessary.

First, the annual generation of the Program Objective Memorandum

(POM), and subsequently the budget, requites an assessment of the current
status of the Corps, and the determination/identification of "needs". The
needs are those necessary in order to "do business" as required by the
stated mission. Subsequently, from these perceived needs, and within a
fixed boundary, a prioritization process fixes these needs in a hierarchi-
cal order. Finally, the prioritized needs are defended during the various
states of subsequent appraisal and evaluation in the planning, programming,
i and budget ng process (PPBS). (See figure 5-9).

Second, financial planning and programming is conducted using three

broad areas of identification. They are:

READINESS (Operations and Maintenance Costs (O&M))

STRUCTURE (Manpower Costs)
MODERNIZATION (Procurements Costs (PMC))

Because the total costs must be kept within a prescribed limit, the alloca-
tion of available funds must be balanced with these three areas. A pic-
toral representation of this balance is shown on the following page and
reflects a balancing of structure and modernization on the fulcrum of
readiness. While procurements and manpower may be considered elements of
readiness, the operations and maintenance costs are more directly translat-
able to readiness and are thus the point about which deliberations on the
magnitude of structure and modernization must turn. This pictorial repre-
sentation is intended to illustrate, (1) that the funds available for all
three areas of cost are a definite and limited amount, (2) that the prior-
ity is on readiness, and (3) that to add to one area requires a correspond-
ä ing reduction in another area. One can not, therefore, expect to expend

5-1!
large sums in an effort to modernize without accepting a compensatory
reduction in the amount of funds tor the maintenance of manpower or for
operational costs. This fiscal reality is one which decision makers within
the acquisition process must face when considering the development and
procurement of new systems or equipment. Modernization through procurement
is not an open-ended opportunity.

STRUCTURE

• A
MODERNIZATION
•

READINESS

Third, the costs associated with manpower and the maintenance of read-
iness at a minimum of C-2 leaves a limited (and relatively small! remainder
of funds for modernization when the total budget is being constrained. The
chart below depicts this reality and is representative of FY 80.

Mom RN1ZAT10N

RFAUINESS

* READINESS [0|M) • 25» to maintain C-2.

* STRUCTURE (Manpower! • u8l to maintain 189K.

* MODERNIZATION (PMC) • 9%.

Note: For FV-80 hasej on January 79 l-i'UP.

Includes II.SMik.

It should be noted that budgetary control over manpower costs are relative-
ly limited because these costs are basically fixed by the number o!" Marines
ir uniform. Since this represents more than half of the total budget, and
since the cost of readiness amounts to nearly one fourth of the total I id-
get, the funds left for modernization through procurement are relatively
few.

In this regard, it is interesting to compare the distribution of the

funds, within the budget with that of the other services. A quick glance
at the figures below will reveal that the Marine Corps will spend propor-
tionally more for manpower and less for procurement than any other service.

'

* t !_._
 — ~"

KV-HO »riii.t.T COMPARISONS

(BILLIONS)

BUDGET 1 Nil s 1 K ! N i ; ii MANPOWER • >6M PKOCl KEMI.N i

(OOO)

ARMY 13.1 77 1 U.23( 142) 11.2(34 i 5.78(17.. |

NAVY 43.3 - . - i • 13.1 (30%) 1 i . 77 ( 1 . )

AIR FORCE j 8. 4 599 7 . H K ( .' 1 • i 1 1 . 54(303:) 12.89( I .

MARINE CORPS 3.2b 189 2.22(68 • .757(23%) .285(8.7%)

To find the reason for this, one must examine the structure of the Marine
Corps in comparison with the other services. The following chart is a
comparison of one of the services (Navy) with the Marine Corps for the
years 19b4 and 1978 and shows the changes which have occurred. For the
period examined, it can been seen that the Navy has reduced its manpower by
21%; number of ships by 34*; and number of aircraft by 22*. For the same
period, the Marine Corps has maintained its manpower level, retained its
force structure of three wings and three divisions, and experienced a

»ON 19h4 (PKK-V1ETNAM) - 1978

NAVY: 19ft- 1978

PERSONNEL (ACTIVE) 668K 527K

WARSHIPS 444 2 92

CARRIERS 24 13

AMPHIBIOUS SHIPS 113 63

OPERATING AIRCRAFT 6949 5393

FIGHTER/ATTACK SQUADRONS 84 60

HELICOPTER SQUADRONS 3 5

PATROL SQUADRONS 30 24

MARINE CORPS:

PERSONNEL (ACTIVE) 190K 190K

DIVISIONS 3 3

WINGS 3 3

FIGHTER/ATTACK SQUADRONS 26 (5 10 BE) 25 (34 4 UE)

HELICOPTER SQUADRONS 15 (327 U F.) 22 (432 U E)

5-20
reduction in number of aircraft of only 7%, While the Navy has been
reducing its structure, the Marine Corps ha .;;sentially maintained its
previous level. The attendant proportional ;t , of manpower and opera-
tional readiness have been retained in the Corps while those of the Navy
have been reduced. This trend is also evident with the Army and Air Fore,
and goes a long way in accounting for the disparity in budget distribution
between those services and the Marine Corps. This reduction of force
structure is one of the methods ur"d to permit larger expenditures in pro-
curement from a constrained total budget. Should the Marine Corps adopt
this optionV

A review of the present Five Year Defense Program (FYl)l') and the fol-
lowing chart will reveal that the fiscal constraint now being experienced
will probably continue for the near term, with the possibility that it will
become more severe.

MARCORPS REAL PROGRAM VALUE

1978 CONSTANT $
3.4

3.2

i-. i
3.0

78 79 80 82 8: 84

The result: We can not expect to have an appreciable increase in pro-

curement funds, unless there is a force reduction or an increase in total
authorized obligations. Barring relief by either of these options, any
modernization will have to be highly selective in nature. There will have
to be trade-offs between quantity and quality, thorough analysis ol the
long term effects (costs) of new procurements, and the establishment of a
strictly adhered-to priority system. On a constrained budget, the Corps
ca.i not afford to "buy something for everyone" but will have to be very
selective. Many of the very desirable and highly effective items of equip-
ment now in research and development may have to be either deleted from
programming or programmed at a much reduced level. The various systems
within MTACCS are no exception and, because of their relatively high costs,
must receive close scrutiny. A recent study entitled A Function-Based
Cost-Benefit Analysis of MTACC Systems, (prepared by Decisions and Designs,

>-21

-.— i mm im » - -• •
Inc. for Headquaters Marine Corps (Code CC)) was such an effort, The ob-
jectives of this study were:

a. To determine the relative benefits of improving command and

control functions from present levels to those which could
be expected from corresponding MTACC system.

b. To determine the relative benefits of improving the perform-

ance of command and control agencies from present levels to
that which could be expected from such agencies using
applicable MTACC systems.

c. To determine the benefit-cost ratios for each of the MTACC

systems.

The results of this kind of cost-benefit analysis are very useful tools for
the various systems sponsors, and for all participants in the systems ac-
quisition process. It is just this sort of analysis which must be repeated
for many of the other systems in development, although not necessarily at
this magnitude. Some rather difficult trade-offs may have to be made be-
tween items of equipment which are all highly desirable. Establishing
priorities from the "menu" of what is in the present research and develop-
ment process should be a paramount concern. A partial listing of several
systems or items of equipment which the reader may expect to be procurement
affordability issues is shown below.

ITEMS PROJECTED AS PMC AFFORDAB ILITY ISSUES

167 M-198 HOWITZERS/AMMO AN/TPQ-27 TRI-TAC

CVF DCT SIAS/CCS/AFRF

SHELTERS AMES PGM'S

PLRS TRA ( ) MED. GIRD BRIDGE

MIFASS MILES KACCS-85

XM-L TANKS IAC •MTACC S

MPWS TLQ-17A LVT(X)

In summary, the opportunity to modernize through procurement is a

tantalizing and exciting prospect. This prospect, however, is dulled by
the hard fiscal realities of constrained budgets and reduced procurement
funds. Some hard choices will have to be made to select those items which
are most needed and affordable. The operating forces can not expect to re-
ceive all of the new equipment now being developed, unless there is an ap-
preciable increase in the budget, or a compensatory reduction in structure
or readiness.

5-22
 PLANNING FYDP
PROGRAMMING Wi| . :
BUDGETING
JUL-AUC SIP .ot'-mc

in . .it
Of DRAn
. COnSOUUMEdfc-tONSOlluMtD TOOCC I »• P»!S
FENSE < GUIOAWCt ji J GUIDANCE jj Joccisiwisji' B w

MILITARY V '
DEPARTMENTS W
If AGENCIES V_7

JSPD - Joint Strategic Plinnlnn DocifMnt

JPAM • JOINT Proarim Autsiment H«nor»ndi*ti

IUC/ • Bevtew «nd Conrwri',

PLANNING. PROGRAMMING A, BUDGETING SYSTEM

PttlliUnl SECDEF DOO Compocttntt

Fot Comromt "

0r»f( CO

- TwiUOv« CO
CO QUIDANCI • »CG
1
JPAM
ISSUE PAPERS -

Dritt APDM -—
t
STATUS REPORT
BUDGET GUIDANCE APOM
Propowd BUDGET

I
RECLAMA
NATIONAL BUOGET • DOD BUOGET-

Congrmi
&
I nmm.nl PtlMt

FIGURE 5-9

5-23
 506. LIFE CYCLE COSTING
The life cycle cost (LCC) of a system is defined as the total cost to
the government for the research and development, procurement, and subse-
quent operation and supiort fur that system. Because LCC represents the
total costs for a system throughout its lifespan, it is an important tool
for use by decision makers in the acquisition process. A brief review here
may be helpful to the reader in order to promote a fuller understanding of
the costing process, and of the full impact of the acquisition of a partic-
ular system or item of equipment.

There are three categories of cost associated with ICC and their se-
quence of occurence is depicted by the following chart.

Rl SI \K( II & I), lelopmi I of a V n < .., .: ' :.. to the

DEVELOPMENT Point of lntrod rtion into Operal r.al Use
1N\ ESTMENT Costs Re ... fed Bi yond the Devi !..| ment
Phase to Equip Forces with Nev. Capai 'ny
EXPENSES Ri rring Costs Required to Operate
and Maintain the Capability

Cnpt by Cat( gories :is a Function of Time

The research and development costs refer to all costs associated with re-
search, development, test, and evaluation occurring throughout the various
phases of development, from concept formulation to final full-scale
development. These costs terminate with the completion of the development
test and evaluation and the initial operational test and evaluation (OT-
II). The procurement costs, or investment, refer to all those costs
associated with the full-scale production of a system and are nonrecurring
in nature. These costs cover such items as management, materials,
fabrications, initial logistic support, and testing of operational systems
in production models. They terminate when there is a satisfactory turnover
of an operationally usable system to supply activities and using commands
or organizations. The operating and support costs refer to all costs
associated with the subsequent operation and logistic support for a system
throughout its lifespan. These costs are for such items as operation,
maintenance, supply, manpower training, materials, utilities, overhead,
facilities, modifications, etc. The final cost in this category is
incurred when an item is phased out because of wearout or obsolescence.

Life cycle costing is begun ea'ly in the development process and be-
comes more accurate as the development of a system or item of equipment
proceeds through the acquisition phase. There are several activities and

5-24

-
offices involved. While the Piscal Division .it Headquarters Marine Corps
(Code FDR) is responsible to conduct independent I.CC estimates, it ): the
acquisition program sponsor (APS) who is responsible for all system ecoi
ic analyses. The DC/S It.1. estimates the operational and support costs; th«
Development Center, through CG, MCDEC, budgets HDT4.K costs; and the DC/S
FUP provides RDT6.E budget management and coordinates PPRS inputs. Th< l< -
velopment project officer (DPu) is responsible for the preparation t the
initial LCC estimate (LCCE) document required at Milestone I and this docu-
ment is revised and updated for Milestones II and III by the material de-
veloper and the RDTsE manager.

LCC information and concepts should be used during all stages of the
systems acquisition process as a management tool to assist in ensuring that
the total life cycle costs are within acceptable limits and commensurate
with the capabilities being bought. The following figure represents hov
the design parameters of a particular system under develoment are consid-
ered for their impact on procurement and operational costs, and how,
through analysis of various trade-offs, the minimum LCC is achieved.
DESIGN [RAPEOFI ANAÜ ,

PMC
DOLLAf

DOLLARS

OSM DOLLARS

DLSI&N PARAMETERS

Since subseque it ownership costs may exceed acquisition costs, it is ap-

parent that LCC estimates, together with systems effectiveness data, may
lead to a decision for a different alternative from that when cost consid-
erations are limited only to initial acquisition costs. In such instances,
it may be appropriate to select an alternative with a higher acquisition
cost in order to achieve a lower cumulative life-cycle cost. Too, the LCC
may indicate that the total cost is excessive in terms of effectiveness or
production of anticipated benefits, and lead to program termination or a
search for alternative solutions.

Currently, data collection for LCC is generally the result of special

studies or analyses directed at obtaining performance and cost figures for
specific systems under development. There are limitations associated with
this type of data collection and a method is needed which will enhance the

5-25
value and increase the validity of LCC estimates. Different cost estimat-
ing techniques are employed as a systems development progresses. Existing
cost models are inadequate to meet program management information require-
ments of timeliness, accuracy, validity, and ease of understanding. They
are specifically deficient in the areas of RDT6.E costs and costs of soft-
ware development and maintenance. In recognition of this inadequacy, the
DC/S I&L is developing a LCC model for use in connection with all MTACC
systems. The general requirements for this model are that it should:

* Address all costs, e.g., hardware, software, and personnel,

which are associated with development, procurement, opera-
tions, and support

* Be well documented.
* Be easy to update.

Contain easily understood cost estimating relationships.

* Be easy to defend.

* Be easy to modify.

* Be modular.

Once this model is developed and the associated management issues of

model custody, maintenance, configuration, location, and accessability are
resolved, the model can be used to:

* Determine system affordability.

* Conduct tradeoff analyses,

* Evaluate maintenance concepts.

* Evaluate commonality issues.

* Coordinate input to PPBS.

Provide a framework for baseline cost estimating prior to

Milestone I.

* Highlight economic risks of development and operation.

Differentiate and aggregate hardware and software components

of MTACCS systems for the categories of Rt,D, investment,
operations and maintenance, and personnel and training.

Insofar as the present LCC for MTACCS is concerned, they are quite
significant in view of the monetary constraints now being imposed on the
Marine Corps. The following list is drawn from the 1979 MTACCS Master Plan
(draft) and shows actual costs to date, plus estimated future LCC require-
ments in millions of FY 80 dollars.

5-26

i« .. . , i^l^ IBMll fc*H«Miha l I • '. _• - . _. • - •».i-J.'Ai

 —•

System tUQ PMC O&H 10 TAU

Mil ASS S8.90 $102.28 $ 136.91 $ 187.09

ICO 33. 30 98.00 34.60 165.80
TAOC-85 68.10 126.60 21.46 216.36
MAG IS 38.24 106.01 23.69 167.84
PIUS 26.10 107.00 136./0 268.80
MIPS 8. SO 49.04 63.12 120.66
MJIOGS 19.9? 54. 60 34.24 108.76
TWSEAS 16.90 6.60 14.04 36.54
$260. 26 $649.03 $362.66 $1 ,271.84

Figure 5-10 is a further breakdown of these estimates by fiscal year and

the following graph reflects the totals from this figure in the three cate-
gories of R&D, PMC, and O&M costs. The length of the life span for MTACC
systems is defined as that period of time from program initiation through
the tenth year following the initial operational capability (IOC) date of
the individual system.

MTACC.S SyfitemB Ulfe Cycle

5-27

— •••' .
"

It should be remembered that the estimates are in FY 80 dollars and do not

account for any antii' • 1 cost rise due to inflation. It a nominal
inflation rate of 10» is considered, the attendant total costs would then
be appreciably higher as reflected in the following chart.
rOTAL LIFE CYCLE
24S

1980 Dollars

• lnfl»tion

1979 S 8U 81 82 83 84
P R IU R
A continuation of the present fiscal constraints may, therefore, pro-
hibit fielding of the entire MTACC systfc..:. Some systems may experience
delays in fielding; some may be fielded at a reduced level; some systems
may experience both of these; and some may not be fielded at all. From a
comparison of data in figure 5-11 (the P0M-81/EPA submissions) and the LCC
estimates from figure 5-10, it is apparent that the projected availability
of funds falls well below the estimated casts.

As previously stated, the Marine Corps will have to be highly selec-

tive in its mo-4' ..ization efforts and make trade-offs between items of
equipment whicl- v all be highly desirable. As an aid in prioritizing our
acquisitions an, making these hard choices, the use of life cycle costing
and the timely development and use of an effective LCC model will be most
helpful.

5- 28

-. .,- - .-..-.. .';.

 AMM.X 0-2
MTACC SYSTEMS LIFE-CYCLE COSTS

* • »<
MM 81 ».' 8) 84 85 »6 «7 " -• Y> • •• /< H .-. »7 St torn
HI FASS

;. •» 14.00 1) ."1 . 2.2( • • r

4, 69 14 19 •
• 1 . • U < 1 4 • . '• . U •
' •

• IAI 10.« •4 • 7.70J 42.59 . . 73 54 • • . ' • : 29 4 79 . I" •

•
ICO

MO ?.oo ' • ' 9.20 2.50

l<H •• 17.1 .
tH :• .-4 ! • • V 4 . .» 34 50

' IAI »00 i.ia 8.50 .' • I. 74 • 1 . • . '. . - 166 80

T«SC-flS
-
I I .- 4
HID 16.60 S.40 19.80 1 i 1 1 1
PMC 48 11. II . •-. • •

CAM
1 1 «1 1 97 , 11 • 14 » • • •

TOT Al 16 60 8.40 19.80 8.70. 55 " 19.3 48 |7 1 - 11 . i . '1 1 57 1.97 • • •

wo IS

[i si 0.471 0.52 19 1.9 1.59 7 17 I ! i 1.51 1.51 • 1

MD
: 1 • 44 ]>. 11« 10

• .; •
• •

... 2 i ' 1 3.10 •

1 '. 8.13 .1 6 r 6 81 1 81 1 40 i " lt7 -4

1*1 • • v 0.52 17 39 44 11 M *• 4 61 4.09

PIRS

MO I? X) 0.60 1.60 1.80 1.30 0.10 0.80

PMC 32.10 I •• 21.40
' __
- 107.M
26.10

DIM 5.SO 8. II 111, ll.ill 11.00 11.00 11 11. Oil 11.00 7.41 1)5.70
IOWI 19 • 0.60 1.60 19.40 11 12.60 13.70 11.0'l 11.00 11.00 II 00 II 11.00 11.00 r.4 : 4

MIPS

Ul 0 40 0. 3.1 1.40 . 2.20 2.10 •

P«C • . •' 1 .... ___.

'-.«
•;..•

OJM ! 28 2 17 1.04 1 EM 1.1» 5.2! 5 72 5.22 i 5.77 • 1 • I.B) i 22

lOTAl 0.40 0.30 . 68 4.42 1 74 17 99 74 95 70.62 1 5.22 I 5.22 j 5.7/ • 8) I ' \" -kJl !
HttOGS
mn 0.8] o.;i 1.2) 3.92 1.96 1 1,27 2.62 1.96 1 JO I 15 »7 ,
,'i 1.I6JS ISM rt.W -•• 1.

IMM ; -i !,ll 2.32 2 32 _i_5> 6.97 .' 1 2.90 : • 34.i\

fn A; 0 aj 0.79 1.27 1 97 1 96 1.27 2.6? IB. 14 21.12 10.20 1.74 ! 2.12 2.32 2.32 (.97 6.97, 2.90 1 2.90 2.90 2.90

Ty>£AS

RtO ».JO 0.80 1.70 0.90 0.90 1.10 0.50 0.2O 0.20 0.20 0.20 . 0.20 0.20 0 !' 0.20 . 16 90
PMC | 5.60 5 60
04M mi
LSS -SJU 0.831 0.B3 _a.83 . QJU. 0.81 0.81 _0.81IO.8J U.83, 0.81 8-«! .... -_ 14.14
TOTAL 16.B9 I 61 7.r,! 1.71 1 71 1.93 l.lll 1.03 j 1 01 j 1.03 1 ill 1.01 1.01 1.03 • i. 54

HTACCS
TOTAtS
Hirj 76.84 27.06 47 7 1 11 Bl 26.11 15 16 II.521, 7.161 1.1] 1.79 7 17' 3 71 171 1 71 1.73 1 '1

PMC 12.89 89.00 124.46 115.65 107.94j 99,57 ;; 47 4.' 20 649 0!

O&M 2.48 0.83 0.83 7 61 11 45 17 97 >b 98 17 10 26 1 .'6 56 78 61 li 14 18.9 1 14 21 77 61 21 » 9 90 ! ', _ZJ8 .162.55
FOTAI 5, 21 7 7 89 4 1 67 Bfl 47 162.04[16] «8:116 44 118 Bl|102.49 75.55 10 95 14.B7[ »2 63 | 42.83 | 37.94 11.14 1 21 19 9 90 r; 2 90 1.211 »4 |

FY 79 and prior LCCs are in millions of those years dollars. Dollar figures for FY 80 and beyond are
in millions of FY 80 dollars. LCCs inlcude program costs already incurred plus the best estimate of
future year funding requirements. Future year costs in this table do not necessarily reflect POM or
FYDP figures.

FIGURE 5-10

5-29
 MTACCS Systems P0M-81/EPA Submissions
,, u «
MlrA^S
SI 02 S3 84 09 86 87
"" B9 w 91 92 M 101*1

8*0 14 00 13.20 6 10 2.20 1 90 0 60 M 00

wc U 26 20.96 2 7 40
ICO
RIP 3.20 8.50 9 ;o 2.50 1 20 24 it.
i
PMC 32.00 37.00 ?9.00 90 00
tAiX-85
IU 19 BO 8 '0 ; 90 3. JO J./O 41 40
r»c 46 00 36.00 42 50 126 50
wets
2 33
1 ,
1 59
1 1 1
3 53
1
2.12 3 35 3 53 3 63 3 53 23 51
FHC

UBS
- 30 00 30 00

RtB 1 60 1 80 I )0 0. 10 0.80 5 60
CMC 21 40 21 40 21.40 21 40 21 40 107 00

«« ...
mo 1.40 2.10 2.20 2.10 760
CMC

IUQGS
1 1 1
nisCM
0.90 0.90 1.10 0.50
1
0.20
,
0 20
f I f 1 1
0 20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0 20 0 20 0 20 6 40
CMC
[~ 1 —| 1
IBS 14.00 39.00 27.43 23.60 11.10 8 90 0 20 ,'.» 1*79 ,'.» 1 —
3 SS
F
3.73 77, 3 73
"7
3 73 149 31
»to
PHC 21.40 69.40 '0.66 | 84 86
f
80 80
.
37.00 29.00 42) i,*
30 00

Costs in millions of FV80 dollars.

Extended Planning Annex (EPA) figures are for FY86-94.
There are no POM-81 or EPA OSMMC costs identified.

FIGURE 5-11

507. THE TIME FACTOR

One of the most unyielding factors in the systems acquisition process

is the element of time. Often overlooked, time is one of those commodities
which may easily be considered an expendable. This is not, however, the
case in RDT&E; and the activities which contribute to the factor of time,
and those which are most affected by it, are worthy of study. Not s lrpris-
ingly, one's position both within and outside the systems acquisition pro-
cess can determine how critically the factor cf time is viewed. To the
user who perceives a need for a new capability, time is of great
importance, and the urgency with which he views the passage of time waiting
for the delivery of a new system is keenly felt. To the developer, time
can be a frustrating consumer of interest and effort which produces a
debilitating malaise. The manager within the acquisition process may view
the passsage of time as a necessary evil which is required in order to
accomplish his goals. It is useful, therefore, to address the subject here
in order to promote understanding and appreciation for the various
viewpoints.
What contributes to the time required to develop and field an item,
and what are the effects of this extension? Some of the principal contri-
butors are found in the areas of:

* The requirements definition and approval process.

5-30

m*~~. J
 * The fiscal process.
1
* Development and review procedures.

* Procurement constraints.

First, the definition of a requirement for a new system or item of

equipment is achieved through a series of steps designed to ensure that a
new item of equipment is the best method for satisfying an operational
need. An approved required operational capability (RUC) provides the basis
for subsequent programming and budgeting actions, and serves as the Comman-
dant's official statement and description of a requirement to another ser-
vice or agency that may have the responsibility for satisfying that re-
quirement. They must, therefore, be accurate and complete statements, and
the measured, though time consuming process, is designed to achieve this
end. The following chart depicts some of the major steps in the require-
ments determination process.

ROC PREPARATION & COORDINATION

The operational requirement (OR) utilized for Marine Corps acquisitions,

which are Navy funded, is guided through the same process with an
additional time period required for approval by the Chief of Naval
Operations. The adoption of other service requirements documents also
passes through the process, except for the drafting and review board
steps. The average time required for this process is depicted on the
following page.

• 3]

— '-'••• - •
 REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENTS
PROCESSING TIME
)

Staffing at CMC
DPO Review
FMF/CNM Comments
ROC Review Ud.

TOTAL TIME (AVG) - 9 MONTHS

While this time period may not constitute a manor portion of the total
required for development and fielding an item, it is, nonetheless, one of
several which contributes to the whole and can be quite lengthy when con-
troversy or complications ensue. An effort is now being made to reduce
this time period to less than six months.

Second, the fiscal process addresed previously in this section (para-

graph 505) is a necessary cyclical evolution, the observance of which is
mandated and closely prescribed (see figure 5-9). This cycle of activity,
as depicted below, requires 24 months to complete. It is an ongoing and
iterative process, but it is still necessary to begin planning at least
two years before the funded activity is to occur. The difficulty here is
not with the fiscal the cycle itself, but with the timing of the decision
for a future Ri»D event with the fiscal cycle.

FISCAL CYCLE

(24 MONTHS)

15 MONTHS - PPBS
5,0 MONTHS - PLANNING
5,5 MONTHS - PROGRAMMING
4,5 MONTHS - BUDGETING
9 MONTHS - ENACTMENT
AUTHORIZATION
APPROPRIATION
APPORTIONMENT

For example, during a particular systems development, a Ri»D decision is

made which requires PPBS activity, but the current PPBS cycle is beyond the
planning/programming state for that evolution. In this case the Ri»D deci-
sion cannot be effected until the next planning and programming stage of

5-32
24F
the next PPBS cycle. Also, during each PPBS cycle various Rfc.D programs are
often funded at a lower level than desired or not funded at all. RM) ac-
tivity must then be curtailed and schedules read3usted. Additionally,
changes within a particular program can occur quite rapidly, at times, with
respect to the more rigidly structured fiscal cycle and, in such instances,
time is lost and the program slows down until the new change can be funded.
There is some ability to adjust funding within an approved budget to alle-
viate disharmonies between cycles in funding and R4.D activities, but it is
1imited.

Third, the procedures required throughout the development process and

the milestone review sequence must be followed closely. These procedures
make it necessary to complete several steps before each review (work per-
formed/plans made/analyses conducted/ estimates made), schedule and conduct
the review, and thereafter begin the process of funding for the decisions
made. A glance at figure 5-2 will provide 'he reader with a sample of the
required documentation and the level of effort required. This listing is
by no means complete, but only a selected sampling of major documents re-
quired. The point to be made here is that the development process is not a
simple one UUL
but tacnei
rather ie
it is exuen^ive,
extensive, encompassing,
encumpass1ng, and
anu time consuming.
The degree of complexity and the level of effort required varies with the
magnitude of eacti individual program, but the procedunes are the same
regardless of the size of the development effort.

The final, major contributor to development and fielding time that is

singled out here for attention is the constraints imposed on procurement.
Even if a system or item of equipment is developed quickly, there must be
sufficient funds available to ptocure the item. Often, and more so recent-
ly, new items reach the end ot the development cycle, become ready for
procurement, but procurement is delayed or the Level reduced due to budget-
ary constraints. This hard reality is addressed more fully in paragraph
505 of this section. In such instances, hard choices must be made in order
to procure those items for which the Corps has the most critical need and
other items which, though highly desirable and available, must be deleted
or postponed. Fielding of new items is thereby delayed until more money is
available or the need for the item becomes more critical.

The effects of these and other delays compound the difficulties. In

the case of requirements documents, program initiation is delayed. An ap-
proved mission element needs statement (MENS) is required before program
initiation (Milestone 0) for major systems, and an approved ROC or OR is
required ror lesser programs. 'when the approval of the requirement docu-
ment is relayed, the entire program is delayed, This kind of delay, how-
ever, i'. less troublesome than later ones.

After a program is initiated, considerable inertia is developed in

many areas and this inertia is destroyed or diminished when the program
schedule is interrupted. These delays lead to additional costs. Program
cost growth is a continuing problem in systems acquisition management and,
although generated from several separate areas, can itself lead to program
delay or cancellation. Finally, because of economic factors, the unit cost
for procurement tends to go up when procurement is curtailed. The phenome-
non is most severe when the production level is lowered from initial esti-
mates to appreciably fewer units, unless the initial number was small.

The factor of time, then, is an important one in systems development«

Delays which result from numerous sources, are perceived differently
according to one's perspective, and then tend to increase program costs.

•fctt*
 24«
r
)08. MANAGEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

As stated earlier in paragraph 501, the systems acquisition management

structure and the management practices now in use art being evaluated, and
considerations are being made for some revisions. Several outside influ-
ences are prompting this examination and many perceived deficiencies in
the Marine Corps Order P5000.10, which describes the management process,
are relevant. The following comments are designed to enhance the reader's
understanding of the present management structure and practices, and to
promote dialogue and the eventual resolution of the issue. The scope of
this exposition and analysis is necessarily limited in keeping with the
purpose and intent of the publication. Descriptions will be brief, and
only a cursory examination of problems and potential improvements will be
offered. In order to provide some structure to what will be presented, the
following sequence will be used:

Systems acquisiton process overview,

Some perceived deficiencies outlined,

Some suggestions for improving the process itemized, and

A few comments on constraints.

Systems Acquisition Process

The relationships of the major events in the acquisition process are

depicted in figure 5-12. This chart is a modification of the one in MCO
P5000.10, and is one of the few visual aids in existence which attempts to
portray simply what is in reality a quite complex and comprehensive struc-
ture. The activities and events depicted are, for the most part, described
and required by the order, but there are exceptions since the order is
somewhat dated, and currently under revision. The flow of events are prin-
cipally sequential with some iteration for certain operations. Each pro-
gram must pass through a series of clearly defined decision points, or
"milestones", beginning with program initiation at milestone '0'. At each
milestone, a review is conducted of the status of the entire program and a
decision is made to continue to the next phase or alter the programs pro-
gress in some way. Figure 5-13 is a sampling of the basic steps taken
early in the life cycle of a program.

Regardless of the method of acquisition or location of project manage-

ment responsibilities, the end result of the acquisition effort must be
acceptable to the Marine Corps. This requires an internal management sys-
tem to ensure timely direction, influence, and monitoring of program activ-
ity, and the integration of system compatability, priority, schedule, and
cost. The overall responsibility within Headquarters Marine Corps for each
weapon system or item of equipment in the acquisition process is exercised
by the Acquisition Program Sponsor (APS); a major division within the head-
quarters. The sponsor is supported by various staff principals within HQMC
and by the Development Center at Quantico, through CG, MCDEC. Key project
officers are assigned to each program and collectively make up the Acquisi-
tion Coordinating Group (ACG). This group is composed of the Acquisition

5-34
 ~—1

•C
5 C *X CD -
5 § •X li-
l— <^>
.- t—
§ 3 r.
1— Q f— —t
tst o to <s
CD QC LU >

«A
a. a. •— UJ
5 *
o UJ

(A
Hi
*
ill I
to i^ **
igg^ 1 . • . 1

a. | =)di« »-•
Li. a. —
«
s
... .-
5

z S"
O
G ^ «r

0 C b in;
_J
«
S
K
O
«1

i—
—J
>•'

— =; v; ^ ^J
ct E cr a. = - G-
:= LS C=. —i •- to nc, ~
O UJ >— •— ul O — -
i» ce »- a ^ U- Li- — a' <i -.: T «: r. >

5
o
u
< JO
=> > —
*—
5
Q.
a. ^ ;r c
•A | DO
Or
SF
a-
O
—
UJ
<3-
LU
a:
J % w 1 s
L-J O Z
D_ —3 .— 9 ._, ^

1
i— _j
5 3 IS
Ul —i
—.
a
o
o
at
o
a=
•*
:r
5 :- O >-
a. £ a. a.

>- z o
a- 3? iSl LU
•— or -
E
cc
LU
C
O
Q-
1—
•=)
l->
s
o
Ul CQ O
? -i o ar
f=* "" Q. Q. CU ^J
X SI —1 L^3 ^» O •* S
a
o £
*i
E
._>
CJ
••
n
o
a:
i- ig = 2

Z fe w ~ * t se p— Z
UJ—
>•—
>:
UJ > u C
too. — «I i— •— or _i

| UJ
ea
.L'l
—
f
u.
Ä
i*
3T
c:
IS>
>- LS

| o i-
>•»-(. ^
a,
s; o
o->
ca
F S ^*" "** a °
z
Ul ua
>—
u
O
^'
<_>
-: > LE cr ae* =>
3 «s t— — 3K to
D

> s s S i
Ul g |
:> s UJ 3-

1
•-• UJ
>• o — — zr oo
t^i c: t—

0 s'-'
.-
. . : «r K q"
IjSiSj^J - f
|S= S .-
2 fgi
r Li. ca

u. >•

0 § O
*~
«x
ex
O
UJ
*T
a.
o
-U
IO
a.
3
§
.-* .-
_J

r Q. or i—
a
a. > — «r u. « c «a

lilt
B

5z 1 £
o «X

0 1 £
LU a.
11
aj a. <r -«. •

< •A
I» ;r I£
^ F t= t: äS
-i
SH
9
rr as

gig o
*:
5
se
S
>-
•:

UJ *• 1 1
St en

U, «X

1 § 1 -

.'••--- • a
 1 1 1

i
in

äD
o

DU
Ul o

< O

> I

< a o * o T
Ul «J '- •«
W> Q X — O O u ' 3 U —
— IU « * - — <*. o er
in z u. e W^MO« i «i 1- c
> * O Ol-CK-O _ _ -
< * t: K 9 11 _ « ° ?it
< ». - e k. u <
z
UJ
v> fcüuiUi-
§
&« ir er o • t •-- 0:
_
-
O
oek.oa.fc-
__
- *-
ß »- tt. u. C
a
a. «iNJeti
'
^ •< «fc J" u. t- I

5-36

• -•• •-^ -

J
 Sponsor Project Officer (ASPU), Acquisition h Eficer (APu), develop-
ment Coordinator (DC), and the Development Project Officer (DPU). Their
relationships and resident unit, or division, at" depicted below.

AcqiiismoN HAUflBmf snui nut

Atqi'lSITlüN PRi*.KAM -SPI1NSUH (APS t

Atgi'iMTIOK MIOKIJINAUSI UttKJP )ACÜI

While the duties and responsibilities of the program sponsor and the
ACG vary with each phase of the acquisition cycle, the intent and overall
effect is a coordinated "team effort." The group meets informally on an
as-required basis to facilitate an exchange of information, conduct plan-
ning, and coordinate matters affecting the progress of a developing system
or item of equipment.

Throughout the acquisition process, individual programs are subjected

to high level reviews at specified milestones for evaluation as to their
operational effectiveness, suitability, logistic supportability, and af-
fordability. For major programs, these reviews are conducted by the Marine
Corps System Acquisition Review Council (MSARC), and for "less than manor"
programs, by the In-Progress Review (IPR) Committee. The MSARC members are
the HQMC Chief of Staff, the Deputy Chiefs of Staff, the Fiscal Director,
and CG, MCDEC. The IPR Committee membership is composed of the DC/S's for
RDScS, R&P, I&L, and OT. The procedures, documentation, and criteria are
generally the same for both levels of review. Major programs are those
which have an RDT&E cost of more than 55 million or procurement cost of
more than $20 million. With very small programs, the APS may be delegated
to conduct the review at each milestone. Some of the major programs must
le further reviewed at the Department of the Navy and Department of Defense
levels. The following chart will provide some perspective of the size of
the total RDT&E program.

5-37

-'-•-• — -—•••
 RDUt PROGRAMS
fThen Year 5 I
r

5M

64 dS ftö 6^ b8 fty "0 ''I 72 ~3 ~4

Fiscal VEAK

It should be remembered that each individual R&D program has it's own
management "team" and that this team operates on an informal bc-sis. This
method of management is unique to the Marine Corps, as opposed to the "Pro-
gram Manager" approach utilized by the other services. The essential dif-
ference is one of centralization of authority and responsibility. The pro-
gram Manager management approach is characterized by straight lines of
authority/responsibility and centralized control. The Marine Corps team
management is characterized by an informal cooperation and decentralized
operations, albeit under the overall control of one of the Deputy Chiefs of
Staff of HQMC. Some grasp of the magnitude of the multiplicity of working
groups and the number of offices and organizations involved, can be had by
referring to figure 5-14. This chart reflects the management teams con-
cerned with the development of the various MTACC systems and shows the in-
ternal management organization.

As will be seen, there are compelling arguments for the consolidation

of authority and responsibility which characterizes Program Management, but
the Marine Corps' unique structure and limitations of resources may be
irreconcilable with this option.

Perceived Deficiencies

The principal Marine Corps order on systems acquisition is MCO

P5000.10. This order was promulgated in June of 1974 and established
policy for Marine Corps acquisition management. During the intervening
years, experience and changes in DOD acquisition policies have made it nec-
esary to modify the procedures described in the order. The recent publica-
tion of OMB Circular A-109, changes in DOD Directives, and organizational
changes in OSD and SecNav, emphasize "Systems Acquisition" as a functional
area of management. Organizations have been restructured accordingly, and
Defense Acquisition Executive designated. To date, this change has had
little impact on the Marine Corps, but, as time goes on it must be expected
that HQMC will be required to provide a single point of contact on acquisi-
tion matters. Under the present Marine Corps committee approach to acqui-

5-38

" . I. . • »n. ..Ml., , .._. ... ». ... U.

sition management, the ChieJ of Staff perform those functions associated
with an acquisition executive. If such a bilJ created by the revision

MTACCS MASTER PLAN

^
> o
>
CD
— a, «0
•—«.-^—mm I CM *-» — ao
co co CM c_) _j —en CM c --^.cn rsjrn
uiii UZ ' . ~ 1— CO 1 1 (_»
•^UUQ • y •— o o «Br-DQ
< a. 2: a v- i= z: s: Q - 0 >— E a -
irii *£ —i cr -*-» *- — _J OC k. O —i rr 1-
COi »-^«— (_)
t CO t-J COIL/l (J
£>--,C_J uu > I^CCUUU > «tkuuu > 2
—/-I s: K=: CJ »-•h~-* £ £ £ a« UJIUJ: >: x a»
OC1UUUQ tO(CJ UUUO O
<T< ^£ 3l H
g i i i i i t—1
H
o CD 0
WO.O o uo n. o o V10.0 0
a i/i a u c D- CO Q_ t_> O- Q.lflQ.ua
<£ <* *i CD | 3 «t <r cc Q Q •3: <* c^ a a

1 1 1
i i
•
i
•
O

o 1 1 1
<V 1 1 1
+J
u
<
c C £
| 1
c — o
oo E.
*3 > CTi 0
O <t3 •*- C — —O —o LO C
(J Q •— 0-—-CO •— LD c O
•.- *J CM CO i\jn CSJ CO CSjCO 0 c •*-
HI/! »a a: i » i c_) - I 1 1 <_> n. 0 •->
a ;_
3 E "^ c
<U l_) .-
a. •— cj a
s: a. £ CD -
OJ: '-o o a
MO.£Q »
l/l •*-
*-* c
-TJ
o ;. —' t_) -tJ r_ia i. _J _J QC U G 1X3 T-
e O
(/^U
i/i
>iOJ
1-
o i/i <^j
»^—
i/i ' l/l
^-*— 4-1
CJ
0* C
«J -,-
TJ
V_
c U CO "O o /![*• J LJ CJ > u^ • - i-J «-J LJ > k^ t3 O 2
M J * O <_) ^ _) ;•_ i. i_ o o^K ^ z m ^ u 0
•—,Q u uu a j,;1UUUQ 1/ 0 0
ca •--:
• -
i— •—- t_j
'.- •—« gfl ad 0
C :-: •- cj E EI I » i i i <-J «1
*-J — ij ai
nl o o 'J
C X- «-»
O l/l O c« i/ino O t/> a_ o o
ofl
u
U i.
a;
>-,
CO
a_ co o_ (_j a.
<: *£ cc Q CD
G- i/i a u
c£ <* <t a
a
Q <
cd "CD rj
(3 -3 E
i- E O
fe C_> C
5-ae 1*-
ifl f»
13 I
in
C_>
to
t_
<
•J
1 1-1

> > > >

•— > — a
ca —.,- O —Q 0 —
•—-LO ca -—-lT> -—. r-~co
i/l C*) CNjCO if! en CMO 1/1 mtNju
>^— 1 t CJ >,— 1 t l_J >^-— 1 1
co <C C_J ca l/l< UÜ 1/1<UQ -
cj £ a - (_) E O * t_j a: a t_
«T 'J-1Q- L -a- 0 —i ae •-*
c_j-—-- -y 0 -— 0
co i_)
^O ,'-<_> t_) C_) > 1_ t_) l—> t_) > L/l LUUU >
<!-*-££:£ c — E: E: 2: ai 0: — s: s: x: a»
u. p U U U c 0 0 O (_> tzi _|Q U UUD
a.,
El 1 1 > • ' 1 1 t 1 1

o 0 O
CO £3. O O i/ia 0 0 co a. 0 0
a i/iQ- uci o, uo a. i_> rx o_ co a. 0 a.
0; <t ex a o < <t «c a a <t <C <t CD Q

j-39

iUMi •••11 1
of the basic Marine Corps order, the term "Rt>D Systems Acquisition Execu-
tive" should be clearly defined, to include term ol assignment and extent
of authority and res; insibility. It is assumed that this individual will
be concerned principally with tl side of the acquisition process, but
responsibilities for procurement matters may also be included. In any
case, the requirement to provide a single point of contact for all acquisi-
tion matters should be satisfied.
When internal management is addressed, the central issue revolves a-
round the question of whether or not to convert to the "Program Manager"
method. Some feel that strong centralized management of the Corps' ac-
quisition process is long overdue. OSD requires a Program Manager organ-
ization for major systems. While not required for less-than-DSARC level
programs, the endorsement of this form of management is strong, and other
services use it extensively for less-than-ma-jor programs. The current
Marine Corps management structure does not provide for such a "central
authority" to which all issues can be aldressed, or for relationships with
external agencies or offices. Under the present structure, the Principal
Development Activity (PDA) (charged with the management and technical re-
sponsibility for a development effort) may receive direction from any of
the members of the ACG, or from none. The result can be confusing and time
consuming when inconsistent or contradictory guidance is provided. When no
guidance is provided, the PDA acts independently, the program may proceed
on a course which is contrary to Marine Corps desires, or progress slowly,
or not at all. This difficulty also arises when another service has the
lead in a development effort and the Marine Corps is participating in a
joint program. Additionally, under the present process, the responsibil-
ities and authority for such items as budgeting, contracting, and field
execution are spread among different offices and organizations. A Program
Manager approach to management and the consolidation of responsibility and
authority could avoid these, and similar, difficulties.

Another perceived deficiency in the current management process is that

of insufficiently clear management responsibilities. While the present
order does address this issue, it is judged by some to be less than suf-
ficient in breadth and detail. There is a need for clarification of major
acquisition responsibilities to identify who has the lead for each program
and who and when the supporting offices are to partici; te. This kind of
clarification would facilitate integration of the RDT«E process with the
cyclical POM evolutions, and provide for closer alignment, integration, and
awareness between the participants during such activities as planning, bud-
geting, procurement, life cycle support, and the multiple disciplines nec-
essary to accomplish these functions. If the option for retention of the
present management method is selected, the assignment to, and responsibili-
ties of, the members of the decision/review groups should be more clearly
defined than in the case ir the current order.

The present acquisition process does not appear to facilitate the easy
adoption of the products of other services' development programs. While
MCO P5000.10 specifies that most of the needs for new material will be
satisfied through the development programs and with the assistance of the
other services, and through joint acquisition programs, there is a paucity
of instructions and directions on how this is to be accomplished. Consid-
erable savings in money and manpower might be realized if instructions were
expanded and procedural steps clearly explained which promoted the acquisi-
tion of material through other services. The problem lies in the "good
ideas" that are developed by other services and the off-the-shelf procure-

•40
merits which are attractive, but contain pitfalLs in documentation, support,
and training. Such programs are sometimes given birth in the POM develop-
ment process, but few of them show any of the characteristics inheri • in
an orderly systems acquisition process. In addition, with emphasis
other services' programs, there will be less incentive to pursue unilateral
development. In this regard, it is noteworthy that of the 127 prumulgati
Marine Corps requirements documents, 101 of them appear directed towat I
unilateral development; and of the 122 current RDT&E work directives, 73
are directed toward unilateral development.

As pointed out in paragraph "304 of this section, the manpower and

training impacts produced by the development of many of the new systems are
Car reaching and of considerable magnitude. The present management process
in systems acquisition does not reflect this important element of planning
in relationship to its importance. The integration of manpower and train-
ing requirements and planning with the management group (AJG) is presently
only tangential. Currently, an officer from the Manpower Division is as-
signed as a point of contact for the APO and ASPO. This officer typically
has other duties, as well, and is not always present during planning activ-
ities. Too, the resources available for sufficiently thorough manpower and
training planning are lacking. There is a need to emphasize, very early in
the acquisition and R&D cycle, a continuous and comprehensive manpower and
training determination process and set of procedures. Guidance is needed
on staff interrelationships between military occupational specialty (MOS)
and table of organization (T/0) sponsors, progran. or project sponsors, and
manpower, operation, and training action officers. The following schema
demonstrates some of the complexity which is associated with the manpower
and training demands of systems acquisition.

NEW EQUIPMFNT--SYSTFMS ACQUISITIO'|--HARDV.'ARF

NG-JV>TOP_J.

GAR m-
-^RCTG-\ nONTHLY-^,,.
TQM's

R00P LIST ov -v^PLÄn-X QUOTAS -^SONUS •m-

QUOTAS
CYCLE EFttS ^LATERAL M0VE/SRBP/PR0M0TI0N PLANS
END SIR
T/MR > STAFFING
ST,
IGOALS

STRUCTURE MANPOWER TRAINING S

3" o
REQUIREMENTS PLANNING A SIGNMENTS PROPERLY
_/ TRAINED/EQUIPPED
INVENTORY

POM POM RUDGFT FISCAL FY

YR-1 YEAR YEAR YEAR
_J L_ _JL_ TIME
X
GAP-GRADE ADJUSTED RECALCULATION RCTG PLAN-RECRUITING PLAN

EFMS-ENLISTED FORCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GUAR BONUS-GUARANTEED BONUS

T/MR-TABLE OF MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS RCTR QUOTAS-RECRUITING QUOTAS

TOP-TRAINING OUTPUT PLAN SRBP-SERVICE REENLISTMENT BONUS PLAN

TIP-TRAINING INPUT PLAN ASR-ADJUSTED STRENGTH REPORT

TQM-TRAINING QUOTA MEMORANDUM

5-41

MHirn' t a— mm hi -'• - —
 —

The Program Sponsors are ri ihtfully concerned with such issues a the qual-
ity and quantity of the future manpower supply, about equipment maintenance
concepts, and about systems design concepts as they affect demands on man-
power. Currently, however, there is no formalized process or set of pro-
cedures by which these demands can be identified and met.

There is a recognized need for education and training for personnel

involved in systems acquisition. This is particularly true in the Marine
Corps where personnel policies do not permit career mobility within the
field of systems acquisition management, as other services are able to do.

Some Suggestions For Improving the Process

What follows is a listing of some suggestions for improving the acqui-

sition process. This list is by no means a complete one, but is, rather, a
sampling of some of the major issues attendant to the discussion of acqui-
sition management review. They are drawn from the v ous offices and or-
ganizations within the Marine Corps acquisition mai nent struct ire, but
they are not representative of any consensus.

1. The feasibility of adopting the "Program Manager" approach, or

some derivative of this aproach, should be examined.

2. The feasibility of adopting a strongly centralized management

structure for Marine Corps Systems acquisition should be examined. The de-
sirability of consolidating the functions of budgeting, contracting, and
field execution into one organization should be included here.

3. The Systems Acquisition Management Manual (MCO P5000.10) should

be revised as soon as practicable. Consideration should be given to con-
version of this manual to a "users manual," and to assigning the writing
and production of the manual to a contractor. The revised manual should
include, at a minimum, the following:

a. Incorporation of all management procedures and requirements

of current higher directives.

b. A clear definition of all staff relationships and responsi-

bilities.

c. A resolution of the perceived deficiencies alluded to here

and expressed elsewhere within the present management structure.

5-42
 d< A thorough formalization of the documentation process.

e. Provide clear definitions of the breaks between the various

program levels (i.e., major, less-than-major, other).

f. Formalize the program initiation procedures.

g. Clearly define the functional mission areas of responsibili-

ties between sponsors.

h. Include annexes on each of the documents required in the ac-

quisition process.

i. Require separate documents [or manpower/training impact

analysis and for manpower/training support. These documents should be re-
quired at milestone one and revised and updated at each subsequent mile-
stone much like the ILSP is now treated.

4. The option of requiring defense acquisition management training

for selected personnel should be considered. This training should be com-
mensurate with billet assignment and occur before assignment is affected.

5. Consider the addition of a representative from DC/S Manpower as a

full member of the ACG, if the ACG is retained.

6. Formally integrate RDT4.E activities with production/procurement

activities and planning.

7. Formally integrate RDT6.E decisions with the POM development pro-

cess.

8. The responsibilities and authority for staff relationships with

outside agencies and offices should be clearly enunciated.

9. The early formulation and general use of the LCC model should be
cons idered.

10. An analysis of the sufficiency of the level of other service

RDT&E activity applicable to the Marine Corps snould be made with a view
toward reduction of unilateral development activity.

11. Goal setting and prioritizing of RDTi»E efforts within the systems
acquisition process should be formalized.

12. Designation of a "Marine Corps Acquisition Executive" to provide

a single point of contact for acquisition matters. The duties, responsi-
bilities, and authority of this office, should be clearly established.

Constraints

Many of the deficiencies within the present acquisition process re-

quire timely resolution, and many of the proposed changes are very attrac-
tive. It must, however, be recognized that there are inherent limitations
on the amount of change which can be brought about. The Marine Corps per-
sonnel who are responsible for acquisition management, generally are not
experienced in systems acquisition and have not received acquisition man-
agement training. The difficulty here is that systems acquisition is now a

5-43

-'•• - •i«in> • • »uMl& •• •'- •— *lmA .^-.^rlj

very complex process. The need, therefore, is either to change the
acquisition process, or provide greatly expanded training and experience
opportunities for these personnel. The financial and manpower costs as-
sociated with this kind of training may be quite hi<jh, and exceed the re-
sources available. On the other hand, the changes to the acquisiton pro-
cess which are necessary to create a "Program Manager" operation will
undoubtedly require additional manpower. Both of these commodities are
quite limited in the Marine Corps and both must be a factor in any delib-
erations. The consequence of these inherent limitations is that manpower
and rinancial resources will define the parameters, within which, any
changes can be made.

Additionally, the required heavy reliance on the products of other

services RDT&E programs may dictate the option for one certain management
structure over any others. This service-unique feature may prove to be
beneficial, however, if the resources required for this option are less
than those required for other management systems.

Finally, the management changes required by higher directives must be

included as constraining factors. Many recent changes have been mandated
and, unless exceptions are made, must eventually be expressed in Marine
Corps acquisition management practices. The interpretation of these higher
directives is not yet complete and their application to the Marine Corps
structure and needs has not, to date, been fully realized. It is, there-
fore, an opportune time to examine these changes, and create a system ac-
quisition management organization which both complies with higher direc-
tives, and yet satisfies the unique needs of the Corps, while remaining
within the manpower and fiscal resources available.

5-44
 APPENDIX A

INDEX OF MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS

Payj

Aerial Refueler, KCX 3-74

Airborne Radio Direction Finding (ARDF) 3-63
Airborne Target Acquisition Joint Test, SEEKVAL 3-77
Aircraft, AV-8A Improvement Program 3-63
Aircraft, EA-6B 3-66
Aircraft, Fighter/Attack, F-18 3-74
Aircraft, Harrier, Advanced, AV-8B 3-74
Aircraft, Harrier, Improved, AV-8C 3-63
Aircraft, OV-10 Follow on 3-75
Aircrewman Survival Equipment 3-63,3-64
Ammunition Trailer MHU-151 (XGS-17/M) 3-65
Automated Leave and Pay System (ALPS) 1-24

Bond and Allotment System (B&A) 1-24

Cannon-Launched Guided Projectile (CLGP) 2-88

Class I Allotment Accounting 1-25
Class I Standard Budget System 1-25
Communications, Interface Equipment (Remote Control,
Data Control, Analog and Digital Interface Devices) 1-20
Communications, Multichannel Equipment 1-13
Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment (VINSON,
PARKHILL, BANCROFT, DSVT, etc) 1-20
Communications, Single-Channel Equipment 1-14
Communications, Switching Equipment (Switchboards,
Circuit Switches, Message Switches) 1-12
Communications, Technical and System Control Equipment 1-19
Communications, Terminal Devices (Telephones, Teletype
Machines, Data Equipment, and Facsimile Devices) 1-lb
Containers, Field Logistics System (FLS) 1-35

Depot Maintenance Management System, Cost Accounting

and Production Reporting Systems (DMMS/CAPRS) 1-25
Direct Air Support Central, AN/UYQ-4 3-53
Disbursing Officer Voucher System (DOV) 1-25

Electrical Power Distribution System, Expeditionary 4-83

Field Refrigeration System 4-83

Financial Accounting System/Headquarters Priority
Management Effort (FAS/HQ PRIME) 1-25
Financial Integrated Management Information System
(FIMIS) 1-26
Flight Readiness Evaluation Data System (FREDS) 1-23
FLIR Augment Cobra TOW Sight (FACTS) 3-65
Foliage Penetration, Battlefield Surveillance Device
(FOLPEN-BSD) 2-94
Forklift, RT, 4,000 lb Capacity 4-84

A-l

— • •--.'--• -- •-.,. '•• • ...

«Jj
 Page

Forklift, RT, 6,000 lb Capacity 4-84

Forklift, RT, 10,000 lb Capacity 4-84
FORWARD PASS 2-94

Gator Mine System 3-62

Global Positioning System (GPS) 1-33,3-71

HAWK, Improved 3-60

Helicopterborne Command and Control Communications
Central (HC4) 3-64
Helicopter, CAT A VSTOL Program 3-78
Helicopter, Fire Control System 3-64
Helicopter, Heavy, CH-53E 3-64
Helicopter, Heavy, CH-53F 3-74
Helicopter, Tow Night Sight 3-65
Howitzer, 8-Inch, Self-Propel led, M110A1 2-89
Howitzer, 155mm, M198 2-88

Imagery Interpretation (II) 3-65

Imagery Processing (IP) 3-65
Inflatable Boat, Small (IBS) 2-88
Intelligence Analysis Center (IAC) 3-73

Joint Tactical Information Distribution System

(JTIDS) 1-10,1 -33
i

Landing Craft Air Cushion (LCAC) 2-93

Landing Vehicle Tracked Experimental (LVTX) 2-102
Landing Vehicle, LVTP-^Al 2-98
Laser Guided Weapons 3-61
Laser Target Designator 3-62
Lightweight Amphioious Container Handler (LACH) 4-81
Light Weight Company Mortar System (LWCMS) 2-86
Line Charge, M58 2-90
Liquid Transporting Storage and Handling System
(SIXCON) 4-81,4- -89
Logistics Management Information System (LMIS) 1-28
Low Range Airspeed System (LORAS) 3-63

Marine Air-Ground Intelligence System (MAGIS) 1-31,2- -96

Marine Air-Ground Task Force Requirement and Logistic
Planning Model (MAGTF LIFT) 1-28
Marine Air Traffic Control Landing System (MATCALS) 3-59
Marine Corps Environmentally Controlled Medical System
(MCEMS) 4-81,4-85
Marine Corps Expeditionary Shelter System (MCESS) 1-35
Marine Corps Industrial Funding (MCIF) 1-26
Marine Integrated Fire and Air Support System (MIFASS) 1-32
Marine Integrated Logistic System (MILOGS) 1-32
Marine Integrated Personnel System (MIPS) 1-32

A-2
 Page

Marine Remote Area Approacli and Landing System

(MRAALS) AN/TPN-30 3- -59
Marine Standard Supply System (Mis) 1- -28
Marine Tactical Command and Control Syterns (MTACCS) 5- -2
.: " K, M274A5 Product Improvement 4- -84
Mot.lie Air Traffic Control Tower, AN/TSA-120 3- -59
Mobile Protected Weapons System (MPWS) 2- -99
.:• ice-tO-Air Missile (MSAM) 3- -77
Modul 11 ersaJ Laser Equipment (MULE) 2- -88
Multiple Activity Processing System (MAPS) 1- -23
'iple Weapons Assembly Preloading System,
A/E 57-K-l 3--b2

National Microwave Landing System (NMLS) 3- -73

Naval Aviation Logistics Command Management
Information System (NALCuMIS) 1- -23
Ndval Aviator, Naval Flight Officer Resource
Management System (NANFORMS) 1- -23
Navy Maintenance and Material Management System (3M) 1- -24
Navy Register System/Centralized Expenditure
Reimbursement Processing System (CERPS) 1- -25
Night Observation System (NOS), OV-10D 3- -65
Night Vision Goggles (NVG), AN/PVS-5 2- -84,4-81

Position Location Reporting System (PLRS) 1- -32

Protective Construction System 4- -81
Pump System (Fuel), 100 Gallon per Minute 3- -61

Radar, AN/TPQ-36 2- -86

Radar Beacon, Dual Band (SEEKSET) 3- -63
Radar Beacon System IFF Mark XII-System (AIMS) 3- -59
Radar Course Direction Central (RCDC), AN/TPQ-27 3- -58
Radar Relay, AN/TXQ-3 3- -60
Radar Set, AN/PPS-15 2- -84,3-57
Radar Set, AN/TPS-32 3- -73
Radar Set, AN/TPS-59 3- -73
Radar Set, AN/TPS-63 3- -59
Radio Set, AN/GRC-193 3- -61
Real Time Finance and Manpower Management
Information System (REAL FAMMIS) 1- -30
Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPV's) 3- -71
Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Equipment 4- -83
Road Grader, Heavy, Motorized 4- -84
Rocket Assisted Projectile (RAP), XM650 2- -89

Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Equipment 1- -19

Shipboard Non-Tactical ADP Program (SNAP) 1- -24
Shipboard Uniform Automated Data Processing System
for End Use (SUADPS-EU) 1- -24
Short Range Direction Finding System (SRDFS) 2- •94
Shoulder-Launched Multipurpose Assault Weapon (SMAW) 2- -85

A-3

. V . ..
 Page

Signal Intelligence Analysis System (SIAS) 1- -10

Simplified Test Equipment for Internal Combustion
Engines 4- -83
Single-Channel, Ground-Air Radio System (SINCGARS) 1- -16
Single Financial Management System (SFMS) 1- -27
Small Arms, Family of (FOSA) 2- -97
Source Data Automation (SUA) 1- -33
Squad Automatic Weapon (SAW) 2- -97
Standard General Ledger Systems (STAGELS) 1- -27
STINGER Surface-to-Air Weapons System 3- -60
Survivability Systems for USMC Aircraft 3- -61

TACAN Antenna and Beicon Transponder AN/URN-25 3- -59

Tactical Airlift Requirements System (TAC AIRLIFT) 1- -27
Tactical Air Operations Center-1985 (TAOC-85) 3- -71
Tactical Air Operations Central AN/TYQ-2 3- -59
Tactical Combat Operations (TCO) 3- -71
Tactical Data Communications Central (TDCC) 3- -59
Tactical Intrusion Detector (TID) 2- -84
Tank (RISE), M60A1 2- -89
Tank, XM-1 2- -98
Tractor, Heavy Crawler 4- -87
Tractor, Light Crawler 4- -87
Training Device, 15A19 TAOC/TDCC Trainer 3- -59
Transportation of Personal Property System (TOPS) 1- -29

Uniform Automated Data Processing System for Stock

Points (UADPS-SP) 1- -24
Universal Infantry Weapons Trainer 2- -90

Vehicle Fleet, Field Logistics System (FLS) 1- -36

VIPER, Light Antitank Assault Weapons 2- -85

Waterproof Equipment Bags 2- •89

Weaponry, Improved, for V/STOL Aircraft 3- -62
Weapons System/Equipment Support Management (WS/ESM) 1- •29

A-4 27433 MCOEC. QUANTICO.